r
'0.
-d
IvIBRARY
OF THE
University of California.
GIF^T OK
Mrs. SARAH P. WALSWORTH.
Received October, 1894.
Accessions No.S^JH/l^^. Class No.'^kP
^
Digitized by tine Internet Archive
in 2007 with funding from
IVIicrosoft Corporation
nnp;//www.archive.org/details/firstpartofjacobOObullrich
THE FIRST PART
OF
JACOBS' LAXm READER.
ADAPTED TO
BULLIONS^ LATIN GEAMMAR :
WITH AN INTRODUCTION, ON THE foiOMS OF THE LATIN
language; an improved vocabulary; and exer-
cises IN LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION,
ON A NEW PLAN.
By Rev. PETER BULLIONS, D. D.,
/I
PaOPESSOR OP LANGUAGES IN THE ALBANY ACADEMY ; AND AUTHOR OF THE
SERIES OP GRAMMARS, GREEK, LATIN AND ENGLISH, ON
THE SAME PLAN, ETC., ETC.
V^j
NEW YORK: .^^^^*^
PRATT, OAKLEY & COMPANY,
21 MURRAY STREET.
1860.
.nz«y-
Entered according to Act of Congress, in the yeai- 1846, by
PETER BULLIONS.
IQ the Clerks Office of the Northern District of New- York.
PREFACE
.lAfiAM
This work has been prepared at the request of many teachers
who use the author's Latin Grammar, and is intended to follow it
as a '^ First Reading Book." The body of the work consists of the
first part of Jacobs' Latin Reader; a work already well known in
this country, and which appears to be well adapted to the end for
which it was intended. The introductory exercises, however, are
arranged a little differently, and a few sentences have been intro-
duced from other sources, for the purpose of illustrating some con-
structions more fully.
The object of such a work as this is to furnish to the beginner,
who IS supposed to have become acquainted with the leading prin-
ciples of the Grammar, a praxis on those principles, both in Ety-
mology and Syntax, by which they may be rendered perfectly famil-
iar to his mind, so as to be applied with more success and ease,
when he comes to read and analyze the writings of the Roman au-
thors. It is in fact a Supplement to the Grammar, and the founda-
tion of thorough scholarship must be laid here.
In order more fully to meet the wants of the beginner, and to
render the study of the Latin language more pleasant and easy to
pupils of every capacity, an Introduction is prefixed, containing
explanations of the leading idioms of the language, arranged under
proper heads, and illustrated by numerous examples, all of which
are numbered, so as to be easily referred to for the purpose of illus-
trating similar modes of expression which occur in the course of
reading, as is more fully explained p. 54. Though this part is in-
tended chiefly for reference, much advantage will be derived from
studying it in course in short lessons, simultaneously with lessons
in reading and parsing, and rendering the whole familiar by frje-
quent reviews.
The Introductory Exercises consist of short and simple sentences
classed in such a way as to illustrate the leading grammatical prin-
ciples in the construction of sentences, both simple and compound,
and by a sufficient number of examples to render these principles
familiar and easy of application. In these, as well as throughout
the body of the work, constant reference is made to the Grammai
tself, as well as to the preceding Introduction, to illustrate and ex-
plain the principles of the language as they occur, and by repeated
refeience to render them familiar to the pupil and impress them in-
delibly on his mind. These references are more numerous at first;
but when any construction or idiom may be supposed to have be-
ome familiar, the references to it are less frequent, and the pupil
B left to exercise the knowledge acquired in applying the principles
without the aid of references. The construction and use of the
subjunctive mood being one of the greatest difficulties and niceties
of the language, and all important to be well understood, references
for explanation, to the Grammar and Introduction, are more nume-
rous and longer continued on this point than on any other.
These references also form a sort of indeXj by which the pupil
may be able to find at once other constructions of a similar kind in
the portion of the work previously studied, and so compare the one
with the other. For example, the letter *, p. 103, refers to the
Grammar, § 140, 5j by running the eye back along the references
at the foot of the pai^e, the same construction will be found at the
letter ', p. 95; at % p. 90 j at ^, p. 89. at d, p. 87, &c.; all of which
may thus be compared with great facility.
The method of reference and explanation here adopted entirely
supersedes the use of notes, by rendering them unnecessary, and it
is believed will prove vastly more profitable to the student than any
number of notes could be, which generally do nothing more than
give the meaning of an idiom or phrase in a free translation, with-
out any explanation of its construction. Though this sort of aid
enables the pupil to get along with the translation of a sentence, it
leaves him as much in the dark as ever respecting its construction.
The consequence is, that when he meets with a similar construction
again in different words, he is as much at a loss as ever, and finds
his progress arrested unless he is again lifted over blindfold by the
aid of another friendly note. It is obvious that persons, in this
way, may go over much surface; and if they have a memory cai)a
ble of bringing to their aid the translation in the note when it is
wanted, they may be able to give a good translation of what they
nave gone over, and yet know nothing, or next to nothing, of the
construction of what they have read; and hence it happens that
knowing but little of principles, or of the method of analyzing the
idioms and more diificult constructions of the language, whenever
they come to an author or passage where the wonted supply of notes
is wanting, they find themselves unable to proceed; or if they do.
it is so much in the dark that it is with them a mere peradventurc
whether they are right or wrong. It is therefore not without rea-
son that many of our best teachers think that such notes, like trans-
lations, do more evil than good. This evil, it is hoped, is in a great
measure avoided by the method here pursued; for while all needful
assistance is furnished, it can be attained only by referring to the
grammatical principle which contains the explanation needed;
and which soon becomes so familiar, that it can be readily applied
to the analyzing of every sentence in which it is involved.
Besides the application of the principles of Grammar in the analy.
BIS of sentences, no less important is the study of the words them-
selves of which these sentences are composed. This belongs to the
department of Etymology, and, to the enquiring and philosophical
mind, presents a most interesting and pleasing field of investigation.
A proper selection of words is no less necessary to the expression
of our thoughts than their proper arrangement in sentences. Much,
accordingly, of the interest and advantage of studying the models of
antiquity lies in the study of the words selected by these writers
for conveying their'%entiments to others. The derivation and com-
position of words, and the variety of meanings which they assume
in the expression of thought, should therefore form an important
part of study to the classical student from the very beginning, and
if properly conducted will prove as pleasing as it is profitable. It
may be laid down as a principle capable of abundant illustration,
that every word has one primitive and radical signification, to
which all its other significations and uses are related, and from
which they are drav/n. This may be regarded as its strict and
proper meaning, and should constantly be associated in the mind of
the learner with the word itself. Once in possession of this, and
accustomed to trace the varied shades of meaning which the words
assume as they diverge from their radical and primary signification,
tie will feel an interest and see a beauty in the study of language,
which he would otherwise never be likely to attain.
This primary meaning o^ a word is not always indeed its most
common meaning: this may even have passed into disuse; but still
It is necessary to be known, in order to have a clue to its various
derived significations, both in its simple and compound forms. If
instead of the primary, a secondary and distant meaning, though a
more common one, should be associated in the mind with the word,
it will be found impossible in many instances to account for, or tj
perceive any sort of propriety or analogy in its use in certain cases.
Take, as an example, the verb emo, the more common but not the
Vi PREFACE
primary meaning of which is, *' to buy-;" and it will be impossible
to trace any sort of connection between such a meaning and that of
its compounds, adlmo^ eximo, interimoj perlmo, dirimoy and the like
But assisrn to emo its primary meaning, " to take," and the whole is
perceived at once to be clear and consistent. This one example will
show how important it is that not only the derivation and composi-
tion of words should be fully exhibited in a good dictionary, but
also the radical and primary signification of all words, wheie that
can be ascertained, should be first stated, and then the secondary
and more distant meanings in that order which appears the most
natural. In this respect our school dictionaries, with one exception,
(Leverett's Latin Lexicon,) are exceedingly defective. This defect
I have endeavored to supply in the Vocabulary appended to this
work, m which the plan just stated has been foUow^ed; so that the
pupil is here furnished with the means of tracing every derivative
and compound word to its source, (if that is in the Latin language,
derivations from the Greek not being given,) and of ascertaining
what is the primary signification of each word, from the best au
thorities within my reach, as well as those significations which are
more common, or which belong to the words m the various places
where they occur in this work. Care has been taken in connection
with this also to distinguish those words usually considered as syn-
onymes. An earlier and more special attention to this part of study
than is usual, it is believed would amply repay the labor bestowed
upon it.
A few Exercises in composition are appended, drawn, as will be
perceived, from the reading lessons indicated both by the number of
the page and the paragraph. Lessons in composition, of the sim-
plest character and to any extent, may be framed in the same way
from every reading lesson, or even from every sentence, and ren-
dered into Latin, either orally in the class, or as an exercise in
writing, as suggested in the remarks prefixed to the Exercises
themselves.
A few suggestions have been introduced at the beginning of the
work respecting what is supposed to be the best method of using it,
especially with young pupils. These I am well aware are of no
importance to the experienced teacherj nevertheless they may be
of some use to the young and inexperienced, and especially to thosR
who pursue the study of the Latin without the aid of a teacher.
INTRODUCTION.
SENTENCES.
1. A sentence is such an assemblage of words as makes
complete sense ; as, Man is mortal,
2. Sentences are of two kinds, simple and compound.
3. A simple sentence contains but one subject and one
verb ; as, Life is short. Time flies.
4. A compound sentence contains two or more simple sen-
tences combined ; as, Life^ which is short, should he well
employed.
5. In the combining of words to form a sentence, observe
carefully the following
General Principles of Syntax,
1. In every sentence there must be a verb in the indica-
tive, subjunctive, imperative, or infinitive mood, and a sub-
jecty expressed or understood.
2. Every adjective, adjective pronoun, or participle, must
have a substantive expressed or understood with which it
agrees, § 98 and ^ 146.*
3. Every relative must have an antecedent or word to
which it refers, and with which it agrees, ^ 99.
4. Every nominative has its own verb expressed or under-
stood, of which it is the subject, ^^ 100, 101, 102. Or is
placed after the substantive verb in the predicate, ^ 103.
5. Every finite verb ; i. e., every verb in the indicative,
subjunctive or imperative mood, has its own nominative,
expressed or understood, ^^ 101, 102, and when the infini-
tive has a subject it is in the accusative, ^ 145. The infini-
tive without a subject does not form a sentence or proposi-
tion, § 143.
6. Every oblique case is governed by some word, express-
ed or understood, in the sentence of which it forms a part.
* The references are to the sections in the Latin Grammar
8 iNTRODtrCTION.
Resolution or Analysis,
Every simple sentence consists of two parts, the subject
and the predicate, § 94, 6. 7. 8. In analyzing a sentence,
it is necessary to distinguish between the Gr;:,mmatical sub-
ject and predicate, and the Xoo-ecaZ subject and predicate.
The Grammatical subject is the name or thing spoken of,
without, or separated from, all modifying words or clauses,
and which stands as the nominative to the verb, or the ac-
cusative before the infinitive.
The Logical subject is the same word in connection with
the qualifying or restricting expressions, which go to maiie
up the full and precise idea of the thing spoken of.
The Grammatical 'predicate is the wor4 or words contain-
ing the simple affirmation made respecting the subject.
The Logical predicate is the grammatical predicate com-
bined with all those words or expressions that modify or
restrict it in any way ; thus :
In the sentence, " An inordinate desire of admiration
often produces a contemptible levity of deportment ; ^ the
Grammatical subject is "c^mrc;" the Logical ''^ An inordi-
nate desire of admiration,'''' The Grammatical predicate is
^^ produces,'''' the Logical, ^^ produces often a contemptible
levity of deportment, ^^
In Latin and English, the general arrangement of a sen-
tence is the same, i. e., the sentence commonly begins with
the subject and ends with the predicate. But the order of
the words in each of these parts, is usually so different in
Latin, from what it is in English, that one of the first diffi-
culties a beginner has to encounter with a Latin sentence
is to know how " to take it in," or to arrange it in the proper
order of the English. This is technically called constru'
ing or giving the order. To assist in this, some advan-
tage may be found by carefully attending to the following
Direct ions for Begiimers,
Direct. I. As all the other parts of a sentence depend
upon the two leading parts, namely, the subject or NOMl-
N'ATIVE and the predicate or VERB; the first thing to be
done with every .sentence, is to find out these. In ordei to
this.
INTRODUCTION. 9
1. Look for the leading verb, which is always m the
present, imperfect, perfect, pluperfpct, or future of the indic-
ative, or in the imperative mood,* and usually at or near
the end of the sentence.
2. Having found the verb, observe its number and person,
this will aid in finding its nominative, which is a noun or
pronoun in the same number and person with the verb, com-
monly before it, and near the beginning of the sentence,
though not always so, ^ 151. R. I. with exceptions.
Direct. II. Having thus found the nominative and verb,
and ascertained their meaning, the sentence may be resolved
from the Latin into the English order, as follows :
1. Take the Vocative, Exciting, Introductory, or connect'
tng words, if there are any.
2. The NOMINATIVE.
3. Words limiting or ex'plaining it, i. e., words agreeing
with it, or governed by it, or by one another, where they
are found, till you come to the verb.
4. The VERB.
5. Words limiting or explaining it, i. e., words whicii
modify it, are governed by it, or depend upon it.
6. Supply everywhere the words understood.
7. If the sentence be compound, take the parts of it seve-
rally as they depend one upon another, proceeding with each
of them as above.
Direct. III. In arranging the words for translation, in the
subordinate parts of a sentence, observe the following
Rules for construing,
I. An oblique case, or the infinitive mood, is put after the
word that governs it.
Exc. The relative and interrogative are usually put before the gov
erning word, unless that be a preposition; if it is, then after it.
II. An adjective, if no other word depend upon it or be
coupled with it, is put before its substantive ; but if another
word depend upon it, or be governed by it, it is usually
placed after it.
* All the other parts of the verb are generally used in subordinate
clauses. So, also, is the pluperfect indicative. In oblique discourse,
the leading verb is in the infinitive, § 141. Rule VI.
to INTRODUCTION.
III. The participle is usually construed after its substan-
tive, or the word with which it agrees.
IV. The relative and its clause, should, if possible, come
immediately after the antecedent.
V. When a question is asked, the nominative comes after
the verb; (in English between the auxiliary and the verb.)
Interrogative words, however, such as quis, quotus, quantus,
uter, &;c., come before the verb.
VI. After a transitive active verb, look for an accusative,
and after a preposition, for an accusative or ablative, and
arrange the words accordingly.
VII. Words in apposition must be construed as near
together as possible.
VII r. Adverbs, adverbial phrases, prepositions with their
cases, circumstances of time, place, cause, manner, instru-
ment, &c., should be placed, in general, after the words
which they modify. The case absolute commonly before
them, and often first in the sentence.
IX. The words of different clauses must not be mixed
together, but each clause translated by itself, in its order,
according to its connection with, or dependence upon, those
to which it is related.
X. Conjunctions should be placed before the last of two
words, or sentences connected.
LATIN IDIOMS.*
PARTICULAR DIRECTIONS AND MODELS FOR TRANS-
LATION.
Tlie following explanations and directions are intended chieifly for reference. But
k wilj be of great advantage for the pupil to become familiar with them by going through
them two or three times, in course, simultaneously with his reading lessons.
1. Before translating, every sentence should be read
over till it can be read correctly and with ease, paying spe-
cial attention to the quantity and pronunciation. The words
should then be arranged according to the preceding general
directions, and translated as they are arranged, separately
or in clusters, as may be found convenient ; always remem-
bering to place adjectives and adjective pronouns with their
substantives before translating. The sense and grammati-
cal construction being thus ascertained, the translation may
then be read over without the Latin, and due attention paid
to the English idiom. The whole sentence, whether simple
or compound, may then be analyzed as directed ^ 152, and
last of all, every word parsed separately as directed, ^ 153.
2. In order to arrange and translate with ease, it is neces-
sary to be familiar with, and readily to distinguish the dif-
ferent cases, genders, and numbers of nouns, pronouns,
adjectives, and participles, and to translate them correctly
and promptly, in these cases and numbers, &c.; and also to
distinguish and correctly translate the verb in its various
moods, tenses, numbers, persons, &;c. This can be acquired
onl)^ by continual practice and drilling, which should be kept
up till the utmost readiness is attained.
3. The English prepositions used in translating the dif-
ferent cases in Latin, for the sake of convenience, may be
called SIGNS of those cases ; and in translating these, the
English definite or indefinite article is to be used as the sense
requires. The signs of the cases are as follows:
Norn. (No sign.) Ace. (No sign.)
Gen. Of. Voe. O. or no sign.
Dat. To or for. Abl. With, from, in, by, Sec.
* A Latin idiom, strictly speaking, is a mode of speech peculiar
to the Latin language. It is here used in a more extended sense, to
denote a mode of speech different from the English, or which, if ren
dered word for word, and with the ordinary signs of cases, moods,
tenses, &,c., would not make a correct English sentence.
12 INTRODUCTION.
In certain constructions the idiom of the English language
re(]uires the oblique cases in Latin to be translated in a man-
ner different from the above. The chief of these conslruc-
lions are the following:
4. The Genitive.
1. The genitive denoting the place where, R. XXXVL, in
translated at; as, Romce, ** At Rome."
2. Denoting price, sometimes for; as, Vendtdit plur is,
"He sold it for niore;^^ or without a sign; as, Const it it
pluris, "It cost more.
5, The Dative.
1. After a verb of taking away, R. XXIX. ; the dative is
translated /rom ; as, Eripuit me morti, " He rescued me
from death '^^ Erip^tnr morti, "He is rescued from
death:' R. XXXII-III. See ^ 123, Exp.
2. Denoting the doer after a passive verb, R. XXXIII., it
is translated by; as, Vix audior ulli , "I am scarcely heard
by any one^
3. Denoting the possessor, R. XV., Obs. 1, it is transla-
ted as the genitive ; as, E i in mentem venit, " It came into
the mind to Am," i. e., of him, or into his mind.
4. After verbs signifying " to be present," at; as. Ad-
fuit precibuSy He was present at prayers. ^ 112, R. I.
6. The Ablative.
1. The ablative denoting a property or quality of another
substantive, R. VII., is translated q/*; as, Vir mird mag-
nitudtne, "A man of wonderful size:"*
2. The place where, R. XXXVL Exc, commonly at^
sometimes in,
3. After the comparative degree, ^ 120, R. XXIV., than,
as, Dulcior melle, " Sweeter than honey.'*''
4. Denoting the material of which a thing is made, ^ 128,
Obs. 2, of ; as, F actus ebo re, " Made of ivory:'
5. After dignus and words denoting origin ; also after
opus and usus, signifying need, of; as, Dignus hondr
" Worthy of honor:'
LATIN IDIOMS. 13
6. Denoting time how lon^, sometimes ew; as, TJno die
fecit y " He did it in one day ; " sometimes without a sign ;
as, Uno die ahfuit^ "He was absent one day^
7. Time when, at^ on ; as, Solis occd su^ ^^ At the set'
ting of the sun ; " Idlhus Apnlis, " On the ides of April/'
8. After verbs of depriving, § 125, of; as, Eumveste
spolidvit, "He stripped him of his garment. ^^
Cases without Signs,
7. When the genitive, dative, or ablative, is governed by
an intransitive verb which is translated by a transitive verb
in English, (^ 38, Obs. 4.,) or by an adjective denoting like-
ness, the sign of the case is omitted ; as,
1. Gen. Miserere m.ei J Pity ?ne.
2. Dat. PrcBfuit exer citui j He commanded the army
3. " Placuit r eg i , It pleased the king.
4. Abl. Utitur fr aude , He uses deceit,
5. '' Potitus est imp erio J He obtained the goverm/ien/.
6. Dat. Similis patri, Like his father.
Obs, But when rendered by an intransitive verb in Eng
lish, the sign of the case must be used ; as,
7. Insidiantur nobis , They lie in wait /or us.
8. When a verb governs two datives, by E. XIX., the
dative of the end or design is sometimes rendered without
the sign; as,
1. Est mihi voluptdti j It is to me [for] a pleasure ; i. e.
It is [or brings] a pleasure to me.
9. The ablative absolute, R. LX., (See No. 109,) and
frequently time how long, R. XL., are without the sign; as,
1. B el lofinito, The war heing ended.
2. Sex mensi bus abfuit, He was absent six months.
10. When the ablative is governed by a preposition, the
English of that preposition takes the place of the sign of
the ablative, and no other will be used ; thus,
1. JI b exercUu, From the army. 4. Cumdignitdte, With dignity.
2. E X urbe, Out of the city. 5. P r o castris, Before the camp.
3. In agroj Jti the field. 6. T enus pube, C/p /o the middle.
1 1. In order to specify more particularly, the English idiom
sometimes requires the possessive pronouns, my, thy, his,
her, its, our, your their, (not expressed in Latin unless cou-
trasted with others,) to be supplied before a noun, and espe-
9
14 INTRODUCTION.
cially if they refer to the suhject of the sentence. The
sense will shew when this is to be done and what pronoun
15 to be used; as,
1. Filius similis patrij A son like ^is father.
2. Revcrere parentesj Reverence your parents.
12. Nouns in apposition, [^ 97, R. I.,) must be brought
as near together as possible, and the sign of the case, when
used, prefixed to the first only ; as,
1. Nom. Cicero Orator, Cicero the orator.
2. Gen. Ciceronis oratoris, Of Cicero the orator.
3. Dat. Ciceroni oratori, To Cicero the orator,
4. Abl. Cicerone oratore. With Cicero the orator.
13. The noun in apposition is sometimes connected with
the noun before it by the words as, being, &c. ; as,
1. Misit me comit em , He sent me as a companion.
2. Hie puer venit , He came, when [or being'^ a hoy.
Adjectives and Substantives,
14. In translating an adjective or adjective pronoun and
a substantive together, the adjective is commonly placed
first, and the sign of the case is prefixed to it, and not to the
noun, § 98, R. II. ; as,
1. Nora. Altus monsj A high mountain.
2. Gen. ,dlti montis, Of a high mountain.
3. Dat. ,^lto montij To [for] a high mountain.
4. Abl. jilto monte, With a high mountain.
15. When two or more adjectives, coupled by a conjunc-
tion belong to one substantive, they may be placed either
before or after it ; as,
1. Jupiter optlmus et maximui, Jupiter the best and greatest; or
Optimus et maximus Jupiter, The best and greatest Jupiter.
2. Viri sapientis et docti, Of a man wise and learned j or
Sapientis et docti viri, Of a wise and learned man.
16. The adjective must be placed after its substantive
when the former has a negative joined with it, or another
word in the sentence governed by it, or dependent upon it
So also solus; as,
1. Dux peritus belli, A general skilled in war.'
2. Filius similis patri, A son like his father.
3. Poeta dignus honore, A poet worthy of honor.
4. Homines soli sapiunt, Men alone are wise.
5. Avis tarn parum decora, A bird so little beautiful
6. Littore non molli neque arenoso, With a shore not soft nor sandy
LATIN IDIOMS. 15
17. The adjectives primus^ mediuSy ulttmus^ extrhnus^
tnfhnus^ imus, summus^ supreraus^ reltquuSy ceter, or cete-
rus, and some others describing a part of an object, are
translated as substantives, with the sign of the case prefixed,
and of before the substantive following, ^ 98, Obs. 9 ; as,
1, Media nocte. In the middle of the night.
2 »dd sum mum montem^ To the top of the mountain.
18. AVhen these adjectives (No. 17,) describe the whole
and not a part only, they are translated as No. 11. ; as,
Summum honum^ The chief good^i^
Supremus dies. The last day.
19. An adjective without a substantive usually has a sub-
stantive understood, but obvious from the connexion, ^ 98,
Obs. 5. Masculine adjectives, (if plural,) commonly agree
with homines^ or, if possessives, with amid, cives, or milites,
understood; and neuters, with factum^ negotiuin, verhurriy
tempus, &c. ; as,
1 Boni (homines) sunt rari, Good men are rare,
2 CcBsar misit suos {milites,) Cajsar sent his soldiers.
3. Codes transndvit ad suos Codes swam over to his fellow
(cives,) citizens.
4. Labor vincit omnia (negotia) Labor overcomes all things.
6. In posterum (tempus,) In time to come, — for the future,
6. In eo (loco) ut, In such a situation that.
20. Adjectives commonly used without a substantive, (but
still belonging to a substantive understood,) may be regard-
ed as substantives. They are such as mortdles, boni, wuli,
superi, inferi, GrcBcus, Romdnus, &c. (See § 98, Obs. 5,) ; as,
1. Mali oderunt bonos , The wicked hate the good.
2. G rce cos Romdni vicerunt, The Romans conquered the Greeks,
21. Adjective words when piartitives, or used partitively,
take the gender of the noun expressing the whole, and
govern it in the genitive plural, (if a collective noun, in the
genitive singular,) § 107, Rule X. In this case verbs and
adjectives agree with the partitive as if it were a noun; as,
1. AlXquis phil osophorumSome one of the philosophers has
dixit ^ said.
2 Una musdrum venietj One of the m^ises will come ^
3. Multi nobilium juvenum, Many noble young men.
22. The comparative degree not followed by an ablative,
or the conjunction quam, (than) is usually translated by the
positive with ^oo or rajher prefixed. For explanation see
« 120 Obs. 5., as.
16 INTRODUCTION
1. Ira cundior est , (scil. Re is too (or rather) passionate.
(Bquo,)
2. Mgrius ferebatj He took it rather ill.
'i, jiltius voldvitj He flew too high.
Obs. In a comparison, eo or ta7ito with a comparative in
one clause, and quo or quanta in the other, may be rendered
" the ;" (See No. 44. 7. 8.) as,
4. Q w 0 plures, e h feliciores^ The more the happier.
23. The superlative decree expressing comparison, is
usually preceded by the article the in English, [^ 25,) as,
1. D octisslmt^ Romanorumj The most learned of the Romans.
2 F ortisslmus miles in ex- The bravest soldier in the army.
ercituy
24. When the superlative does not express comparison,
but only eminence or distinction, it is translated with the
article a or an prefixed in the singular, and without an arti-
cle in the plural ; or by the positive, with veryy eminently,
&c., prefixed, (^ 25,) ; as,
1. Homo doctissimus, .A most learned (or a very learned)
man.
2. Homines doctisstmi. Most learned (or very learned)
men.
25. Alius repeated with a different word in the same clause,
renders that clause double, and requires it to be translated
as in the following examples :
1. Alius alia vidj One by one way, another by another.
2. jllitui aliis videtur. One thing seems good to some, another to
others, i. e. Some think one thing,
and some another. (See other varie-
ties. § 98. Obs. 11.)
The same usage occurs with words derived from alius.
See Gr. ^ 98, Obs. 12.
26. The distributive numeral adjectives are usually trans-
lated by the cardinal number indicated, with " each," or
" to each," annexed ; sometimes by repeating the cardinal
thus, "one bv one;" "two by two," &c., ^ 24, 11; as,
1. Consules 'Anas naves habe- The consuls had each two ships, or,
bav^ , had two ships each.
2. Qua mg^.ti carri duceren- Where wagons could be led one by
cur. one.
3. Zign^. binf , Beams two by two, or in pairs.
4. S? .tgul' s singulas par- He distributed equal parts, one to
tes ji,estribuit ceqitdles each.
5. Si'.gul* ^ menslbus hoc fecit , This he did every (or each) month,
6. ^ Iwes^. mg uli uxor eshabent,T hey have each ma/i-y wives
N
LATIN IDIOMS. 17
PrOTWUTlS,
27. 1st. The adjective pronoun, hic^ hcBC, hoc^ with a noun
following, is used as an adjective, and means, in the singu-
lar, "/ Aw," — in the plural, " ^Aei'e." — llle^ illa^ illud, — 2S,
ea, id, — iste, ista, istud, with a noun, in the singular, mean
" that,'' — in the plural, " those.''
2d. Without a noun following they are all used substan-
tively, and mean, in the singular, he, she, it ; in the plural
they; thus,
1. Hicvirj This man. 4. Hie fecit, JTe'did it.
2. Illafemina, That woman. 5. Ilia venit, She came.
3. Eaurbs, That city. 6. E a (Dido) condldit earn, Sh^
built it, (Carthage.)
Obs, In sentences containing an enumeration of particu-
lars, the same pronoun is sometimes used in successive
clauses, but they require to be translated differently, (^ 98,
Obs. 12,) ; thus,
7. Hie, \ hie, )
^' ^^' ( " one " '' the one " ^^' > '' another," " the
9. Ille, { ^^®> ^^® ^^®- ille, ( other."
10. Jlter, ) alter, /
When antithesis or contrast is stated, hie is translated
"this," and refers to the nearer antecedent, ille, "that,"
and refers to the more distant ; as,
11. Hie minor natu est, ille major. This is the younger, that the
older.
28. Is, ea, id, followed by ut, or the relative, qui, qure,
quod, in the next clause, means " such," and implies com-
parison. The relative after it may be translated, that I,
that thou, that he, that they, &c., according as the antece-
dent requires, or it may be translated as, and its verb by the
infinitive (^ 31, Obs. 2.); thus,
1. 7s homo erat ut, ^e.. He was such a man that, &c.
2. Neque is sum qui terrear, I am not such that I may be fright-
ened. Or better thus, I arn
not such a one as to be Iriglit
ened.
Obs. The adverb eo with ut following it means "so far,"
** 10 such a degree " " to such a point," " in such a state ;" as,
8. E 0 pervi^nit ut, " He came so far. (i. e made such
progress,) ihut;"
18 INTRODUCTION.
Possessive ProricuTis,
29 The possessive pronoun is equivalent in meaning to
the genitive of the substantive pronoun, and may often be
so tianslated; as,
1. Beneficio suo populique Ro- By the kindness of himself and of
7n(ini, the Roman people.
2. Cuin in e a nemo scripta legat, Since no one reads the WTitings of
vulgo recitdre timentis, me, fearing to recite them pub.
licly.
30. The possessives, suus, sua, suiim, m Latin, agrees in
gender, number, and case, with the noun denoting the object
possessed, but in English must be translated by a pronoun
denoting the possessor ; thus,
1. Pater dillgit suo s lihlros, A father loves his children.
2. Parentes aillgunt suam sobdlem, Parents love their ofl'spring.
3. Frater dillgit suam sororem, A brother loves his sister.
4. Soror dillgit suum fratrem, A sister loves her brother.
Ohs, In the first sentence, " suos,^^ agrees with " liberos,^^
but must be translated " to," denoting " pater^' the pos-
sessor. In the second, suam, though singular, to agree with
soholem, must be translated " their,''^ so as to denote the pos-
sessors, ''''parentes,''^ &c.
Usage of Sui, Suus, — Ille, Iste, Hie, Is.
31. The reflexive, sui, and its possessive, suus, generally
refer to the subject of the .eading verb* in the sentence;
ille, iste, hie, is, never refer to that subject, but to some
other person or thing spoken of; thus,
1. C at 0 occidit s e, Cato killed himself.
2. Pater dillgit suo s liberos, A father loves his (own) children.
3. P ar entes dillgunt suam Parents love their (own) off-
sobolem, spring.
4. Dicit s e vaUre, He says that he is well.
Obs. In the second and third sentence, suos, **his," and
suam, "their," referring to some other person than pater or
parentes, would be made by the genitive of ille, iste, hie, is.
In the first and fourth, se would be made eii?n. For the dif-
ference between these words usually translated " he," see
Ur. ^ 28, Obs. 3.
* See Gr. § 28, Obs. 3, 1st., with note.
LATIN IDIOMS. 19
Note. If a second subject and verb be introduced, tne
reflexive governed by that verb will belong to the new sub-
ject, unless the whole clause refer to the words, wishes, or
actions, of the first subject; as,
5. Scipio civitatXbus Italics reddi- Scipio restored to the States of
dit omnia quce sua recog- Italy, all the things which they
noscebantj recognised as their own.
Usage of Ipse.
32. Ipse renders the word with which it is joined em-
phatic, whether expressed or understood, and is equal to the
English, myself, thyself himself themselves, &:c., annexed
to it ; sometimes to the word very prefixed. With rmmhers
it denotes exactness, and sometimes it is used by itself as
a reflexive instead of sui, ^ 28, Obs. 3, 2d. ; as,
1. Ipse faciam^ (i. e. ego ipse,) I will do it myself.
2. Ip s e frueris otio, (i. e. tuipse,) Thou thyself enjoyest ease.
3. Jaculo cadit ipse, (i. e. ille ipse,) He himself falls by a dart.
4. Ccesar ipse venit, Caesar himself came.
5. Tempus ip sum convenit, The very time was agreed on.
6. ^d ip s as portas, To the very gates.
7. Decern ipsi dies, Ten whole days.
8. Precdtus est utipsum liberdret, He begged that he would lib
erate him.
9 Donum ipsi datum, A present given to him.
33. When joined with the personal pronouns, used in a
reflexive sense, and in an oblique case, it sometimes agrees
with them in case, but more commonly with the subject of
the verb in the nominative or accusative. It is always, how-
ever, to be translated with the oblique case, to which it adds
the force of the word self or simply of emphasis ; thus,
1. Se ipse int erf ecit (or se ipsum,) He slew himself,
1. Noscete ip s e (orte ipsum,) Know thyself.
2. Mihi ipse (or ip s i,) faveo, I favor myself.
3 Agam per me ip s e, I will do it myself.
4 Virtus est per se ip salauda- Virtue is to be praised for it-
bllis, self.
.5. Se ipsos omnes naturd dill- All men naturally love them-
gunt. selves.
RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT.
General Principle,
34 Every sentence containing a relative and its aniece
dent ts a compound sentence, of which the reljitive with its
20 INTRODUCTION.
clause forms one of the parts, and is used further to descrihe
orh'mit its antecedent word in the other part. That word
may be the subject, or belong to the predicate, or to some
circumstance connected with either. But to whichsoever
of these it belongs, the relative and its clause must all be
translated together, and in immediate connexion with its
antecedent word. Hence the following
General Rule of Arrangement,
35. The relative with its clause should be placed imme-
diately after, or as near as possible to the antecedent, aitd,
unless unavoidable, another substantive should not come
between therr.; thus,
Latin Arrangement,
1. Urbi imminet raons, qui ad Arcadiam proairrit.
Here ''''qui'''' with its clause, "a^ Arcadiam proairrit ^''^
belongs to, and further describes the antecedent subject,
"mans.'''' As then the subject with all that belongs to it
must be taken before the verb, (Gr. ^ 152, Direct. 2, 2d, 3d,)
the above sentence should be arranged for translation, thus :
Mons qiii procurril ad Arcadiam, immhiet urhi, A rnxnin-
tain, which extends to Arcadia, hangs over the city.
Or, the English order may be inverted, thus . XJrhi immi-
net mons, qui procurrit ad Arcadiam, Over the city hangs
a mountain, which, &c.
But not, Mons imminet urbi, qui, &c., because this arrange-
ment would place ^^urbi^^ between the antecedent, " 7nom,^^
and the relative, ^^qui,^^ and so lead to a false translation.
Che following sentence also affords an example :
2. FroximeurbemEurOtas Jluvius delabitur,ad cu-
j u s ripas Spartdni se exercere solebant. Arrange, Proxhne
urbem delabitur, &c., Close to the city flows ; or, Eurdtas
Jluvius, ad cujus ripas, &oc,
36. When another noun necessarily comes between th<
relative and its antecedent, there is more danger of ambi
guity in English than in Latin, as the gender and number,
of the Latin relative will generally direct to the proper an
tecedent, to which in English we are directed chieily by thy
LATIN IDIOMS. 21
sense. The following sentence affords an example of this
kind: Ad Byzantium fu git ^ oppidicm naturd munltum et
arte, quod copid ahundat,
37. The antecedent in Latin is often understood when
the English idiom requires it to he supplied. It is gene-
rally understood, and should he supplied in the proper case :
1st. When it is intentionally left indefinite, or is ohvious
from the gender and numher of the relative, and the con-
nexion in which it stands, as in No. 19; as,
1. Sunt (homines) quos juvatj There are men whom it delights.
2. Hie est (id) quodquceHmus, That which we seek is here.
" Hie sunt J (ea) quce qucerimus, Those things which we seek are
here.
3. (Is) qui cito datj bis dat, (He) who gives promptly, gives
twice.
Note. In the preceding sentences the antecedent supplied is in
parentheses.
2d. The antecedent is usually understood hefore the rela-
tive, when it is expressed after it, and in the same case,
(^99, Obs. l,2d.); as,
4. (Par s) qucB pars terrenafuit, The part which was earthy.
5. (Locus) in quern locum venit, The place into which he came.
*^ jlpud Actium (locum) qui lo- At Actium a, place which is, &c
cus est J 6fc,
Note. 1. When the antecedent word is expressed in the
relative clause, as in the examples Nos. 4, and 5, or is
repeated, as in the following. No. 6, (^ 99, Obs. 1, 3d.,) it
is omitted in translating; as,
6. Erant omnino duo itinera j qui- There were only two ways by
bus itineribus domo ex- which they could go from
Ire possentj home .
Note 2. QuisquiSy quidquid, or quicquid, (and also quicun'
que, qucBcunque, quodainque,) "whoever, whatever," used as
a relative without an antecedent, includes a general or indefi-
nite antecedent, in such case as the construction requires,
and is equivalent to omiiis, or quivis qui, — ovine, or quidvis
quod; as,
7. Foriunam qu<B cun que (i.e. They would hazard whatever
quamvis fortunam quee) fortune (i. e. any fortune
accidat experiaritur, which) might happen.
8 Quid quid tetigprat aurum Whatever (i. e. every thing which)
Jiebat^ he had touched became gold
22 INTRODUCTION
Note 3. When the antecedent is a proposition, or clause
of a sentence, § 99, Exp., the relative is put in the neuter
gender, and sometimes has id before it referring to the same
clause ; as,
9 Servi, quod (or id quod) nun- The slaves, which never had been
quam ante factum^ manu- done before, were set free and
missi et milites facti sunt; made soldiers.
38. In the beginning of a sentence, a relative, v^ith or
without quuTUy or other conjunctive term, and referring to
some word, clause, or circumstance, in a preceding sentence,
usually has the antecedent word repeated, or, if evident,
understood; and instead of who or which^ may be rendered
this^ that^ these, those, or, and this, and that, &c., according
as the closeness of the connexion may i:equire, [^ 99, Obs.
8,); as,
1. Quce urhs quum infestaretur , And since (or because) this city
was infested.
" Q tti legdti quum missi essent, When these ambassadors had been
sent.
2. QucB contentio cuncta per- This contention threw all things
miscuit, into confusion.
3. Quib us nunciis acceptis, These tidings being received.
4. Quod quum ille cerneret, And when he saw this.
5. Quo facto, T/iis being done (or accomplished)
6. Qu ce dum omnia contempla- And while they were contemplat-
bantur, ing all these things.
7. Quod quum impetrdsset, And when he had obtained this.
8. A quo consilio quum revoca- When he recalled him from thtt
ret. design.
9. Quo ictu ille extinctus est, And by this blow he was killed.
Note, To this construction belongs quod, (apparently for
propter or ad quod, ^ 128,) in the beginning of a sentence,
referring to something previously stated, and meaning, " on
account of, with respect to, or as to, this thing f " as,
10. Quod diis gratias habeo, On account of this, (for this thing,
wherefore,) I give thanks to the
gods.
11. Quod dic^'^et se venturum, As to what (as to that thins
which) he said, that he woulo
come.
39. When the antecedent word is not repeated, as in No.
38, the relative, with or without quum, or other conjunctive
term, may be rendered he, she, it, they, or and he, and she,
&c., according as the antecedent word requires, (§ 99, Obs.
8,); as,
LATIN IDIOMS. 2^3
1. Qui quum^ admitterSretj And when he admitted
2 Quce quum vidissetj And when she had seen.
Qu(B quum visa esset, When she had been (or was) seen,
3. Quam quum dare nollet, And when he would npt give it
4. Quibus quum occurrisset. When he had met them.
b. Qui (qucB; pi. qui, quce,) reS' And he, {she, they) replied.
pondit,
6. Qui (or quce) quum ades- And when they were present.
sent.
7 Quern Meledger interfecit, And Meleager slew him.
8 Quam quum duceret, And when he was leading her.
9. Ad quern quum venissent, And when they had come to him.
10. Quemut vidit, As soon as, (or when) he saw him.
40. When the relative in any case is followed by the
subjunctive mood, and the two clauses, viz: the antecedent
and relative, involve a comparison; or the latter expresses
the purpose, object, or design, of something expressed by the
former, the relative is better translated by the conjunction
that and the personal pronoun ; thus, that I, that thou, that
he, that they, &oc., as the antecedent word may require, (See
Gr. § 141, R. 11. and Explanation,);
1. Missus sum qui te adducerem, I have been sent that I might
bring you.
2. Neque is qu i facias id. You are not such a person that
you should do that.
3. Quis est tam lynceus qui, 8fC. Who is so sharp sighted that he,
4. Misit legdtos qui cognosce- He sent ambassadors that they
rent, might find out.
5. Fruges manddvit quas disse- She gave him fruits that he might
minaret, scatter them.
41. In the expressions, quippe qui, ut qui, utpote qui, the
relative is better translated by the personal pronoun which
represents the antecedent, (^ 141, Obs. 4,) ; as,
1. Quippe qui nunquam leg^rim, For, (or because) /have never
read them.
42. After digitus, indignus, idoneus, and the like, in the
predicate, the relative and subjunctive mood may be ren-
dered by the infinitive, (^ 141, Obs. 2. 1st.); as,
1. Dignus qui ametur, Worthy to be loved.
2. Sidignum qui numeretur If you shall elect a person worthy
crearltis, to be reckoned, &c.
43. Sometimes the natural order of the sentence is in-
verted, so that the relative clause stands first and the ante-
cedent follows it. In translating, the antecedent clause
should generally be placed first ; as,
^ INTRODUCTION.
1. Q u i bonis non recte vtUur y e i Good things become evil to him
bona malajiuntj who does not use good things
well.
2. Qui cito dat, (is) Hi daty He gives twice who gives quickly
Correlative Adjectives.
44. The demonstratives, tot^ so many, and totidem, just
so many ; tantus, as great, so great, as much, so much ;
talis, such ; are followed by their relatives, quot, quantus,
qualisy signifying as, to denote comparison ; as,
1. Tot homines quot. As many men as.
2. T otidem naves quot y Just so many shi^s as
3. Tantus exercltus quantusy As great (or so great) an army a«,
4. Talis homo qua I is, Such a man as.
So also the correlative adverbs.
5.
Toties
quotiesy
As often
6.
7.
8.
Tarn
Eo
Tanto
quo
So
By so much
By so much
In proportion
as.
as; or
45. Instead of the relative in such sentences, the conj unc-
tions ac, atque, (§ 149, Obs. 6,) ut, and the relative qui^
quce, quod, are sometimes used and may generally be trans-
lated, " as," or " that."
1. Honos talis paucis est deldtus Such honor has been bestowed
a c 7nihi, upon few persons, as upon me.
2. Cumtotldem navlbus atque He returned with just as many
profectus erat, rediit, ships as he had departed with.
3. Nulla est tanta vis qua non No power is so great as (or, that
frangipossity it) cannot be broken.
46. When the relative only is expressed in sentences im-
plying comparison, the demonstrative (No. 44,) must be sup-
plied and the sentence translated as above ; as,
1. Crocodllus parit (tant a) ova The crocodile lays (as large) eggs
quanta anseresy as geese lay.
2. (Tot) millia quot unquam As many thousands as ever came
venere Mycenisy from Mycenae.
47. Sometimes, as in No. 43, the natural order of the
sentence is inverted, so that the relative clause stands first
and the antecedent follows it. In translating, the antece-
dent clause should be placed first ; as,
1. Quot homines 1 0 1 causcE y ^
arrange > As many causes as there are men
Tot causce qv^ot homines, )
LA.TIN IDIOMS. 25
48. The relatives, quot, quoties, quantus, qualis^ used in-
terrogatively, or in an exclamation, or indefinitely, in the
indirect interrogation, and without implying comparison,
have no reference to an antecedent term either expressed
or understood, and are translated respectively, "how many,"
*• how often," "how great," or "how much," "what," or
"of what kind;" as,
1 Inter, Quoi annos habetf How many years has he? i. e.
how old is he ?
2 Indef. Nescio quot , I know not how many.
3 ExcL Cum quanta grai;i- With /ioif? ttiwc/i gravity.
tate !
4. Indef. Doce quales sint, Tell us of what kind they are.
^ THE VERB AND ITS SUBJECT.
General Principle.
49. Every finite verb (^ 95, 5,) has its own subject, ex-
pressed or understood, in the nominative case.
Obs. The subject of the verb is the person or thing spoken
of, and may be a noun, a pronoun, a ve?'b in the iiifinitive
mood, a clause of a sentence, or any thing which, however
expressed, is the subject of thought or speech. (^ 101,
Exp.)
General Rule of Arrangement.
60. The subject and all the words agreeing with it, gov-
erned by it, connected with it, or dependent upon it, must
be arranged in the order of their connection and dependence,
and translated before the verb.
1. Can is latrat, The dog harks.
2 E go Scribo, /write.
? Lude r e est jucundum, To play is pleasant.
4 Dulce est pr 0 p atria mori, To die for one^s country is sweet.
5. T otu s Gr ce c drum ex er - The whole army of the Greeks had
cltus Aulide convenerat, assembled at Aulis.
b. Vir sapit qui p auc a to- The man who speaks little is wise.
qultur,
51. When the subject of a verb is the infinitive, either
ttlone or with its subject; or a clause of a sentence, con-
nected by ut, quod, or other conjunctive term, the English
pronoun, it, is put with the verb referring to that infi-
nitive or clause following it, and which is its proper sub-
ject; as,
3
26 INTRODUCTION.
I. Facile est juUre J // is easy to command.
2 Mmtidtum est classem devinci, It was announced that the fleet
was conquered.
3. Semper accidit ut absis, It always happens that you are
absent.
4. Qui fit ut metuas. How happens it that you fear.
5. Nunquam Romdnis placuisse That it never had pleased the Ro-
impei atorem a suis mans, that a commander should
militlbus inte rfi c i. be killed by his own soldiers.
52. The verb must always be translated in its proper
tense, and in the same person and number with its nomina-
tive. (See paradigms of the verb, ^^ 54-70.) But when it
has two or more nouns or pronouns in the singular, taken
together, or a collective noun expressing many as individu-
als, as its subject, the verb must be translated in the plural;
as,
1, Et pater et mater v enerunt , Both his father and mother have
come.
2. Turba quoquoversum ruunty The crowd rush in every direc-
tion.
53. The nominative to a verb in the first or second per-
son, being evident from the termination, is seldom express-
ed in Latin; but must be supplied in translating; as,
1. Scriboj I write. 3. Scribimus, We write
2. Legisj Thou readest. 4. LegUis, You read.
54. When the verb in the third person has no nominative
expressed, it refers to some noun or pronoun evident from
the connection ; and, both in translating and parsing, the
pronoun ille^ or is, in the 7W7ninative case, and in the gender
and number of the noun or pronoun referred to, must be
supplied; as,
1. {Ille) scribitj (He) writes. 2. (Illi) scribunt, (They) write.
55. When the same word is the subject of several verbs
closely connected in the same construction, it is expressed
with the first and understood to the rest, both in Latin and
English ; thus,
1. C (B s ar venit, vidit, et vicit, Ccesar came, saw, and conquered
2. Dicitur C ce sdrem venisse, It is said that Ccesar came, saw
vidisse, et vicisse, and conquered.
\
Interrogative Sentences.
66. A question is made in Latin in four different ways,
2«s follows :
LATIN IDIOMS. 27
1st. By an interrogative pronoun; as, Quis veniti
" Who comes?" Quem. misitl " Whom did he send?*'
CuJ2is pecus hoc? " TF/io^e flock is this ? " &c.
2d. By an interrogative adverb; as, TJnde venii?
•* Whe7ice came he ? " Cur venit ? " Why did he come ? "
3d. By the interrogative particles, 7ium, an, and the en-
clitic, 7ie. Thus used these particles have no corresponding
English word in the translation ; they merely indicate a
question; as, Nu7n venit, or an venit, or venitne? "Has he
come? " Num videtur? "Does it seem? "
4th. By simply placing an interrogation mark at the end
of the question; as, Vis me hocfacere'i " Do you wish me
to do this?"
57. The interrogative pronoun or adverb, in all cases, fs
translated hefore the. verb ; as,
1. Quis fecit ? Who did it ? or who has done it I
2. Quem misit ? Whom did he send ?
3. Quant 0 constitit .? How much did it cost ?
4. Qua lis fuit ? What sort of a man was he ?
This is true also of the indirect question, i. e., when the
substance of a question is stated but not in the interroga-
tive form; as,
5. Nescio quant o constiteritj I know not hov) much it cost.
<5. Docuit quam firma res esset He shewed them how firm a thing
Concordia, agreement was.
Note, When the verb in the direct or indirect question
comes under <5> 103, R. V., the predicate, or nominative after
the verb, is translated first, and the subject or nominative,
in the direct question after the verb, as in Ex. 4 ; but in the
indirect, before it, as in Ex. 6. Thus, in Ex. 4, qtialis is
the predicate, and ille understood, the subject; in Ex. 6,
res is the predicate, and concordia the subject.
58. In all forms of interrogation not made by an inter-
logative pronoun, as in No. 57, the nominative or subject is
translated after the verb in English, in the simple forms,
and after the first auxiliary in the compound forms ; as,
1. Videsne ? Seest thou ? or dost thou see ?
2. Jin venisti 1 Hast thou come ? or have you come*
3. Scribetne ? Will he write ?
4. Num ibimus ? Shall we go ?
5. Nonne fecit ? Has he not done (it?)
28 IINITRODUCTION.
6 An egisset melius ? Would he have done better ?
7 Nonne aUmus ? Shall i/^e support?
8. iSiotaie Dei est? Does it not belong to God?
9. Iste est /rater ? Is that your brother?
59. When a sentence not interrogative is introduced by wee
or neque^ not followed b}^ a corresponding conjunction, (See
No. 124,) in a connected clause, the verb will be translated
by an auxiliary, and the English nominative will stand aftei
(he first auxiliary ; as,
1. Neque hoc intelligOf Neither do I understand this.
2. Nee venissetj Neither would he have come.
3. Nee adepttts sum, Nor have /attained.
The object of the verb,
60. In translating, the object of a transitive verb in the
accusative is arranged after the verb, and as near to it as
possible. That object may be a 7unm, a pronoicn, an iiTfini'
tive mood, or a clause of a sentence, (^ 116, Exp.); as,
1 . Romulus condidit urb em , Romulus built a city
2. Vocdvit earn Romam, He called it Rome.
3. Disce die ere vera, hearn to speak the truth.
4. Obtulit ut c apt ivos re- He offered that they should redeem
dimerent , the captives.
61. The interrogative or relative pronoun is always trans-
lated before the verb that governs it ; as,
1. Quern mittemus 1 Whom shall we send ?
2. Cui dcdisti ? To who7)i did ye give it ?
3. Dens quern colimus, God whom we worship.
4. C ui omnia debemus. To whom we owe all things.
62. When a transitive verb governs two cases, the imme-
diate object in the accusative, according to the natural order,
IS usually translated first, and after that the remote object
in the genitive, ^ 122 ; dative, ^ 123 ; accusative, ^ 124 ; or
ablative, § 125; as,
1 . Arguit m e furtx, He accuses me of theft.
2. Comparo Vir g ilium Homero, I compare Virgil to Homer.
3. Poscimus te p a c em , We beg peace of *thee.
4. Onerat naves auro, He loads the ships with gold.
Note. The accusative of the person after verbs of asking,
is translated by of, ox from', as,
5 Pyrrhum auxilium poposc€ru7it i They demanded aid o/ (or from)
Pyrrhus.
LATIN IDIOBIS. 29
63. But when the remote object is a relative^ or when th**
immediate object is an infinitive^ or a clause of a sentence,
or a noun further described by other words, the remote object
must be translated first ; as
1. Cui librum dedimusj To whom we gave the book.
2. Da mihi fallere, Give jne to deceive.
" Dixit e i conjiteor meum pec- He said to him, I confess my fault.
cdtum,
3. Eum rogaverunt, ut ipsos defen- They entreated him, that he would
deret, defend them.
4. Docuit ill OS quamfirma efset, He shewed them how firm it was.
5. Civitdtem, antea solicitdtam, He supplies with arms, the city
armis ornat, already excited.
64. When a verb, which in the active voice governs two
cases, is used in the passive form, that which was the im
mediate object in the accusative, becomes the subject in the
nominative, and the remote object in its own case immedi-
ately follows the verb. Thus, the examples No. 62, mav
be arranged and translated as follows, ^ 126.
1. jirguor furti, Jam accused of theflt.
2. Vir gilius compardtur Ho- Virgil is compared to Homer.
mero,
3. P ax poscitur te, Peace is begged of thee.
4. Naves onerantur aura, The ships are loading with gold.
So also the participles
5. Accusdtus furti , Accused of theft.
6. Compardtus Homer o , Compared to Homer ,
7. Onerdta aur o j Loaded with gold,
8. Nvddta ho7ninibus. Stripped of men.
9 Ereptus mor ti, Ssived from death.
Impersonal Verbs,
65. The impersonal verb has no nominative before it m
Latin. It is translated by placing the pronoun it before it
in English ; as, (§ 85, 2.)
1. Decet, It becomes. 4. Pugndtur, It is fought.
2. Constat, It is evident. 5. Itur, It is gone.
3. Tonat, It thunders. 6. Curritur, It is run.
66. Impersonal verbs governing the dative or accusative
in Latin, may be translated in a personal form by making
the word in the dative or accusative the nominative to the
Engflish verb, taking care always to express the same idea
(§ 85, 6, and ^ 113); thus
30
IfTTRODUCTION.
1. Placet mihi J
2. Licet t ibi ,
3. Decet eum ,
4. Pudet n 0 s ,
5. Tcedet v o s ,
6. Favetur, il lis f
7. Nocetur ho sti ^
8. Mislret me tuiy
9. Pcenltet eo s y
(0 Pcznitet me pec-
cdsse.
Impersonally. Personally,
It pleases me ; I am pleased.
It is permitted to you; You are permitted.
It becomes him ; He ought.
It shames us ; We are ashamed.
It wearies you ; You are wearied.
Favor is done to ^Aem; They are favored.
Hurt is done to the The enemy is hurt
enemy;
It moves me to pity
of you ;
It repents them. ;
It repents me^ i. e.^
I pity you.
They repent.
I repent of
sinned.
having
Personally,
I fight.
Thou runnest.
We favor.
We favor you; OTy
you are favored by us.
67. When the doer of an action denoted by an imper-
eonal verb, or by a passive verb used impersonally, is ex-
pressed by the ablative with a^ (^ 85, 6,) the verb may be
translated personally in the active voice, and the doer, in the
ablative, be made its English subject or nominative ; as,
Impersonally,
1. Pugndtur a me , It is fought by me ;
2. Curritur ate, It is run by thee ;
3. Favetur a nobis It is favored by us ;
4. Favetur tibi a no- It is favored to you
bis , by tts ;
Note, The doer in the ablative with a, is frequently un-
derstood, (especially when no definite person or thing is in-
tended,) and must be supplied as the context requires; as,
5. Ubi perventum est (ab Ulisy) When it was come by them, i. e.
when they came.
6. Descendttur (ab hominlbus,) Men (or people,) go down
7. Conveniebdtur(abhominibusj) People assembled.
68. Some verbs, not impersonal, are used impersonally,
when used before the infinitive of impersonal verbs, (^ 113,
Obs. 1,) ; as.
Impersonally,
1. Potest credi It can be trusted to you ;
tibi,
2. Non potest no- It cannot be hurt to the
ceri hostij enemy ;
3. Ut fieri solet, As it is wont to be done j
or, As is usual.
69. Verbs usually impersonal are sometimes used person
ally, and nave their subject in the nominative, {^ 113, Obs
\); as.
Personally.
You can be trusted :
66. 2.
The enemy canjioi
be hurt ; 66. 7.
LATIN IDIOMS.
31
1. Doleo, I grieve, (Impersonally Bolet mihi,) It grieves me,
2 Candida pax homines decet, Candid peace becomes men.
3. Jsta g e s t a mi n a nostras hU' These arms become my shoal-
meros de c entj ders.
Usage of Videor, " I seem.^'
70. Videor, "I seem," though never impersonal in Latin,
is often rendered impersonally in English ; and the dative
following it, seems properly to come under Rule XXXIIl,
t 126, to denote the person to whom any thing seems or
appears, i. e., by whom it is seen; thus, Videor tili esse
pauper I seem to you, (i. e., I am seen by you,) to be poor.
Video? riihi esse pauper, I seem to myself, (i. e., I am seen
by myself,) to be poor; or, I think that I am poor. So the
following :
I seem to be free ; or, It seems that
I am free.
I seem to myself to be free ; or,
It seejns to me, (or, I think) that
I am free.
You seem to be; or, It seems that
you are.
You seem to yourself to be; or, It
seems to you, (i. e., you think)
that you are.
You seem to me to be; or, It seems
to me, (i. e.. I think) that you
are.
You, as you seem, (or, as it seems)
do not write.
1. Videor esse liber,
2. Videor mihi esse liber,
3. Videris esse,
4. Videris tibi esse,
5. Videris mihi esse,
b Tw, ut videris, non scribis,
Obs, The third person singular of videor followed by an
infinitive, with its subject in the accusative, or by a depend-
ent clause after ut, or quod, may be said to be used imper-
sonally; though strictly speaking, that infinitive with its
accusative, or that clause, is the subject, (See No. 51,); as,
7. Videtur mihi te valere, It appears to me that you are well;
strictly rendered, That you are
well appears to (or, is seen by)
me.
It appears to him, (or, he thinks)
that he, (another person) is well.
It appears to him, (or, he thinks)
that he, (himself) is well He
seems to himself to be well
?. Illi videtur ut valeat,
9 Videtur sibi valere,
32 INTRODUCTION.
Verbs. — IndicaHve Mood,
71. Verbs in the indicative mood are translated as in the
pa)adigm in the Grammar. Care must be taken, however,
to notice when the sense requires the siviple^ or emphatic^
or progi'essive form.
72. When the perfect tense expresses a past action or
event extending to, or connected with the present, in itself
or in its consequences, it is used definitely, and must be
rendered by the auxiliaries, have, hast, has, or hath ; as,
1. Kegem vidi hodie, I have seen the king to day.
73. When the perfect tense expresses a past action or
event, without reference to the present, it is used indefi-
nitfjy, (Gr. § 44, III.) and cannot be rendered by have, hast,
has, or hath', as,
1. Megem vidi nuper, I saw the king lately.
Subjunctive Mood,
The subjunctive mood is used in twq different ways, viz :
subjunctively and poteMially, (Gr. § 42, II. and §§ 139-141.)
Subjunctive used subjunctively,
74. This mood is used subjunctively, but for the most
part translated as the indicative, w^hen it expresses what is
actual and certain though not directly asserted as such.
This it does,
1st. When it is subjoined to some adverb, conjunction,
or indefinite term in a dependent clause, for the purpose of
stating the existence of a thing, (without directly asserting
it ) as something supposed, taken for granted, or connected
with the direct assertion, as a cause, condition, or modifying
circumstance, {^ 140, Obs. 4,) ; as,
1. Eacumita sint discedam, Since these things are so, I will
depart.
2. Si mad eat, If it is U'e/.
3. Quum CcBsar redlret, When Caesar returned — was re-
turning.
4. Ita perterrUus est ut mori- He was so frightened that he died,
retur,
5. Gratulor tibi quod redi^ris, I am glad that you have returned
LATIN IDIOMS. 33
6. Siimperitaverint, If they have commanded
7. Si religutssemj iniqui If I had left him, &c.
dicer ent,
8. Quum CcBsar profectus When Caesar had departed,
e s s et,
Ohs. In the first of the above examples the direct asser-
tion, is discedam, " I will depart." The dependent clause,
ea cum ita si?it, "since these things are so," expresses the
existence of certain things referred to without . directly as-
serting it, but taking it for granted as a thing admitted or
supposed, but still affecting in some way the event directly
asserted. This holds good of all the other examples above.
The dependent clause connected by ut, or ubi, "when ; "
dum, " whilst ; " priusqicam^ " before ; " postquam, " after ; "
and other conjunctions, (§ 140, Obs. 2 and 3,); and also by
quum or cum, "when, " (Obs. 4,) sometimes take the indica-
tive mood.
2d. The subjunctive mood is used subjunctively, as above,
after an interrogative word used indefinitely, in a depend-
ent clause, or in what is called the indirect question, i. e.,
an expression containing the substance of a question with-
out the form. All interrogative words may be used in this
way, (See § 140,5,); thus,
9. Nescio quis sit — 'quid I know not who he is — what u do-
fiat , ing,
10. Doce me ubi sint dii. Tell me where the gods are.
11. Nescio ut er s c rib e r et, I know not which of the two wrote,
12. Nescio quid s c rip turn I know not what was written,
e s s et,
13 Scio cuij (a quo) scrip- I know to whom (by whom) it was
tum e s s et, written.
14. An scis quis hoc fe cerit^ Do you know who has done this ?
15. An scis a quo hoc /a c- Do you know by whom this has
tum fu e r it ? been done ?
16. Nemo sciebat quis hcec fe- None knew who had done these
c i s s et , things.
17. Percunctatus quid vellet , Having enquired what he wished
Note, The direct question requires the indicative ; as,
Quis fecit? " Who did it.? " The indirect requires the sub-
j unctive : as, Nescio quis fecerit, "I know not who did it."
75. This mood is used subjunctively, and usually trans-
lated as the indicative in a relative clause, after an indefi-
nite general expression, (^ 141, R. I.) a negation, or a ques-
$1 INTRODUCT.ON
lion implying a negation, and also after the relative in ob-
lique narration, (§ 141, R. VI.) ; as,
1. Est qui die at , There is one who says.
2. Nullus est qui ne g et , There is no one who denies.
3. Quis est qui hoc facia t ? V/ho is there that does this I
4. Antonius inquit, artem esse Antonius says that art belongs to
edrum rerum quce s cian- those things which are known,
tur ,
The Subjunctive used Potentially,
76. The subjunctive mood is used potentially; 1st, in
mterrogative sentences ; and 2d, to express a thing not as
actual and certain, but contingent and hypothetical, (Gr.
^ 42, II. 2, and Obs. 3.) Thus used it is much less definite
with respect to time, and is translated with some variety ;
as follows:
1. Present, by may, can, shall, will, could, would, should,
2. Imperfect, by might, could, would, or should.
3. Perfect, by may have, can have, must have, ^c.
4. Pluperfect, by might have, could have, would have, should havCy
and denoting futurity, should.
The most usual renderings of each tense, are the follow-
ing:
77. Present, The present subjunctive used potentially,
expresses present liberty, power, will, or obligation, usually
expressed by the English auxiliaries, 7nay, can, shall, will,
could, would, should, (§ 45, 1.)
1. Licet eas. Yon may go.
2. Jin sic int ellig at ? Can he so understand, it ?
3. Men* mo v eat cimex Panti- Shall (or should) the insect Panti
lius ? lius discompose me ?
4. Quis istos fer at ? Who cotild bear those men ?
5. Si hie sis, aliter s entias , If you were here you would think
otherwise.
Imperatively.
6. Sic eat, Thus let her (or him) go,
7. Edmus, Let us go.
8. Pugnttur, {Impersonally ,) Let it be fought.
9. Diifaciant, May the gods grant.
78. Imperfect . The imperfect subjunctive used poten-
tially, is preceded by a past tense, and expresses past lib-
erty, power, will, or duty, but still in its use expresses time
very indefinitely. It is usually rendered by the English
LATIN IDIOMS. 35
Auxiliaries, mighty 'could, loould, should, sometimes had^
icould have, should ham; as,
1 . Leg^bat utdisceret. He read that he might learn,
2.. Quid facer-e m ? What could i do ?
3. Iret sijubereSf He would go if you should order it
4. Cur V eni r et , Why should he come.
6. Eogaverunt ut v enlr et , They entreated that he would
come.
6. Si quis die er et j nunquam If any one had said it, I would nol
putdrem, have thought it.
Note, After verbs denoting to hinder, forbid, and the like,
quo ?mnus with the subjunctive, may be rendered hy from
and the present participle, {^ 45, II. 3,); thus,
7. Impedivit quo minus iret, He hindered him /row going.
Obs. An action or state which would, or would not exist,
or have existed, in a case supposed, but the contrary of which
is implied, is expressed in Latin by the imperfect or pluper-
fect subjunctive, without an antecedent verb or conjunction,
(U39,2,); as,
f^. S c r i b er em , si necesse es- I would write, if it were necessary.
set,
9 S c rip sissem , si necesse 1 would have written y had it been
fuisset, necessary.
79. Fei'fect. The perfect subjunctive properly expresses
what is supposed to be past, but of which there exists uncer-
tainty. Thus used it is commonly rendered by the auxilia-
ries may have, can have, &c. It is also used sometimes in a
present and sometimes in a future sense, with much variety
of meaning, according to its connection, (§ 45, III.); as,
1. Fortasse errav^rim, Perhaps I may have erred.
2. Etsi non s c rip s er it , Though he cannot have written
3. Ut sic dix e rim , That I may so speak.
4. Citius cr edide r im , I would sooner believe.
5. Facile dixerim, I could easily tell.
6. Quasi affuerim, As if I had been present,
80. Pluperfect, The pluperfect (^ 45, IV.) is usually ren-
dered by the auxiliaries, might have, could have, would have,
should have, as in the paradigm of the verb. But when an
action is related as having been future at a certain past
time, it is expressed in Latin in the pluperfect subjunctive,
and translated shrndd ; as,
I. Qiiodcunque j us sis s et me I said that I would do whatsoever
faci^brum dixi, he should order.
36 INTRODUCTION.
2 Promiaisti te scripturmn, si You promised that you would
r og avi s s 6771 , write , if I should desire it.
3 .Dum convaluisset, Until he should get well.
81. The pluperfect subjunctive active, with quum, in
i^erbs not deponent, is used instead of a past participle
active, (^ 49, 8,) and may be rendered by the compound per-
fect participle in English; as,
1. CcRsar^quumhcBc dixis s et j Caesar having said these things;
(literally, Caesar, vs^hen he
had said these things.)
82. When the subjunctive has a relative for its subject,
and the relative and antecedent clause involve a comparison,
they may be rendered as in No. 40, or the sense will be
expressed if we render the relative by as, and the subjunc-
tive by the infinitive ; thus,
1. Quis tarn esset amens qui sem- Who v^ould be so foolish as to live
pcrviverety always.
2. Neque tu is es qui nescias ^ You are not such a one as not to
know.
83. When the relative and subjunctive follow such adjec-
tives as dignus, indignus, idoneus, (^ 141, Obs. 2.) and the
like ; or when they express the end or design of something
expressed in the antecedent clause, their meaning will be
expressed as in No. 40, or by the infinitive alone, or prece-
ded by the phrase ** in order to ;" thus,
1. Dignum qui secundus ah Ro- Worthy to he ranked next after
imlo numeretur, Romulus.
2. Legdtos miserunt qui eum a c- They sent legates to accuse (or, in
cus dr ent J order to accuse) him.
3. Virgas its dedit quihus He gave them rods to drive ^ (in
a g e r ent J order to drive ; or, so that with
these they might drive,)
84. The subjunctive with, or without ut, after verbs sig-
nifying to hid, forbid, tell, allow, hinder, command, and the
like, (I 140, 1, 3d, and Obs. 5,) may be rendered by the
English infinitive preceded by the subject of the verb in the
objective case; as,
1. Precor venias, I pray that you may come j i. e.^
I pray you to come.
2 Die V eniat J Tell her to come.
3. Sine eat, Fermit him to go.
^. Non paticris ut eant , You will not suffer them to go,
6. Non pater is ut vescdmur. You do not suffer us to eat.
LATIN IDIOMS. * 37
86'. When several verbs m the same mood and tense,
have the same nominative, and are connected in the same
construction, the auxiliary and " ?o," the sign of the infini-
tive, in the translation is used with the first only, and under-
stood to the rest ; as,
1. Kt vidisset et audivissetj He misjht have both seen and
heard.
2. Et visus et aridities essety He might have been both seen and
heard.
3. Cuplmus et videre et audire. We wish both to see and hear.
The Infimtive Mood, 4
86. When the infinitive is without a subject, it is to be
considered as a verbal noun, (§ 144,) and translated as in
the paradigm of the verb ; as,
1. Volo s crib er e , I wish to write.
2. DicUur didiciss e j He is said to have learned.
3. DicUur iturus esse. He is said to be about to go.
4. DicUur iturus fu is s e ^ He is said to have been about to go.
87. When the verbs possum, volo, tvoIo, malo, in the indi-
cative or subjunctive, are translated by the English auxilia-
ries, ca7i, will, will not, will rather, and sometimes, in the
past tense, by amid, would, &;c., the infinitive following is
translated without to before it ; as,
1. Potest fieri J IX c^nbe done.
2. Volo ire, I will go.
3. Nolo fa cere, I will not do it.
4. Malo facere, I will rather do it.
5. Ut se volucrem fa clr e vellet, That he would make her a bird
6. Nihil jam defendi potuit, Nothing could now be defended,
7. Hoc facere non potuit, He could not do this.
8. Nollte tirmre, Do not fear.
88. The present is generally translated as the perfect
without "to," after the imperfect, perfect and pluperfect
tenses of possum, volo, nolo, malo, when translated caidd,
would, would not, would rather; and with " to" after the
same tenses of deheo, and oportet, translated might; as,
1. Melius fieri non potuit j It could not have been done better.
2. Volui die ere , I would have said.
3. Sumere arma noluit, He would not have taken arms
4. Maluit auger e , He w^ould rather have encreased.
5. Quampotuisset edSre, Than he could have caused.
6. Debuisti mihi ignosc ere , You ought to have pardoned me.
7. Dividi oportuit f It ought to have been divided
4
38 INTRODUCTION.
Note, A strictly literal translation of most of the above
sentences would not express the precise idea intended ; thus,
in the third sentence, " He would not have taken arms,"
and "He was not willing to take arms," manifestly do not
mean the same thing.
89. After verbs denoting to 566, hear ^ feel, and the like,
the present infinitive is often translated by the English pre*
sent participle ; as,
1. Avdivi eum di c e r e , I heard him saying.
2. Sur g er e videt lunam, He sees the moon rising.
3. Terram tremere sensit, He felt the earth trembling.
Obs. So also when the infinitive alone, or as part of a
clause, is the subject of another verb ; as,
4. Mo rdri periculosum est, Delaying is dangerous.
5. Mordri periculosum (esse) They think that delaying i? dan-
arbitrantur, gerous.
The Infinitive with a subject,
90. The infinitive with its subject in the accusative,
though but seldom, is sometimes translated in the same
form in English ; as,
1. Cupio t e venir e y I wish you to come.
9 Quo s discorddre nov^- Whom he had known to differ
rat,
3. Hoc optimum esse judicdvit, He decided this to be the best.
4. Eum V 0 c dr i jussit, He ordered him to be called.
91. The infinitive with a subject, usually is, and always
may be, translated by the English indicative or potential,
according to the sense intended. When so rendered, its
subject must always be translated in the nominative; and
this, ]f not a relative, is usually preceded by the conjunction
that, (^ 145,) ; as,
1. Cupio te V enir e , I wish that you would come.
2. Dicit me s crib e r e. He says that I write.
3. Eos ivis s e putdbat. He thought that they had gone.
4. Quem nunquamrisisseferunt, Who they sb. j never laughed.
5. Rogdvitquid faciendum He asked what he thought
{esse) putdret, ought to be done.
92. Both the Latin and the English infinitive, by their
tenses, represent an act, &c., as present, past or future, at
the time of the governing verb. Hence, when the one is
translated by the other; that is, the Latin infinitive by the
English infinitive, (Nos. 86 and 90,) any tense of the one
LATIN IDIOMS. 39
will be correctly translated by the same tense in the other,
(except as in No. 88,) no matter what be the tense of the
governrng" verb; as,
1. Pres. Dicitur, ^ Pres. Past. Future.
2. Past, Dicebdtur, > habere ; habuisse ; habiturus esse.
3. Fut. Dicetuvj }
1. Pres. He is said ^
2 Past, He was said > to have; to have had; to be about to have.
3 Fut. He will be said )
93. But when the Latin infinitive, with its subject, is
translated by the English indicative or potential, the tense
used in these moods, must be that which will correctly ex-
press the time of the act expressed by the Latin infinitive
as estimated, not from the time of the governing verb, as in
Latin, but as estimated from the present. That is, events
present at the same time, or past at the same time, will be
expressed in English by the same tense; an event repre-
sented in Latin as prior to the present time, (perfect infini
tive after the present tense,) will be expressed by the Eng
lish imperfect or perfect indefinite ; and an event represent-
ed in Latin as prior to a past event, (perfect infinitive after
a past tense,) will be expressed by the English pluperfect ;
thus :
1. Pres. Dicunt eum venire , They say that he is coming^ or
comes.
2. Past, Dixerunt eum venlr e , They said that he came.
3. Pres. Dicunt eum venisse, They sa.y that he came.
4. Past, Dixrzrunt eum venisse , They said that he had come.
5 Past, CcBperunt suspicdri illam They began to suspect that she
venire, came.
Note. The infinitive after the future does not follow this
analogy, but is always translated in its own tense ; as,
Pres. Perf. Future.
6. Dicent eum venire, venisse, vent fi rum esse.
They will say that he comes, has come, will come.
94. L Present, past, and future time, are variously ex-
pressed as follows :
]st. Present time is expressed by the present tense, and
generally by the perfect defiiiite.
2d. Past time is expressed by the imperfect, ;perf. indcfi-
nite and pluperfect. — by the perfect participle, — the
present infinitive after a past tense, — the present tense
used iu express a past eoeut, § 44, I, 3, — and bv thep7'e-
40 INTRODUCTION.
sent participle^ agreeing with the subject of the govern-
kig verb in any of these tenses, ^ 49, 5.
3d. Future time is expressed by the future^ and future
perfect,
2. The infinitive of deponent verbs, is translated in the
same manner as the infmitive active in^ the following ex-
amples in Nos. 95 to 100.
3. After verbs denoting to promise^ request^ advise^ com*
mand^ and the like, implying a reference to something fu-
ture, the present infinitive, with its subject, is usually trans-
lated as the future, by should^ or ivould^ (See No. 100, 1,2,
3. 7, 8, 9,); as, Jussit, eos per castra duci, He ordered
that they should be led through the camp.
4. The Latin words for " he said,'''' " saying,''^ or the like,
introducing an oblique narration, are often omitted, and the
infinitive takes the form of translation corresponding to the
time expressed by the word to be supplied.
From these principles are deduced the following direc-
tions for translating the infinitive with a subject.
Present Lifinitive after Present or Future time.
95. Direct. I. When the preceding verb is in the present,
the perfect used definitely, ox future teiise, the present infin-
itive is translated as the present ; as.
Active Voice.
1. Dico mm I auddr e j I say that he praises.
2. Dixi eum I auddr e , I have said that he praises
3 Dicam eum lauddre , I will say that he praises.
Passive Voice.
4. J)ico eum lauddriy I say that he is praised.
5. Dixi eum lauddriy 1 have said that he is praised,
6. Dicam eum lauddriy I will say that he is praised
Present Infinitive after Past time.
96. Direct. II. When the preceding verb is in the tm
perfect, perfect indefinite, or pluperfect, or in the present iiv-
fi,nitive after a past toi^e, the present infinitive is translateri
as the imperfect, or perfect indefinite ; as,
LATIN IDIOMS. 41
Present Infinitive Active,
I. Dicebam mm I auddr e ^ I said that he praised,
E. Dixi eum I auddi e j I said that he praised.
3. Dixeram eum I auddr e y 1 had said that he praised.
I. Ccepi dicer e eum I auddr e , I began to say that he vraued.
Present Infinitive Passive,
5. Dicebam eum I auddr i y I said that he was praised.
6. Dixi eum I auddr i j I said that he was praised.
7. Dixeram eum I auddr i , I had said that he was praised.
8. Co^pi dicer e eum I auddr i y I began to say that he was praised,
Exc. I. When the present infinitive expresses that which
is always true, it must be translated mX\iQ present , after any
tense, ^ 44, I. 1 ; as
9. Doctus erat deum gub er- He^had been taught that God goV'
ndr e mundumj ems the world.
Exc. II. When the present infinitive expresses an act
subsequent to the time of the governing verb, it is transla-
ted after any tense, by the potential with should; would; as,
10. Jubet ^ He orders ^
II. Jussit >te ire, He ordered > thsit you should go,
12. Jusserat ) He had ordered )
Perfect Infinitive after Present or Future time.
97. Direct. III. When the preceding verb is in the pre-
sent, perfect defiiiite, ot future tense, the perfect infimtive is
translated as the imperfect or perfect indefinite ; as,
Active Voice,
1. Dico eum I audavisse , I say thsit he praised.
2. Dixi eum I audaviss e , I have said that he praised,
3. Dicam eum laudaviss e , I will say that he praised
Passive Voice,
4. Dico eum I auddtum esse, I say that he was praised.
5. Dixi eum. I auddtum esse, I have said that he was praised
6. Dicam eum I auddtum esse , I will say that he was praised.
7. Dico eum I auddtum fu- I say that he has been praised
is s e ,
8. Dixi eum I auddtum fu- I have said that he haa been praised
iss e ,
9. Dicam eum I auddtum fu - I will say that he has been praised,
is se.
42 INTRODUCTION.
Perfect Infinitive after Past Tenses.
98. Df-RECT. IV. When the preceding verb is in the int"
perfect, perfect indefinite, or pluperfect, or in the present iw
finitive after a past tense, the perfect infinitive is translated
as the pluperfect ; as,
Active Voice,
1 . Dicebam eum laud avis se , I said that he had praised,
2. Dixi eum laudavisse, I said that he had praised,
3. Dixerain eum I audavis s e , I had said that he had praised.
4. Ccepi dicer e eum I auda- I began to say that he had praised.
vis s e^
Passive Voice,
5. Dicebam eum lauddtum I said that he had been praised,
esse,
6. Dixi eum lauddtum esse , I said that he had been praised.
7. Dixeram eum laud at wm I had said that he had been praised,
p.sse ,
8. C(Bpi dicere eu7n lauddtum I began to say that he had been
esse, praised.
9. Dicebam eum I auddtum I said that he had been praised,
fuis s e,
10. Dixi eum lauddtum fu - I said that he had been praised,
is se ,
11. Dixeram eum lauddtum I had said that he had been praised.
fuiss e ,
12. Ccepi dicere eum lauddtum I began to say that he had been
fuisse, praised.
Future Infiiiitive after the Present Tense,
99. V. "When the preceding verb is in the preserit, or perfect
defiiiite, or future teiise, the future infinitive with esse, is
translated as the future indicative; and with /M255e,by ?/?owZd
have, or should have, in the pluperfect potential in a future
sense; and /ore, iox futUrum esse, is translated by will he.
Active Voice,
1. Dico eum I audaturum I say that he will praise,
esse,
2. Dixi eum laudaturum I have said that he ivill praise,
esse,
3. Dicam eum laudaturzim I will say that he will praise,
esse,
4 Dico eum laudaturum fu- I say that he would have praised
i s s e ,
5 Dixi euml audatHrum fu- I have said thvct he would have
i s s e , praised.
^. Dicam eum I audaturum I will say that he would hav$
fu isse , praised.
LATIN IDIOMS, 43
Passive Voice.
7 Dico eum I auddtum iri, 1 say that he will be praived
8. Dixieum lauddtum iri, I have said that he will be praised.
9. Dicam eum I auddtum iri, I will say that he will be praised.
Future Infinitive after Past Tenses.
]00. Direct. VL When the precedmg verb is of the im-
Iperfect, perfect indefinite^ or pluperfect, the future of the
infinitive with esse, is rendered by ivould or should', and
vi\i\\. fuisse, hj would have, and should have; and jfore for
futUrum 6556, after any past tense, by would he; as.
Active Voice.
1. DicSbam eum I audaturum I said that he would praise.
esse,
2. Dixi eum I audaturum, Sfc. I said that he would praise.
3. Dixeram eum I audaturum I had said that he would praise.
4. DicSbam eum I audaturuml said that he would have praised.
fuiss e ,
5. Dixi eum I audaturum, SfC. I said that he would have praised.
6. DixSram eum I audaturuml had said that he would have
fuisse, praised.
Passive Voice.
7. JHcebam eum I auddtum I said that he would be praised.
iri,
8. Dixi eum lauddtum iri , I said that he would be praised.
9. Dixiram eum I auddtum I had said that he would be praised.
iri,
10. DicSbam (dixi) eum forel said that he would be safe.
tutum,
Usage q/* Fore.
Ohs. Fore is used for futurum esse, and, with a subject
after present tenses means " will ie," after past tenses
" would ^e." Both of them when followed by a subjunctive
with ut (^ 145, Obs. 6,) after a present tense, may be trans-
lated by the future indicative of that verb; and after a past
tense, by the imperfect potential ; as,
11. Credo eumfo r e tutum, I believe that he will be safe.
12. Credebain, or credldi, (credi- I believed, (had believed) that he
deram) eum fore tutum, would he sale.
13. Credo fore (or futurur,i esse) I believe that you will learn.
ut disc as,
14 Credebam or credidi (credide. I believed, (had believed) that you
ram) fore (ovfutitrum es- would learn
te) ut disc^res.
44 iWTllODUCTION.
Participles.
101. Participles are usually translated after their nouns
as in the paradigms of the verb; thus,
I Present active, Homo c arens fraude, A man wanting guile.
2. Future active, Homo scripturus^ A man about to write.
3. Peilect passive, Vita bene acta, A life well sjoen^.
4. , CcBsar c oa ctusj Caesar being (or hav-
ing been) compelled
5 (Deponent,) Ccesar r e gr es sus , Cscsar havirig returned
6. Future passive, Mala vitanda, Evils to be avoided,
i. e., which ought to
be avoided.
Exc. But when a participle is used as an adjective. ^ 49,
3,) it is translated, like the adjective, before its substantive ;
as,
7. T igrin ostendit mansue- He exhibited a tamed tiger,
fa ct am J
8. Inferventibus arenis Standing on the burning sands.
insist ens ^
Future Participle Active,
102. When the Future participle active is used to ex-
press a piirpose, end, or design of another action, (§ 146,
Obs. 3,) it is rendered by " to," or the phrase " in order to,"
instead of " about to ;" as,
1. Per git consul turns era- He goes to consult (or, in order to
culaj consult) the oracle.
Obs. The present participle is also sometimes used in
this sense; as,
2. Venerunt postulantes ci- They came to (or, in order to) ask
bum, food.
Perfect Participle Passive,
103. As the Latin verb has no perfect participle in the
active sense, (except in deponent verbs,) its place is usually
supplied by the perfect participle passive in the case abso-
lute, (^ 146, Obs. 8,) ; thus, " Caesar having consulted his
friends," rendered into Latin, will be, CcEsar ainlcis
ronsultis, literally, " Caesar, his friends being consulted,'''*
Hence,
104. When the action expressed passively by the perfect
participle in the case absolute, or agreeing with the object
of a verb, is something done by the subject of the leading
LATIN IDIOMS. 45
verb in the sentence, the participle is rendered more in ac-
cordance with English idiom, by the perfect participle in the
active voice in English, agreeing with the subject of the
verb, and followed bv its noun in the objective case, (^ 49,
8, and ^ 146, Obs. 8^) ; thus,
1. CcBsar, his di cti s , profectus est, translated in the
Latin idiom, Caesar, these things being said, departed.
English idiom, Caesar, having said these things, departed.
2. Opereperacto, ludSmus,
Latin idiom, Our work being finished, we will play.
English idiom. Having finished our work, we will play.
3. Pythiam ad se v o c at um pecunia instruxit^
Latin idiom, He supplied with money Pythias being called to him.
English idiom, Having called Pythias to him, he supplied him with
money.
105. The perfect participle of deponent verbs having an
active signification, accords with the English idiom, and is
best translated literally ; as,
1. Na ctu s naviculum, Having found a boat.
2. C 0 hor t at us exercitum. Having exhorted the army.
106. When the perfect participle of deponent or common
verbs, expresses an act nearly or entirely contemporaneous
with the leading verb, it may be translated by the English
present participle in ing, (^ 49, 5, Note,) ; as,
1. Rex hoc f acinus miratus The king, admiring this act, dis-
juvenem dimisit, missed the youth.
2. Columba delap s a refert sa- The dove falling brings back the
sittam, arrow.
The Future Participle Passive.
107. After verbs signifying ^o give, to deliver, to agree or
bargain for, to have, to receive, to undertake, and the like,
the participle in dus generally denotes design or p^irpose,
and is rendered simply as in the paradigm, or with the
phrase " in order to," prefixed, (^ 146, Obs. 4,) ; as,
1. Testamentum tibi tradit Z e - He delivers his will to you to (or
g endum , in order to) be read.
2. Attribuit nos trucidandos He has given us over to Cethegus
Cethego, (in order) to be slain.
108. The participle in dus, especially when agreeing with
the subject of a sentence or clause, generally denotes pro*
priety, necessity^ or obligation, and is rendered variously* as
46 INTRODUCTION.
the tense of the accompanying verb and t'he connection re-
quire, (§ 146, Obs. 5,); the following are examples:
I Legdtus mittendus estj An ambassador must (or should)
be sent.
2. Legdtus mitt endus erat or An ambassador had to be sent.
fuit
3. Legatus mitt endus erit, An iim.hB.sssidoT will have to be sent
4. Legdtum mitt endum esse. That an ambassador sA^ow/d 6e senf.
5 . mittendumfu- ought to or
i s s e , should have been sent.
6. Dis simul anda loquitur. He speaks things that ought to be
concealed.
7. Dis simul anda loquebd- He spake things which ought to
tur, have been concealed.
8 . QucB dissimul anda Which will have to be concealed.
er unt ,
9. Die, quid statue ndum Say, what is ^o be (oi must be)
sit f thought.
Ablative Absolute,
109. When a participle stands with a substantive in the
ablative absolute, R. LX., the substantive is translated with-
out a sign, No. 9, and after it the participle, as in the para-
digm of the verb ; as,
1. RomUlo r e gnant e J Romulus reigning.
2. Hac oratione habit a This oration being delivered.
3. CcBsdre V entur 0 . Caesar (being) about to come,
4. PrcBceptis tr adendis , Rules being to be delivered.
^. Bello ortOj War having arisen.
Note. The future participles, Ex. 3, 4, are seldom used in
the case absolute.
110. When two nouns, — a pronoun and a noun, — a noun
or a pronoun and an adjective, are used in the ablative
without a participle, (§ 146, Obs. 10,) they are translated in
the nominative without a sign, and the English participle
'* being,'''' inserted between them; as,
1. Adolescentulo duce, A young man being leader.
2. Mario consule, Marius being consul.
3. Me suasore, I being the adviser.
4. Annibdli vivo, Hannibal being alive.
5 Se invito, He being unwilling.
Gerunds and Gerundives.
1 1 1. The gerund, being a verbal noun, is translated in
LATIN IDIOMS. 47
the same manner as other nouns of the same case, and at
the same time may govern the case of its own verb, ^ 147 ;
as,
1. N. Petendum pacem, Seeking peace.
2. G Petendi pacem^ Of seeking peace.
3. D. Utendo libris, To (or for) using books.
4. Ac. O bliviscendu?)! in juridrum,F or getting iniuries.
5. Abl. Parendo magistratui^ By obeying the magistrate.
6. Ahl. Pet end 0 pace??i J With, from, in, 6y seeking peace.
112. Of verbs that govern the accusative, instead of the
gerund in the oblique cases, the Latins commonly used the
participle in dus, in the sense of the gerund, and agreeing
with its object in gender, number and case; the case being
governed by the same word that would have governed the
gerund. When thus used it is called a gerundive, (^ 147,
R. LXII.)
Gerunds. Gei-undives,
1. Ars lihrum I eg endi j 5. jlrs libri legendi,
The an of reading a book.
2. Utile vulnera cur and o , 6. Utile vulneribus curandiSf
Useful /or healing wounds,
*?. jld literas s cr ib endum ,1. Ad lit ^ r a s s c rib endas f
For writing a letter,
4. De captlvos commut an - 8. De c aptlvi s commut an
do , dis ,
* Respecting exchanging captives.
113. When the gerund is the subject of the verb e^?, gov-
erning the dative, it implies necessity, and is variously
translated into the English idiom, as the tense of the verb
requires, (^ 147,) ; as,
Latin Idiom. English Idiom,
1. Legendum est mihi, I must read, I ougi-ht to read;
Reading is to me; i. e., I should read.
2. Legendum erat (fuit) mihi. I had to read; I ought to have
Reading was to me; read; I should have read.
5. Legendum fuer at mihi, I had been obliged to read.
Reading had been to me;
4. Legendum erit mihi, I will have to read; It will be
Reading will be to me; necessary for me to read.
6. Dicit legendum esse mihi. He says that I must read —
He says that reading is to me; ought to read — should read.
6. Dicit legendum fuisse mihi, He says that I had to read —
He says that reading was tome; ought to — or should — have
read.
Ohs, The dative is frequently omitted, and generally
v/hen it denotes persons or things, in a general or indefinite
48 INTRODUCTION.
sense. In such cases, hoviini^ homimhus^ nolis, or the like,
must be supplied ; as,
7. Vivendum est recte (scil homirii- Living honestly is, viz : to men j
bus,) i. e., men ought to live hon-
estly.
8. Dicit vivendum esse recte, (scil. He says that living honestly is.
homini,) viz: to a man; i. e., a man
ought to live honestly.
Supines.
114. The Supines are rendered without variation, as iti
the paradigm, and under the rules, (^ 148,) ; as,
1. jibiit de ambuldtum J He has gone to walk.
2. Facile dictu , Easy to tell, or to be told'.
Passive Voice.
115. The passive voice, in the indicative mood, is trans
lated as in the paradigms. The subjunctive mood is sub-
ject to all the variety of construction and translation used in
the active voice, Nos. 74-84, acting on the verb to be, which
as an auxiliary with the perfect participle, makes up the
passive form of the verb in English.
In the compound tenses, (<^ 53, 3,) when two or more
verbs in a sentence are in the same tense, and have the
same nominative, or are in the same construction, the verb
sum is commonly expressed with the last and understood t:^
the rest, as in the following Ex. 1. But when the nomina-
tive is changed, the verb "to be" should be repeated as in
Ex. 2.
1 . Nisus a Minoe victus et occlsus Nisus was conquered and killed
est, by Minos.
2. Tres naves captce, decern de- Three ships were taken, ten sunk;
mersce, duo millia hostium two thousand of the enemy wer€
capta, tredecimmillia occlsa taken, thirteen thousand killed.
tunt.
Passive Voice in a Middle Sense.
116. The Latin passive voice is often used to represent
its subject, not as acted upon by another, but as acting on
itself, or for itself, or intransitively, by its own impulse ; and
so corresponds in sense to the middle voice in Greek. Thus
used, it is best translated by the active voice followed by
the reflexive pronoun as an object, or by an intransitive
LATIN IDIOMS. 49
verb expressing the idea intended, (§ 41, Obs. 3.) The fol-
lowing are examples.
1 Faludlhus abdlti sunt, They concealed themselves in the
marshes.
2 Cum omnes in omni genere see- Since all give themselves up to
lerum volutentur, every kind of wickedness.
3 F er t ur in hostes, Rushes against the enemy.
4 Volutdti super poma, Rolling themselves over the Si])iples.
d Cingitur armis, Girds himself with his armor.
6 S t ernuntur tumulo, Throw themselves on the grave.
7 Gallus victus o c cul t dtur , The cock, when conquered, hidei
himself.
117. The verb sum governing the genitive by R. XII., §
108, may generally be translated by the phrase " belongs
to," "is the part," "is the property," &c. See explanation
under Rule; as,
1. E st regis, It belongs to the king.
2. Pecus est Melibcei, The flock belongs to Meliboeus.
3. Prudentia est senectutis. Prudence is the characteristic of
old age.
118. The verb sum, (also desum,) in the third person,
governing the dative by ^ 112, Rule II., may generally be
translated by the corresponding tenses of the verb *' to have,"
with the Latin dative for its subject, and the Latin subject
for its object; as,
Latin Idiom, English Idiom,
1. Liber est mihi, A book is to me, I have a book.
2. Liber erat mihi, A book was to me, I had a book.
3. Liber fuit mihi, A book was (or has I had, or have had a
been) to me, book.
4. Liber fuer at mihi, A book had been to I had had a book.
me,
5. Liber erit mihi, A book will be to me, I will have a book
6. Libri sunt mihi, Books are to me, I have books.
7. Est mihi, It is to me, I have it.
8. Liber deest mihi, A book is not to me, I have not a book
119. When a compound verb, rendered by the simple
verb and a preposition, is followed by two cases, the simple
verb with the immediate object (always in the accusative,)
ir> usually translated first, and then the preposition with the
remote object.
i. Flumen copias transduxit, He led his forces across the river.
2 C ir cumddre mcBnia op- To build walls around the city.
pldo,
3. Caput deje cit saxo, He threw the head down {rom. the
rock. ^
5
60 INTRODUCTiOW.
120. Aa adverb, adverbial phrase, or clause expressing:
some circumstance in translating, may often be arranged in
different situations in a sentence, due regard being paid to
the sense and harmony of the whole ; thus. Magna dehemus
suscipere duvi vires suppetuntj may be arranged variously
for translating, as follows:
1. Debemus suscipere magna, dum vires suppetunt ; or,
2. Dum vires suppetunt ^ debemus suscipere magna j or
3. Debemus, duin vires suppetunt^j suscipere magna.
121. The negative conjunction ne, is variously rendered
lest, lest that, that-not, 7wt; and after verbs signifiying to
fear, forbid, and the like, it is translated that, while ut in
the same situation, means that not,
1. Ne quis eat, Lest (or that not) any one jna.y go.
2. Orat ne se perdat, She entreats that he would not
destroy her.
3. jEgi ne inter essem, I managed that I should not be
present.
4. Dum n e veniat^ Provided he do not come.
5. Respondit n e cogitdta quidem He replied that not even the
latent. thoughts are concealed.
6. Vereor n e cadas, ' I am afraid that you may fall.
7. Timui ut veniret, I feared that he would not come.
Note 1. But when the fear expressed, refers to such things
as we wish, ne means that-not ; as. Paves n e ducas illam.
You are afraid that you do not get her to wife.
iVe, after a command implying a negative, or prohibition,
is often omitted ; as, cave tituhes, take care that you do not
stumble.
Note 2. Ne quidem, (always separate,) is an emphatic ne
gative, and has the emphatic word between; as, ne hoc
quidem, not even this; ne turn quidem, not even then,
122. When a verb is translated into English by the aid
of an auxiliary, an adverb, or clause modifying it, will often
have to be placed between the auxiliary and the verb, (Eng.
Gr. ^74,); as,
1. Dixit ne oh hoc alios con- He said that we should not on this
temnamus, account despise others.
123. Some prepositions are variously translated according
to the meaning of the words, or the case with which they
are connected; thus,
LATIN IDIOMS.
5\
1. /w, followed by an accusative, means ^o, into, towards. for against^
&c., (§ 136, R. L.)
2. In, followed by the ablative, means in, upo^, among, in, in the
case of, (§ 136, R. LI.)
3. Inter, referring to two, means between; to more than two, among.
4. Sub means under, at the foot of, close up to.
5. Prce means before, in comparison ofj — sometimes, more than,
124. When the following conjunctions, adjectives, and
adverbial particles, are placed, one before each of two suc-
cessive words or clauses, the first is commonly translated
differently from the second, and usually in the following
manner, (^149, Obs. 5.)
Both and.
Both and.
Either or.
Neither nor.
Whether
i Not only
[ Both
I Not only
•Both
< Now
( At one time
j Not only
j No sooner
f As soon as
') At one time
[ Sometimes ■
injunctive 7
Whether or.
Whether or.
So that; so as.
Such, so great that
Such, of such a kind that.
As soon as.
As long as.
As so.
Ne is frequently omitted with the first word or clause, and must
be supplied when an stands with the second; as,
21. Kecte an perperam^ (Whether) Tight or wrong.
1.
Et et.
2.
3.
Aut, vel, } aut, vel, }
sive, 5 ^^^^j ;
4.
Nee nee, >
Neque neque, ]
5.
6.
7.
Turn turn.
8.
Cum or quum turn,
9.
Jam jam, )
Nunc nunc, J
10.
11.
Simul si7nul,
12.
Modo, alias modo, alias,
Corresponding (
13.
Ne a7i.
14.
Utrum an,
15.
It a, sic, tarn, adeo -* ut.
16.
Talis, tantus ut^
17.
18.
Simul — — ac, or atque.
19,
Tamdiu quamdiu
20.
Ut sic,
' or.
- but also.
- ana
- but also.
- and
- then.
- at another.
- but also.
• than.
• instantly,
at another,
sometimes.
52 INTRODUCTION.
Preliminary Suggestions and Explanations,
1 There can be no pleasure either to the teacher or pupil in re-
citiiig, unless the lesson is thoroughly prepared. Pupils who are
anxious to go over a great space in a short time should remember
that a short lesson well prepared, is vastly more profitable than a
long one ill prepared. Nothing is more injurious than superficial
learning. Festlna lente. Hence,
2. No lesson should be assigned longer than can be thoroughly got
by all the class. And no lesson should be allowed to pass, unless it
Is thoroughly prepared.
3. Every word, at first, should be looked out in the vocabulary or
dictionary, and its primary meaning, at least, fixed in the memory.
And if more meanings than one are given, the pupil should try
which will answer best in the sentence he is reading. Nor should
he pass t© another till he know all about this one — its class, gender,
declension, &c., as directed Gr. § 153. And if he forget, he should
look it out again, and if necessary, again, till he know it thoroughly.
4. Frequentand accurate reviews of the portion previously studied,
are of great importance. This is the best way to fix permanently in
the memory, the acquisitions made.
5. Every instance of false quantity, either in reading or parsing,
should be instantly corrected. Bad habits in this particular are
easily formed, and, if ever, are corrected with great difficulty. If
proper attention has been paid to this in going through the grammar,
there will be less difficulty now\ In order to assist in this, the pupil
should commit to memory and apply the few following
General Rules for the Quantity of Syllables.
1. A vowel before another vowel is short ; as, via, deus.
2. A vowel before two consonants, or a double consonant
Is long by position ; as, anna, f alio, axis.
3. A vowel before a mute and a liquid, [I and r,) is com-
mon ; i. e. either long or short ; as, volucrisj or volucris.
4. A diphthong is always long ; as, Ccesar, aurum.
Note. In this work, when the quantity of the penult is determined
by any of these rules, it is not markedj otherwise it is marked.
d. The pupil should never satisfy himself with being able to read
and translate his lesson, or even to parse it tolerably, but should try
»o understand the construction of every word, and the connection
and dependence of every part. And moreover, should hold himself
ready, if called upon, to answer such questions as the following, viz;
1 Questions that may he asked concerning every sen-
tence.
Has this sentence any connection with the preceding ? If so —
\^hat is the connecting word ? In arranging or construing this sen-
INTRODUCTION. 53
tence, which word do you take first? — which next ? — which next ?
he. Why? (See introduction — directions, &c.) In this sentence,
what is the grammatical subject? What is the grammatical predi-
cate ? What is the logical subject ? What is the logical predicate ?
Which should be taken first? (§ 152.) In what voice, mood, and
tense, is the verb ? Why?
2. Questions that may he asked when the words in the
sentence render them proper.
Is this sentence simple or compound ? If compound — What are
the simple sentences composing it ? By what words are they con-
nected] Analyze the whole, and each part, (§ 152.) Is this word
simple or compound. If compound — Of what is it compounded ?
What is the meaning of each part? What is the meaning of the
compound ? Form other compounds and tell their meaning. Is this
word primitive or derivative ? If derivative — From what is it de-
rived ? What is its primary meaning? What is its meaning here ?
(If diiferent) — How came it to have this meaning? What English
words are derived from it ? Change the verb, if active, into passive,
and express the same idea — If passive, change it into the active,
and express the same idea. Change the verb into different tenses, &c.
Nouns. How do you know this word to be a noun? Proper? or
common? Why? In what case? Why? For what purpose is the
nominative used? Is it the subject or predicate here? For what
purpose is the genitive commonly used? — the dative? — the accusa-
tive ? — the vocative ? — the ablative ? For what purpose is it used,
and by what is it governed here ?
Adjectives. How do you know this word to be an adjective ? "What
noun or pronoun does it qualify or limit here? Is it compare^?
Why ? Why not ? (If a numeral) — To what class does it belong ?
Pronouns. How do you know this to be a pronoun ? To what
class of pronouns does it belong ? (If used substantively) — Instead
of what noun does it here stand ? (If adjectively) — With what noun
does it agree ? (If a relative)— What is its antecedent ?
Verbs. How do you know this word to be a verb ? Of what class ?
In what mood, tense, number, person? For what purpose is the
indicative mood used ? — the subjunctive ? — the imperative ? — the in-
finitive? For what purpose is it used here? For what purpose is
the present tense used? — the imperfect? — the perfect definite?^
indefinite ? — the pluperfect ?— the future ? — the future-perfect ?
From what point is the time of the infinitive mood reckoned ?
(§ 47.) How is the present infinitive translated after a verb denoting
present time ? — past time ? — future time ? How is the perfect trans-
lated (the future — the future-perfect) after a verb denoting present
time ? — past time ? — future time ^ (§ 47.) In what mood is the lead-
jng verb in oblique narration? (§ 141, R. VI. Exp.) In what mood
are verbs in dependent clauses in oblique narration? (§ 140, 6.)
For what purpose is the participle used ? How does it become aa
adjective ? How are gerunds used ? — supines «
54 U^TRODUCTION.
• MverhSj Prepositions, Interjections, Conjunctions. — What is the
use of the adverb ? What word does it modify here ? What is the
use of the preposition ? Between what words does it show the rela-
tion here ? What is the use of the interjection ? What emotion
does it express liere ? What is the use of the conjunction ? What
words or sentences does it join here ?
7. If the lesson contain names of persons or places, or allusions
to events or fables, in history or mythology, or to the manners or
customs of any people, let the pupil inquire into them and be ready
to tell something respecting them. This however should be only
a secondary matter with the beginner, as it properly belongs to a
more advanced stage; but still a little attention to it may serve to
interest and stimulate him to further research.
EXPLANATION OF REFERENCES.
The references at the foot of each page to which a section mark
( § ) is prefixed, are to the sections and their subdivisions in the
Grammar, and are intended chiefly to explain the construction.
In the references which have not a section mark prefixed, the first
number directs to the corresponding number in the preceding intro-
duction, and the second to the example under that number. Thus,
for example, 42, 1, directs to the example, Dignus qtii ameturj
(p. 23,) and shows how the words qui ametur, in that, and all simi-
lar constructions, are to be translated. The words particularly re-
ferred to and intended to be noticed in the reference, are distin-
guished by being printed in a different character. These references
are intended to explain particular phrases and idioms, and to give
an example of the mode of translating them. This will be found a
more valuable aid in translating than notes, as it reduces the idioms
of*the language to a sort of system, with every part of which the
attentive pupil will soon become familiar.
In many cases there is a reference both to the Grammar and to
the Introduction. All of these should be carefully looked out and
applied.
In the references to the Rules of Syntax in the Grammar, if there
is only one Rule in the section, it is indicated simply by the lettei
R.; if there are more than one, the number of the Rule is annexed.
Exp. refers to the Explanation under the rule. Words to be sup-
plied are indicated by the syllable " Sup." for ** supply," prefixed
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES.
Substantives^ Adjectives^ and Adjective Pronouns.
Decline the following adjectives and substantives separately —
iben together — translate them in each case and number. (See Nos.
3, and 14.) Tell the case and number here, and translate them.
Give the ru..e for their agreement (§ 98.). Shovr hovir they agree.
Bonus vir. Ingenui pueri. Prima hora. Summum
bonum. In omnibus terris. In toto orbe. Decimo
anno aetatis (No. 11.). Melioris naturae. Prsesens peri-
culum. Muliebri habitu. Ad quinlum diem. Fugaces
anni. Breve tempus. Altus mons. Arbor altissima.
Omnibus viris. Primo anno. Prsesente tempore.
Meliore habitu. Ad omnem a^tatem. Summi periculi.
Totum annum. Brevis setatis. Fugaces horse. Omni-
bus temporibus. Media nocte (No. 17.). Ultima via.
Ad imam vallem.
Ille dies. Hoc tempore. Ipsi fontes. Tuum nonqen.
Hie caper. Ista carmina. Lupus ipse. His montibus.
Re ipsa. Ex tuis libris. Ad hunc ignem. Tua facta.
Carminibus nostris. Hoc apri setdsi caput. Pater nos-
ier. Eodem tempore.
The Verb and its JYominative. (§ 94, 7.).
Translate each noun or pronoun according to its number and case ;
and each verb according to its voice, mood, tense, number, and per-
son. Parse each vrord as directed, § 153, and show hov^r the verb
agrees with its nominative, according to § 101, Rule IV.
Indicative Mood,
Present. Amo.* Amamus. Legimus. Ventus spirat.
* The nominatives of the first and second persons, cgo^ tUy nos^
vos are usually omi tted (§ 101, Obs. 1.).
56 TNTRODFCTORY EXERC1SE3.
Dominus jubel. Servus paret. TJempus fugit. Aves
volant. Bonus homo amatur. Stella videtur. Nos
monemus. Ignis urit. Luna lucet. Homines dormiunt.
2. Jmperfeci, Monebamus. Rex regebat. Yigil voca-
bat. Canis custodiebat. Sol occidebat. Stellse vide-
bantur. Cameli currebant. Equus hinniebat. Boni
homines amabantur.
3. Perfect, Nos amavimiis. Illi monuerunt. Domi
nus jussit. Servus paruit. Homines docuerunt. Scrip
sistis. Arbores creverunt. Venisti. Amavi.
4. Pluperfect. Sol occiderat. Hostes fugerant. Pueri
legerant. Vos videratis. Tu scripseras. Hie biberat,
Amati eramus. Monitus eram. Aves volaverant. Illi
jusserant. Vos legeratis. Illi docuerant.
5. Future, Scribemus. Amabitis. Umbra fugiet.
Viator cantabit. Erimus Uret ignis. Deus dabit.
Tempora venient. Illi monebunt. Nos monebimur.
6. Future- Perfect, Amavero. Hannibal vicerit. Nos
venerimus. Moniti erimus. Hora fugerit. Docuero.
Riseris. Pomum ceciderit. Ambulaverimus. Legero
Subjunctive Mood.
1. Present, Canis latret. Sim. Amemus. Ager are-
tur. Vos videatis. Tempus fugiat. Luna luceat. Ven-
tus spiret. Dormiamus. Hie capiatur. Illi equi currant.
2. Imperfect, Caperem. Moneremus. Pueri lege-
rent. Sol luceret. Luna occideret. Illi amarent. Phi-
lomela cantaret. Amor vinceret. Amaremiir.
3. Perfect, Miserim. Duxerimus. Si deus dederit.
Quum hiems venerit. Nos fuerimus. Miles pugnaverit.
Domus aedificata fuerit. Sol occiderit. Vos amiseritis.
Monuerimus. Illi ceperint
4. Pluperfect, Fuissemus. Bella finita essent. Ama-
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES 57
visseKiQ. Mercatores venissent. Poma pependissent.
Vos vendidissetis. Risissem. Illi mansissent. Pueri
scripsis.^ent. Fuissem. Literse scriptse esserit.
Imperative Mood,
Ama. Maneto. Regunto. Avis volato. Canes la-
tranto. Scribe. Illi scribunto. Time. Currito. Au-
ditote. Tene. Faciunto. Amate. Amanto. Literae
leguntor. Dies abito.
Miscellaneous Exercises.
Ego eram. Sylva stabat. Musa canebat. Nox erat.
Dormiebas. Arma sonabant. Ego videbo. Tempus
erit, Rura manebunt. Troja fuit. Prata biberunt. Non
juravi. Umbra fugerat. Cicero scripserat". Caesar vicit.
Surge. Legito. Studete. Disce aut discede. Vox
auditur. Praemia dentur. Bellum parabitur. Hostes
capti essent. Portse panduntur. Verba legebantur. Leges
datae sunt. Pueri ducuntur. Tempora mutantur, et
nos mutamur. ,
Transitive Verbs and their Object.
Translate and parse as in the preceding. Point out the subject
of the verb, i. e. the person or thing that acts. Point out the object
of the verb, i. e. the person or thing acted upon. State what case
it is in, and give the rule.
Audivi sonum. Hi pueri legunt Homerum. Caesar
vicit Galliam. Vidi patrem (ll.).Romani bella para-
bant. Vicerunt hostes. Vulpes viderat leonem. Pavo
explicat pennas (No. 11.). Canis arcebat boves. Ac-
cipiter rapuit lusciniam. Boni mortem non timent. Bac-
chus duxit exercitum in Indiam. Scipio delevit Cartha-
ginem. Mummius cepit Corinthum. Divitiae non semper
felicitatem praestant.
58 irs^^RODUCTORY EXERCISES.
Verbs modified by Adverbs,
Pugnat bene. Veniebant celeriter. Pugnatum est
acriter. Res prospere gestae sunt. Corvus forte reperit
caseum. Libenter bonas artes sequere. Forte erravit,
fortasse erraverit. Gallina quotidie ovum parit. Sem-
per esto paratus, Nunquam dice mendacium. Icito^
statim reverte. Egredior mane. Elephant! maxime ode-
runt murem; gregatim ingrediuntur.
Prepositions and their Cases,
Sub solem. Infra lunam. In urbem venlt. In urbe
habitat. Sedebat in loco aprico. E sylva rediit. Trans
Tiberim natat. Ex illo die Caesar tendit in Galliam.
In rus abiit. NiSbe locuta est in ApoUinem et Dianam.
Flumina in mare currunt. In forum descendit. In au-
reo saeculo flores nascebantur sine semine. Hannibal
bellum in Italia gessit.
mTRODUCTOKY EXERCISES. 59
SIMPLE SENTENCES.
General Remarks
I A simple sentence consists of two parts; the subject, or inmg
spoken of, and the predicate, or that which is affirmed of the sub-
ject, § 152. In the natural order the subject is translated first, and
the predicate last.
2. Nouns and pronouns, either in the subject or predicate, may be
limited by nouns in apposition — ^by nouns in the genitive case, and
by adjectives and their regimen.*
3. Verbs belong to the predicate, and are limited by the noun or
pronoun governed by them as their object, by adverbs and adverbial
phrases.
4. Both subject and predicate maybe further modified and limited
by circumstances of time, place, manner, &c., by a preposition and
its regimen, or by a dependent clause or phrase connected by a re-
lative or connective term; — and all these should occupy that place
in the sentence in which their effect will be best perceived, and the
meaning of the whole sentence be most clearly exhibited.
N. B. Before proceeding with the following sentences, the pupil
should now be made perfectly familiar with § 152 of the Grammar,
and. commit to memory, so thoroughly as to have always ready at
hand the '' directions for beginners," p. 270, and the Rules for con-
struing, p. 271. This being done, these rules should be applied
m the analysis of every sentence for some time, till the exercise
becomes perfectly familiar and easy. This requires some attention
on the part both of teacher and pupil for a short time at first, and
the quantity read will necessarily be small; but both will be reward-
ed tenfold for this labor by the ease, rapidity and certainty with
which the pupil, even without the aid of his teacher, will soon ana-
lyze and translate the most intricate sentences. Let the trial be
properly made, and success is certain.
* By " regimen," is meant the noun or pronoun governed by any
word. Thus in the phrases, Amor patrice, avidus glorice, ama deum,
ad pair em, the words patrice , glories, deum, pairem, are the regimen
of Amor, avidus, ama, ad, respectively.
60 INTRODUCTO-R.Y EXERCISES.
1. Subject and Predicate.
The subject or thing spoken of, before a finite verb, is always in
the nominative case, and has a verb agreeing with it by R. IV
The predicate) or the thing affirmed or denied of the subject, is
usually placed after it, and is expressed two ways, as follows :
1. The predicate consists of a noun, sm adjective, or a participle,
in the same case with the subject, and connected with it by an in-
transitive verb, or passive verb of naming, appointing, &c., called
the copula. In all such sentences the predicate word, if a noun,
comes under R. V j — if an adjective or participle, it agrees with the
subject, and comes under R. II. (See § 103, Obs. 2;) or
2. The predicate consists of a verb, either alone or with its limit-
ing or modifying words.
1. The Predicate a JVoun.
Europa est Peninsula,^ Tu eris rex,^ Plurimse? stellse
sunt soles .^ Boni pueri egregii viri^ fient. Castor et
Pollux erant *^ fratres^ Ego sum discipulus^ Cicero
factus est consult Ego salutor poeta,^
2. Predicate an Adjective or Participle,
Terra est rotunda.^ Vita brevis^ est. Vera amicitia
est sempiterna.'^ Fames et sitifS sunt*^ molestce.^ Nemo
semper felix^ est. Non omnes milites sunt fortes."^
Mundi innumerahiles sunt.^ Nemo nimium bedtus*^ est.
Avarus® nunquam est contentus.^ Pater reversurus^ est.
Virtus /awcZa/irfa/ebrietas vitnnda est.
3. The Predicate a Verb, fyc. — Active Voice,
Elephanti semper gregatim ambulant,^ Cornices am-
hulantj^ passeres et merulse saliunt;^ perdices currunt;^
plurimse^ etiam nidificant.
Democritus explicate cur ante lucem galli canunt »
Etiam infantes somniant.^ Parvse res crescunt,^
»§103, R. d§103, Obs. 2. «§101,R. IV.
«> 24, and § 26. • 19, 1. ^ 19, Sup. are*.
§ 102, R. I. ' 108. 1.
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES, 61
4. Passive Voice
Oves non ubique tondenturJ^
In India ^ gignuiitur maxima animalia.
In Africa^ nee cervi, nee apri, nee ursi inveniuntur.^
In Syria ^ nigri lednes reperiuntur,
Apud Romanes mortui*^ plerumque cremahantur.
Fortes ^ laudahuntur^ ignavi ^ vituperabuntur,
Litterse a Phoenieibus inventce^ sunt.
Carthago J Corinthus, Numantia, et multee alise urbes
a Romanis eversce sunt,
5. Deponent Verbs.
Formicae etiam noetu operantur.^
Ursi interdum hi^edi^s^ ingrediuntur,
Aquila3 semper solse ^ pr<jedantur.
Apud iEthiopes^ maximi elephant! in s\W\^^ vagantur,
Sturni et psittael humanas voees ^ imitantur,
6. The Accusative after Transitive Verbs^ Active Voice^
and Trarisitive Deponents,
Dicm^ perdidi. Terra parit^ore^.*
Crocodilus ova'^ parit. Elephantus odit murem'^ et^
suem,^
Cameli diu sitim^ tolerant.
Lanse nigrse nullum color em * bibunt.
Senes minime sentiunt morbos * contagiosos.
Cervi cornua^ sua quotannis amittunt.
Ceres frumentum^ invenit ; Bacchus ^ m/it^m; * Mercu-
rius * litter as}
« § 101, R. IV. • § 72. i § 116, R. XX.
»» § 136, R. LI. f § 98, Obs. 10. i § 149, R.
« 19, 1. s § 136, R. XLVIII. k § 15^ i.
* § 44, III Note. h § 116, R. I. » § 101, Obs. 4.
6
ba INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES.
Canes soli^ dominos^ suos bene novere, soli norrJijui
sua agnoscunt.
Hystrix aculeos ^ longe jaculatur.
Sturni et *^ psittaci humdnas voces ^ imitantur.
Miltiades Athenas^ totamque Grceciam liberavit.
The Genitive,
The genitive is used to limit the signification of the word which
governs it, by connecting with that word the idea of origin, proper
ty, or possession, § 105. It is commonly governed,
1st. By substantives, § 106, Rules VI., VII., and VIII.
2d. By adjectives, § 107, viz: verbals, partitives, and adjectives
of plenty or wantj Rules IX., X., XI.
3d. By verbs. § 108. Rules XII.. XIII., XIV.j also, Rules
XXVII., XXVIII., § 126. R. I., & II., § 113, Exc. I. &II. See
also § 95, 7, 4th, and 5th.
7. The Genitive governed by Substantives
Crescit amor nummi.^
Infinita^ est multitudo morborum.^
Litterdrum^ usus est antiquissimus.^
Asia et^ Africa greges^ fer drum asinorum alit.^f
Magna ^ est lingudrum inter homines' varietas.
Innumerabilia^ sunt mortis^ sign?ij salutis^ paucissima.'
Cyrus omniumin exercitu^ suo milUum "^ nomin^^ ten-
ebat memoria.
Canis vestigia ^* ferdrum *^ diligentissime scrutatur.
Nemo non benignus est sui*^ judex.^
Leonum^ animi^ index ^ cauda est.
8. Genitive governed by Adjectives,
Semi^er fragilitdtis^ humanse sis memor.^ -
« 16, 4. « § 103, R. V. i § 136, R. XLVIII
i> § 116, R. XX. f § 103, Obs. 2. J § 106, Obs. 3.
c § 149, R. 8 § 102, R. I. t § 136, R. LI.
«» ^ 106, R. VI. h § 116. R. I. 1 § 107. R. IX.
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. (\t
FAeph'dnti frigoris ^ impatientes^ sunt.
Stultissima*^ animalium*^ sunt lanata.^
VelocissTmum *^ omnium animoliujn^ est delphinus.
Stultorum^ neque quisquam beatus^ est.
Gallorum^ omnium fortissimi^ sunt Belgse.
9. Genitive governed by Verbs,
Omnia* erant hostium/ Hoc.^ non nostri moris^ est
Miserere nostri.^ Amici^ est recordari amicorum)
Platdnem magni^ sestimo, sed Socratem pluris.^ Mon
uisti me diei^ natdlis. Bonorum^ est injuridrum^ obli
visci, et beneficii^ recordari. Stulti^ est dicere^"non
putaram." Est ^ magni laboris^ multum scribere.^
The Dative,
The dative denotes the remote object to which any thing is done
or given, or that to which any quality, action, or state tends or refers,
without directly acting upon it, and is governed chiefly,
1. By substantives, § 110.
2. By adjectives, § 111.
3. By verbs, § 112, 123, and 126j R. III. and R. XXXIII.
10. The Dative governed by Substantives and Adjectives.
Clodius semper virtutibus^ hostis" erat.
Vir bonus amicis^ et patrice^ decus" est.
Nox somno^ opportuna^ est.
Nero primo bonis ™ amicus," et studio ^ musSrum ^ de-
ditus^ fuit; sed postea monitoribus^ asper et iratus fuit,
generi ^ humdno infest us, omnibus^ inimicus, diis invisus,
et multa illi^ adversa fuerunt.
"» § 107, R. IX. g § 108, R. XIII. ra § no. R.
° § 103, Obs. 2. ^ § 122, R. XXVIII. ° § 103, R. V.
c 21, & R.X.Exp, i § 122, R. XXVII. « § 149^ r.
<« § 107, R. X. J § 108, R. XIV. P § 111, R.
« 19,4. k§H4,R. LVI. q § 106, R. VI
f § 108, R XII. » 51. 1 ' 19, 1
64 INTRODUCTOllY EXEUCISES.
iEquus cu?ictis^ et benignus esto, paucis^ familiarisj
hostibus^ mitisj et nemmi molestus; sic omnibus^ carus
eris, et invlsus nulli,^
Asino^ segni nullum onus gratum, et puero^ ignavo
omnis labor molestus est. ,
11. The Dative governed by Verbs,
Natura animallbus'' varia tegumental tribuit, testas,'*
coria, spinas, villos, setas, pennas, squamas.
Hormni^ ^o/i ^ avaritia et^ ambitio data^ est.
Leoni^ vis summa estJ in pectore.
Antiquissimis homiiubus^ specus erant^ pro domibus.
JYulli animdli^ memoria major est, quam cani.^
Gallinacei leonibus ^ terrori '" sunt.
Homini *" plurima ex horn in e ' fiunt " mala.
Homo furiosus ne liberis^ quidem suis^ parcit.
Via mali ** omnibus ^ semper vitanda ' est.
The Accusative.
The accusative is used for the most part to express the object of
a transitive active verb, or of some relation, and is governed,
1. By transitive verbs in the active voice, or by transitive depo-
ftent verbs, No. 6. 2. By prepositions.
12. The Accusative governed by Prepositions.
Camelus naturale odium adversus equos^ gerit.
Pictse vestes jam apud Homerum^ commemorantur.
Multa animalia congregantur et contra alia^ dimicant
"^ 19, 1. i § 112, R. II. q§ 106, R. VI.
»>§ 111,*R. i 118, 1. ' 5, 2, and 19, 1.
c§ 123, R. k 118,2. • 108, l,and
i § 116, R. XX » § 136, R. XLIX. § 103, Obs. 2.
« § 126, R. Ill «»§ 114, R. t § 136, R. XLVIU
' 16,4. n§83, Obs. 3. '•§19, 4, and
K§ 149, R. »§ 112, R. V.&7,2. § 136, R.XLVlil
b§ 44 III. Note. P 30, 1.
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 65
Hippopotamus segetes circa JYilum'' depascitur.
Apud Romanos'' mortui plerumque cremabantur.
Inter omnes bestias^ simia homini^ simillima est.
The Mlative.
The ablative generally denotes that from which something is se-
parated or taken, or by or with which something is done or exists.
It is governed,
1. By nouns, § 118, or adjectives, §§ 107, 119, 120.
2. By verbs, §121, R. XXV., and XXVI. § 125, R. XXXVI., and
§ 12G, R. V.
3. By prepositions.
4. It is used to express various circumstances, § 11, 5th & 6th.
13. The Mlative governed hy JYouns and Adjectives,
Gratia^ opus est nobis** tua^ tua(\\iQ auctoritate,^
Nunc virihus "^ o\i\i^ est vobis,'* nunc prudenti consilio.
Reperiuntur interdum cervi candido colored
Catilina nohUi genere ^ natus erat, magna vi ^ et ani
mi ^ et corporis,^ sed ingenio ^ raalo pratjoque.
Animus per somnum est sensibus ' et curis ^ vacuus.
Est philosophia J9awa5 conienidi judicibus,^
Nihil video in Sulla odio^ dignum, misericordia ^ dig-
na multa. Natura parvo ^ contenta est.
14. The Mlative governed by Verbs
Ijeddndd jubd^ carent. Leones facile per triduum cibo^
carent.
Elephanti maxTme amnibus^ gaudent.
Apes tinnitu ^ aeris gaudent.
Numidae plerumque lacte^ eiferina carne^ vescuntur
» § 136, R. XLVIIl. f § 106, R. VII, & J § 121, R. XXV
t § 111, R. 6,1. k§ 121. Obs. 2.
e § 118, R. and 6, 5, 6 § 119, R. i § 121, R. XXVI.
a § 112, R. II. »» § 106, R. VI. "^ § 14, 5, and (1.)
* § 149, R. and Exp. J § 107, R. XI.
INTRODUCTORY EXEECISES.
Plunmis bonis ^ fruimur atque utimur.^
Hispania viris^"^ equisj ferro^ plumhoy cere^ argento^
auroqne abundat.
15. The Ablative governed by Prepositions.
Quid am homines nati sunt cum dentibusJ^
Xerxes cum paucissimis inilitibus *^ ex Grcecid^ aufu-
git.
Lucius Metellus primus^ elephantos ex primo Punico
bello "^ duxit in triumpho.
Cantabit vacuus coram latrone ^ viator.
Sidera ab ortu ad occasum commeant.
Britannia a Phcenidbus inventa ^ est.
Apes sine rege esse non possunt. .
Infans nihil sine aliend ope potest.
Dulce ^ est** pro patrid mori.^
Venenum aliquando pro remedio fuit.
Litterse a Phcenicibus inventae ^ sunt.
16. The Accusative and Ablative with In and Sub^ § 136,
R. jL. and LL
Aquilae nidif leant J in rupibus et arboribus.
Coccyx semper parit in alienis nid/is.
In senectute hebescunt^ sensus; visuSj auditus debili-
tatur.*
In India gignuntur maxima animalia.
Hyainse plurimae in Africa gignuntur.
In Africa^ nee™ cervi, nee apri, nee ursi reperiuntur.
In Syria nigri le5nes reperiuntur.
» § 121, R. XXVI. f § 44, III., Note. k § 88, 2.
b § 149, R. and Exp. « § 98, Obs. 6. i § 102, Obs. 1.
c § 121, R. XXV. b 51, 1. » § 149, Obs. 5, and
d § 136, R. XLIX. i § 144, R. LVI 124, 4.
• § 98, Obs. 10. J §44,1., 1.
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 67
Serus m ccelum redeas.*
Victi Persse in naves confugerunt.
Nuina Pompilius annum in duodecim menses distribuit
Pontius Thelesinus Romanes sub jugum misit.
Gallia sub septentrionibus posita est.
17. Ike Jiblative used to express various circumstances
without a Preposition,
The circumstances commonly denoted by the ablative without a
preposition, are Respect wherein, § 128; Cause, manner , means or in-
strumentj § 129j Place, § 130; Time, § 131; Measure, § 132; Price^
§ 133.
Apri in morbis sibi^ medentur hedera.^
Pyrrhus veXj"^ tactu^ pollicis in dextro pede,lien6sis'
medebatur.
Oleo insecta exanimantur.
Ferse domantur y*ame atque verhenhus,
Anacreon poeta** acino^ uvae passse exstinctus est.
Crocodilus pelle ^ durissimd contra omnes ictus muni-
tur.
In Africa elephanti capiunturybvei^.*
Elephanti spirant, bibunt, odorantur proboscide,^
Dentes usu atteruntur, sed igne non cremantur.
Mures Alpini binis pedibus gradiuntur.
Apes tinnitu seris convocantur.
Quibusdam in locis ^ anseres bis anno ^ velluntur.
Color lusciniarum autumno^ mutatur.
Hieme ^ ursi in antris dormiunt.
Nemo mortalium omnibus horis^ sapit.
Primores dentes septimo mense gignuntur ; septimc
udem decidunt anno.^
' § 45, I., 1, and « § 129, R. ' § 136, R. LI.
§ 42, Obs. 4 and 5. « § 97, R. « § 131, R. XLI.
* § 112, R V. & 7, 2. • § 112, R.V. & 19, 1. ^ § 131. R. XL
68 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES.
Antipater SidoniuSj poeta,* quotannisj die natdli suo "
^L^re corripiebatur.
JEstdte dies sunt longiores quam hieme.
Iso crates orator unam orationem viginti talentis ® ven
didit.
Lusciiiia candidaj sex sestertiis ^ Romae venit.
18. JYouns in Apposition.
Plurimi Scythae, hellicosissimi hovunes^ lacte** vescun-
tur.
Delphlnus, amma/ * horn mi ® aimcur^^ cantu ^ gaudet.
Carthago atque Corinthus, opulentiw^na urhes^^ eo-
dem anno a Romanis eversse ^ sunt.
Quam brevi tempore* populi Romai-i, v>i^nium gen-
tium victoris^ libertas fracta** est I
Mithridatem, Ponti regent^ Tigranes, rex A. memus^
excepit.
Circa Cyllenen, montemin Arcadia, merulss naivantur.
19. The Infinitive Mood without a SuhjscL
The infinitive without a subject is usually regarded as the ubject
of a verb, § 144, R. LVI., or as the object of another ve-b, R.
LVII.; and in this case always expresses an act or state of tl ^ sub-
ject of the verb that governs it.
In the following, let the pupil state whether fhe infinitive • ♦ the
subject or the object of the verb with which it is connected
Errdre^ est humanum.'^
Turpe'' est beneficium repetereJ
Beneiiciis ' gratiam non referre etiam turpius est
Parentes suos non amdre estimpium.^
»§97, R. •§in,R. i§131, R.XU
»» § 131, R. XL. ' § 121, Obs. 2. i § 144, R. LVJ
o§133,R. s § 97, Obs. 2. k § gg, Obs. 6.
d § 121, R. XXVI. ^ § 44, III., Note, > § 123 R.
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 69
Te cupio videre.^ Yolui dormire.^
Aude contemnere * opes. Carmina possumus dondre,
Poteram contingere ramos.
Nihil amplius scribere possum.
Ego cupio ad te venire, Intelligere non possum.
Cessator ^ esse noli. Cur timet flavum Tiberim tangerel
Philippus volebat*^ amari, Alexander metui volebat.
^^ Tecum ^ vivere amo. Naturam mutdre pecunia nescit.
Bene fer7'e disce magnam fortunam.
Angustam pauperiem pati puer discat.^
Did beatus ^ ante obitum nemo debet.
iEquam memento^ rebus in arduis servdre mentem.
Aurum vestibus ^ intexere invenit rex Attains.
Non omnes homines sequo amore ^ complecti possumus.
Illecebras voluptatis vitdre debemus.
Romse ^ elephantes per funes incedere docebantur.
20. Gerunds,
Gerunds are construed like substantives, and, at the same time,
govern the case of their own verbs, § 147.
Etiara post malam messem serendum^ est.
Omnibus J aliquando moriendum^ est.
Semper ^w^7ia?i(ti^mJ est contra cupiditates et lubidi-
nem.
Plurimse ^ sunt illecebrse peccandi?
Artem scribendi ^ PhoenlceSj artem 2iCU ping endi^ Phry-
(2:es invenerunt.
Cupiditas Vivendi nunquam immensa^esse debet.
» § 144, R. LVII. § 42, Obs. 5. i § 147, R. LXI.. &
to § 103, Obs. 6. f § 84, 2. Obs. i.
e § 44, II., 1. e § 123, R. ^ § 103, Obs. 2.
* § 90, 2. to § 129, R. J § 147, Obs. 2.
- 6 4.5, I. 1. and i § 130, 1, & 4. 1,
70 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES.
Honestissima est contentio beneficiis* beneficia vm
cendi.
Homo natura* est cupidus nova semper videndi et
audiendi,
y Libri sunt inutiles ignaro ^ legendi,
Olim calamus adhibebatur scribendo.^
Aqua marina inutilis est bibendo,
Culex habet telum et ^ fodiendo et sorbendo idoneum.
Non omnes sequaliter ad discendum^ proni sumus.
Simise catulos ssepe complectendo^ nec^nt.
Beneficia exprobrando^ corrumpimus.
Amicus amicum semper aliqua re ^ juvabitj aut re, aut
consilio aut consolando ^ certe.
21. Gerundives.
Gerundives are participles in dus, with the sense of the gerund,
and agreeing in gender, number, and case, with their nouns, § 49-7,
and § 147, R. LXII.
Initum est consilium urbis delendce^^ civium trucidan-
dorum^ nominis Romani exstinguendi,^
Puer par est oneri^ ferendo.
Omnes civitates Greeciae pecuniam ad classem aediflcan-
dam^ et exercUum comparandum dederunt.
Vir bonus, in malis aliorum amovendis^ seipsum g=uh-
levat.
Compound Sentences.
A compound sentence consists of two or more simple sentences
connected together by conjunctions, relatives, or adverbs, §5 149, 99,
140 and 141.
^ » § 129, R. 124, 1. g § 147, R. LXII, <fe
*• 19, Sup, honani. « § 147, Obs. 4. 112.
c § 147, Obs. 3. f § 147, Obs. 5. ^ § 111, R.
* § 149, Obs. 5, and
INTROnuCTORY EXERCISES. 71
22. Conjunctions.
Sol ruitje^* montes umbrantur.
Vir^ bonus et prudens dici delector ego.
Immensa est, ^nemque^ potentia Dei non liabet.
Accipere^ prsestat qudm^ facer e injuriam.
Rapere atque abire semper assuevit lupus.
Semper honos, nomenque ^ tuumjlaudesg^/e manebunt.
Sapientem neque^ paupertas, neque mors, neque vin-
cula terrent.
Juno erat Jovis et^ soror et qonjux.
Nox erat J et fdgebat luna.
In prselio cita mors venit, aut victoria Iseta.
Marius et Sylla civile bellum gesserunt.^
Leti vis rapuit, rapiet^we gentes.
Non formosus erat, sed erat facundus Ulysses.
Si^ divitise felicitatem prsestant, avaritia prima virtus
est.
23. Adverhs,
Quoties liter as tuas lego, omnem mihi ^ prsetentorum
temporum memoriam in mentem revoco.
Magna J debemus suscipere, dujn vires suppetunt.
Cervi, quamdiu cornibus^ carent, noctu ad pabula
procedunt.
Quidam crocodilum,^ quamdiu vivat,"^ crescere" exis-
timant, vivit autem multos annos.**
Gloria virtutem, tanquam umbra,^ sequitur.
» § 149, R. f 124, 1. » § 145, R. LVIII
^ § 103, Obs. 6. ? § 102, R. I. " § 141, Obs. 8
c § 93, Obs 2. b § 140, Obs. 3. ° 95, 1.
- § 144, R. LVI., & > § 110, Obs. 1, &5, 3 <» § 131, R. XLI
Ods. 1. J 19, 4. p § 97.
•» § 149 ,R & Obs 1. k § 121. R. XXV
72 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES.
24. Compariso?!,
Comparison is made in two ways, 1st By a conjunction, quam, ac,
at que, connecting the words denoting the things compared in the same
case, § 149;— and 2d, By the ablative after thqpcomparative without
a conjunction, § 120.
Canes Indici grandiores sunt quam ceteri.^
Nullum malum est vehementius^ et importunlus^ quam
invidia.*^
Interdum ferarum animos mitiores invenimus quam
hominum.'^
Latro ferae ^ est similior quam homini.*^
Major est animi voluptas quam corporis.^
In montibus aer purior est, et tenuior quam in valli-
bus.
Com^parison without a Conjunction,
Nihil est dementia ^ divinius.
Aurum gravius est argentoS
Adam as durior est ferro^ ferrum durius ceteris me-
tallis.
Luna terrse propior est sole.
Quid magis est durum saxo^ quid mollius aquH ?
25. Relative Pronouns, (§ 99.)
Non omnis ager^ qui^ seritur, fert fruges.
Psittdcus^ quern India mittit, recldit verha^ quce accepit.
Achilles^ cujus res gestas Homeri carmina celebrant,
ad Hellespontum sepultus est.
Myrmecides quidam quadrigam fecit ex ebore, quam
musca alis^ integebat.
Qui^ bonis non recte utitur, ei^ bona mala fiunt.^
» § 149, R. and 19. « § 111, R. ^ § 99, Exp. &43, 1
»> § 103, Obs. 2. f § 120, R. and 6, 3. J § 126, R. III.
« § 149, R. s § 99, R. k § 83, Obs. 3.
^ § 106, Obs 3. b § 129, R
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 73
Beneficiam reddit, qui ^ ejus ^ bene memor est.
Grues in itineribus ducem^ quern sequantur,^ eligunt.
Copias suas Caesar in proximum collem subduxit, equv-
tatumque^ qui sustineret"^ hostium impetum, misit.
Subjunctive Mood,
The subjunctive mood is used in dependent clauses, connected
With the leading clause by conjunctive particles, adverbs, or by the
relative pronoun. When it expresses a fact, real or supposed, but
not directly asserted or vouched for, it is translated by the English
indicative. When it expresses a thing as not actual and certain, but
only as conditional or contingent, as vi^hat may, can, might, or should
take place, it is translated by the English potential, § 42, II., and
§ 140, and 141
26. The Subjunctive with cum or quum.
Platea, cum devoratis se implevit^ conchis/ testas
evomit.
Ceres frumenta invenit, cUm antea homines glandibus^
vescerentur.^
Nave^ primus* in Grseciam Danaus advenit, cum an-
tea ratibus ^ navigaretur)
Alexander, rex^ Macedonian, cum Thebas cepisset^
Pindari vatis ^ familiae ™ pepercit.
27. The Subjunctive after Conjunctive Particles. (§140.)
Tanta est in India ubertas soli, ut sub una ficu " tur
mse equitum condantur,^
Ursi per hiemem tarn gravi somno ^ premuntur, ut ne
vi^lneribus** quidem excitentur,^
* 37, 1st. 3. « § 121, R. XXVI. i § 140, Obs. 4, and
" § 107, R. IX. h § 129, R. 74, 8.
'^141,R. II.&40,5 i§98, Obs. 10. "§112, R.V.
• •'§141,R.II.&40,4. J § 85, 3, & § 140, » § 136, R. LI.
• § 140. Obs. 3. Obs 3. o § 140, 1, 1st.
'§125,R. M97, R.
7
74 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES.
Delphini tanta interdum vi e mari exs'liunl, ut vela*
navi'im transvolenty
In India serpentes ad tantam magnitudlnem adolescuntj
ut integros hat/riant^ cervos taurosque.
Fac,^ ut homines animum tuuin pluris faciant^^ quam
omnia, quae illis^ tribuere possis/
Alexander edixit, ne quis ipsum^ prseter Apellem^iV
geret,^
Pythagoreis* interdictum fuit,J we^fabis^ vescerentur,^
Oculi palpebris"" sunt muuiti, we"* quid incidat.^
Nihil fere tarn reconditum est, quin ^ quserendo ™ inve-
niri possit,
Nunquam tarn mane egredior, neque tam vesperi do-
mum P revertor, quin° te in fundo conspicer fodere,** aul
arare,*! aut aliquid facere.
Xerxes non dubitabat, quin^ copiis suis Greecos facile
superaturus esset.^
28. The Subjunctive with words expressing an indirect
question. (§ 140, 5.)
Quseritur, unus ne* sit^ mundus, an plures.
Disputabant veteres philosophi, casu"* ne^ f actus sit^
mundus, an mente"* divina.
Augustus cum amicis suis consultabat, utrtim impe-
rium servdret^ an deponeret,
Perperam quseritur, num in amici gratiam jus violaci
possit}
'^ § 136. R, LII.
b§ 137, R. and Exp.
» 121,1.
b § 140, 1, 1st.
and § 140,1,3d
0 § 140, 3.
" § 79, 4.
1 § 126, R. III.
P § 130, 4.
d § 140, 1, 3d.
J 51,3.
q 89, 1.
• § 123, R.
k 121, 6.
r § 45, 1.
'§ 141, Obs. 8.
1 § 121, R. XXVI.
• 124, 13
« 32,8 .
«"§ 129, R.
♦ § 140.5.
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 75
Ciconise quonam e loco veniant^ aut in quas se regiones
conferant^ incoriipertum est.*
Quis numerare potest, quoties per totam vitam lacry-
mas fuderit ?
29. Subjunctive after the Relative, (§ 141.)
Quis est g^^^ nesciat^ quid voluptas sit T
Non invenies qui Demosthenem oratdrem maximum
esse negety
Nemo felix est, qui ea lege vivat^ ut impune necari
posset.*^
Caesar legates misit, qui iter cognoscerent,^
Sunt qui amicitiam molestam reddant^
Hos libros non contemno, quippe qui nunquam leg^-
riniS
Verba, quce sententias indicent^^ reperta sunt.
Peccayisse mibi videor,^ qui a te discesserim.^
Decemviri creati sunt, qui civitati leges scriberent,^
Regulus dixit se desiisse Romanum esse, ex ilia die
qua in potestatem Poenorum venisset.^
30. The Infinitive with a subject^ § 145.
ThP infinitive with a subject is translated by the indicative or po-
tential in English. Its subject, which is always in the accusative,
is translated in the nominative, and usually has the conjunction r/iar
before it. It forms a distinct but dependent proposition which, like
the infinitive without a subject, forms either the subject or object
of the verb on which it depends. (See § 145.)
Aristoteles tradit, in Latmo, Cariae monte, JicDjJites a
rcorpionibus non Icedi^ indigenas intermii.^
* 51, 3. e § 141, Obs. 2. 4th. ^ § 141, R. VI.
b § 141, R. I. f § 141, Obs. 4. J § 126, R. Ill
c § 140, 5. 8 70, 2. k 95, 4, & § 145.
i § 140, 1, 1st. ^ § 141, R. Ill
76 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES.
M Varro rmrrat, a cunicSlis suffossum ^ in Hispania
op'indum^ a talpis in Thessalia; ab ranis incolas^ urbis
in Gallia pulsos^^ ab locustis in Africa; ex Gyaro insula
incolas^ a muYihusfugdfoSy in Italia Amy das a serpen-
tibus deletas esse.
Observatum est,*^ pestilentiam^ semper a meridianis
partibus ad occidentem ire,*^
Homerus PygmcEos^ populum ad oceanum, a gruibus
infestdri^ prodidit; Aristoteles eosdemm cavernis mv^re ^
narrat.
Posteri aliquando querentur nostra culpa mores^ ever-
SOS esse/
Virgilius per testamentum jusserat carmina^ sua cre^
mdrij^ id^ Augustus ^ri^ vetuit.
Sertorius cervam alebat candidam, q^am^ Hispania?
g^nies fatidicam^ esse} credebant.
Illustre est inter philosophosnomenAnaxagoraejg'wem^
veteres nunquam in vita W^meJferunt.
31. Participles, (§ 146.)
Participles are usually translated after their nouns, with which
they agree in gender, number, and case, in the same manner as the
adjectives j and at the same time govern the case of their own
verb.
Exempla fortunse variantis ^ sunt innumera.**
Galli diem venientera cantu nuntiant.
Cecrops urbem ^ a se conditarri^ appellabatCecropiam.'
* § 47, 6, & 97, 4. « 95, 4. ^ 90, 2, or 91, 4
« i 145, R. and Exp. f 97, 6. J 91, 4.
e 51, 2, &94. 1. « 96, 12, or 90, 4. ^ 101,1
•» 95, 1. ^ § 103. Obs. 2. > § 116. Obs. \
INTBODUCTORY EXERCISER
Augustus primus* Romae^ tigrin*' ostendit mansue-
factum.^
Gymnosophistae in India toto die ^ ferverttibus'^ arenis'
insistuntj Solem ^ intuentes,
Epimenides puer,*^ sestu* et itinereJ fessus,^ septem et
quinquaginta annos^ in specu dormivisse dicitur.
Julius Csesar simul dictare,^ et legentem^ audire solebat.
Leo prostrdtis^ parcit.
Aves aduncos ungues habentes carne® vescuntur, oec
unquam congregantur.
Canis venaticus venatorem comitantem loro * ad fera-
rum lustra trahit.
Beneficium nqn m eo p consistit, quod datur, sed in
ipso dantis ^ anlmo.
Struthiocameli Africi altitudinem equitis equo ^ insi-
dentis excedunt.
Interdum delphini conspecti suntj defuncttcm^ delphl-
num portantesj et quasi funus agent es.
Multa, quae de infantibus ferarum lacte nutritis ^ pro-
duntur, fabulosa '' videntur.
Homo quidam, lapTde ictus^ oblitus est literas;' alius,
ex praealto tecto lapsus^ matris et affinium nomina dicere
non potuit.
L. Siccius Dentatus, centies vicies prcelidtus^ quadra-
ginta quinque cicatrices adverse corpSre^ habebat, nul-
1am in tergo.
» § 98, Obs. 10.
»>§ 130, 1,&4, 1
Ǥ 15, 13.
^ 101,7, and 8.
•§ 131, R. XLI. and
6,6,
t § 136, Obs. 5, (in)
6 § 116, R.
I.
Ȥ 112. R.V.& 19,1
^ 13,2
« § 121, R. XXVI
i § 129, R.
P 19, 4.
i § 149, R.
^ § 112, R. IV.
^ 101,4.
' § 103, Obs. 2.
1 § 141, R.
LVII.
• § 108, R. XIV.
«" 19, 1.
78 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES.
Leones satidti mnoxii sunt.
Elephantes nemini* nocentj nisi lacessUL
Elephantes amnem ^ transituri "" minimos prsemittunt.
Pavo lauddtus^ gemmdtam pandit caudam.
Gallus, ab adversario victus^^ occultatur * silenSj et ser-
vitium patitur.
Leo vulnerdtus ^ percussorem intelligit, et in quanta-
libet multitudine appetit.
Oldres iter facientes^ colla imponunt praecedentibus ;^
fessos duces ad terga recipiunt.
Testudines in mari degmtes conchyliis*" vivunt; in ter-
ram egress(E^^ herhis/
Sarmatae longinqua itinera yacifwri,'^ hiedia pridie prse-
parant equos, potum exiguum impertientes ; atque ita lon-
gissimam viam continuo cursu conficiunt,
Elephanti, equitatu circumventi^ infirmos aut fessos
vulneratosque in medium agmen recipiunt.
Multos morientes cura sepulturse angit.
DanauSj ex iEgypto in Greeciam advectuSy rex ^ Argi-
vorum factus est.
Alexander, Bucephalo equo* defunctOj duxit exequias,
urbemque Bucephalon appelldtam ejus tumuloJ circum-
dedit.
P. Catienus Plotinus patronum adeo dilexit, ut, heres
omnibus ejus bonis *^ institutus^^ in rogum ejus se conji-
ceret ^ et concremaretur.""
» § 112, R. V. ' § 121, Obs. 2. J § 123, R. & Obs. 3,
* § 136, R. LII. s 105, 1. & 119, 2.
c § 146, Obs. 6. t § 103, R. &Exp. k § 110, Obs. 1.
* 116, 7. i 9, 1. &§ 146, R. 1 § 140, 1, 1st.
e § 123, R. & 19. LX. » § 149, R.
TNTRODTTCTORY EXERCISES. 79
Erinacei volutdti^ super poma, humi^ jacentia^ ilia
spinis^ affixa in cavas arbores portant.
Indicum mare testudines tantae magnitudinis ^ alit, ut
singulee tugurio tegendo^ sufficiant/
Leones, senes factiy appetunt homineSj quoniam ad
yersequtndas feras vires non suppetunt.
Struthiocaraelis'' ungulse sunt cervinis^ similes, com-
prehendendis^ lapidibus utileSj quos^ in fuga contra se-
quentes ^ jaculantur.
32. Ablative Absolute. (§ 146, R. LX.)
Senescente Lund "* ostrea tabescere dicuntur, crescente
edderrij gliscunt. Cepe contra, Lunci, deficiente^ revires-
cere, adolescente^ inarescere dicitur.
Geryone^ inter emto Hercules in Italiam venit.
Sabinis^ debelldtis^ Tarquinius triumphans Romaiij
rediit.
Jasone ^ Lycio interfecto^ canis, quern habebat, cibum
capere noluit, inediaque confectus est.
Regis Lysimachi canis, domino ™ accensse pyrse '^ impo-
sitOj in flammas se conjecit.
J\^icomede^^ rege interfecto^ equus ejus vitam finivit
inedia.
Chilo, unus e septem sapientibus,®^/to victor e ^ Olym-
pise,*! prse gaudio exspiravit.
» 116, 4. s 112, 7. Obs. 9.
b § 130, Obs. 7. ^ § 112, R. II. «> § 146, Obs. 9, and
c § 126, R. III. i 19, § 106, Obs. 4. 104, 1.
d § 106, R. VII. J 112, 6. o § 107, Obs. 8.
« § 147, Obs. 3, & R. k § 116^ r. i. p § 146, Obs. 10 and
LXII. &§112, 1 19,1. 110,4.
R. IV. & 112, 6 ™ § 146, R. LX, and ^ § 130, 1, & 4, 1
f ^ 140, 1 1st.
FABLES FROM iESOP
1. Accipiter et Columbce,
CoLUMBJE milvii metu accipitrem* rogaverunt,* ut eas*
defenderet.*" Ille^ annuit. At in*^ columbare receptus^
uno die® majdrem stragem edidit, quam milvius longo
tempore® potuisset edere/
Fabiila docet, malorum ^ patrocinium vitandum^ esse.*
2. Mus et Milvius,
Milvius laqueis irretitus musculum* exoravitj ut eum,
corrdsis plagis J liberaret.® Quo ^ facto, milvius liberatus
murem arripuit et devoravit.
Hsec fabiila ostendit, quam gratiam mail ^ pro bene-
ficiis reddere soleant.*
3. Hcedus et Lupus »
Hcfidus, stans in"* tecto domus, lupo" prsetereunti "
* The remote object of rogaverunt here is aceipUrem; the imme-
diate, ut eas defenderet. (R. XXX § 124.) So generally in these
fables, after inquit, dixit, respondit, and the like, the immediate ob.
iect of the verb is a clause axpressing the thing said or replied,
and, if in direct discourse (§ 141 R. VI. Explan.), is printed in italics.
63,3. ' 88,5.
k 38, 5.
27, 6. 8 20, 1.
» 74. 9.
78, 5. § 140, 1, 3d. h 108, 4.
*« 123,2.
123, 2. « 95, 1.
n§ 112, R. Ill 7 3,
6 6. J 109,2,
104,
1.
• 101, 1.
FABLES FROM -fiSOP. 81
maledixit. Cui * lupus, JVb/i tu^ inquit , sed tectum mihi •
maledicit,
S«epe locus et tempus homines timidos audaces reddil.''
4. Grus et Pavo,
Pavo, coram grue pennas suas ® explicans. Quanta^ est ^
mc\}xii^'' formositas mea et tua deformitas I At grus ev5-
lans, Et quanta est^ inquit, levitas mea et tua tarditas I
Monet" heec fabula, ne^ ob aliquod bonum, quod no-
bis natura tribuit,^ alios contemnamus,*" quibus* natura
alia ^ et fortasse majdra^ dedit.^
5. Pavo.
Pavo graviter conquerebatur ^ apud Junonem, domi-
nam suam,^ quod vocis suavitas sibi"* negata esset,*^ dum
luscinia, avis tarn parum decdra,® cantu excellat.** Cui *
Junoj Et mentby inquit; 7i07i enim omnia bona ^ in unum
conferri oportuit.
6. Anseres et Grues.
In eodem quondam prato pascebantur^ anseres et
grues. Adveniente domino p prati, grues facile avola-
bant; sed anseres, impediti corporis gravitate,^ depie-
hensi ' et mactati sunt. .
Sic saepe pauperes,* cum potentioribus in eodem crira-
ine deprehensi, soli* dant pcenam, dum illi salvi evadunt.
» 63, 1. & § 123, h 77,3,&§140, l,3d.P 9, and 109, 1
Obs. 2. i 19, 4. q § 129.
»> § 102, Obs. 3. k 72,1. ' 115,1.
c§ 112,R. III.&7,3 i§ 44,11.1. • 20.
d § 102, Obs. 1. » 64, 2. * 16, 4.
« 30, 1. n § 141, Obs. 7. " § 116, Obs. 6.
' 48. o 16,5. v§113, Exc. Ill
« 121, 3
82 FABLES FROM JESOP.
7. Capra et Lupus,
Lupus capram in ^ alta rupe stantem conspicatuSj Cur
noUy inquitj relinquis ^ nuda ilia et sterilia loca^ et hue
descendis in ^ herbidos campos^ qui tibi Icetum 'pabulum
offeruntl Cui*^ respondit capra: Mihi^ non est in ammc ,
dulcia ^ tutis ^ prcepmiere.
8. Venter et Membra,
Membra quondam dicebantventri:*^ JYosne^ te semper^
ministerio nostro alemus^ dum ipse * summo otio J frucris ?
JYonfaciemus* Dum igitur ventri ^ cibura subducunt,
corpus debilitatur, et membra ^ sero inyidise suse poeni-
tuit."^
9. Canis et Boves,
Canis jacebat" in * praesepi bovesque latrando ° a pab-
ulo arcebat. Cui^ unus^ boum, Quanta ista "^ inquitj in-
vidia est^ quod non pateris^ ut eo cibo^ vescamur^ quern
tu ipse * caper e nee velis * nee possisl "
Haec fabula invidise indolem declarat.
10. Vulpes et Leo.
Vulpes, quae nunquam leonem viderat, quum ei^ forte
occurrisset," ita est "" perterrita, ut psene moreretur "^ foi
* Supply hoc. 19, 4.
123, 2.
i 32, 2.
q § 31, Obs. 2.
56, 2d., 3cL
J § 121, R. XXVI.
>• 84, 4.
123, 1
k 5. 1.
- § 141, Obs. 8.
63, 1.
» § 113, Exc. II.
t 7, 2, & § 112,
118, 7, and 51.
^ 66, 9,
R. IV.
19, 4. & § 123.
R.
n § 44, II. 1
« 74, 8.
58,7.
" 111,5.
V 124, 15.
120.
p 21, 2.
^§ 140,1,1st. &74, 4
F<iBLES FROM JESOP. 83
niidme.* Eunclem conspicata^ iterum, timuit quidem, seil
nequaquam,*^ ut antea.*^ Tertio illi ** obviani facta, ausa
est etiam propius accedere, eumque ® alloqui.
11. Cancri,
Cancer dlcebat^filio 8^: Mi^ fili^ ne^ sic obltquis semper
gressibus^ incede^ sed recta vid^ perge. Cui ille. Mi
pater^ respondlt, lihenter tuis prceceptis^ obsequar^ si te
prills idem facientem videro}
Docet hsec fabula, adolescentiam "* nulla re* magis
quam exemplis^ instrui.®
12. Boves.
In eodem prato pascebantur^ tres boves in maxima
Concordia, et sic ab omni p ferarum incursione tuti erant.
Sed dissidio ^ inter illos orto, singuli a feris petiti ' et
laniati sunt.
Fabula docet, quantum boni " sit ^ in concordia.
13. Asinus,
Asinus, pelle ^ lednis indutus, territabat homines et
bestias, tanquam leo esset.^ Sed forte-, dum se celeriiis^
» § 129. i § 10, Exe. 5. <i 9, 1, & 109, 5
b 105, 1. i § 142, 2. ' 115, 1.
e Sup. timuit. k 7, 2. • § 106, R. VIII
J § 135, R. XL VII. » § 44, VI. * § 140, 5.
• § 136, R. LII. ^ § 145, R. LVIII. « 64, 7.
f § 44, II. & § 123, ^ § 120, Obs. 1. ^ § 140, 2.
Obs. 2. o 95, 4. -^ 22, 3, and § 120
g 11. p§ 151, R. II. 2d. Obs. 5
^ § 20, Note 1.
84 FABLES FROM ^ESOP.
inovet, aures eminebant; unde agnitus in ^ pistrinum ab-
ductus est, ubi poenas petulantiae dedit.
Haec fabula stolidos^ notat, qui irameritis honoribus*
^uperbiunt.
14. Mulier et Gallina.
Mulier qusedam habebat gallinam, quse ei quotidie
ovum pariebat aureum. Hinc suspicari ^ coepit, illam *"
auri massam intus celare/ et gallinam occidit. Sed nihil
m ea reperit, nisi quod ^ in aliis gallinis reperiri solet.
Itaque dum majoribus divitiis^ inhiabat, etiam minores*
perdidit.
• 15. Viator es et Asinus, ^
Duo^ qui una iter faciebant, asinum oberrantem in
solitudine conspicatijj accurrunt Iseti, et uterque eum sibi
vindicare ccepit, quod eum prior ^ conspexisset.* Dum
vero contendunt et rixantur, nee"* a" verberibus absti-
lent, asinus aufugit , et neuter eo ® potitur.
16. Corvus et Lupi.
Corvus partem prsedee petebat a lupis, quod eos totum
diem p comitatus esset.* Cui illi, JSTon tu nos^ inquiunt,
sed prcedam sectdtus es^ idque *i eo animo^^ ut ne nostris
quidem corporihus ' parceresj^ si exanimarentur }
' 123,1. M112, R.IV. o 7, 3, &§121, R.
b 19, 1. i Sup. divitias. XXVI.
c § 129, R i 105, 1. P § 131, R. XLI.
<i § 144 R. LVII. k § 98, Obs. 10. <i Sup./ecis^i.
•§ 145, R. LVIII »§ 141, Obs. 7. '§ 112,R. V.&7, 1
' 96 4. »" § 93, 1. • § 140, 1, 1st.
« 37 2. ° § 136, Obs. 7 » § 140, 2.
FABIJES FROM jESOP. S5
Merito in actionibus non spectatur, quid fiat,^ sed quo
animo fiat.* ' /
17. Pastor es et Lupus. i^yv<^
Pastores eaesa ove^convivium celebrabant. Quod ^ quum*
lupus cerneret,"^ ^E^-i inquit, s% agnum rajpuissem^ quan-
tus tumultus Jieret I ^ At isti s impune overn comedunt I
Turn unus illorunij^ Jfos enim^^ inquit, nostra^ non alie-^
nd ove^ epuldmur.
-..V
18. Carhonarius et Fullo. '^^/
Carbonarius, qui spati5sam habebat domum, invita^it
full5nem,ut ad se commigraret.J Ille respondit: QucBuam
inter nos esse possit ^ societas 1 quum tu vestes^ quas ego
nitidas reddidissem}^ fuligine et maculis inquinaturus
essesJ^
Hasc fabula docet dissimilia " non debere ** conjungi.P
19. Tubicen,
Tubici n ab hostibus captus, JVe ^ me^ inquit, interficite;
nam inermis sum^ neque ^ quidquam habeo prtBter Jianc
tubam. At hostes. Propter hocipsum^ inquiunt, te inter-
imemus^ quod^ quum ipse* pugnandi^ sis^ imperitus^
alios ad pugnam incitdre soles.
Fabula docet, non solum malef icos ^ esse puniendos,^
sed* etiam eos, qui alios ad male faciendum ^ irritent.^
»§ 140, 5, & 74, 9. § 140, 1, 3d. * 32,2. '
b 9, 1, & 109, 2. k 77^ 4. t § 147^ Obs. 2 &
c 38, 4,&§ 99, Obs.S.J § 141, Obs. 8. § 109, R. IX.'
* 74, 3. ra^ 79^ 8. « § 140, Obs. 3.
« 74, 7, & § 140, 2. ° 19, 4, & § 145, R. ▼ 19, 1.
f § 140, 5. LVIII. ^ 108, 4, &
R § 28, Obs. 3, 3d. o 95^ i. § U6, Obs. 5.
*• 21, 2. p § 144, Obs. 2. » § 149 R. LXV.
• § 121, Obs. 2. q § 142, 2. y § 147, (>bs. 4.
i 78, 6, & ^§ 93, 1. « Sup. Verimest.
8 ,
86 FABLES FROM jESOP.
f( 20. Acciintres et Columbce.
Accipitres quondam acerrime inter se belligerabant
Hos columbee in ^ gratiain reducere conatse ^ efFecerunt,
ut illi pacem inter se ^ facerent/ Qua ^ firmataj accipi-
tres vim suam ^ in ipsas columbas converterunt.
Hsec fabiila docet, potentiorum discordias imbecilliori-
bus ^ seepe prodesse.
21. Mulier et Gallina.
Mulier vidua gallinam habebat, quae ei quotidie unum
ovum pariebat. Ilia existimabat, si gallinam diligentius
saginaret,'^ fore,^ ut ilia bina aut terna ova quotidie par-
eret. Quum autem cibo superfluo gallina pinguis esset
facta^J plane ova parere desiit.
Hsec fabula docet, avaritiam ssepe damnosam esse.
22. Vulpes et Uva. yj ^ -
Vulpes uvam in vite conspicata^ ad illam subsiliit
omnium virium suarum ^ contentione,^ si eam forte attin-
gere posset.^ Tandem defatigata inani labore ^ disce-
dens dixit: At nunc etiam acerbce sunt^ nec^ eas in vid
repertas "^ tollerem.^
Hsec fabula docet, multos® ea** contemnere, quad »^
assequi posse desperent.P
» 123, 1.
6§ 112, R. I.
1 § 93, 1.
b 105, 2,
^ § 140, 2.
^ 101, 4.
c 31, Note.
i § 145, Obs. 6.
» 78, 8.
i§ 140, Obs. 1. 3d.
i 74, 8.
o 19, 1,&4.
- 38, 3.
fe § 129, R.
p § 141, Obs. 8.
' 31,3.
FABLES FROM -ESOP. f . Sl^
23. Vul'pes et LerBna,
Vulpes leeense * exprobrabat, quod nonnisi unum catu-
lum pareret.^ Huic dicitur respondissCj Vnum^ sed leo
nem.
Hsec fabiila, non copiam sed bonitatem rerum sestiman-
dam * esse, doeet.
24. Mures. ^¥>Pi/^
Mures aliquando habuerunt consiliunij quomodo sibi a
fele caverent.^ Multisaliis^ propositis, omnibus^placuitjS
ut ei^ tintinnabulum annecteretur;^ sic enim ipsos-J soni
tu admonitos earn fugere posse. ^ Sed quum jam inter
mures qusereretur,^ qui feli "^ tintinabulum annecteret,"
nemo repertus est.
Fabula docet, in suadendo plurimos esse audaces,** sed
in ipso periculo timidos.P
25. Canis Mordax. ^^^.^..^.J^
Cani^ mordaci paterfamilias jussit tintinnabulum ex
sere appendi,*! ut omnes eiim cavere possent.* Ille verb
ffiris tinnitu gaudebat, et, quasi virtutis suae praemium '
essetj* alios canes prae se contemnere ccepit. Cui unus
senior/ 0 te^ stolidum^ ixi(\\xii^ qui ignordre vider is ^"^ isto
tinnitu pravitdtem morum tuorum indicdril"^
* 63,2, &§ 123, R. J 32,8, i 90,1.
b § 140, Obs. 2. k § 145^ Obs 7. Sup. ' § 103, R. V. '
« 108, 4. exist imaverunt. ■ § 140, 2. Sup. td
^ § 140, 5. * 65, & 74, 3. sc. tintinnabulum.
« 9, 1,& 19, 4. m § 123, R. t Sup. ceteris 6. 3
t § 113, R. XVIII " 76, 2, & "§ 117.
« 65. § 34, Obs. 1. ^ 95,4.
»» § 126, R III. o § 103, Obs. 2. " 70, 3.
^ § 140, 1, 4th. P § 149, R.
88
FABLES FROM M30P,
Hsec fabula scrlpta est in^ eos, qui sibi^ insignibus
flagitiorum suorum placent.
26. Canis et Lupus. ^ ^
Lupus canem widens bene saginatuiiij Quanta estj iu"
qnii^felicUas tual Tuj utvideris^^ laute vivis^ at ego fame
etiecor. Turn canis. Licet ^ inquit, mecum ^ in urhem veni-
as^^ et eddem felicitate^ fruuris. Lupus conditi5nem ac-
cepit. Dum una eunt, animadvertit lupus in collo canis
attrltos^ pilos. Quid hoc estl inquit.* JYum^ jugum
sustinesl^ cervix enim tua tot a est glabra. JYihil est^
canis respondit. Sed interdiu me alligant^ ut noctu sim
vigilantior ; atque hcec sunt vestigia colldris^ quod cer-
vici^ circumddrisolet. Turn lupusy Fa/e, inquit, amzce/^
nihil * moror f elicit at em servitufa emptam !
Haec fabula docet, liberis * nutLim commodum tanti ™
esse, quod " servitutis calamitatem ^ompensare possit.®
27. Lupus -et Gr%s.
In faucibus lupi os inhseserat. Mercede igitur con-
ducit gruem, qui" illud extrahat.P Hoc*^ grus longitu-
dine colli facile effecit. Quum autem merccdem poslu-
laret, subridens lupus et dentibus infrendens, J^rum^ tihiy
inquit 5 joar?;a merces^ videtur,^ quod caput inc^/^ume ex
lupi faucibus extraxisti '/ "
* Supply lupus.
» 123, 1. i 58, 1. 2, 2(1.
»»§n2, R. V. J§126,R. III. P§141,R.l J^Imi 2.
c 70, 6. k § 117. 4th,
i § 28, Obte. 4. » § 122, Obs. 6. q 19, 4.
^§ 140, Obs. 5. ^ § 133, Exc. &§ 122, r § io3, R. V.
' § ]21, R. XXVI. R. XXVIII. Exp. • § 138.
« 97, 4, & § 47, 6. ° 40. 1. » § 110, R. XV.
b 56,3d. • § 141. R. II. Obs. « 51, &70.
/^
FABLES FROM iESOP. ^ 89
28. Agricbla et Anguis. i^vf^x^^
AgTic51a anguem reperit frigore psene extinctum. Mis
ericordia motus eum fovit sinu,^ et subter alas^recondidit
Mox anguis recreatus vires recepit, et agricolse *^ pro bene
ficio letale vulnus inflixit.
Hsec fabula docet, qualem ^ mercedem mail pro bene
ficiis reddere soleant.^
29. Asinus et Equus, ^
Asinus equum beatum preedicabat, qui® tam copiose
pasceretur,*" quum sibi post molestissimos labores ne
palese quidem satis praeberentur/ Forte autem bello^
exorto equus in ^ prcelium agitur, et eircumventus ab
hostibus, post incredibiles labores tandem, multis vulneri-
bus confossus, collabitur. Hsec omnia asinus conspicatus,*
0 me.^ stolidum^ inquit, qui^ beatitudmem ex prasentis
temporis fortund cestimaverim '* «
30. Agricola et Filii. ^^e^p^^ ^^
Agricola senex, quum mortem sibi^ appropinquare '
sentiret, filios convoeavit, quos, ut fieri solet,™ inter-
dum discordare " noverat, et fascem virgularum afferri "
jubet. Quibus® allatis, filios hortatur, ut hunc fascem
frangerent.P Quod*^ quum facere non possent, distri-
buit singiilas virgas, iisque celeriter fractisj docuit
• § 136, Obs. 5.
§ 140, Obs. 3.
1 96, 1.
^ § 136, R. LI.
g 9,1,& 109, 5.
^ 68,3.
c § 123, R. XXIX.
^ 123, 1.
n 90, 2.
i § 140,' 5,
i 105, 1.
o 38,3.
• § 141, R. III.
J § 117, R. XXI.
p§ 140, 1,3(1.
• 74, 3, &
fe § 112, R. IV.
q 38, 4.
BO fABLES FROM ^SOl'.
illos^* quam firma res^ esset*" concordia, quamque im<
becillis discordia
T 31. Equus et Asinus,
AsTnus onustus sarcinis equum* rogavit, u^ aliqu^
parte "^ oneris se^ levaret, si se^ vivum videre vellet.*
Sed ille asini preces repudiavit. Paulo post igitur asi-
nus labore consumptus in via corruitj et efflavit^animam.
Turn agitator omnes sarcinas, quas asinus portaverat,
atque insuper etiam pellem asino^ detractam in^ equum
imposuit. Ibi ille sero pri5rem superbiam deplorans, 0
me miserunij inquit, qui parvulum onus in ^ me recipere
noluerim^ quum nunc cogar^ tantas sarcinas ferre^ una
cum pelle comitis mei^ cujus preces tarn superbe con-
tempseram,
% 32. Mulier et Ancill(B,
Mulier vidua, quse texendo ^ vitam sustentabat, solebat
ancillas suas* de nocte excitare ad opus, quum primura
galli cantum audivisset. At illse diuturno labore fatiga-
tse statuerunt gallum interficere."^ Quo ^ facto, deteriore
conditioned quam prius* esse cceperunt. Nam domina,
de hora noctis incerta^ nunc famulas ssepe jam prima
nocte ^ excitabat.
* Supply /weranf.
* 63, 4, 3. g § 126, R. V. « § 144, R. LVII.
b 57, 6, and Note. ^ 123, 1. » 38, 5, & 109,
c § 140, 5. i § 141, R. III. o § 136, Obs. 5.
d § 125. J 74, 1. P 16.
• § 28, Obs. 3, 1st. k § 147^ obs. 5. <i § 131, R. XL.
' § 140, 2. » 30, 1
FABLES FROM -ESOP. 91
33. Testudo et Aquila. <^>ikv4^^'
Testudo aqiiilam magnopere orabat, ut sese ^ volare
doceret. Aquila ei ostendebat quidem, eam^ rem petere*
naturse*^ suee contrariam; sed ilia nihilo*^ minus instabat,
et obsecrabat aquilam, ut se* volucrem facere^ vellet.
Itaque ungulis arreptam^ aquila sustulit in sublime, et de-
mlsit illam, ut per aerem ferretur. Turn in saxa iLcidens
comminuta interiit.
Haec fabula docet, multos^ cupiditatibus suis occoeca-
tos consilia prudentidrum respuere ^ et in exitium ruere *
stultitia sua.^
34. Luscinia et AcciplttT.
Accipiter esuriens rapuit lusciniam. Quae,* quum in-
telligeret sibiJ mortem^ impendere, ad preces con versa
orat accipitrem, ne ^ se perdat sine causa, Se ^ enim
avidissimum ventrem illius non posse explere^ et suadere
adeoj ut grandiores aliquas volucres veuetur} Cui ac-
cipiter, Insanirem^ inquit, si partam prcedam amitterejl^
et incerta ° pro certis ^ sectdri vellem.^
V)
35. Senex et Mors.
Senex in silva ligna ceciderat, iisque^^sublatis domum*
• Supply tVZawi.
Ȥ 28, Obs. 3, 1st.
s 91- 2.
^ 78, 8.
* 27, 2, 6, and 91,
^ 31, 3.
» 87, 5.
§ 145, Obs. 1, & 2.
i 39, 5.
o 19, 4.
• .96, 1.
J § 112, R. IV.
P § 140, 2.
^§111, R
k 121, 2.
1 9, 1, & 109.
• § 132, R. XLIII.
1 § 141, Obs. 8.
' § 130, R. XXXIX.
t 87, 5.
92 FABLES FROM ^SOP.
re<lTre ccepit. Quum aliquantum^ vise^ progressus esset,®
et*^ onere et via defatigatus fascem deposuit, et secuni
a^tatis et inopiai mala coritemplatus^ Mortem clara voce
invocavit, quae ^ ipsum ^ ab omnibus his malis ^ liberaret.^
Turn Mors senis precibus audltis^ subito adstitit,^ et,
quid velletj-J percunctatur.^ At Senex, quem^ jam voto-
rum"^ suorum poenitebat,* J\*ihil^\ inquit, sed requiro^
qui"^ unus paululum allevet^ dum ego rursus suheo.X
36. InimicL
In eadem navi vehebantur duo,® qui inter se^ capitalia
odia exercebant. Unus eorum ^ in prora, alter in puppi
residebat. Orta tempestate ingenti, quum omnes de
vita desperarent, interrogat is,*^ qui in puppi sedebat,
gubernatorem , Utram partem navis prius submersum iri "
existimdret) Cui gubernator, Proram^\ respondit. Turn
ille. Jam mors mihi non molest a est^ quum inimlci mei
mortem adspecturus sim^
37. Hinnuleus et Cervus,
Hinnuleus quondam patrem suum his verbis interro-
gasse dicitur : Mi " pater ^ quum multo ^ sis"^ major canibu^^
* Supply seni^ § 112, R. IV. f Supply volo.
X Supply idy viz : onuM
U Supply prms submersum iri.
« § 132.
i 74, 16.
1 21, 2.
" § 106, R, VIII.
k § 137, Obs. 1.
' 34, and 35.
« 74, 8.
1 QQ, 9.
• 100, 7.
d 124, 1.
«^§ 113, Exc. II
t § 45, 1, & § 79, 8
• 106, 1.
n 37, 1, &.
« § 20, Note 1.
f 40, 4.
§ 99, Obs. 1,
4tb.
, V § 132, R. XLIU
s 32, 8.
0 19, 1.
w 74, 1.
b § 125. Obs. 2.
P 123, 3, &
« 6,3.
' 104. 1.
§ 28. Obs. 5.
FABLES FROM ^SOP. 9S
et tarn ardua ccrnua habeas ^^ quihus a te vim propiilsare
Dossis.^ qui fit^"^ ut canes tantopere metuas ? Ibi cerviis
ridens, J\Ii nate^ inquit, vera^ Tnemoras; mihi^ tamen^
nescio quo pacto^ semper acctdity"^ ut audita canum vocCj
infugam statim convertar.
Haec fabula docet, natura ^ formidolosos nuUis rationi-
bus ^ fortes reddi posse.
38. Hcedus et Lupus. ^-^ ^-^
Quum hoedus evasisset lupum, et confugisset in caulam
ovium, Quid tu^ stulte^ inquit ille, hic te salvum futurum ^
sperasy ubi quotidie pecudes rapi^ et diis^ mactdri^ vid-
easl^ JSTon curo^ inquit hoedus; nam si moriendum^
sitj qua7ito^ prceclarius^ jnihi^ erit^ meo cruore aspergi
aras deorum. immortaliu/my quam irrigdri siccas lupi
fauces.
Haec fabula docet, bonos** mortenij quae omnibus®
imminet, non timere,** si cum honestate et laude conjunc-
ta sit.P
39. Corvus et Vulpes.
Corvus alicunde caseum rapuerat, et cum illo in altam
urborem subvolarat.^^ Vulpecula ilium caseum appetens
c^.orvum blandis verbis^ adoritur; quumque primum for-
^ § 149.
g § 47, Note 1.
1 § 98, Obs. 6.
»> § 141, Obs, 8.
h 95, 4.
^§ 111.
« 51,4.
i § 126, R. III.
n 91,2.
«» 19, 4.
J § 147, R. LXI. and
0 95, 1.
*§ 112, R. IV.
Obs. 1. .
P § 140, 2.
' § 129.
^§ 132, R. XLIII.
q § 79, 1
94 FABLES FROM iESOP.
mam ejus^ pennarumque nitorem laudasset, PoZ, inqult,
te avium regem esse dicerem^ si canius pulcJiritudini ^
tuce responderet. Tum ille laudibus vulpis inflalus etiam
cantu se* valere*^ demonstrare voluit. Ita vero e rostro
aperto caseus delapsus est, quem vulpes arreptum devo-
ravit.
Haec fabiila docet, vitandas^ esse adulat5rum voces,
qui blanditiis suis nobis ^ insidiantur.
40. Leo,
Societatem junxerant leo, juvenca, capra, ovis. Prse-
das autem, quam ceperant, in quatuor partes aequales
divisEj leo, Prima^ ait, meo!^ est; debetur enim Ikbc^
prcBstantice^ raecB, Tollam et secundam^ quam meretur
rohur m^eum. Tertiam? vindicat sibi egregius labor mens.
Quartam qui sibi arrogdre volueritj is ^ sciaty se habitu-
rum^ me inimicum sibi.^ Quid facerent** imbecilles
bestise, aut quae* sibi" leonem infestum habere vellet^°
41. Mus et Rusticus, j^
Mus a rustico in caricarum acervo deprebensus tam^
acri morsu ejus* digitos vulneravit, ut^ ille eum dimit-
teret,"! dicens: JVihil, mehercule^ tarn pusillum est, quod '
de salute desperdre debeat^ modo se defendere et vim de-
pulsdre velit,'
• Supply bestia, 19.
» 31,&0bs t 19. » § 111.
b 78,8. i 64, 2, &§ 126. «§ 42, 11, 2d.
e § 112, Obs, 5, 5tli. i 62, & § 123. p 124, 15.
d 96, 2. • k § 28, Obs. 3, 3d. q § 140, 1, 1st.
• 108, 4. 1 § 45, I. 1. ' 40, 3.
f § 112, R.V. also 7,7 «> § 47, Note 1. • § 140, 4.
f 9. 1.&109.
FABLES FROM iESOP. 95
42. Vultur et AviculcB. yP
Vultiir allquando aviculas invitavit ^ ad convivium,
quod illis daturus esset^ die*^ natali suo. Quse^ quum
ad tempiis adessent, eas carpere et occidercj epulasque
sibi de invitatis instruere coepit.
43. Ran<e. ^ > /
Ranee Isetabantur, quum nuntiatum esset ^ Solem uxo-
rem duxisse.^ Sed una ceteris ^ prudentior, 0 vos stoli-
dos^ inquit; nonne meministis^ quantopere nos scepe unius
Soils astus excrucietP Quid igUurfiety quum liberos
etiam procreaveri tV
4:4:, RancR et Jupiter,
Ranse aliquando regem sibi a Jove ^ petivisse dicuntur.
Quarum ille precibus exoratus trabem ingentem in la-
ciim dejecit. Ranai sonitu perterritse primum refugere,'
deinde vero trabem in aqua natantem conspicatse magno
cum contemptu"" in ea consederunt, aliumque sibi novis
clamoribus regem expetiverunt. Tum Jupiter earum
stultitiam puniturus**hydrum illis misit, a quo**quum plu-
rimse captse perirent, sero eas ^ stolidarum precum poeni-
tuit.
45. Lupi et Pastor es,
Quum Philippus, rex Macedoniae, cum Atheniensibus
foedus initurus esset ea conditidne,** ut oratores sues
* 73.
s 6,3.
1 § 144, Obs. 6.
M 141, Obs. 7.
h§84, 2, 8c 58, 1.
nx § 129, Obs. 2.
c§ 131, R. XL.
i § 44, I. 1, and
° 102, 1.
d 39,6.
§ 140, 5.
o § 126, Obs. 2.
• 51, 2.
i § 44, VI.
p 66, 8, &§ 113,11
98,3.
k § 124, Obs. 2.
q § 129, R.
96 FABLES FROM JESOP.
ipsi* tratlerent, Demosthenes populo narravit fabulara,
qua iis^ callidum regis consilium ante oculos poneret.*^
Dixit enim lupos quondam cum pastoribus pactos esse,*^
se nunquam in posterum^ greges esse impugnaturos/ si
canes ipsis^ dederentur. Placuisse stultis pastoribus^
conditionem; sed quum lupi caulas excubiis^ nudatas
vidissentj eos-J impetu facto omnem gregem dilaniasse.
46. Puer mendax.
Puer oves pascens crebro per lusum magnis clamori-
bus opem rusticorum imploraverat, lupos gregem suum
aggressos esse^ fingens. Seepe autem frustratus eos, qui
auxilium laturi ' aVlvenerant, tandem lupo revera irruente,
multis cum lacrymis vicinos orare coepit, ut sibi^^^ etgregi^
subvenirent. At illi eum pariter ut antea ludere" existi-
mantes preces ejus et lacrymas neglexerunt, ita ut lupus
libere in oves grassaretur,® plurimasque earum p dilani-
aret.
47. Corvus,
'Corvus, qui caseum forte repererat, gaudium alt^ voce **
significavit. Quo'sono** allecti plures corvi famelici
advolaverunt,* impetuque in ilium facto, opimam ei* da-
pem eripuerunt.
» § 123.
Ǥ 126, R. III. '>94,l,2d,&96. 2.
^ 5, 3, and
b 7, 2. o § 140, 1, 1st.
§ 110, Obs. 1,2.
i 64, 8. P § 107, R. X.
c§ 141, R. II.
i § 149. q § 129.
d 98, 2, & 94, 3.
k 94,l,2d,2,&98,2'' 38.
«§ 89,Obs.l.&19,5 1 102,1. •» Supply ad Mtwi
' 100,3. ^ 7, 2,&§112. R.V t 5, i.
FABLES FROM ^SOP. 97
48. Comix et Columha.
Cornix columbae * gratulabatur foecunditatem,'* quod
singulis mensibus pullos excluderet.*^ At ilia, JVe mei^
in quit, doloris causam commemores.^ JVam quos pullos ^
idfico^ eos^ dominus raptos aut ipse comedit^ aut aliis
comedendos ^ vendit. Ita mihi mea fcecu7iditas novum
semper luctum parit. . « —
49. Leo, Asinus^ et Vulpes.
Vulpes, asiiius, et leo venatum^ iverant.^ Ampla
prseda facta, leo asinum illam partiri jubet.J Qui^ quum
singulis singulas^ partes poneret sequales, leo eum cor-
reptum dilaniavit, et vulpeculse partiendi*" negotium
tribuit. Ilia astutior le5ni partem maxiraam apposuit,
sibi vix minimam reservans particulam. Turn leo subri-
dens ejus prudentiam laudare, et unde hoc didicerit" in-
terrogare, ccEpit. Et vulpes, Uujus'' me, inquit, calami-
tas docuifj quid minor es^ potentioribus deheant,^
60. MusccB,
Effusa mellis copia est: Musca? advolant:*
Pascuntur. At mox impeditis cruribus
Revolare nequeunt. Heu miser am^ inquiunt, vicem "
• 7, 2, & § 112. R.V. s 107, 2.
» § 140, 5.
''§ 128, Obs. l,Exc. ^ 114, 1.
o Viz: asini.
and Note. i § 102, R. I.
P 19, 1.
0 § 141, Obs. 7 J y 44, I. 3.
«i Sup. ad id (sciL
•» § 45, I. 1. • k 39, 1.
mel,)
« 37, 2d, Note, & 6. i 26,4.
' § 117.
' Supply pullos. B» § 147, Obs. 2.
1)8 FABLES FROM ^SOP.
Cihus iste * hlandus^ qui pellexit suavUcr^
JVuJic fraudulent us quam crudelUer necat !
Perfida voluptas fabula hac depingitur.
51. Cancer,
Mare cancer olim deseruit, in litore
Pascendi^ cupidus. Vulpes hunc simul ^ adspicit
Jejuna, simul accurrit,* et prsedam capit.
JVcBj dixfit iWe^ jure plector^ quij salo*
Quumfuerim natus^ voluerim^ solo ingredi !
Suus unicuique ^ preefinitus est locus,
Qii,em prseterire sine periclo non licet.
^ 52. Culex et Taurus,
In cornu tauri parviilus quondam culex
Consedit; seque^^ dixit, mole si sua^
Eum ^ gravaret, avolaturum ^^ illico.
At ille:^ JVec te considentem senseram.
* There is a play upon the words salo and solo, which cannot be
preserved in the translation; — a loss of but little importance.
» § 28, Obs. 3, 3d. • § 141, R. III. ^ § 100, 2, and
* § 147, Obs. 2. f § 126. § 47, Note 1.
« 124, II. « 31. i § 101, Obs. 4.
* Sup. ad eum.
MYTHOLOGY.
1. Cadmus, Agenoris filius,^ quod draconem, Martis
tilium, fontis cujusdam in Boeotia custodem,* occiderat,
omnem suam prolem interemptam vidit, et ipse cum
Harmonia,^ uxore * sua, in Illyriam fugit, ubi ambo ** in
dracones conversi sunt.
2. Amjcus, Neptuni filiuSj^rex Bebryciae, omnes, qui
in ejus regna venissent,*^ cogebat caestibus secum conten-
dere, et victos occidebat. Hie" quum Argonautas ad cer-
tamen provocasset,^ Pollux cum eo contendit, et eum
interfecit.
3. Otos et Ephialtes, Aloei filii^ mira magnitudine ^
fuisse dicuntur. Nam singulis^ mensibus' novem digitis^
crescebant. Itaque quum essent annorum novem 5^ in
coelum ascendere sunt conati. Hue sibi aditum sic faci-
ebant,^ ut montem Ossam super Pelion ponerent, alios-
que prseterea montes exstruerent. Sed Apollinis sagit-
tis interempti sunt.
4. Daedalus, Euphemi filius, artifex peritissimus, ob
• 12, 1. • 74, 8. ^ 26, 5.
»> § 102, Obs. 2. ' § 97, Obs. 2. » § 131, R. XLL
e § 98, Obs. 1, & 2. s 6, 1, and J § 132, R. XLIi
^ § 141, R. I. § 106, R. VII. k § 44 II 2.
100 MYTHOLOGY.
csedem Athenis * oommissam in Cretam ^ abiit ad regem
Minoem. Ibi labyrinthum exstruxit. A Min5e *^ ali-
quando in custodiam conjectusj sibi et Icaro filio alas
cera*^ aptavit, et cum eo avolavit. Dum Icarus altius^
evolabat, cera solis calore calefacta, in mare decidit,
quod ex eo Icarium pelagus *" est appellatum. Daedalus
autem in Siciliam ^ pervenit.
5. -^sculapius, Apollinis filius, medicus prsestantissi-
mus, Hippolyto, Thesei filio, vitam reddidisse dicitur.
Ob id facinus Jupiter eum fulmine percussit. Tum
Apollo quod filii mortem in Jove s ulcisci non poterat,
Cyclopes, qui fulmina fecerant, interemit. Ob hoc fac-
tum, Apollinem Jupiter Admeto,^ regi Thessalise, in ser
vitutem dedit.
6. Alcestim,' Peliae filiam, quum multi in matrimoniura
peterent, Pelias promisit, se filiam ei esse daturum,J qui
feras currui junxisset.^ Admetus, qui eam perdite ama-
bat, Apollinem rogavit, ut se in hoc negotio adjuvaret.
Is quum ab Admeto, dum ei ^ serviebat, liberaliter esset
tractatus, aprum ei et le5nem currui junxit,™ quibus" ille
Alcestim avexit. Idem grarvi morbo implicitus, mun?^s
ab Apolline accepit, ut preesens periculum efFugeret, si
quis sponte pro eo moreretur." Jam quum neque pater,
neque mater Admeti pro eo mori voluissent ^ uxor se
Alcestis morti obtulit, quam Hercules forte adveniens
Orci manibus ^ eripuit et Admeto reddidit.
7. Cassiope filiee suae Andromedee formam Nereidum
» 6, 2.
e 123,2, and
•"§ 114. R. XIX, and
b 123, 1, and
§ 136, Obs. 3, 4.
Obs. 3.
§ 130, Obs. 10.
h § 123.
» § 99, Obs. 6.
c § 126, Obs. 2.
i § 15. 2.
o § 42, II. 2d, and
d 6,4.
. J 100 2.
§ 140, 2.
• 22, 3.
k 80, 2.
p § 102, Obs. 1.
f § 103.
7.2&§112,R.
V
<» 5,1,
MYTHOLOGY. ]01
formse * anteposuit. Ob hoc crimen illae a Neptuno **
postulaverunt, ut Andromeda ceto*^ immani, qui oras
populabatur, objiceretur. Quae *^ quum ad saxum alli-
gata esset, Perseus ex Libya, ubi Medusam occiderat,
advolavit, et, b^llua devicta^ et interempta,® Androme-
dam liberavit.
8. Quam quum abduce^e vellet victor, Agenor, ciii
antea desponsata fuerat, Perseo insidias struxit, ut eum
interficeret, sponsamque eriperet/ lUe, re cognita,* ca-
put Medusae insidiantibus ostendit, quo ^ viso, omnes in
saxa mutati sunt. Perseus autem cum Andromeda in
patriam rediit.
9. Ceyx, Hesperi filius, quum in naufragio periisset,
Alcyone, conjugis morte audlt^,^ se in mare praecipitavit.
Turn de5rum misericordia ambo in aves sunt mutati, quae
Alcyones appellantur. Hae aves pariunt hiberno tem-
pore.** Per illos dies mare tranquillum esse dicitur;
unde nautae tranquillos et serenos dies Alcyoneos appel-
lare solent.
10. Tantalus, Jovis filius, tam earns fuit diis,^ ut Ju-
piter ei consilia sua concrederet, eumque ad epulas deo-
rum admitteret.^ At ille, quae^ apud Jovem audiverat,
cum mortalibus communicabat. Ob id crimen dicitur ^
apud inferos in aqua collocatus esse, semperque sitire.
Nam, quoties haustum aquae sump turns * est, aqua rece-
dit. Tum etiam poma ei™ super caput pendent; sed, quo-
ties ea decerpere conatur, rami vento moti recedunt. Alii
* § 123, R.
f 85.
J 37, 2.
b § 124, Obs. 2.
« 38, 5.
k § 145, Obs. 4
« § 126, R. III.
b § 131, R. XL.
» § 79, 8.
. d 39, 2.
i § 111
»5,3,&§110,Ob8 I.
• 104, 1
\
102 MYTHOLOGY.
saxum ejus capitl* impendere dicuntjCujus ruinam timens
})erpetuo metu cruciatur.
II. In nuptiis^ Pelei et Thetidis omnes dii invitati
erant praeter Discordiam. Heec ira commota malum misil
in medium, cui*^ inscripta erant verba: Pulcherrima me
habefo. Turn Juno, Venus et Minerva illud simul ap-
petebant; ^ magnaque inter eas discordia exorta, Jupiter
Mercuric imperat, ut deas ad Paridem, Priami iilium,
duceret,^ qui in monte Ida greges pascebat;^ hunc earum
litem dirempturum esse.^ Huic Juno, si se pulcherrimara
judicassetjS omnium terrarum regnum est pollicita ; Mi-
nerva ei splendidam inter homines famam promisit ;
Venus autem Helenam, Ledse et Jovis filiam, se ei in
conjugium dare^ spopondit. Paris, hoc dono prioribus*'
anteposito ^ Venerem pulcherrimam esseJ judicavit. Pos-
tea Veneris hortatu Lacedsemonem ^ profectus, Helenam
conjugi^ suo ^ Menelao eripuit. Hinc bellum Trojanum
originem cepit, ad quod tota fere Grsecia, duce " Aga-
memnone, Menelai fratre, profecta est.
12 Thetis, Pelei conjux, quum sciret Achillem filium
suum cito periturum esse,^ si Gr8ec5rura exercitum ad
Trojam sequereturj^ eum misit in insulam Scyron," regi-
que Lycomedi commendavit. Ille eum,muliebri habitu,^
inter filias suas servabat. Grgeci autem quum audivis-
sent eum ibi occultari,*i unus e5rum' Ulysses, rex Itha-
cse, in regio * vestibulo munera feminea ^ in calathiscis
♦ Supply
dicens, agreeing with Jupiter, 94. 4.
» § 112, R. IV.
h 94, 3, & 100, 2.
»110, 1.
^ § 136, Obs. 3.
i 104, 1.
0 § 10. Greek nouns
c § 126, R. III.
J 90, 3.
P § 129.
d § 102, R. I.
k § 130, 2.
q 96, 7.
« § 140, 1, 3d.
1 5,1.
' 21, 2.
f 94,l,2d.&100,
1.
m 30, 4, &
•'§ 106. Obs. 4.
• § 140, 2
§28, Obs.3, Exc.
MYTHOLOGY. l03
posuit, siinulque clypeum et hafftam; mulieresque advo-
cfiri^ jussit. Quae ^ dum omnia contemplabantur, subito
tubicen cecinit; quo sono audito, Achilles arma arripuit.
Unde eura virum *" esse^^'intellectum est.
13. Quum totus Graecdrum exercitus Aulide^ conve-
nisset, adversa tempestas eos ob iram Dianae retinebat.
Agamemnon enim, dux illius expeditidnis, cervam dea3 ^
sacram ^ vulneraverat, superbiusque ^ in Dianam locutus
erat. Is quum haruspices convocassetj responderuntj
iram deae expiari^ non posse,*^ nisi filiam suam Iphige-
niam ei immolasset.J Hanc ob causam Ulysses Argos''
profectus mentitur^ Agamemnonem filiam Achilli in
matrimonium promisisse."^ Sic eam Aulidem ^ abduxit.
Ubi quum pater eam imraolare ° vellet, Diana virginem
miserata° cervam ei^ supposuit. Iphigeniam ipsam per
nubes in terram Tauricam detulit, ibique templi sui sa-
cerddtem fecit.
14. Troja eversa, quum Graeci domum ^ redire vellent,
ex. A chillis tumulo vox dicitur fuisse audita, quae Grsecos
monebat, ne fortissimum virum sine honore relinquerent.'
Quare Graeci Polyxenam, Priami filiam, quae virgo full
formosissima, ad sepulcrum ejus immolaverunt.
15. Prometheus, lapeti filius, primus" homines ex
luto finxit, iisque ^ ignem e ccelo in ferula attulit, mon-
stravitque quomodo cinere obrutum servarent.* Ob hanc
rem Vulcanus eum in monte Caucaso Jovis jussu clavis
» 90, 4.
^ 22, 3. o 106, 1.
b 38, 6.
i 87, 1. p § 123, R. XXIX.
'^ § 103, R.
V.
J § 141, Obs. 8. &80. and Exp.
•^ 96, 2.
^ § 130, 2. q § 130, 4.
« 6,2.
J § 44, 3. r § 140^ 1, 3d.
f § 111.
«« 94, 1, 2d, & 98, 2. » § 98, Obs. 10.
« 16, I
» 88,2. t§140, 6.
104 MYTHOLOGY.
ferreis alligavil ad saxum, et aquilam ei apposuit, quae *
cor exederet. Quantum ^ vero interdiu exederat, tantum^
nocte crescebat. Hanc aquilam msequenti tempore Hei-
ciiles transfixit sagittis, Prometheumque liberavit.
16. Pluto, inferorum deus, a Jove fratre petebat, at
sibi Proserpinam, Jovis et Cereris filiam, in matrimoniura
daret.*^ Jupiter negavit quidem Cererem passuram esse,*^
ut filia in tenebris Tartarimoraretur;'''sed fratri permisit,
ut earn, si posset, raperet.*^ Quare Proserpinam, in ne-
more Ennse in Sicilia flores legentem, Pluto quadrigis ex
terrse hiatu proveniens rapuit. *
17. Ceres quum nesciret ubi filia esset,*" eam per totum
orbem terrarum queesivit. In quo itinere ad Celeum ve-
nit, regem Eleusiniorum, cujus uxor Metanira puerum
Triptolemum pepererat, rogavitque ut se tanquam nutri-
cem in domum reciperent.^ Quo facto, quum Ceres
alumnum suum ^ immortalem reddere vellet,^ eum inter-
diu lacte divino alebat, noctu clam igne obruebat. Ita-
que mirum in modum crescebat. Quod * quum miraren-
tur parentes, eam J observaverunt. Qui ^ quum viderent
Cererem puerum in ignem mittere,^ pater exclamavit.
Tum dea Celeum exanimavit; Triptolemo autem currum
draconibus™ junctum tribuit, frugesque mandavit, quas
per orbem terrarum vectus disseminaret."
18. Althaea, Thestii filia, ex CEneo peperit Meleagrum
Ei Parcae ardentem titionem dederunt, praefantes ° Mele-
agrum tam diu victurum ^ quam diu J' is titio foret ^ in-
» 40, 1, &
s
30, 4.
^ 64, 6.
§ 141, Obs. 2,4th.
h
74,3.
' •> 40, 5, &
«» 44, 3, & 47.
i
38,4.
§ 141, R. II.
« § 140, 1, 3d.
i
27,6
0 94, 1, 2d.
d 100, 2.
k
39, 1.
P 124,19.
• § 145, Obs. 5, 5th
1
96,1.
•§ 140, 6.
f § 141 Obs. 8.
MYTHOLOGY. 1C5
columis. Hunc* itaque Altheea illigenter in arc^ clau-
sum servavit. Interim Diana CEneo^irata quia ei sacra,
annua non fecerat, aprum mira magnitudine ^ misit, qui
agrum Calydonium vastaret.^ Quern® Meleager cum
juvenibus ex omni Graecia delectis interfecit, pellemque
ejus Atalantse donavit. Cui*^ auum Althasae fratres earn
eripere vellent, ilia Meleagri auxilium imploravit, qui
avunculos occidit. Tum Althaea, gravi ira ^ in filium
commota, titi5nem ilium fatalem in ignem conjecit. Sic
Meleager periit. At sorores ejus, dum fratrem insola-
biliter lugent, in aves mutatae sunt.
19. Europam, Agenoris filiam, Sidoniam, Jupiter m
taurum mutatus Sidone^ Cretam^ transvexitj et ex ea
procreavit MinSem, Sarpedonem, et Rhadamanthum.
Hanc ut reducerent Agenor sues filios misit, conditione
addita, ut nee ipsiJ redirent, nisi sordrem invenissent.^
Horum unus, Cadmus nomine/ quum erraret, Delphos*
venit, ibique responsum accepit, bovem praecedentem se-
queretur; ^ ubi ille decubuisset,^ ibi urbem conderet.*
Quod quum faceret," in Boeotiam venit. Ibi aquam quse-
rens ad fontem Castalium drac5nem in venit, Martis
filium, qui aquam custodiebat.** Hunc Cadmus interfecit,
dentesque ejus sparsit et aravit. Unde Sparti enati sunt.
Pugna inter illos exorta, quinque superfuerunt, ex qui-
bus quinque nobiles Thebanorum stirpes originem dux-
erunt.
* Conderet is in
the same construction with sequeretur.
* Sup. titionem
' 39 ''from her,''
k§ 141, Obs, 8.
M 111.
and 5, 1.
1 § 128, R. XXXIV.
« 6. 1, and
f § 129, R. XXXV.
^ § 140, Obs. 5.
§ 106, R. VII.
h§ 130,3.
° 38, 4.
d 40, 4.
i § 130, 2.
0 § 44, II. 2.
« 39. 7
1 32,3.
ion MYTHOLOGY.
20 Quum Bacchus, Jovis ex Semele filius, exercitum
in Jndiam duceret, Silenus ab agmine aberravit. Quern *
Midas, rex Mygdoniae, hospitio^ liberaliter accepit eique
ducem dedit, qui ^ cum ad Bacchum reduceret. Ob noc
oeneficium Baccnus Midff'. optionem dedit, ut quicquid
vellet '^ a se peteret/ Ille petiit, ut quidquid ^ tetigisset ^
aurum fieret.^ Quod ^ quum impetrasset, ^ quidquid ^ te-
tigerat aurum fiebat. Primo gavlsus est hac virtute ^ sua;
mox intellexit nihil ipsi-J hocmunere^ perniciosius esse.
Nam etiam cibus et potio in aurum mutabatur.^ Quum
jam fame cruciaretur, petit a Baccho, ut donum suum
revocaret.*^ Quem * Bacchus jussit in flumine Pactolo se
abluercj quumque aquam tetigisset, facta est colore™
aureo.
21. Schceneus Atalantam filiam formosissimam dicitur
habuisse, quse cursu viros superabat." Hsec quum a
pluribus ® in conjugium peteretur, pater ejus conditionem
proposuit, ut, qui earn ducere vellet,^ prius cursu cum ea
contenderet;^ si victus esset,^ occideretur.^ Multos quum
superasset et interfecisset, tandem ab Hippomene victa
est. Hie enim a Venere tria mala aurea acceperat. Dum
currebant, horum unum post alterum projecit, iisque ^
Atalantse cursum tardavit. Nam dum mala colligit, Hip-
pomenes ad metam pervenit. Huic itaque Schceneus
filiam uxdrem dedit. Quam p quum in patriam duceret,
oblitus Veneris beneficio ^ se vicisse,*i grates ei * non egit.
« 39,7. e 38,7. » o, 1, &§ 106, R.VIl.
M129, R. XXXV. h 74, 8, and ° § 44, II. 1.
« 40, 4, and § 140. Oos. 4. <> 19, 1.
§ 141, R. II. i § i'66, Obs. 5. P 39, 8.
a§141,0bs. 8. J § 111. <J 94, 1, 2cT,&98, 2.
• § 140 :, 3d. k 6, 3. r 27, 2d, 6 and
' 37, 8 1 § 102, Obs. 1. § 123.
MYTHOLOGY. 107
»
Hanc ob causam Hippomenes mutatus est in leonenij At-
aJarita in leeenam.
2,2. Nisus, rex Megarensium, in cap'ite crinem purjm-
reum habuisse dicitur,* eque prsedictuoi^ fuit, tarn diu
eum regnaturum,'^ quam diu"^ eum crinem custodisset.®
Hunc Minos, rex Cretensium, bello ^'c^ggressus est. Quis
quiim urbem Megaram oppugnare^, Scylla, Nisi filia,
am5re^ ejus correpta est, et, ut ei victoriam pararet,^
patri* dormienti fatalem crinem jirsecidit. Ita Nisus a
Minoe victusJ et occisus est. Oaum autem Minos in
Cretam rediret,^ Scylla eum rogavit, ut eam secum ave-
heret. Sed ille negavit Cretam tuntum scelus esse recep-
turam "^ Tum ilia se in mare p>a3cipitatj navemque per-
sequitur. Nisus in aquilam marinam conversus est,
Scylla m piscem, quem Cirini vocant. Hodieque, si-
quando ilia avis hunc pisceni conspexerit,' mittit se in
aquam, raptumque unguibus* dilaniat.
23. Amphion, Jovis et Antiopes filius, qui Thebas
muris cinxit, Nioben, Tanlali illiam, in matrimonium
duxit. Ex qua procreavit lilios septem totidemque filias
Quem partum Niobe Lat^nee lil)eris anteposuit, super-
biusque"* locuta est in Apollinem et Dianam. Ob id
Apollo filios ejus venanfes sagittis interfecit, Diana au-
tem filias. Niobe liberis^ orbaia in saxum mutata esse
dicitur,* ejusque lacrynise hodieque manare narrantur."
AmphTon autem, quuni templiim Apollinis expugnare
vellet,° ab Apolline sagittis est interfectus.
» § 145, Obs. 4.
f § 129, R.
k § 44, II.
»» 51,2, &
« 39, 1.
1 § 45, III. 1, 2.
§ 101, Obs. 5.
t § 140, 1, %\,
^ 22, 2.
« 100, 2.
i 5. 1.
» 64, 8, & 5- 1.
d 124, 19.
i 115, 1.
0 § 140, Obs. 4.
Ǥ 141, Obs. 8.
^
108 MYTHOLOGY.
24. Phineus, Agenoris filius, a'o Apolline futurarum
rerum scientiam acceperat. Quum vero hominibus^ deb
rum consilia enuntiaret,^ Jupiter eum exca^cavit, et im
misit ei* Harpyias, quae Jovis canes'^ esse dicuntur, ut
cibum ab ore* ei*^ auferrent.® Ad quern*" quum Argo-
nauts venissent, ut eum iter ^ rogarent,^ dixit se illis iter
demonstraturum esse/ si eum pcenaJ liberarent. Turn
Zetes et Calais, Aquildnis filii,^ qui pennas in capite et
in pedlbus habuisse dicuntur, Harpyias fugaverunt in in-
sulas Strophadas, et Phineum poena J liberarunt.
* ^b ore is emphatic *' from him, from his very mouth."
» § 123. • § 140, 1, 2d. * 100, 2.
»» § 140, Obs. 4 ' 39, 9. i § 125.
* § 103. 8 § 124. k § 97, Ob8, 2.
* 6, 1. k § 141^ ob», 8.
"oA^i^A^^- . /X^i"
ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS.
1. Thales interrogatus an facta hominum deos* late-
rent,^ respondit, ne*^ cogitata quidem.
2. Solon, qui AtheniensTbus leges scripsit, dicebat
nemmem, dum viveret,'^ beatum haberi posse, quod om-
nes ad ultimum usque diem ancipiti fortunes ® obnoxii
essent/
3. Pythagorse philosophi tanta fuit apud discipulos
suos auctoritas, ut, quae ab eo audivissent,*^ ea in dubi-
tationem adducere non auderent.^ Rogati autem ut cau-
sam redderent^ eorum, quae dixissent,*^ respondebant,
Ipsum dixisse} Ipse autem erat Pythagoras,
4. Bias unus ex septem Sapientibus,J quum patriam
Prienen ab hostibus expugnatam et eversam fugeret,^
interrogatus, cur nihil ex bonis J suis secum ferret,^ Ego
re/b, respondit,^ bona mecum porto omnia,
5. Democritus, cui pater ingentes divitias reliquerat,
omne fere patrimonium suum civibus donavit, ne do-
* § 116, R.XX. f § 141, Obs. 7. i § 107, Obs. 8, and
^ 74, 12. 8 § 140, 1. 1st. 19, 1, & 4,
« 121,5. b 78,5. k 74,3.
•* § 14], Obs. 8. i 98, 1. » § 116, Obs. 6.
Ȥ 111.
10
110 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS.
mesticarum rerum cura a philosophiee studio avocare-
tur/
6. Etiam Crates Thebanus bon? sua inter Thebarios
divisit, nihil sibi servans pr^p/^er peram et baculum. H?ec
enim Cynic5rum in«tiumenta erant. A quo^ consilio
quum amici et propinqui eum avocare studerent,^ eos
correpto baculo "^ fugavit, nihil pulchrius esse arbitratus,
quam ab omnibus curis*" vacuum^ uni philosophia3 ope-
ram dare.^
7. Anaxagoras, quum a longinqua peregrinatione sci-
entiee augendse^ causa suscepta in patriam rediisset,
agrosque suos neglectos et desertos videret, JYon esseiti^
inquit, salvus^ nisi ista^ periissent,^
8. Carneades usque ad extremam senectam nunquan^
cessavit a philosophiaj studio. Saepe ei accidit/ ut, quum
cibi** capiendi causa accubuisset, cogitationibus'" inhae-
rens manum ad cibos appositos porrigere oblivisceretur."
9. Idem adversus Zenonem Stoicum scripturus caput
helleboro purgabat, ne corrupti humdres sollertiam et
acumen me\itis impedirent.*
10. Anaxagoras philosophus, morte ^ filii audita, vultu
nihil ° immutato dixit. ^ Sciebam me mortdlem gemdsse.^
11. Archytas Tarentinus, quum ab itinere reversus
agros suos villici socordia neglectos videret, Graviter te
cashgdremj' inquit, nisi irdtus essem.^
12. Plato quoque, quum in servum Tehementius * ex-
* § 140, 1. 2d. g § 149, R. and Obs.l °» § 112, R. IV.
* 38,8. h 112, 1,&5. n§i40, 1,4th.
0 74, 3, and ^ 78, 8. <> § 128.
§ 140, Obs. 4. i § 28, Obs. 3, 3d. p § 116, Obs. 6.
a 9, 1, and 104, 2. k§ 140, Obs. 2. q 98,1.
« § 107, R.XI. Obs. 10.1 51, 3, '♦ happened.'' ' 22, 1. ,
* Sup. sc.
ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. Ill
arsisset, veritus ne ^ vindictae mod urn excederet, Speu-
sippo^ adstanti manclavlt, ut de illiiis poena statueret.V.
13. Idem discendi"^ cupiditate ductus iEgyptum pera-
gravit, et a sacerdotibus illius regionls geomietriam et
astronomiam didicit. Idem in Italiam trajecitj ut ibi Py-
thagorge philosophiam et instituta disceret.^
14. Athenienses Socratem damnaverunt, quod novos
deos introducere videbatur. Protagoram quoque philoso-
phum, qui ausus^ fuerat scribere, se ignorare an dii es-
sent,^ Athenienses ex urbe pepulerunt.
15. Xanthippe, Socratis uxor, mor5sa admodum fuisse
iertur. Quam ^' ejus indolem quum perspexisset Alcibi-
ades, Socratem interrogavit, quid esset,^ quod mu^ierem
tam acerbam et jurgiosam non exigeret* d'^mo.J Turn
ille, Quoniain^ inquit, dum illam domij perpetior^ insu-
esco^ lit ceterorum quoque foris petulantiam et injurias
fa cilius ferara . ^
16. Xenocrates phuosophus, quum maledicorum quo-
rundam sermon:^' interesset, neque quidquam ipse loque-
retur,' in^errogatus, cur solus taceret,^ respondit: Quia
dix^se^ me aliquando pceiiituit^ iacuisse^ nun quam,
17. Hegesias philosophus in disputationibus suis"
mala et cruciatus vitse tam vivid is coloribus reprsesenta-
bat, ut multi, qui eum audiverant, sponte se occiderent.'
Quare a Ptolemseo rege ulterius his de rebus disserere
est prohibitus.
» 121, 6, and f § 78. k§112, R. I, &5
§ 140, Obs. 6. s 74, 11, and » § 149.
»>§ 123. § 140,5. « 66, 10, and
c § 140, 1, 3d. ^ 38, 6. § 113, Obs. 7.
i § 147, Obs. 2. i § 141, Obs. 8. « 30, 1.
* s^ 140, 1, 2d. J § 130, 4 § 140, 1, 1st.
112 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS.
18. Gorgiae Leontino,'' qui eloquentia^ et eruditione
omnes suae setatis homines superare existimabatur, uni-
versa Gra^cia in temple Apollinis Delphici statuam aure-
am collocavit.
19. Idem, quum annum centesimum septimum ageret,
interrogatus, quapiopter tam diu vellet^^invita remanere,
respondit: Quia nihil habeo^ quod^ senectutem meam
accusem,^
20. lllustrissimi saipe viri humili loco^ nati fuerunt.^
Socrates, quem oraculum Apollinis sapientissimum omni-
um hominum^ judicavit,' obstetricis filius fuit. Euri-
pides, poeta tragTcus, matrem habuit,* quae olera vendi-
tabatjj et Demosthenis, orat5ris eloquentissimi, patrem
cultellos vendidisse^ narrant.
21. Homerus, princeps poetarum Grsecorum, dolore
absumptus esse creditur, quod quaestionem a piscatoribus
ipsi ^ propositam solvere non posset."^
22. Simonides, poeta praestantissTmus, gloriatur in
quodam poemate, se° octoginta annos'' natum in certa-
men musicum descendisse ^ et victoriam inde retulisse.
Idem aliquandiu vixit apudHipparchum, Pisistrati filium,
Athenarum tyrannum. Inde Syracusas^ se contulit ad
Hieronem regem, cum quo familiariter vixisse dicitur.
Primus *i carmina statuto pretio"^ scripsit; quare eumMu-
sam venalem reddidisse dicunt.
23. Quum iEschylus Atheniensis, qui parens* tragce-
diae dicitur, in Sicilia versaretur,^ ibique in loco aprico
'~ *§ 123^ « 72. ° § 145, R. LVIII.
b§ 128, R. XXXIV. »»§107, R. X, « § 131, R. XLI.
c 74, 16. i 73. p § 130, 2.
§ 122, Obs. 2. J § 44, II. 1. q § 98, Obs. 10.
e§ 141, R.I. k 97^1. ' § 133, R. XLIV.
f 6, 5, & »* 32,9, § 126, R.III •§103.
§ 119, R. XXIIl, «§1410bs. 7 t 74.3.
I
ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. \ll^
gederet, aquila testudmem glabro ejus capTti"immisit quod
pro saxo habuit. Quo ^ ictu ille extinctus est.
24. Euripides, qui et ipse magnum inter pesetas tragi -
cos nomen habet, a coena domum rediens a canibus lace
ratus est.
25. Athenienses quondam ab Euripide postulabant,
ut ex tragoedia sententiam quandam tolleret.^ lile au-
tem in scenam progressus dixit, se fabulas componere
solere,^ ut populum doceret,'' non ut a populo disceret.
26. Philippides, comcediarum scriptor, quum in poe-
tarura certamine piseter spem vicisset^ et ilia victoria
impense gauderet, eo ipso gaudio repente exstinctus est.
27. Pindarus, poeta Thebanus, Apollini^ gratissimus
fuisse dicitur. Quare saepe a sacerdotibus in templum
Delphicum ad coenam vocabatur, parsque ei ^ tribuebatur
donorum, quae sacrificantes^ deo obtulerant, Ferunt
etiam PanaJ Pindari hymnis ^ tantopere fuisse laetatum,
ut eos in montibus et silvis caneret.^ Quum Alexander,
rex Macedoniae, Thebas diriperet, unius Pindari domo"*
et familiae pepercit.
28. Diogenes Cynicus Myndum profectus, quum vide-
ret magnif leas portas et urbem exiguam, Myndios mon-
uit, ut portas clauderent,*^ ne urbs egrederetur.®
29. Demosthenes Atheniensis incredibili studio et la-
bdre eo" pervenit, ut, quum*" multi eum ingenio^ parum
valere existiraarent, omnes eetatis suae orat5res superaret
eloquentiaP. Nunquamtamen extempSre dicebat, neqne
m concidne volebat assurgere, nisi rem, de qua ageretur,''
* § 123. g § HI. ^ § 112, R. V.Sc7, 2
*• 38, 9. b § 126, R. III. « 28, Obs.
^ § 140, 1, 3d. i 19, 1. 0 § 140, Obs. 4.
^ 96, 2. J § 15, 4. p § 128.
' § 140, 6, or 1, 2d. ^ § 121, Obs. 2. i § 141, Obs. 8.
' 74. 8. » § 140 1. 1st.
114 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS.
accurate antea meditatus esset.^ Uncle plerique euin tim-
id iiiii esse existimabant. Sed in hac re Periclis consue-
tudinem imrtabaturj qui non facile de quaque re dieere,
nee exislimationem suam ^ fortunee committere solebat. ■
30. Pericles in conciOnem iturus, quuin animo perpen-
deret, quantum periciili*^ inconsiderate dicta ^^ hominibus
afFerrent,*^ solebat precari a diis/ ne quod ipsi ^ verbum
imprudent! excideret, quod reipublicae officere possetJ^
31. Minos, Cretensium rex, ssepe se in speluncam
quandam conferebat, ibique se cum Jove colloqui^ leges-
que ab eo accipere^ dirc^at. Etiam Lycurgus Lacedae-
moniis"^ persuasit, se leges suas^ ab Apolline didicisse.^
32. Quum Lycurgus, Laceda^moniorum legislator, Del-
phis4n templum Apollinisintrasset,utadeo^oraculumpe-
teret, Pythia eum his verbis allocuta est: JVescio utrum de-
us an homo appellandus ^ sis ; sed deus potius videris^ esse,
33. Leonidas, rex Lacedasmoniorum, quum Persae di-
cerentur sagittarum multitudine sol em obscuratiiri, re;,
spondisse fertur: Melius itdque in umbra pugnahimus.
34. Cyrus omnium su5rum milTtum nomina memori^
tenebat. Mithridates autem, rex Ponti, duarum et vi-
ginti gentium, quae sub regno ejus erant, linguas ita di-
dicerat, ut cum omnibus, quibus" imperabat, sine inter-
prete loqui posset.
35. Themistocles interroganti p utrum Achilles esse
mallet,^ an Homerus,*i respondit: Tu verb mallesne te in
Olympico certamine victorem reiiuntidri^ an prcBco esse^
qui victorum nomina proddmat ?
' »§ 140, Obs.2^ r§~112, Obs. 3. ^ 74, 9, & 108, 1.
t 30, 3. ^§ 141, Obs. 8. ^ 70,3.
e § 106, R. VIII. i 96,1. o 7, 2, &§ 112,R.V
* 19 4. j§123, &7, 2. P 19, &§ 98, Obs. 5
• 74, 11. 1^ 98, 2. q § 103, R. V.
'§124, Obs. 2 I § 130, l.Exc. &6.2 ' § 145, Obs, 1, 3.
ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 115
36. Epaminondas, Thebanorum imperator, in bello ad-
versus Lacedsemonios, animos su5rum religione excitan-
dos^ ratus, arma in templis affixa nocte^ detraxit, persua-
sitque militibus, quum ilia abesse"^ viderent, deos iter
suum sequi,*^ ut ipsis*^ prceliantibus adessent.
37. Idem in pugna ad Mantineam graviter vulneratus
est. Quum animam recepisset, inter rogavit circumstantes
amicos, an clypeus salvus esset; ^ deinde, an hostes fusi
essent.* Illi utrumque affirmaverunt. Turn demum
hastam e corpore educi^ jussit. ^uo^ facto statim ex-
spiravit.
38. Epaminondas tanta fuit abstinentia^ et integritatCj
ut post plunma bella, quibus Thebanorum potentiam
incredibiliter auxerat, nihil in supellectili haberet prse-
ter ahenum et veru.
39. Lysander, dux Lacedaemoniorum, militem quen-
dam via^ egressum castigabat. Cui dicenti, ad nullius.
rei rapinam se ab agmine recessissejj respondit: Jfe^ spe-
ciem quidem rapturi^ prcBheas volo,
40. Iphicrates, dux Atheniensium, quum prsesidio tene-
ret Corinthum, et sub adventum hostium ipse™ vigilias
circumiretj vigilem, quem dormientem invenerat, hasta
transfixit. Quod ^^ factum quibusdam"" ei ° ut ssevum ex-
probrantibuSj Qualem^ inveni^ inquit, tah'tn reliqui.
41. Quum quidam Thrasybulo, qui civitatem Athe-
niensium a tyrannorum dominatione liberavit, dixisset:
Quantas ^ tibi gratias ^thence debent ! ille respondit: Dii
I
» 108, 4, & § 79, 9. g 38, 5.
1 19,fe§98,Obs.5
»> § 131, R. XL. h § 106, R. VII.
^ 32, 3.
e 96, 2. i § 136 R. LII.
° 38.
d§112, R. I. i 94, 1,2(1, &982.
0 § 123.
• 74, 12, & § 140, 5. ^ 121, 2, and
p 44,4, & 47.
' 90,4. §140, 1.3d.
q 48, 3.
J 16 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS.
fncmntj^ ut quantas^ ipse"^ patria deheo gratias^ tanias
ei t'idear "^ retulisse.
4:2. Philippus, rex Macedonum, monentibus* eum
quibusdam, ut Pythiam quendam caveret,"^ fortera mili-
tem, sed ipsi ^ alienatuin, quod tres filias segre aleret^^
nee a rege adjuvaretur, dixisse fertur: Quid 1^ si partem
rorporis haherem^ cEgram^ ahscinderem^ potius^ an curd-
rem ? Deinde Pythiam ad se vocatum,^ accepta^ diffi-
cultate rei domesticse, pecunia^ instruxit. Quo facto
nullum rex militem Pythia "^ fideliorera habuit.
43. Mulier quaedam ab eodem Philippo, quum a con-
vivio temulentus recederet, damnata, j3 Philippo^ inquit,
teniulento ad Philippum sobrium provoco,
44. Philippus, rex Macedonise, preedicare solebat, su
oratorlbus Atheniensium maximaiii gratiam habere. °
JYam conviciis suis^ inquit, efficiunt^ ut quotidie melior ®
evadaniy dum eos dictis^ factisque mendacii arguere
Conor.
45. Ejusdem regis epistola fertur scripta ad Aristote-
lem philosophum, qua filium sibi "^ natum esse nuntiavit.
Erat ilia epistola verbis concepta fere his: Filium mihi^
genitum esse scito. Quod' equidem diis haheo gratiam.:
710JI tam quod natus estj quam quod ei^ contigit nasci
temporibus vitce tuce. Spero enimfore^ ut a te educdtus
et eruditus dignus evddat et nobis '^ et rebus ^ quas ipsi
relicturi sumus.
« 77, 9, and ^ § 150, 1. «» § 103, Obs. 2.
§ 42 Obs. 4, 5. i § 140, 2. p § 129.
b 44, 3, & 47. J 78, 4, q § 126, R. III.
« 32, 1. § 139, 2, & 124, 13. ^ 38, 10, Note.
«!§ 140, 1, 3d, &70. k 104, 3, & 2. •§113.
e § 122, Obs. 4. 1 § 125. t § 145^ obs. 6.
t 64, 9. « 6, 3 « 6, 5, & § 119.
f§ 141, Obs. 7. » 94, l,2d,&96, 1.
ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 117
46. Alexander Macedo, Philippi filius, quum puer a
praiceptore sue audivisset innumerabiles mundos esse,^
lieu me^ miserum^ inquit, qui ne uno ^ quidem adhuc j)o-
Vitus sum I
47. Quum Alexander quondam Macedonum quorun-
dam benevolentiam largitionibus sibi conciliare conatus
esset, Philippus eum bis verbis increpuit: Sperasne^ eos
tibi ^jideles essefutilros/quos pecunid tibi conciliaveris 1 ^
Scito amorem non aurd emi sed virtutibus.
48. Alexandre ^ Macedoni, Asia debellata, Corinthii
per legates gratulati sunt, regemque civitate ^ sua dona-
verunt. Quod^ officii genus quum Alexander risisset,
unus ex legatis, Mulli^ unquarriy inquit, civitdtem dedt-
mus alii quam tibi ^ et Herculi. Quo * audito, Alexan-
der honorem sibi delatum lubentissime accepit.
49. Quum Alexander Grseciee populis ^ imperasset, ut
divmos ipsi honor es decernerent,"* Lacedaemonii his ver-
bis utebantur: Quoniam Alexander deus esse voluit^ esto
deus ; Laconica brevitate regis notantes vecordiam.
50. Lysimachus, rex Thracise, Theoddrum Cyrenseum,
virum libertatis^ amantissimum et regise dominationi*^ in-
festum, cruci aff igi® jussit. Cui ille, Hujus modi minis^
inquit, purpurdtos tuos t err easy Mea ^ quidem nihil '
interest^ humine ^ an sublime putrescam.
51. Mausolus, rex Cari8e, Artemisiam habuit conju-
gem. Heec, Mausolo defuncto, ossa cineremque marlti
contusa et odoribus mixta cum aqua potabat. Extruxil
* 96, 9. g § 141, Obs. 8. « § 107. R. IX.
^§117, R. b § 125, & Obs. 1. o 90,4.
^ 7, 5, and i 38, 7, & 38, 5. p § 45, T. 1
§ 121, R. XXVI. J § 123. q § 113, Exc. 1.
d 58, 1, & 56, 3. k § 149, R. LXV. ' § 122, Obs. 6.
*§in. « 7,2, &§112, R.V '§130, Obs. 7.
' 99. 1 m § 140^ 1^ sd.
118 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS.
quoque, ad conservandam ^ ejus memorianij sepulcrum
iJludnobilissimum, ab ejus nomine appellatum, quod inter
septem orbis terrarum miracula numeratur. Quod^
quum Mausoli manibus'' dicaret, certamen instituit, prse-
miis amplissimis ei propositis, qui defunctum regem op-
time laudasset.^
62. Dionysius, qui a patre Syracusarum et psene totius
Sicillae tyrannidem acceperat, senex patria^ pulsus Co-
rinthi^pueros litteras docuit.^
63. Mithridates, rex Ponti, ssepe venenum hauserat,
ut sibi a clandestinis caveret insidiis. Hinc factum est,
ut, quum a Pompeio superatus mortem sibi consciscere
veilet, ne velocissima quidem venena ei nocerentJ^
64. Quum Gyges, rex Lydiae ditissimus, oraculum
Apollinis interrogaretj an quisquam mortalium ' seJ esset^
feliclor, deus, Aglaiim quendam Psophidium feliciorem,
praedicavit. Is autem erat Arcadum' pauperrimus, par-
vuli agelli possessor, cujus terminos quamvis senex nun-
quam excesserat, fructibus^ et voluptatibus angusti ruris
contentus.
65. Pyrrhus, rex Epiri, quum in Italia esset, audivit,
Tarentinos quosdam juvenes in convivio parum hono-
rif ice de se locutos esse.'"^ Eos igitur ad se arcessTtos per-
cunctatus est, an dixissent^ ea, quse ad aures suas per-
venissent."* Tum unus ex his, J\%sij inquit, vinum nohis^
defecissety^ multo "^ etiam plura ' et graviora in te locutu-
ri erdmus,^ Hsec criminis excusatio iram regis in risum
convertit.
« 112,7. i»§ 140, 1, 4th. n§141,0bs. 8.
to 38, 4. i § 107, R. X. ° § 112, Obs. 1.
c § 123, R. J 6. 3. P § 140, Obs. 2.
d § 141, Obs. 2, 2d. k § 140, 5. q § !32, R. XLIII
• § 126, R. V. » § 119, R XXIII. ' 19, 4.
t 4, 1, & § 130, 1. » 98, 2. " § 79, 8.
« § 124, R.
ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 119
56. Marsyas, frater Antigdni, regis Macedonian, quum
causam hab^ret cum private qiiodam, fratrem rogavit, ut
de ea domi cognosceret.^ At ille. In for o jp otitis * inquit.
JVam si culpa ^ vacaSj innocentia tua ibi melius appare-
bit; sin damnandus eSj nostra justitia*
57. Clara sunt apud Catanenses nomina fratrum Ana-
pi^ et Amphinomi,^ qui patrem et matrem humeris per
medics *^ ignes iEtnae portarunt, eosque cum vitae suse *"
periculo e flammis eripuerunt.
58. Spartanus quidam quum rideretur, quod claudus
in pugnam iret/ At mihi^^ inquit, pugnare^ nonfugere
est propositum,^
59. Spartanus quidam in magistratus petitione ab
semulis victus, maximse sibi laetitiae esse,J dixit, quod pa-
tria sua se ^ melidres cives haberet/
60. Quum homo quidam, qui diu in uno pede stare,
didicerat, Lacedsemonio * cuidam dixisset, se non arbitra-
ri Lacedaemonidrum ^ quemquam tamdiu idem facere
posse, ille respondit: Jit anseres^ te^ diutiiis.
61. Diagoras Rhodius, quum tres ejus filii in ludis
Olynipicis vict5res renuntiati essent, tanto affectus est
gaudio,'"" ut in ipso stadio, inspectante populo, in filiorum
manibus animam redderet."
62. Scipio Africanus nunquam ad negotia pub Ilea ac-
cedebat, antequam in templo Jovis precatus esset.®
63. Scipio dicere solebat, hosti non solum dandara^
«
Supply the proper verb.
» § 140, 1, 3d.
s § 126, R. III.
^ § 129.
*• § 121, R, XXV.
^ § 144, R. LVI.
a § 140, 1, 1st
c§ 97, & Obs.o.
i 51, 1.
0 § no, 4.
d 17,1.
i 8, 1, and § 114.
p 108, 4.
• 30,2.
k 6, 3, & § 120.
q § 1)7, R. X.
f § 141 Ohs. 8
' 63, 8c§ 123.
20 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS.
esse viam fugiendi, sed etiam muniendam. Similiter
Pyrrhus, rex Epiri, fugienti hosti^pertinaciter instandum''
esse negabat; non solum, ne fortius ex necessitate resis
teret,^ sed ut postea quoque facilius acie ^ cederet, ratus
victores fugientibus non usque ad perniciem instaturos
esse.
64. Metellus Pius, in Hispania bellum gerens interro-
gatus, quid postero die facturus esset T Tunicam meam^
inquit, si id eloqui posset^ comhurerem.^
65. L. Mumniius, qui, Corintho capta, totam Italiam
tabulis^ statuisque exornavit, ex tantis manubiis nihil in
suum usum convertit, ita ut, eo defuncto, non esset ^ un-
de ejus filia dotem acciperet.J Quare senatus ei ex pub-
lico dotem decrevit.
66. Scipio Africanus major Ennii poetee imaginem in
sepulcro gentis Cornelise coUocari jussit, quod Scipionum
res gestas carminibus ^ suis illustraverat.
67. M. Cato, Catonis Censorii filius, in acie cadente
equo prolapsus, quum se recollegisset,^ animadvertisset-
que gladium excidisse ^ vagina,™ rediitin hostem: accep-
tisque aliquot vulneribus,'^ recuperate" demum gladio ad
suos reversus est.
68. Q. Metellus Macedonicus in Hispania quinque co-
hortes, qua3 hostibus" cesserant, testamentum facere jus-
sas ad locum p recuperandum misit; minatus "^ eos non-
nisi post victoriam receptum iri."*
» § 112, R. IV. § 42, II. 2d. ^ § 136, R. LII.
b 113 8. ^§ 129. » 104,1.
c § 140, 6. i § 140, 1, 1st. ° § 1]2, R. V.
d § 136, Obs. 5. i § 141, Obs. 8. Obs. 5, 5th.
e § 140, 5. k 74, 8, & P 112, 7.
t § 140, 2. § 140, Obs. 4. q 106, 1.
c 78,8, & » 98,3 r 94, 1, 2d, & 100, 8.
ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 1^1
69. Publius Decius consul, quum in bello contra Lat-
inos Romanorum aciem cedentem videret, capite pro rei-
publicge salute devoto,^ in medium hostium agmen irruit,
et magna strage edita* plurimis telis obrutus cecidit.
Hsec ejus mors Romandrum aciem restituit, iisque victo-
riam paravit.
70. L. Junius Brutus, qui Romam a regibus liberavit,
filios suos, qui Tarquinium regem expulsum restituere
(^onati erant, ipse^ capitis^ damnavit, eosque virgis csesos
securi *^ percuti ^ jussit.
71. Q. Marcius Rex consul, quum filium unicum, ju-
venem summee pietatis^ et magnee spei, morte ^ amisisset,
dolorem suum ita coercuit, ut a rogo adolescentis protenus
curiam peteret,^ ibique muneris sui negotia strenue oblret.
72. In bello Romanorum cum Perseo, ultimo Macedo-
nise rege, accidit,^ ut serena nocte-J subito luna deficeret
Haec res ingentem apud milites terrorem excitavit, qui
existimabant hoc omine ^ futuram cladem portendi.^ Turn
vero Sulpicius Gallus, qui erat in eo exercitu, in concione
militum causam hujus rei tarn diserte exposuit, ut poste-
ro dieJ omnes intrepido animo^ pugnam committerent.^
73. L. Siccius Dentatus ob insignem fortitudinem ap-
pellatus est Achilles Romanus. Pugnasse^ is dicitur
centum et viginti proeliis; ™ cicatricem aversam nullam,
adversas quinque et quadraginta tulisse; coronis" esse
donatus aureis duodeviginti, obsidionali una, muralibus
tribus, civicis quatuordecim, torquibus tribus et octogin-
* 104, 1. g§ 129. k 96, 5.
' 32, 4. b § 140, 1, 1st. 1 § 145, Obs.-4.
* § 122. i 51, 3. ^§ 136, Obs. 5. (in.)
d § 15, 6, &Note 3. J 6, 7, & » § 123, Obs. 3, and
90, 4, or 94, 3. § 131, R. XL. § 126,
' § 106. R. vn.
11
122 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS.
ta, armillis plus centum sexaginta, hastis duodeviginti.
Piiaieris idem donatus est quinquies viciesque. Trium-
phavit cum imperatoribus suis triumphos ^ novem.
74. Hannibalem in Italiam proficiscentem tria millia^
Carpetandrum reliquerunt. Quorum ^ exemplum ne ce-
t eri quoque barbari sequerentur,*^ edixit eos a se esse di-
missos,^ et insuper in fidem ejus rei alios etiam, quorum
fides ipsi ^ suspecta erat, domum ^ remlsit.
75. Hannibal quum elephantos compellere non posset,^
ut praealtum flumen transirent/ neque rates haberet,^ qui-
bus eos trajiceret,* jussit ferocissimum elephantorum sub
aure vulnerari, et eum, qui vulnerasset,J se in flumen
conjicere illudque tranare. Tum elephantus exaspera-
tus ad persequendum doloris sui auctorem tranavit am
nem,*^ et relTqui quoque eum secuti sunt.
*§n6, R. II. • 98,6. ^§140, Obs. 4.
b § 24, 5. f 6, 2, & i § 141, Obs. 8.
• 38. § 126 R. XXXIII. J § 141, R. VI.
i « 140, K 2a s(i 130, 4. k § 136, R. LII
AN EPITOME. OF ROMAN HISTORY,
FROM THE EARLIEST TIMES TO
THE EMPERORS.
LIBER PRIMUS.
1. Antiquissimis temporibus Saturnus in Italiam ve-
nisse dicitur. Ibi baud procul a Janiculo arcem condidit,
eamque Saturniam^ appellavit. Hie Italos primus^ agri-
culturam Jocuit.^
2. Postea Latinus in illis regionibus imperavit. Sub
hoc rege Troja in Asia eversa est. Hinc -^neas, Ancbi-
sse filius, cum multis Trojanis, qiiibus"^ ferrum Graecorura
pepercerat, aufugit, et in Italiam pervenit. Ibi Latinus
rex ei benigne recepto*^ filiam Laviniam in matrimoniiim
dedit. ^neas urbem condidit, quam in hon5rem conjii-
gis Lavinium*^ appellavit.
3. Post iEnese mortem Ascanius, ^nese filius, reg-
num accepit. Hie sedem regni in alium locum translu-
lit, urbemque condidit in monte Albano, eamque Albam*
Longam nuncupavit. Eum secutus est Silvius, qui
post ^neae mortem a Lavinia genitus erat. Ejus
»§1]6, Obs. 1. »§124. §112, R.V.
* § 98, Obs. 10. «» 7 2. and • 104, 3
124 ROMAN HISTORV.
poster! omnes usque ad Romam conditam * Albse ^ regna-
verunt.
4. Unus horum regunij Romulus Silvius, se Jove*^ ma-
jorem esse dicebat,^ et, quum tonaret, militibus impera-
vit, ut clypeos haslis percuterent,^ dicebalque hunc so-
lium multo clariorem esse quam tonitru. Fulmine ictus/
et in Albanum lacum prgecipitatus est.
5. Silvius Procas, rex Albandrum, duos filios reliquit
Numitorem ^ et Amulium. Horum minor ^ natu,^ Amu-
lius, fratri optionem dedit, utrum regnum habere velletjj
an bona, quae pater reliquisset.^ Numltor paterna bona
praitulit; Amulius regnum obtinuit.
6. AmuliuSj ut regnum firmissime possideret/ Numi-
toris filium per insidias interemit, et filiam fratris Rheam
Silviam Vestalem virginem ^ fecit. Nam his Vestse sa-
cerdotibus non licet viro "^ nubere. Sed haec a Marie
geminos filios Romulum et Remum peperit. Hoc quum
Amulius comperisset," matrem in vinciila conjecit, pue-
ros autem in Tiberim abjici jussit.
7. Forte Tiberis aqua ultra ripam se efFuderat, et,
quum pueri in vado essent positi," aqua refluens eos in
sicco reliquit. Ad eorum vagitum lupa accurrit, eosque
uberibus suis aluit. Quod^ videns Faustulus quidam,
pastor illius regionis, pueros sustiilitj et uxori Accae Lau-
rentias nutriendos^'dedit.
8. Sic Romulus et Remus pueritiam inter pastdres
Iransegerunt. Quum adolevissent, et forte comperissent,
• § 146, Obs. 2. s § 97, Obs. 5. ™ § 116, Obs. 1.
b 4, 1. h§ 107, Obs. 6. «§ 112, R. V
e 6, 3. » § 128, R. o 74, 8, &
« § 44, II. 1. J § 140, 5. § 140, Obs. 4.
«§140, 1, 3d. k§141, Obs. 8 p 38, & § 99, Expl.
« 115, 1. » § 140 1, 2d. s 107. 2
LIBER I. 125
qiiis ips5rum avus, quse mater fuisset,* Amulium interfe-
cerunt, et Numitori avo regnum restituerunt. j^^te
Turn urbem condiderunt in monte Aventino, Christum
quam Romulus a suo nomine Romam ^ vocavit. ^^'^•
Haec quum moenibus circumdaretur, Remus occisus est,
dum fratrem inidens moenia ^ transiliebat.
9. Romulus, ut civium numerum augeret, asylum pa-
tefecitj ad quod mtilti ex civitatibus suis pulsi accurre-
runt. Sed novse urbis civibus "^ conjuges deerant. Fes-
turn itaque Neptuni et ludos instituit. Ad hos quum
multi ex fmitimis populis cum mulieribus et liberis venis-
sent,* Romani inter ipsos ludos spectantes virgin es rapu-
erunt.
10. Populi illi, quorum virgines raptse erant, bellum
adversus raptores susceperunt. Quum Romse ^ appropin-
quarent/ forte in Tarpeiam virginem inciderunt, quse in
arce sacra procurabat. Hahc rogabant, ut viam in arcem
monstraret,^ eique permiserunt, ut munus sibi posceret.s
Ilia petiit, ut sibi darent, quod in sinistris manibus gere-
rent,*' annul os aureos et armillas significans. At hostes
m arcem ab ea perducti scutis Tarpeiam obruerunt; nam
et ea in sinistris manibus gerebant.
n. Tum Romulus cum hoste, qui montem Tarpeiuiii
tenebat, pugnam conseruit in eo loco, ubi nunc forum
Romanum est. In media' csede raptse J processerunt, et
hinc patres hinc conjuges et soceros complectebantur,
et rogabant, ut csedis flnem facerent.^ Utrique his preci-
bus commoti sunt. Romulus feed us icit, et Sabinos in
urbem recepit.
• 74, 8, & § 140, 5. § 112, Obs. 1. e § 140, 1, 3d.
b § 116, Obs. 1. e § 112, R. IV. b § 141, Obs. 8.
e § 136, R. LII. t 74,3 ^ and * 17, 1.
d 118, 8, and § 140, Obs. 4. J Sup. muli^re*
126 ROMAN HISTORY.
12. Postea civitatem descripsit. Centum senatores
logit, eosque cum* ob setatem^tum ob reverentiam iis**
debitam patres appellavit. Plebem in triginta curias dis-
tribuit, easque raptarum ^ nominibus nuncupavit.
2j ' Anno regni tricesimo septimo, quum exercitum
lustraret, inter tempestatem ortam ^ repente oc-
ulis^ hominum subductus est. Hinc alii eum a senatoribus
interfectum/ alii ad decs sublatum esse^ existimaverunt.
13. Post Romuli mortem unius anni interregnum fuit.
Quo^ elapso, Numa Pompilius Curibus,^ urbe in agro Sa-
binorum natus^rex creatus est. Hie vir bellum quidem
nullum gessit; nee minus tamen civitati profuit. Nam
et leges dexlit, et sacra plurima instituit, ut populi barbari
et bellicdsi mores molliret.^ Omnia autera, qua3 faciebat,J
se nymphae Egeriee, conjugis suae, jussu facere^ dicebat J
Morbo decessit, quadragesimp tertio imperii anno.
14. Numae^ successit Tullus Hostilius, cujus
g^ * avusse inbello adversusSabinosfortem et strenu-
um virum "* praestiterat. Rex creatus bellum Al-
banis indixit, idque trigeminorum Horatiorum et Curia-
tiorum certamine finivit. Albam propter perfidiam Metii
Suffetii diruit. Quum triginta duobus annis" regnasset,
fulmme ictus cum dome sua arsit.
15. Post huncAncusMarcius, Numse ex filia
114.' nepos, suscepit imperium. Hie vir aequitate ° et
religione avo ^ similis, Latinos bello domuit, ur-
• 124,8. '97,5. > § 112, R. IV.
»» § 126, R. III. & 8 38,5. >»§ 116, Obs. 1.
64,6. h§ i3o,l.Exc.&6. 2 » § 131, R. XLI.
e § 98, Obs. 5. i § 140, 1, 2d. and Exp.
< § 146, Obs. 6. i § 44, II. 1. <> § 128, R.
• 5,1&§126,R.III ^ 96,1, p 7, 6, &§111.
LIBER I. 127
bem ampllavlt, et nova ei^ moenia circumdedit. Carce-
rem primus a^dificavit. Ad Tiberis ostia urbem condidit,
Ostiamque vocavit. Vicesimo quarto anno imperii mor-
bo obiit.
16. Deinde regnum Lucius Tarquinius Pris-
ous accepit, Demarati filius, qui tyrannos patriae ^^7
Coiinthi fugiens in Etruriam venerat. Ipse^
Tarquinius, qui nomen ab urbe Tarquiniis accepit, ali-
quando Romam*^ profectus erat. Advenienti*^ aquila pi-
leum abslulit, et, postquam alte evolaverat, reposuit.
Hinc Tanaquil conjux, mulier auguriorum^ perita, reg-
num ei portendi intellexit.
17. Quum Romae commoraretur, Anci regis familiari-
tatem consecutus est, qui eum filiorura suorum tutorem^
reliquit. Sed is pupillis "^ regnum intercepit. Senatoribus,
quos Romulus creaverat, centum alios addidit, qui mino-
rum gentium^ sunt appellati. Plura bella feliciter ges-
sit, nee paucos agros bostibus ^ ademptos urbis territorio
adjunxit. Primus triumphans urbem intravit. Cloacas
fecit; Capitolium inchoavit. , Tricesimo octavo imperii
anno per Anci filios, quibus *^ regnum eripuerat, occisus est
18. Post hunc Servius Tullius suscepit impe-
rium, genitus ex nobili femina, captiva tarn en et jyg *
famula. Quum in domo Tarquinii Prisci educa-
retur,^ flamma in ejus capite visa est. Hoc prodigio Ta-
naquil ei summam dignitatem portendi J intellexit, et con-
jugi ^ persuasit, ut eum sicuti liberos suos educaret.^ Quum
adolevisset, rex ei filiam in matrimonium dedit.
a § 123, R. &Obs. 3. « § 107, R. IX. i § 140, Obs. 4, and
^ 32, 4. f § 116, Obs. 1. § 44, II.
•=§ 130; 2. g Sup. Senatores, i 96, 6.
«» (Sup. ei) § 106, R. k § 112, R. V.
§ 123, & 5, 1. M 126, R. III. & 5. 1. i § 140, 1, 3d
128 ROMAN HISTORY.
19. Quum Priscus Tarquinius occisus esset, Tana'qui
de superidre parte domus populum ^ allocuta est, dicenSj
regem grave quidem sed non letdle vulnus accejAsse;^'
emu fetere^ ut populuSj dum convaluisset^*^ Servio Tullio
ohediret. Sic Servius regnare ccepit, sed bene imperium
administravit. Montes tresurbiadjunxit. Primus om-
nium censum ordinavit. Sub eo Roma habuit capitum
octoginta tria millia civium Romanorum,cum his qui in
agris erant.
20. Hie rex interfectus est scelere filial Tulliae
220.* et Tarquinii Superbi, filii ejus regis, cui*' Servius
successerat. Nam ab ipso Tarquinio de gradibus
curise dejectus, quum domum^ fugeret, interfectus est.
Tullia in forum properavit, et prima conjugem regem s
salutavit. Quum domum rediret, aurigam super patris
corpus in via jacens carpentum agere jussit.
21. Tarquinius Superbus cognomen moribus meruit.
Bellotamen strenuuspluresfinitimorum populorum^ vicit.
Templum Jovis in Capitolio sedificavit. Postea, dum
Ardeam^ oppugnabat, urbem Latii, imperium perdidit.
Nam quum filius ejus Lucretise,^ nobilissimse feminai,
conjugi Tarquinii Collatini, vim fecisset, hsec se ipsamJ
occidit in conspectu mariti, patris, et amic5rum,postquam
eos obtestata fuerat, ut banc injuriam ulciscerentur.''
22. Hanc ob causam L. Brutus, Collatlnus,
^3 ' aliique nonnulliin exitium ^ regis conjurarunt
populoque ' persuaserunt, ut ei portas urbis clau-
deret.^ Exercitus quoque, qui civitatem Ardeam cum
rege oppugnabat, eum reliquit. Fugit itaque cum uxore
" § 136, R. LII. * § 112, R. IV. i § 123, R.
»» 94, 1,2(1, & 98, 2. f § 130,4. J 32.
e 96,2. g§116, Obs, 1. k§140, 1,3(1.
* 80, 3, &§ 140, 4 M107, R. X ' 123.1 &U36.R.L
LIBER 1. 129
et liLeris suis. Ita Romse* rcgnatum^ est per septeni
reges annos ° ducentos quadraginta tres.
23. Hinc consules coepere pro uno rege duo crearij ut,
si unus malus esset/ alter eum coerceret.® Annuum iis
imperium tributum est, ne per diuturnitatem potestatis
insolentidres redderentur.^ Fuerunt^ igitur anno primo,
expulsls regibus/ consules L. Junius Brutus, acerrimus
libertatis vindex, et Tarquinius Collatlnus, maritus Lucre-
tiae. Sed Collatino ^ paulo post dignitas sublata est.
Placuerat enim, ne quis ex Tarqulniorum familia Romse*
maneret.^ Ergo cum omni patrimonio suo ex urbe migra-
vit, et in ejus locum Valerius Publicola consul factus est.
24. Commovit bellum urbi rex Tarquinius. In prima
pugna Brutus consul, et Aruns, Tarquinii filius, sese invi-
cem** occiderunt. Romani tamen ex ea pugna victores
recesserunt. Brutum Romanse matrdnae quasi communem
patrem per annum luxerunt. Valerius Publicola Sp. Lu-
cretium, Lucretiae patrem, collegam sibi fecit; qui quum
morbo exstinctus esset,^ Horatium Pulvillum sibi colle-
gam J sumpsit. Ita primus annus quinque consules habuit
25. Secundo quoque anno iterum Tarquinius
bellum Romanis intulit, Porsena,^ rege Etrus- 245.
c5rum, auxilium ei ferente. In illo bello Hora-
tius Codes solus pontem ligneum defendit, et hostes co-
hibuit, donee pons a tergo ruptus esset.^ Tum ge cum
armis in Tiberim conjecit, et ad suos transnavit.
26. Dum Porsena urbem obsidebat, Qu. Mucius Scse-
vola, juvenis fortis animi,^ in castra hostis se contulit eo
• 4, 1. e § 140, 1, 2(1. i § 140, Obs 4.
** § 85, 3. f 9, 1. J § 116, Obs. 1
e§131,R.XLI. «§ 126, R. III. & 5.1 k§ 140,4.
« § 140. 2 h § 28, Obs. 5. 1 § 106. R. VII
130 ROMAN HISTORY.
consilio, ut regem occideret. At ibi scribam regis pro
ipso rege interfecit. Turn a regiis ^ satellitibus cora])re-
hensus et ad regem deductus, quum Porsena eum ignibus
allatis terreret,^ dextram arse ^ accensce imposuit, donee
flammis consumpta esset.^ Hoc facinus rex miratus^ ju-
venem dimisit incolumem. Turn hie quasi beneficiura
referens ait/ trecentos alios juvenes in eum conjurasse.s
Hac re territus Porsena pacem cum Romanis fecit, Tar-
quinius autem Tusciilum se contiilit, ibique privatus cum
uxore consenuit.
27. Sexto decimo anno post reges exactos,^
259.* populus Romse seditionem fecit, questus quod
tribiitis et militia a senatu exhauriretur.* Magna
pars plebls urbem reliquit, et in montem trans Anienera
amnem secessit. Tum patres turbati Menenium Agrip-
pam miserunt ad plebem, qui-* earn senatui conciliaret.
Hie iis inter alia fabulam narravit de ventre et membris
humani corporis; qua popiilus comm5tus est, ut in urbem
rediret. Tum primum tribuni plebis cread sunt, quirJ
plebem adversum nobilitatis superbiam defenderent.
28. Octavo decimo anno post exactos reges,^
261. * Q^* Marcius, Coriolanus ^ dictus ab urbe Volsco-
rum Coriolis,' quam'"" bello ceperat, plebi" invl-
sus fieri ccepit. Quare urbe° expulsus ad Volscos, acer-
rimos Romanorum hostes, contendit,et ab iis dux^ exer-
citus factus Romanos ssepe vicit. Jam usque ad qumtimi
milliarium urbis accesserat, nee ullis civium suorum I?-
* § 106, Obs. 4. f § 44, I. 3. k § io3, R. and
t § 44, II. 2, and e 98, 2, & 94, 1, 2d § 116, Obs. 1.
§ 42, Obs. 2 ^ § 146, Obs. 2. i § 97, R. I.
«§123, R. i § 141, Obs. 7. »§ 99, Obs. 3.
a §140,4. J 40, 4, and n § 111, R.
• 106, l,and § 141, Obs. 2, 4th. «> § 136, R. LIl
§ 146, Obs. 6.
LIBJiR I. 131
gationibus flecti poterat, ut patriae parceret.* Denique
Veturia mater et Volumnia uxor ex urbe ad eum vene-
runt; quarum fletu et precibus commotus est, ut exerci-
tum lemoveret.^ Quo ^ facto a Volscis ut prodltor*^ oc-
clsus esse dicitur.
29. Romani quum adversum Veientesbellum gererent
fa m ilia Fabidrum sola hoc bellum suscepit. Profecti
sunt treceiiti sex nobilissimi homines, duce ^ Fa-
bio consule. Quum sa3pe hostes vicissent, apud 274.
Cremeram fiuvium castra posuerunt. Ibi Vei-
entes dolo ^ usi eos in insidias pellexerunt. In proelio ibi
exorto^omnes perierunt. TJnus superfuit ex tanta fa-
milia, qui propter setatera puerllem duci non potuerat ad
pugnam. Hie genus propagavit ad Qu. Fabium Maximum
illumjS^ qui Hannibalem prudenti cunctatidne debilitavit.
30. Anno trecentesimo etaltero^^ab urbe con- ,
1- A • , - . _ . ....... A. U
ditaMecemviri creati sunt, qui J civitati leges 302.
scriberent. Hi primo anno bene egerunt; se-
cundo autem dominationem exercere cceperunt. Sed
quum unus eorum ^ Appius Claudius virginem ingenuam,
Virginiam, Virginii centurionis filiam, corrumpere vellet,
pater eam occidit. Tum ad milites profugit, eosque ad
se(liti5nem commovit. Sublata est decemviris ^ potestas,
ipsique omnes aut™ morte aut exilio puniti sunt.
31. In bello contra VeientanosFuriusCamil-
lus urbem Falerios obsidebat. In qua" obsidi- 353 *
one quum ludi literarii magister principum filios
ex urbe in castra hostium duxisset,® Camillus hoc donum
» § 140, 1, 2cl. f § 146, Obs. 6. ^ § 107, R. X.
t 38, 5. g 27, 1st. 1 § 126, R. III. &5.1
c §149, Obs. 1. M24, 7. ^ 124,3.
^ 110, 1. i § 146, Obs. 2. ° 38,8.
e § 121, R. XXVI. J § 141, R. II. Obs. 0 § 140, Obs. 4
and 7, 4. 2, 4th.
132 ROMAN HISTORY.
liOR accepit, sed scelestum homihem, manibus post ter-
gum vinctisjpueris Falerios^reducendum ^ tradidit; vir
gasque iis dedit, quibus proditdrem in urbem agerent.*^
32 Hactantaanimi nobilitatecommotiFalisci urbem Ro-
manis tradiderunt. Camillo'^ autem apud Romanos crimi-
ni datum ^ est, quod albis equis triumphasset,^ et prsedam
inique divisisset; damnatusque^'ob earn causan,
3*64. * ^^ civitate expulsus est. Paulo post Galli Se-
nones ad urbem venerunt, Romanos apud flu-
men AUiam vicerunt, et urbem etiam occupfirunt.s Jam
nihil praeter Capitol ium defendi^ potuit. Et jam prsesidi-
um fame laborabat, et in eo ' erantjj ut pacem a Gallis
auro emerent,*^ quum Camillus cum manu militum super-
veniens hostes magno proelio superaret.
LIBER SECUNDUS.
1. Anno trecentesimo nonagesimo quarto
394. * P^^^ urbem conditam Galli iterum ad urbem ac-
cesserant, et quarto milliario * trans Anienem
fluvium consederant. Contra eos missus est T. Quinctius.
Ibi Gallus quidam eximia corporis magnitudine"' fortis-
simum Romanorum ad certamen singulare provocavit.
T. Manlius, nobilissimus juvenis, provocati5nem accepit,
Galium occidit, eumque torque" aureo spoliavit, quo**
ornatus erat. Hinc et ipse et posteri ejus Torquati appel-
lati sunt. Galli fugam capessiverunt.
»§130,2. ' 115.1. k§i40, 1,1st
«> 107,1. ?§79, 1,1st. i§132, R.
c 83, 3, and ^ 87, 6. m 6, 1, and
§ 141, Obs. 2, & 3. i 19, 6, & § 106, R. VII.
•> § 114, R. § 31, Obs. 2. n § 125, R. & 6, 8
• § 141, Obs, 7. i § 102. R. II. o § if 9, r.
LIBER II. 133
2. NoYO bello cum Gallis exorto, anno urbis , ,
qiiadringentesimo sexto, iterum Gallus processit 43^
robore^atque armis insignis, et provocavit unum
ex Romanis, ut secum armis decerneret.** Turn se M. Va-
lerius, tribunus miiitum, obtulit; et, quum processisset ar-
matus, corvus ei*^ supra dextrum brachium sedit. Mox,
commissa pugnajhic corvus alis^ et unguibus Galli ocu-
los verberavit. Ita factum est, ut Gallus nullo negotio
a Valerio interficeretur,^ qui hinc Corvini nomen accepit.
3. Postea Romanibelhimgesserunt cum Sam-
nitibus, ad quod L. Papirius Cursor cum honore 430
dictatoris profectus est. Qui ^ quum negotii cu-
jusdam causa Romam ivisset, praecepit Q. Fabio ^ Rul-
liano, njagistro equitum, quem apud exercitum reliquit,
ne pugnam cum hoste committeret.^ Sed ille occasi5nem
nactus felicissime dimicavit, et Samnites delevit. Ob
banc rem a dictatore capitis^ damnatus est. At ille in
urbem confugit, et ingenti favore militum et populi libe-
ratus est; in Papirium autem tanta exorta est seditio, ut
psene ipse^ interficeretur.^
4. Du5bus annis postJ T. Veturius et Spurius Postu-
mius coiisules bellum adversum Samnites gerebant. Hi
a Pontio Thelesino, duce bostium, in insidias inducti sunt.
Nam ad Furculas Caudinas Romanos pellexit in
angustias, unde sese expedire non poterant. Ibi 433 '
Pontius patrem suum Herennium rogavit, quid^
faciendum putaret.* Ille respondit, aut omnes occidendos™
» § 128, R.
' 39, 1.
§ 136, Obs. 6.
^ § 140, 1, 3d.
s§ 112, R. V.
k 91, 5.
«= § 110, Obs. 1.
^ § 126, R. I.
1 § 140, 5.
« § 129, R.
i 32, 3.
«» 108, 4.
•§ 140,1,4th.
J § 90, 4, and
12
" § 140, 1, 1st.
134 ROMAN HISTORY.
esse, ut Romanorum vires frangerentur,^ aut omnes di-
millendos, ut beneficio obligarentur.^ Pontius utrumque
consilium improbavit, omnesque sub jugum misit. Sam-
nites denique postbellum undequinquaginta annorum su-
perati sunt.
5. DevictisSamnitibuSjTarentinis^ bellumin-
472 * dictum est, quia legatis Romanorum injuriam fe-
cissent."" Hi Pyrrhum,*^ Epiri regem, contra Ro-
manos auxilium ^ poposcerunt. Is mox in Italiam venit,
tumque primum Romani cum transmarino hoste pugna-
verunt. Missus est contra eum consul P. Valerius Lse-
vinus. Hie, quum exploratdres Pyrrhi cepisset, jussit
eos per castra duci,^ tumque dimitti, ut renuntiarent *
Pyrrho, qusecunque a Romanis agerentur/
6. Pugna commissa, Pyrrhusauxilio elephantorum vi-
cit. Nox proelio finem dedit. Lsevinus tamen per noc-
tem fugit. Pyrrhus Romanes mille ^ octingentos cepit,
eosque summo honore tractavit. Quum eos, qui in prce-
lio interfecti fuerant, omnes adversis vulneribus et truci
vultu etiam mortuos jacere videret, tulisse ad coelum ma-
nus dicitur cum hac voce: Ego cum talibus viris brevi
orhem terrarura suhigerern.^
7. Postea Pyrrhus Romam perrexit; omnia ferro ig-
neque vastavit. Campaniam depopulatus est, atque ad
Praeneste venit, milliario ab urbe octavo decimo. Mox
terrore exercitus, qui cum consule sequebatur, in Campa-
niam se recepit. Legati ad Pyrrhum de captivis redi-
mendis ' missi honorif ice ab eo suscepti sunt^ captivos
sine pretio reddidit. Unum ex legatis, Fabricium, sic
• § 140, 1, 2d. d § 124, R. & 62, 5. s § 24, 5, & 7.
!» § 126, R. III. « 94, 3. ^ § 42, II. 2d.
e § 140, Obs. 2. f § 141, Obs 8. « 112, 8.
LIBER II. i:j5
admiratus est, ut ei quartam partem regni sui promitte-
ret, si ad se transiret,'' sed a Fabricio contemptus est,
8. Quum jam Py rrhus ingenti Romanorum admiratidne
teneretur, legatum misit Cineam, prsestantissimum virum,
qui^ pacem peteret ea conditidne,"^ ut Py rrhus eam par-
tem Italise, quam armis occupaverat, obtineret. Romani
respai'.deruntjeum cum Romanis pacem habere non pos-
se, nisi ex Italia recessisset.*^ Cineas quum rediisset,
Pyrrho eum *^ interroganti, qualis ipsi Roma visa esset/
resporulit, se regum patriam vidisse.^
9. In altero ^ prcelio cum rege EpTri commisso Pyrrhus
vulneratus est, elephanti interfecti, viginti millia hostium
caesa sunt. Pyrrhus Tarentum *' fugit. Interjecto anno,
Fabricius contra eum missus est. Ad hunc medicus Pyr-
rhi nocte venit promittens, se Pyrrhum veneno occisu-
rurn,' si munus sibi daretur. Hunc Fabricius vinctum
reduci jussit ad dominum. Tunc rex admiratus ilium
dixisse fertur; Ille^ est Fabricius ^ qui difficilius ah hones-
tote^ quam sol a cursu suo averti potest, Paulo post
Pyrrhus tertio etiam prcelio fusus a Tarento re-
cessit, et, quum in Greeciam rediisset, apud Ar- ^g^
gos, Peloponnesi urbem, interfectus est.
10. Anno quadringentesimo nonagesimo post
urbem conditam ^ Rojuandrum exercitus primum ^^q^
in Sicilian! trajecerunt, regemque Syracusarum
Hier5nem, Poenosque, qui multas civitates in ea
msula occupaverant, superaverunt. Quinto an- 495^
no hujus belli, quod contra Pcenos gerebatur,
* § 140, 2. « 63, 3. i § 130, 2.
b§ 14l,R. II.&40.4 f§140, 5. J 100, 2&c 94, 1, 2(i
«§129, R. g 98,2 k§103, R.
A 5 140, 6. M 24, 7. § 146, Obs. 2.
136 ROMAN HISTORY.
primum Romani, C. Buillio et Cn. Cornelio AsTna con-
sulibus, * in mari dimicaverunt. Duillius Carthaginienses
vicit, triginta naves occupavit, quatuordecim mersit, sep-
tern millia hostium ^ cepit, tria millia occidit. Nulla vic-
toria Romanis ^ gratior fuit. Duillio concessum est, ut,
quurn a coena redlret, pueri funalia gestantes, et tibicen
eum comitarentur.'^
11. Paucis annis interjectis, bellum in AfrT-
499^ cam translatum est. Hamilcar, Carthaginien-
sium dux, pugna navali superatur; nam perditis
sexaginta quatuor navibus se recepit; Romani viginti duas
amiserunt. Quuin in Africam venissent, Poenos in pluri-
busproeliis vicerunt, m^gnam vim hominum ceperunt,
septuaginta quatuor civitates in fidem acceperunt. Turn
victi Carthaginienses pacem a Romanis ® petierunt.
Quam ^ quum M. Atilius Regulus, Romanorum dux, dare
nollet nisi durissimis conditionibus, Carthaginienses aux-
ilium petierunt a Lacedssmoniis.^ Hi Xanthippum mise-
runt, qui Romanum exercitum magno proelio vicit. Reg-
ulus ipse captus et in vincula conjectus est.
12. Non tamen ubique fortuna Carthaginiensibus ^ fa-
vit. Quum aliquot prcfiliis victi essent, Regulum roga-
verunt, ut Romam proficisceretur, et pacem captivorum-
que permutati5nem a Romanis obtineret. Ille quum
Romam venisset, inductus in senatum dixit, se desiisse
Romanum esse ex ilia die, qua ^ in potestatem Poenorum
venisset.* Tum Romanis J suasit, ne pacem cum Cartha-
giniensibus facerent:^ illos^ enim tot casibus fractos
spem nullam nisi in pace habere:"* tanti" non esse, ut
'^ 110, 2. ' 39,3. k§ 140, 1,3d.
»'^106^R.VI. 5§n2, R. V. 1 94,4.
''§in,R. M131,R. XL. >" 96,2, & 94, 1,2a
«» § 140, 1, 4th. i § 141, R. VI. n§ 122, R. XXVill
• ^ 124, Obs. 2. i § 123 R. Exp.
LIBER III. V37'
tot millia* captivdrum propter se unum et paiicos, qu!
ex Romanis capti essent, redderentur. Ha^c sentenlia
obtinuil. Regressus igitur in Africam crudelij-simis sup-
pliciis exstinctus est.
13. Tandem, C. Lutatio Catiilo, A. Postumio
consulibus, anno belli Punici vicesimo tertio ^i^
magnum proelium navale commissum est contra
Lilybseum, promontorium Siciliae. In eo proelio septua-
ginta tres Carthaginiensium naves captse,^ centum viginti
quinque demersse^triginta duo millia hostium capta, tre-
decim millia occisa sunt. Statim Carthaginienses pacem
petierunt, eisque pax tributa est. Captivi Romanorum,*^
qui tenebantuT a Carthaginiensibus redditi sunt. Pceni
Siiliia/ Sardinia, et ceteris insulis, quae inter Italiam Af-
ricamque jacent, decesserunt, omnemque Hispaniam quae
citra Iberum est, Romanis permiserunt.
LIBER TERTIUS.
1. Anno quingentessimoundetricesimoingen-
tes Galldrum copise Alpes transierunt. Sed pro ^29/
Romanis tota Italia consensit: traditumque est^^*
octingenta millia* hominum^ ad id bellum parata fuissef
Res prospere gesta est apud Clusium: quadraginta millia
hominum interfecta sunt. Aliquot annis^ post *' pugna-
tum est * contra Gallos in agro Insubrum, finitumque est
bellum M. Claudio Marcello, Cn. Cornelio Sclpiorie
consulibus. Tum Marcellus regem Gallorum, Yiridom-
*§24, 5. « § 44, Obs. & III. g § 131, R. XL.
^ 115, 2. 5, 51, 2. ^ § 136, Obs. 6.
c§107, R.X. f 94, 1, 2d, & 98, 9. ^ § 85, 3.
' § 136, R. LIT
VSS ROMAN HISTORy.
arum, manu sua occ'idit, et triumpLans spolia Galli stip-
111" imposita humeris suis vexit.
2. Paulo post Punicum bellum renovatum est per Han-
nibalem, Carthaginiensium ducem, quern pater Hamilcar
novem annos^ naturn aris admoverat, ut odium perenne
in Romanos juraret.^ Hie annum agens vicesimum a^ta-
tis SaguntumjHispanise civitatem, Romanis am-
5*3g' icam, oppugnare"^ aggressus est. Huic Romani
per legatos denuntiaverunt, ut bello abstineret.®
Qui^quum legatos admittere nollet, Romani Carthaglnem
miserunt, ut mandaietur^ Hannibali,^ ne bellum contra
socios populi Romani gereret.^ Dura responsa a Cartha-
giniensibus reddita. Saguntinis interea faffie victis, Ro
mani Carthaginiensibus bellum indixerunt.
3. Hannibal, fratre Hasdrubale in Hispania relicto,
Pyrenseum et Alpes transiit. Traditurf in Italiam octo-
ginta millia peditum^et viginti millia equitum, septem et
triginta elephantos abduxisse. Interea multi Ligures et
Galli Hannibali se conjunxerunt. Primus ei occurrit P.
Cornelius Scipio, qui, proelio ad Ticinum commisso,^ su-
peratus est, et, vulnere accepto,^ in castra rediit. Tum
Sempronius Gracchus conflixit ad Trebiam amnem. Is
quoque vincitur. Multi populi se Hannibali dediderunt.
Inde in Tusciam progressus Flaminium consul em ad
Trasimenum lacum superat. Ipse Flaminius interemp
tusj' Romanorum viginti quinque millia csesa sunt.
4. Quingentesimo et quadragesimo anno post
540.* urbem conditam L. ^milius Paullus et P. Te-
rentius Varro contra Hannibalem mittuntur
t Supply is with traditur, or eum with abduxisse, § 145, Obs. 4. \^
»§126, R. III. d§ 144^ Obs. 2. s 51 & § 144. Obs. ^
^ § 131, R. XLI. e § 140, 1. 3d. h 104, 2.
c ^ 140. 1. 2d. f 39, 1. i 115, 2.
LIBER III. 139
Quamquam intellectum erat,"" Hannibalem non aliter vin-
ci posse quam mora, Varro tamen moree ^ impatiens apuil
vicum, qui Cannae^^appellatur, in Apulia pugnavit; ambo
consules victi, Paullus interemptus est. In ea pugna con-
sulares aut praetorii viginti, senatores triginta capti aut
occisi; militum quadraginta millia; equitum tria millia
el quingenti perierunt. In his tantis malis nemo tamen
pacis mentionem facere dignatus est. Servi, quod*^ nim-
quam ante factum, manumissi et milites facti sunt.
6. Post earn pugnam multee Italise civitates, quae Ro-
manis^ paruerant, se ad Hannibalem transtulerunt. Han-
nibal Romanis obtulit/ ut captivos redimerent; respon-
sumque est^ a senatu, eos cives non esse necessarios, qui
armati capi potuissent.^ Hos omnes ille postea variis
suppliciis interfecitj et tres modios aureorum annulorum
Carthaginem misit, quos manibus^ equitum Romanorum,
senatdrum, et militum detraxerat. Interea in Hispania
frater Hannibalis, Hasdrubal, qui ibi remanserat cum
magno exercitu, a duobus Scipionibus vincitur, perditque
in pugna triginta quinque millia hominum.
6. Anno quarto postquam Hannibal in Italiam venerat,
M. Claudius Marcellus consul apud Nolam, civitatem
Campanise, contra Hannibalem bene pugnavit. Illo tem-
pore Philippus, Demetrii filius, rex Macedonise, ad Han-
nibalem legatos mittit, eique auxilia contra Romanos pol-
licetur. Qui legati' quum a Romanis capti essent,' M.
Valerius Lsevinus cum navibus missus est, qui regem im
pediret,^ quo minus copias in Ilaliam trajiceret.* Idem
in Macedoniam penetrans regem Philippum vicit.
i
» 51, 2, and
Ǥ 112, R. V.
J § 140, Obs. 4.
§ 144, Obs. 1.
f 60, 4.
k§ 141, Obs. 2, 4tb,
»>§ 107, R. IX.
5§ 140, 6.
and 83, 2.
« § 103, Obs. J.
^ § 123, R.
1 78 7
* 37, 9.
» 38, 1.
140 ROMAN HISTORY.
7. In Sicilia quoque res prospere gesta est. Marcel-
lu;s magnam hiijus insulse partem cepit, qiiam PcBiii occu •
paverant; Syracusas, nobilissimam urbem, expugnavit, et
ingentein inde prsedam Romam ^ misit. Laivlnus in Ma-
cedonia cum Philippe et multis Grseciae populis amicitiam
fecit; et in Siciliam profectus Hannonem, Poen5rum du-
cem, apud Agrigentum cepit; quadraginta civitates in de-
ditionem accepit, viginti sex expugnavit. Ita omni Si*
cilia receptaij cum ingenti gloria Romam ^ regressus est.
8. Interea in Hispaniam, ubi duo Scipionesab Hasdru-
bale interfecti erant, missus est P. Cornelius Scipio, vir
Romanorum^ omnium fere primus. Hic,*^ puer** duodevi-
ginti annorumj^ in pugna ad Ticinum, patrem singular!
virtute^' servavit. Deinde post cladem Cannensem ^ mul-
tos^ nobilissimorum juvenum Italiam deserere** cupienti-
um, auctorilate sua ab hoc con&ilio deterruit. Viginti
quatuor annorum*^ juvenis inHispaniam missus, die qua
venit, Carlhaginem Novam cepit, in qua omne aurum et
argentum et belli apparatum Pceni habebant, nobilissimos
quoque obsides, quos ab Hispanis acceperant. Hos obsi-
des parentibus suis * reddidit. Quare omnes fere Hispa-
nise civitates ad eum uno animo transierunt.
9. Ab eo inde tempore res Roman5rum in dies Isetiores
factse sunt. Hasdrubal a fralre ex Hispania in Italiam
evocatus, apud Senam, Piceni civilatemjin insidias inci-
dlt, et strenue pugnans occisus est. Plurimse autem civi-
tates, qua3 in Brutiis ab Hannibale tenebantur, Romanis
se tradiderunt.
^§ 130,2, d 13, 2. s 21, 3.
' § 107, R. X. • § 106, R. VII. ^ § 144, 5, & Obs. 2
' 27 4. f § 106, Obs. 4. i § 28. Exc.
LIBER IV. 14)
10. Anno decimo quarto postquam in Italiam
Hannibal venerat, Scipio consul creatus,^ et in 5*50 *
Africam missus est. Ibi contra Hanndnem, du-
cem Carthaginiensium, prospere pugnat, totumque ejus
exercitum delet. Secundo proelio undecim millia homi-
num occidit, et castra cepit cum quatuor millibus et quin-
gentis militibus. Syphacem, Numidise regem, qui se cum
Poenis conjunxerat, cepit,eumque cum nobilissimis Numi-
dis et infmitis spoliis Romam misit. Qua^ re audita, oranis
fere Italia Hannibalem deserit. Ipse*^ aCartha-
giniensibus in Africam redire jubetur. Ita anno 553^ *
decimo septimo Italia ab Hannibale liberata est.
11. Post plures pugnas et pacem plus** semel frustra
tentatamj pugna ad Zamam committitur, in qua peritis-
simi duces copias suas ad bellum educebant. Scipio vic-
tor recedit; Hannibal cum paucis equitibus evadit. Po&t
hoc proelium pax cum Carthaginiensibus facta est. Scipio,
quum Romam rediissetjingenti gloria triumphavit, atque
Africanus appellatus est. Sic finem accepit secundum
Punicum bellum post* annum undevicesimum quam
coeperat.
LIBER QUARTUS.
1. FiNiTO Punico bello, secutum est Macedo-
nicum contra Philippum regem. Superatus est 555*
rex a T. Quinctio Flaminio apud Cynocepha-
lasjpaxque ei data est hislegibus: ne Grcecice civitatibusy
quas Romdni contra eum defendcrantj helium inf err et^
• 115, 1. c 32, 3. * § 131, Obs. 2.
»» 38. 3. d § 120, Obs. 3. f § 140, 1, 2d.
142 ROMAN HISTORY.
♦
ut captivDs et transfugas redderet ; quinquaginta solum
naves haheret; reliquas Romdnis daret; mille talenta
jjrcBstdret^ et obsidem^ daret filium Bemetrium. T.
Quinctius etiam Lacedsemoniis intulit belluiiij et dxi-
cem e5rum Nabidem vicit.
2. Finite belle MacedonicOjSeciitiim est bel-
553 lum Syriacum centra Antiochum regem, cum quo
Hannibal se junxerat. Missus est contra eum L.
Cornelius Scipie consul, cui^ frater ejus Scipio Africanus
legatus est additus. Hannibal navali prcelie victus,*" An-
tiochus autem ad Magnesiam, Asise civitatem, a Cornelio
Scipione consule ingenti prcelie fusus est. Turn rex An-
tiochus pacem petit. Data est ei^ hac lege, ut ex Eur op a
et Asia recederet^ atque intra Taurum se contineret^ de-
ceTTi millia talentorum et viginti obsides prceberet^ Han-
nihCdem^ concitorem belli^ dederet. Scipio Romam re-
diit, et ingenti gloria triumphavit. Nomen et ipse,
ad imitationem fratris, Asiatici accepit.
3. Philippe, rege Macedonise, mortue, filius ejus Per-
seus rebellavit, ingentibus copiis paratis.*^ Dux Remand-
rum, P. Licinius consul, contra eum missus, gravi proelio
a rege victus est. Rex tamen pacem petebat. Cui Re-
mani earn prsestare noluerunt, nisi his conditionibus,^ u1
se et sues Romanis dederet. Mex ^milius Paullus con-
sul regem ad Pydnam superavit, et viginti millia
586. peditum ejus occldit. Equitatus cum rege fugit.
Urbes Macedonise omnes, quas rex tenuerat, Ro-
manis se dediderunt. Ipse Perseus ab amicis desertus in
Paulli potestatem venit. Hie, multis etiam aliis rebus
gestis,'^ cum ingenti pompa,^ Romam rediit in nave Perfiei,
* 13. 1. c 115^ 2. « § 129, R
b § 126, R. III. i 104, 1. f § 129, Obs. 2.
LIBER IV. 143
inusitatee magnitudjnis;*nam sedeclm remorum orclTncs
habuisse dicitur. Triumphavit magnificentissime m curru
aureo, duobus filiis utroque latere^ adslantibus. Ante cur-
rum inter captivos duo regis filii et ipse Perseus ducti sunt.
4. Tertium deinde bellum contra Carthaginem ^
A XJ
susceptum est sexcentesimo et altero ^ anno ab qq2, '
urbe condita,^ anno quinquagesimo primo post-
quam secundum bellum Punicum transactum erat. L.
Manlius Censorinus et M. Manlius consul es in Africam
trajecerunt,^ et oppugnaverunt Carthaginem. Multa ibi
prseclare gesta sunt per Scipionem, Scipi5nis Africani
nepotem, qui tribunus*" in Africa militabat. Hujus apud
omnes ingens metus et reverentia erat, neque quidquam
magis Carthaginiensium duces vitabant, quam contra eum
proelium committere.
6. Quum jam magnum esset Scipionis nomen, tertio
anno postquam Romani in Africam trajecerant,^ consul est
creatus, et contra Carthaginem missus. Is banc
uibem a civibus acerrime defensam^ cepit ac gQ§
diruit. Ingens ibi prseda facta, plurimaque in-
venta sunt, quae multarum civitatum excidiis Carthago
collegerat. Hsec omnia Scipio civitatibus ^ Italise, Sici-
lise, Africae reddidit, quae' suaJ recognoscebant. Ita
Carthago septingentesimo anno, postquam condita erat,
deleta est. Scipio nomen Africani junioris accepit.
6. Interim in Macedonia quidam Pseudophilippus arma
movit, et P. Juvencium, Romandrum ducem, ad interne-
cionem vicit. Post eum Q. Caecilius Metellus dux a
Romanis contra Pseudophilippum missus est, et, viginti
^§106. R. VII. «§n6,0bs. 5. ^ 53.
»> § 136, Obs. 6, (in) t 13, 1. i 34.
*= § 24, 7. g § 146, Obs. 6. i 31, 5. Note.
< § 146, Obs. 2.
144 ROMAN HISTORY.
uuinque millibus ex militibus^ ejus occlsis, Macedoniam
recepit; ipsum etiam Pseudophilippum in potestatem su-
am redegit. Corinthiis quoque bellum indicium est, nobi-
lissimse Graecise civilati,^ propter injuriam Romanis lega-
^ ^^ tis*^ illatam. HancMummius consul cepitac di -
A. U. . . ^ . ^ ^
608. ruit. Tres igitur Romae simul celeberrimi trium-
phi fuerunt; Scipionis^ ex Africa, ante cujus
curium ductus est Hasdriibal; Metelli"* ex Macedonia,
cujus currum prsecessit Andriscus, qui et Pseudophilippus
dicitur ; Mummii"^ exCorintho, ante quern signa senea et pic-
tse tabulae et alia urbis clarissimae ornamenta pra^lata sunt.
7. Anno sexcentesimo decimo post urbem con-
QlQ^ ' ditani Viriathus in Lusitania bellum contra Ro-
manos excitavit. Pastor primo fuit, mox latro-
num dux; postremo tantos ad bellum populos concitavit,
utvindex*^ liberlatis Hispanise existimaretur/ Denique a
suis^ interfectus est. Quum interfectores ejus praemiura
a Caepione consule peterent, responsum est, nunquara
Romanis placuisse *' imperat5rem a militibus suis interf ici.
8. Deinde bellum exortum est cum Numantlnis, civi-
tate*^ Hispaniae. Victus ab his Qu. Pompeius, et post
eum C. Hostilius Mancinus consul, qui pacem cum iis
fecit infamem, quam populus et senatus jussit infringi,*
atque ipsum Mancinum hostibus tracli.' Tum P. Scipio
Africanus in Hispaniam missus est. Is primum militera
ignavum et corruptum correxit; tum niultas Hispaniae
civitatespartimbello cepit, partim in deditionem
g2i * accepit. Postremo ipsam Numantiam fame ad
deditionem coegit, urbemque evertit; reliquam
provinciam m fidem accepit.
'^ § 107, Obs. 8
^ Sup. triumphus.
« 19, 2.
M 97, Obs. 1.
• § 103, R. &Exp.
^ 51,5.
.Ǥ 126, R. III.
f § 140, 1. 1st.
5 90, 4
LIBER V. 145
9. P. Scipione Nasica ^ et L. Calpurnio Bestir consu-
Ifbus, Jugurthse, Numidarum regi,bellum illatum est, quod
Adherbalem et Hiempsalem, Micips8e filios, patrueles su-
on, inleremisset.** Missus adversus eum consul Calpurnius
Ilestia corruptus regis pecunia pacem cum eo flagitiosissi-
niam fecit, quse a senatu improbata est. Deinque Qu.
Ca}cilius Metellus consul Jugurtham variis proeliis vicit,
elephantos ejus occidit vel cepit, multas civitates ipsius in
deditionem accepit. Ei successit C. Marius, qui bello
terminum posuit, ipsumque Jugurtham cepit.
Ante currum triumphantis Marii Jugurtha cum g4g "
duobus filiis ductus est vinctus, et mox jussu
consulis in carcere strangulatus.
LIBER QUINTUS.
1. DuM bellum in Numidia contra Jugurtham geritur,
Cimbri et Teutones aliaeque German5rum et Gallorum
gentes Italiae *^ minabantur, alieeque Romanorum exercitus
fuderunt. Ingens fuit Romse *^ timor, ne^ iterum Galli
urbem occuparent. Ergo Marius consul ^ creatus, eique
bellum r'.ontra Cimbros et Teutones decretum est; bello-
que protracto, tertius ei et quartus consulatus delatus est.
In duobus proeliis cum Cimbris ducenta millia hostium
cecidit, octoginta millia cepit, eorumque regem Theuto-
hochum; propter quod meritum absens quinto Consul crea-
tus est. Interea Cimbri et Teutones, quorum
opia adhuc infinita erat, in Italiara transierunt. g53 *
llerum a C. Mario et Qu. Catulo contra eos
" no, 2. <^ 4, 1. § 140, Obs. 6.
"§141,068.7. • 121, 6, and f § 103, R.
§ 112, R. V.
k
13
146 ROMAN HISTORY.
dimicatum est^ ad Verdnam. Centum et quadraginta
millia aut in pugna aut in fuga csesa sunt; sexaginta
millia capta. Tria et triginta Cimbris^ signa sublata sunt.
2. Sexcentesimo quinquagesimo none anno ab
g^g ' urbe condila in Italia gravissimum bellum exar-
sit. Nam Picentes, Marsi, Pelignique, qui mul-
tos annos populo Romano obedierant, aequa cum illis jura
sibi ^ dari poslulabant. Pernici5sum admodum hoc bel-
lum fuit. P. Rutilius consul in eo occisus est; plures
exercitus fusi fugatique. Tandem L. Cornelius Sulla
cum ^ alia egregie gessit, turn Cluentium, hostium ducem,
cum magnis copiis, fudit. Per quadriennium cum gravi
utriusque partis calamitate hoc bellum tractum est. Quin-
to demum anno L. Cornelius Sulla ei imposuit finem.
Romani tamen, id ^ quod priiis negaverant, jus civitatis,
bello finito, sociis tribuerunt.
3. Anno urbis conditse sexcentesimo sexages-
QQQ * imo sexto primum Romse bellum civile exortum
est; eddem anno etiam Mithridaticum. Causam
bello civili C. Marius dedit. Nam quum Sullai bellum
adversus Mithridatem regem Ponti decretum esset, Ma-
rius ei ^ hunc hon5rem eripere conatus est. Sed Sulla,
qui adhuc cum legionibus suis in Italia morabatur, cum
exercitu Romam venit, et adversarios cum ^ interfecit,
tum fugavit. Tum rebus Romai utcunque compositis, in
Asiam profectus est, pluribusque prceliis Mithridatem
coegit, ut pacem aRomanis peteretj^et Asia, quam inva-
serat, relicta, regni sui fmibus contentus esset.
4. Sed dum Sulla in Grsecia et Asia Mithridatem vin-
ciLj Marius, qui fugatus fuerat, et Cornelius Cinna, unus
* § 85, 3. e 124. 8. «> § 123, R. h 5, 1.
" § 126, R. III. d 37,9. f§ 140, 1,3d.
LIBER VI. J47
ex consulibus, bellum in Italia repar^runjj et ingressi Ro-
mam nobilissimos ex senatu et consulares viros interfece-
runt; multos proscripserunt; ipsius Sullse domo eversa,
filios et ux5rem ad fugam compulerunt. Universus reli-
quus senatus ex urbe fugiens ad Sullam in Grseciam ve-
nit, orans ut patriae subveniret.^ Sulla in Italiara traje-
cit,^ hostium exercitus vicit, mox etiam urbem ingressus
est, quam csede ® et sanguine civium replevit. Quatuor
millia inermium, qui se dediderant, interfici^ jussit; duo
millia equitum et senatorum proscripsit. Turn de Mith-
ridate triumphavit. Duo hsec bella funestissima, Itali-
cunij quod et sociale dictum est, et civile, consumpserunt
ultra centum et quinquaginta millia hominum, viros con-
sulares viginti quatuor, praetorios septem, sedilitios sexa-
ginta, senatores fere ducentos.
LIBER SEXJUS,
1. Anno urbis conditse sexcentesimo septua-
gesimo sexto, L. Licinio Lucullo^ et M. Aurelio g^g '
Cotta consulibus, mortuus est Nicomedes, rex Bi-
thyniae, et testamento populum Romanum fecit heredem.®
Mithridates, pace rupta,^ Asiam ruisus voluit invadere.
Adversus eum ambo consiiles missi variam habuere fortu-
nam. Cotta apud Chalcedonem victus proelio, a rege
etiam intra oppidum obsessus est. Sed quum se inde
Mithridates Cyzicum ^ transtulisset, ut, hac urbe capta,*
•§ 140, 1, 3d. d 90,4. 5 110, 2, and
»> § 116, Obs. 5. « § 116, Obs. 1. § 146, Obs. IC
«§ 125, R. ' 104, 1. ^ § 130, 2
148 ROMAN HISTORY.
totam Asiam invaderet, Lucullus ei, alter consul, occurrit,
ac dum Mithridates in obsidione Cyzici commoratur, ipse ^
eum a tergo obsedit, fameque consumptum multis prceliis
vicit. Postremo Byzantium*^ fugavit; navali qiioque
proelio ejus duces oppressit. Ita una hieme*^ et aestate a
Lucullo centum fere millia® militum regis'exstincta sunt.
2. Anno urbis sexcentesimo^ septuagesimo
678.* octavo novum in Italia bellum comm5tum est.
Septuaginta enim quatuor gladiat5res, ducibus^
Spartaco, Crixo, et CEnomao, e ludo gladiatorio, qui Ca-
puai ^ erat, efFugerunt, et per Italiam vagantes psene non
levius bellum, quam Hannibal,* moverunt. Nam con-
traxerunt exercitum fere sexaginta millium* armatorum,
multosque duces et duos Romanos consules vicerunt.
Ipsi victi sunt in Apulia a M. Licinio Crasso proconsule,
et, post multas calamitates Italia3,J tertio anno huic bello
finis est impositus.
3. Interim L. Lucullus bellum Mithridaticum perse-
cutus regnum Mithridatis invasit, ipsumque regem apud
Cabira civitatem, quo ingentes copias ex omni regno ad-
duxerat Mithridates, ingenti prcfclio superatum fugavit,
et castra ejus diripuit. Armenia quoque Minor, quam
tenebat, eidem^ erepta est. Susceptus est Mithridates a
Tigrane, Armeniae rege, qui turn ingenti gloria impera-
bat; sed hujus quoque regnum ^ Lucullus est ingressus.
Tigranocerta, nobilissimam Armenise civitatem, cepit;
ipsum regem, cum magno exercitu venientem, ita vicit,
Ȥ 112, IV.
f § 24, 7.
J § 106, Obs. 1.
" 32, 3.
« 110,2.
k 5, 1,&
e § 130, 2.
h § 130, 1.
§ 126, R. Ill
Ǥ 131, R. XLI.
i § 120, Obs. 2, 1st.
1 § 136, R. Lll.
Ǥ 24,5.
LIBER VI. 149
ut robur militum Armeni5rum deleret.* Sed quum Lucul-
lus finem bello imponere pararet, successor ei^ missus est.
4. Per ilia temp5ra piratse omnia maria infestabant ita,
ut Romanis, toto orbe ^ terrarum victoribus, sola naviga-
tio tuta non esset.* Quare id bellum Cn. Pompeio'^ de-
cretura est, quod intra paucos menses incredi-
bili felicitate et celeritate confecit. Mox ei^ de- gg- *
latum bellum contra regem Mithridatem et Ti-
granem. Quo ^ suscepto, Mithridatem in Armenia Mi-
nore nocturno proelio vicit, castra diripuit, et quadraginta
millibus ejus occisis/ viginti tantum de exercitu suo per-
didit et duos centuri5nes. Mithridates fugit cum uxore et
duobus comitibusj neque multo post, Pharnacis filii sui
seditione coactus, venCnum hausit. Hunc vitae finem ha-
buit Mithridates, vir ingentis industrise ^ atque consilii.
Regnavit annis^ sexaginta, vixit septuaginta duobus:
contra Romanes bellum habuit annis quadraginta.
5. Tigrani deinde Pompeius bellum intulit. Ille* seJ
ei* dedidit, et in castra Pompeii venit, ac diadema suumJ
in ejus* manibus collocavit, quod eif Pompeius reposuit.
Parte *^ regni eum multavit et grandi pecunia. Tum alios
etiam reges et populos superavit. Armeniam Min5rem
Deiotaro, Galatiae regi, donavit, quia auxilium contra
Mithridatem tulerat. Seleuciam, vicinam Antiochise civi-
tatem, libertate * donavit, quod regem Tigranem non rece-
pisset."^ Inde in Judaeam transgressus, Hierosolymam,
caput gentis, tertio mense cepit, duodecim millibus Juda^d-
rum occisis, ceteris in fidem receptis. His gestis finem
* i. e. Pompey. f i. e. Tigranes. ^ § 28, Obs. 3, 3d.
* § 140, 1, 1st. « 38, 5. i § 28, Obs. 3, 1st
»> § 110, R. ' 104, 1 k § 125, R.
« § 136, Obs. 5, (in) e § 106. R. VII. » § 123, Obs. 3.
* § 126, R. Ill h § Ljl, R. XLI » § 141, Obs. 7
150 ROMAN HISTORY.
antiquisslmo bello imposuit Ante triumphantis^currum
ducti sunt filii Mithridatis, filius Tigranis, et Aristobulus,
rex Judseorum. Prselata ingens pecunia, auri atque ar-
gent! infinitum.^ Hoc tempore nullum per orbem terra-
rum grave bellum erat.
6. M. Tullio Cicerone orat5re et C. Antonio
g39^ ' consulibus, anno ab urbe condita sexcentesimo
undenonagesimo L. Sergius Catilina, nobilisimi
generis ^ vir, sed ingenii pravissimi, ad delendam ^ patriam
conjuravit cuin quibusdam claris quidem sed audacibus
viris. A Cicerone urbe® expulsus est, socii ejus depre-
hensi et in carcere strangulati sunt. Ab Antonio, altero
consule, Catillna ipse prcelio victus est et interfectus.
7. Anno urbisconditse sexcentesimo nonagesi-
093* mo tertio C. Julius Caesar cum L. Bibulo consul
est factus. Quum ei Gallia decreta esset, semper
vincendo *" usque ad Oceanum Britannicum processit. Do-
muit autem annis ^ novem fere omnem Galliam,quae inter
Alpes, flumen Rhodanum, Rhenum et Oceanum est. Bri-
tannis mox bellum intulit, quibus ^ ante eum ne nomen
quidem Romanorum cognitum erat; Germanos quoque
trans Rhenum aggressus, ingentibus proeliis vicit.
8. Circa eadem tempora M. Licinius Crassus contra
Parthos missus est. Et quum circa Carras contra omina
et auspicia prcelium commisisset, a Surena Oro-
jQQ ' dis regis duce, victus et interfectus est cum filio,
clarissimo et prsestantissimo juvene. Reliquiae
cxercitus per C. Cassium quaestor em servatse sunt.
• Sup. Pompeii. «» 112. 7. s § 131, R. XLI.
»» Sup. pondus. « § 136, R. LII. ^ § 126, R. XXXIII
e § 106, R. VII. t § 147, Obs. 5.
LIBER VI. 161
9. Hinc jam bellum civile successit, quo Ro-
jaani nominis fortuna mutata est. Csesar enim 7Q5^
victor e Gallia rediens, absens coepit poscere
alterum ^ consulatum; quern quumaliqui sine dubitatione
deferrent,^ contradictum est*^ a Pompeio et aliis, jussus-
que est, dimissis exercitibus, in urbem redire. Propter
banc injuriam ab Arimino, ubi milites congregatos babe-
bat, infesto exercTtu Romam ^ contendit. Consul es cum
Pompeio, senatusque omnis atque universa nobilitas ex
urbe fugit, et in Grseciam transiit; et, dum senatus bel-
lum contra Caesarem parabat, hie vacuam urbem ingres-
sus dictatorem se fecit.
10. Inde Hispanias ^ petit, ibique Pompeii legiones su-
peravit; tum in Graecia adversum Pompeium ipsum dimi-
cavit. Primo proelio victus est et fugatus; evasit tamen,
quia nocte interveniente Pompeius sequi noluit; dixitque
Csesar, nec^ Pompeium scire vincere, et illo tan tum die se
potuisse superari. Deinde in Thessalia apud Pharsalum
ingentibus utrinque copiis commissis dimicaverunt. Nun-
quamf adhuc Romanae copise majores neque melioribus
ducibus ^ convenerant. Pugnatum est ^ ingenti contenti-
one, victusquead postremum Pompeius, et castra ejus di-
repta sunt. Ipse fugatus Alexandriam^ petiit, ut a rege
-^gypti, cui tutor a senatu datus fuerat, acciperet^ aux-
ilia. At hie fortunam magis quam amicitiam^ secutus,
occidit Pompeium, caput ejus et annulum Ceesari misit.
Quo' conspecto, Ca3sar lacrymas fudisse dicitur, tanti
viri intuens caput, et generi quondam sui.
* Nee i. e. et notij 124, 1. f Nunquam, i. e. neque unquam, 124, 5 *
» § 24, 7. d § 130, 2. h § 120, Obs. 2, Is*-
»> § 140, Obs. 4, and « § 130, Obs. 10. i 38, 5, &
§ 44, 2. f § 136, Obs. 6 (cum) § 146, Obs. 2.
« § 85, 3. € § 140. 1, 2d
152 ROMAN HISTOKY.
11. Quiim ad Alexandiiam venisset Caesar, Ptolemseub
ci insidias parare voluit, qua de causa regi bellum illatum
est. Rex viclus in Nilo periit, inventumque est corpus
ejus cum lorlca aurea. Ceesar, Alexandria* potitus, reg-
num Cleopatra? dedit. Turn inde profectus Pompeiana-
rum ^ partiura reliquias est persecutus, bellisque civilibus
toto terrarum orbe compositis, Romam rediit, Ubi quum
insolentius agere ccepisset,*^ conjuratum ^ est in eum a
sexaginta vel amplius senatoribus, equitibusque Romanis.
Praecipui fiierunt inter conjuratos Bruti duo ex genere
illius Bruti, qui, regibus expulsis,® primus Romse consul
fuerat, C. Cassius et Servilius Casca. Ergo
709. * Caisar, quum in curiam venisset,*^ viginti tribus
vulneribus confossus est.
12. Tnterfecto Caesare, anno urbis septingentesimo no-
no bell a civilia reparata sunt. Senatus favebat Caesaris
percussoribus/ Antonius consul a Csesaris partibus sta-
bat. Ergo turbata republica, Antonius, multis scelerlbus
commissis,^ a senatu hostis judicatus est. Fusus fugatus-
que Antonius, amisso exercitu,^ confugit ad Lepidum, qui
Caesari ^ magister equitum fuerat, et turn grandes copias
militum habebat: a quo susceptus est. Mox Octavianus
cum Antonio pacem fecit, et quasi vindicaturus ^ patris*
sui mortem, a quo per testamentum fuerat adoptatus, Ro-
mam cum exercitu profectus extorsit, ut sibi J juveni vi-
ginti anndrum^ consulatus daretur.^ Tum junctus cum
Antonio et Lepido rempublicam armis tenere ccEpit, se-
natumque proscripsit. Per hos etiam Cicero orator oc
cisus est, multique alii nobiles.
*. — , . — — —
» 7, 5, & • 104,1. i viz: JuliiC(Ssaru
§ 121, R. XXVT. ' § 112, R. V. J § 126, R. III.
* § 106 Obs. 4. g § 110, R. & Obs. 1. ^ § 106, R. VII.
c § 140, Obs, 4. h 102, 1. J § 140, 1. Sd
* § 85, 3.
LIBER VI. 153
13. Interea Brutus et Cassius, interfectores Csesaris,
ingens bellum moverunt. Profecti contra eos Csesar Oc-
tavianus, qui postea Augustus est appellatus, et M. Anto-
nius, apud Philippos, Macedoniss urbem, contra
eos pugnaverunt. Primo proelio victi sunt An- 7*12.
tonius et Caesar; periit tamen dux nobilitatis
Cassius; secundo Brutum et iniinitam nobilitatenij quse
cum illis bellum susceperat, victam * interfecerunt. Turn
victores rempublicam ita inter se diviserunt, ut Octavia-
nus Caesar Hispanias, Gallias, Italiam teneret; Antonius
Orientem, Lepidus Africam acciperet.
14. Paulo post Antonius, repudiata^ sor5re Csesaris
Octaviani, Cleopatram, reginam ^gypti, uxorem duxit.
Ab hac incitatus ingens bellum commovit, dum Cleopatra
cupiditate^ muliebri optat Romse regnare. Victus est ab
Augusto navali pugna clara et illustri apud Ac-
tium, qui^ locus in Epiro est. Hinc fugit in 7*23 *
iEgyptum, et, desperatis rebus, quum omnes ad
Augustum transirent, se ipse ® interemit. Cleopatra quo-
que aspidem sibi admisit, et veneno ejus exstincta est.
Ita bellis toto orbe confectis, Octavianus Augustus Ro-
mam rediit anno duodecimo ^ quam consul fuerat. Ex eo
inde tempore rempublicam per quadraginta et quatuor
annos solus obtinuit. Ante enim* duodecim annis cum
Antonio et Lepido tenuerat.f Ita ab initio principatils
ejus usque ad finem quinquaginta sex anni fuere.
* " Enim," &c., assigning a reason for *' Solus "
t Sup. eamy 1. e. rempublicam,
» 104,3, and «§ 129, R. • 33, 1.
§ 98, Obs. 4. d 37, 5. f § 131^ obs. 2.
^ 104, 1.
OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE NATIONS
OF ANTIQUITY.
1. Universus terrarum orbis in tres partes dividitur,
Europam,* Asiam, Africam. Eurdpa ab Afric^ sejungi-
tur freto Gaditano, in cujus utraque parte montes sunt
altissimi, Abjla* in Africa, in Europa Calpe, qui^ mon-
tes Herculis columnae* appellantur. Per idem fretum
mare internum, quod littoribus Europse, Asise, et African
includitur, jungitur cum Oceano.
2. Europa terminos ^ habet ab oriente Tanaim fluvium;
pontum Euxinum, et paludem Mseotida;® a meridie,'
mare internum; ab occidente, mare Atlanticum sive
Oceanum; a septentrione,^ mare Britannicum. Mare in-
ternum tres maxTmos sinus habet. Quorum ^ is, qui
Asiam a Grsecia sejungit, iEgaeufn mare vocatur; secun-
dus, qui est inter Grfficiam et Italiam, Ionium; tertius
denique, qui occidentales Italise oras alluit, a Romanis
Tuscum, a Graecis Tyrrhenum mare appellatur.
3. In ea Eur5pse parte, quse ad occasum vergit, prima
terrarum ^ est Hispania, quse a tribus lateribus mari cir-
cumdata per Pyrenseos montes cum Gallia cohseret.
* § 97, Obs. 5. d § 116, Obs. 1. ' § 90, 6.
»» 37, 6. Note. • § 16, 4. « § 107, R. X. & 38.
• § 103, R.
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 155
Quum unlversa Hispania dives sit ^ et fcECunda, ea tamen
regie, quae a flu2nine Baeti^ Baetica vocatur, ceteras fe:-
tilitate "" antecellit. Ibi Gades sitse, insula cum urbe a
Tyriis condita, quae freto Gaditano nomen dedit. Tota
ilia regio viris,^ equis, ferro, plumbo, sere, argento, auro-
que abundat, et ubi penuria aquarum minus est fertilis,
linum tamen aut spartum alit. Marmoris quoque lapi-
cidinas habet. In Bsetica minium reperitur.
4 . Gallia posita est inter Pyrenseos montes et Rhenum,
orieiitalem oram Tuscum mare alluit, occidentalem Oce-
anus. Ejus pars ilia, quae Italiae ^ est opposita, et Nar-
bonensis vocatur, omnium ^ est laetissima. In ea ora sita
est Massilia, urbs a Phocaeis condita, qui, patria a Persis
devicta, quum servitutem ferre non possent,^ Asia relic-
ta,^ novas in Europa sedes quaesiverant. Ibidem est cam-
pus lapideus, ubi Hercules dicitur contra Neptuni liberos
dimicasse. Quum tela defecissent,^ Jupiter filium imbre
lapidum adjuvit. Credas^ pluissej'adeo multi passim jacent.
5. Rhodanus fluvius, baud longe a Rheni fontibus or-
tus, lacu Lemano excipitur, servatque impetum, ita ut
per medium lacum integer fluat,^ tantusque, quantus* ve-
nit, egrediatur. Inde ad occasum versus, Gallias aliquan-
diu dirimit; donee, cursu in meridiem flexo, aliorum am-
nium accessu auctus in mare efFunditur.
6. Ea pars Galliae, quae ad Rhenum porrigitur, frumen-
ti pabulique^feracissTma est, coelum salubre; noxia ani-
mal! um genera pauca alit. Incolae superbi et supersti-
tiosi, ita ut deos humanis victimis ^ gaudere existiment.^
•§140, Obs. 3. ' 19, & § 107, R. X. J 94, 1, 2d, & 98, 2.
M15, 5. 8 §140, Obs. 4. k§ 140, 1,1st.
c§128, R. h 104,1. 1 44,3.
, * § 121, R. i § 45, I. 3, last Ex. » § 107, R. XI.
• § 126 R. m. § 140 1, 1st » § 121 Obs. 2.
}5i^ OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE
Mafi^istii religionum et sapientise sunt Druulse, qui, qusp"
St scire profitentur, in antris abditisque silvis doceiit.
Animas seternas esse ^ credunt, vitamque alteram post
mortem incipere.^. Hanc ob causam cum defunctis ^ ar-
ma cremant aut defodiunt, eamque doctrinam homines
ad bellum "^ alacriores facere existimant.
7. Universa Gallia divisa est inter tres magnos popii-
losj qui fluviis terminantur. A Pyrenseo monte usque ad
Garumnam Aquitani habitant; inde ad Sequanam Celtse;
Belgee denique usque ad Rhenum pertinent.
8. Garumna amnis, ex Pyrenseo monte delapsus, diu
vadosus est et vix navigabilis. Quanto ^ magis procedit,
tanto fit latior; ad postremum magni freti ^ similis, non
solum majora navigia tolerat, verum etiam more maris
exsurgit, navigantesque *^ atrociter jactat.
9. Sequana ex Alpibus ortus in septentrionem p^rgit.
Postquam se baud procul Lutetia^ cum Matrona con-
junxit, Oceano^ infunditur. Hsec flumina opportunissi
ma sunt mercibus* permutandisJ et ex mari interne* in
Oceanum transvehendis.J
10. Rhenus itidem ex Alpibus ortus baud procul ab
origine lacum efFicit Venetum, qui etiam Brigantinus ap-
pellatur. Deinde longo spatio^ per fines Helvetioru^xi,
Mediomatricorum, et Trevirorum continuo alveo fertur,
aut modicas insulas^ circumfluens; in agro Batavo autera,
ubi Oceano appropinquavit, in plures amnes dividitur;
nee jam amnis, sed ripis longe recedentibus, ingens lacus,
* 37,2. Obs. 5. i § 111, R.
b 95, 1. ' § 111, Obs. 2. J § 112, 6.
c 19, 1. g § 136, Obs. 5, (a) k § 132, R.
* § 107, Obs. 3, 2d. »» § 126, R. III. « § 136, [R. LII.
* ^ J32, R. XLIII. &
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY.
157
Flevo appellatur, ejusdemque nominis insulam amplexus,
fit iterum arctior et fluvius^ iterum in mare emittitur.
11. Trans Rhenum German! habitant usque ad Yistu-
1am, quse finis est Germanise ad orientem. Ad meridiem
terminatur Alpibus, ad septentrionem mari Britannico et
Baltico. Incolae corp5rum proceritate ^ excel lunt. Ani-
mos bellando,*^ corpora laboribus exercent. Hanc ob
causam crebro bella gerunt cum finitimis, non tam finium
prolatandorum "^ causa, aut imperii cupiditate, sed ob bel-
li amorem. Mites ^ tamen sunt erga supplices,^ et boni
hospitibus. Urbes moenibus cinemas aut fossis aggeribus-
que munitas non habent. Ipsas domos ad breve tempus
struunt non lapidibus aut lateribus coctis sed lignis, quae
frondibus tegunt. Nam diu eodem in loco morari ^ peri-
culosum^ arbitrantur libertati.
12. AgricuUurse ** Germani non admodum student, nee
quisquam agri modum certum aut fines proprios habet.
Lacte vescuntur et caseo et carne. Ubi fons, campus,
nemusve iis^ placuerit,* ibi domos figunt, mox alio tran-
siluri cum conjugibus et liberis. Interdum etiam hiemem
in subterraneis specubus dicuntur transigere.
13. Germania altis montibus, silvis, paludibusque in-
via redditur. Inter silvasJ maxima est Hercynia, cujug
latitudinem^ Caesar novem dierum iter^ patere narrat.
Insequenti tempore magna pars ejus excisa est. Flumina
sunt in Germania multa et magna. Inter haec clarissi-
mum nomen Rheni, de quo supra diximus, et Danubii.
Clari quoque amnes, Mcenus, Visurgis, Albis. Danubius,
» 13,l,&§97,Exp
»• § 128, R.
• § 147, Obs. 5, and
111, 6.
* 112, 5.
• 19, 1.
' 89, 5.
f § 98, Obs. 6.
k§ 112, R.V.
14
» § 140, 5.
J § 107, Obs. 8
k § 145, R.
1 § 132, R.
158 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE
omnium Europae fluminum * maximus, apud Rhsetos oru
tur, flexoque ad ortum solis cursu, receptisque sexaginta
amnibus, in Pontum Euxinum sex vastis ostiis efFunditur.
14. Britanniam insulam Phoenicibus innotuisse, eosque
stannum inde et plumbum pellesque petivisse, probabile
est. Romanis eam Julius Csesar primus aperuit; neque
tamen prius cognita esse coepit quam Claudio^ imperante.
Hadrianus eam, muro ab oceano Germanico ad Hiberni-
cum mare ducto, in duas partes di visit, ut inferiorem in-
sulae partem, quae Romanis parebat, a barbarorum popu-
lorum, qui in Scotia habitabaut, incursionibus tueretur.*
15. Maxima insulae pars campestris, collibus passim
silvisque distincta. Incolse Gallos proceritate ^ corporum
vincuntjCeterum ingenio** Gallis similes, simpliciores ta-
men illis ^ magisque barbari. Nemora habitant pro urbibus.
Ibi tuguria exstruunt et stabiila pecori, sed plerumque ad
breve tempus. Humanitate ^ ceteris prsestant ii, qui Can-
tium incolunt. Tota hsec regio est maritima. Qui in-
teriorem insulae partem habitant, frumenta non serunt;
lacte ^ et curne vivunt. Pro vestibus induti sunt pellibus.^
16. Italia ab Alpibus usque ad f return Siciilum porrigi-
tur inter mare Tuscum et Adriaticum. Multo^ longior
est quam latior.* In medio se attollit Appenninus mons,
qui, postquam continenti jugo progressus est usque ad
Apuliam, in duos quasi ramos dividitur. Nobilissima re-
gio ob fertilitatem soli ccelique salubritatem. Quum longe
in mare procurrat,J plurimos habet portus populorum inter
se ^ patentes commercio.^ Neque ulla facile ^ est regio.
» § 107, R. X. f § 121, Obs. 2. 74, 1.
t § 146, Obs. 9. s § 126, R. V. ^ § 28, Obs. 5.
0 § 140, 1. 2d. ^ § 132, R. XLIII. » § 112, R. XVII.
d § 128 R. i § 120, Obs. 6. »» § 134, Obs. 6, 3d.
• 6 3 Ik § 120, R. J § 140, Obs. 3 and
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 159
quae tot tamque pulchras urbes habeat,* inter quas Roma
et magnitudine^ et nominis fama eminet.
17. Haec urbs, orbis terrarum caput, septem montes
complectitur. Initio quatuor portas habebat; August!
ajvo triginta septem. Urbis magnificentiam augebant
fora, templa, porticuSj aqueeductus, theatra, arcus trium-
phales, horti denique, et id genus *^ alia, ad quae vel lecta**
animus stupet. Quare recte de ea prsedicare videntur,
qui nullius urbis in toto orbe terrarum magnificentiam
ei^ comparari posse dixerunt.
18. Felicissima in Italia regio est Campania. Multi
ibi vitiferi colles, ubi nobilissima vina gignuntur, Seti-
num, Ceecubum, Falernum, Massicum. Calidi ibidem
fontes ^ saluberrimi. Nusquam generosior olea. Con-
chylio ^ quoque et pisce nobili maria vicina scatent.
19. Clarissimi amnes Italise sunt Padus et Tiberis.
Et Padus quidem in superiore parte, quae Gallia Cisalpi-
na vocatur, ab imis radicibus Vesiili montis exoritur;
primum exilis, deinde aliis amnibus ita alitur, ut se per
septem ostia in mare effundat.^ Tiberis, qui antlquissimis
temporibus Albulae nomen habebat, ex Appennino oritur;
deinde duobus et quadraginta fluminibus auctus fit navi-
gabilis. Plurimas in utraque ripa villas adspicit, praeci-
pue autem urbis Romanae magnificentiam. Placidissi-
mus amnium raro ripas* egreditur.
20. In inferiore parte Italiae clara quondam urbs Tar en
tum, quae maris sinui, cui adjacet, nomen dedit. Soli
fertilitas coellque jucunda temperies in causa fuisse vide-
tur, ut incolae luxuria et deliciis enervarentur. Quumque
» § 141, R. I. § 146, Obs. 6. h § 140, 1, 1st.
^ § 128, R. • § 126, R, III. < § 136, Obs. 5.
e § 136, Obs. 5, (ad) f § 101, Obs. 4. (ultra.)
d 101 4 and e§ 121, R.
160 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE
aliquandiu potentia* florerent,^ copiasque hand contcm-
iieiidas alerent, peregrlnis tamen plerumque ducibus in
bellis utebantur, ut Pyrrho,*^ rege Epiri, quo superato,
urbs in Romanorum potestatem venit.
21. Proxima Italiae est Sicilia, insula omnium^ mans
mterni maxima. Antiquissimis temporibus earn cum Italia
cohaesisse,^ marisque impetu^autterrae motuinde divulsam
esse,^ verisimile est. Forma triangularis, ita ut litterse,
quam Grseci Delta vocant, imaginem referat. A tribus
promontoriis vocatur Trinacria. Nobilissimus ibi mons
JEinvd ^ qui urbi Catanse imminet, tum ^ ob altitudinem,
tum etiam ob ignes, quos effundit; quare Cyclopum in illo
monte officmam esse poetsedicunt. Cineres e crateribus
egesti agrum circumjacentem foecundum et feracem red-
dere existimantur. Sunt ibi Piorum campi, qui nomen
habent a duobus juvenibus Catanensibus, qui, flammis
quondam repente ingruentibus, parentes senectute con-
fectos, humeris sublatos, flammae** eripuisse feruntur.
Nomina fratrum Amphinomus et Anapus fuerunt.
22. Inter urbes Siciliae nulla est illustrior Syracusis,
Corintbi5rum colonia, ex quinque urbibus conflata. Ab
Atheniensibus bello petita, maxnnas hostium copias dele-
vit: Carthaginienses etiam magnis interdum cladibus af-
fecit. Secundo bello PunTco per triennium oppugnata,
Archimedis potissimum ingenio et arte defensa, a M.
Marcello capta est. Vicinus huic urbi fons Arethusse
Nymphse^ sacer, ad quam Alpheus amnis ex Peloponneso
per mare Ionium lapsus* commissarif dicitur. Nam si
quid ad Olympiam in ilium amnem jactum fuerit, id in
* Sup esse, § 47, 6. f Commissarif '' in order to enjoy a ban.
^uet/' § 144, Obs. 2.
»§128, R. <J 19, &§107,R. X « 124,7.
*> § 140, Obs. 3. • 97, 1, & 4. M 123, R.
• § 149, R. (jut, as,) f § 97, Exc. 1. > § 111, R.
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 161
ArethuscB fonte reddi.* De ilia fabula quid statuendum
sit,^ sponte apparet.
23. In mari Ligustico insula est Corsica, quam GrtPci
Cyrnum vocant. Terra aspera multisque locis *" inviu,
ccelum grave, mare circa *^ importunum. Incohe,latroci-
uiis deditijferi sunt et horridi. Mella quoque illius in-
sulse amara esse dicuntur corporibusque*^ nocere. Proxi-
ma ei est Sardinia, quae a Grsecis mercatoribus Ichnusa
vocatur, quia formam humani vestigii habet. Solum ^
quam ccelum melius. Illud*' fertile, hoc^ grave ac nox-
ium. Noxia quoque animalia herbasque venenatas gig-
nit. Multum inde frumenti ^ Romam mittitur; unde ha^c
insiila et Sicilia nutrices urbis vocantur.
24. Grsecia nominis celebritate omnes feve alias orbis
terrarum regiones superavit. Nulla enim magnorum in-
geniSrum ^ fuit feracior; neque ulla belli pacisque artes
maj5re studio* excoluit. Plurimas eadem cnlonias in
omnes terrae partes deduxit. Multum itaque teua mari-
que valuit, et gravissima bella magna cum gloria gessit.
25. Graecia inter Ionium et JEgddum mare porrigitur.
In plurimas regi5nes divisa est, quarum J amplissim?fi sunt
Macedonia et Epirus — quamquam hse a nonnullis a Grae-
cia sejunguntur — tum Thessalia. Macedoniam Philippi
et Alexandri regnum illustravit^ quorum ille^ Graiciam
Bubegit, hie*' Asiam latissime domuit, ereptumque Persis^
imperium in Macedones transtulit. Centum ejus regionis
et quinquaginta urbes numerantur; quarumJ septuaginta
* Sup. dicUur. « § 112, R. V. » § 129, R.
^ § 140. 5, &c 108, 9. f § 101, Obs. 4. J § 107, R. X.
« § 136, Obs. 5, (in) s § 106, R. VIII. ^ § 28, Obs, 3, 3(1.
^ § 90, 4. b § 107, Obs. 1. 1st. i 5, 1, § 126 R III
162 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE
du-js, Perseo, ultimo Macedonise rege, superato, Paullus
i^^niilius diripuit.
26. Epirus, quae ab Acrocerauniis incipit montibuSj
desinit in Acheloo flumine. Plures earn populi incolunt.
Illustris ibi Dodona^ in Molossorum finibus, vetustissimo
Jovis oraculo inclyta. Columbse ibi ex arboribus oracula
dedisse narrantur; quercusque ipsas et lebetes seneos
inde suspenses deorum voluntatem tinnitu significasse **
fama est.
27. Acheloi fluvii ostiis^ insulse aliquot objacent, qua-
rum maxima est Cephallenia. Multae prseterea insulae
littori '^ Epiri adjacent, interque eas Corcyra, quam Ho-
merus Scheriam appellasse existimatur."^ In hac Phaea-
cas posuit ille et hortos Aleinoi. Coloniam hue dedux-
erunt Corinthii, quo^ tempore Numa Pompilius Romae
regnavit. Viclna ei Ithaca, Ulyssis patria, aspera mon-
tibus, sed Homeri carminibus adeo nobilitata, ut ne fer-
tilissimis quidem regionibus cedat/
28. Thessalia late patet inter Macedoniam ebEpirum,
foecunda regio, generosis prsecipue equis excellens, unde
Thessalorum equitatus celeberrimus. Montes ibi memo-
rabiles Olympus, in quo deorum sedes esse existimatur,^
Pelion et Ossa,per quos gigantes coelum petivisse dicun-
tur;*^ (Eta denique, in cujus vertice Hercules, rogo con-
scenso ^ se ipsum cremavit. Inter ^ Ossam et Olympum
Peneus, limpidissimus amnis, delabitur, vallem amcenis-
simam, Tempe vocatam, irrigans.
29. Inter '' reliquas Grsecise region es nominis claritate'
eminet Attica, quae etiam Atthis vocatur. Ibi Athenae,
• § 101, Ohs. 4. d § 145^ obs. 4. e 104. 1.
b 97, 1. • 37, 2d, & Note. ^ 123, 3.
« § 112, IV { § 140, 1, 1st. i § 128, R.
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 163
de qua uibe decs inter se certasse fama est. Certius est*
nuUam unquain urbem tot poetas tulisse, tot oratores, tot
philosophoSj totque in omni virtutis genere claros vires.
Res autem bello eas ^ gessitjUt huic soli "" glorise ^^ studere
videretur; pacisque artes ita excoluit, ut hac laude magis
etiam quam belli gloria splenderet. Arx ibi sive Aero-
p5]is ^ urbi imminens, unde latus in mare prospectus pa-
tet. Per propylsea ad earn adscenditur/ splendidum Peri-
clis opus. Cum ipsa urbe per longos muros conjectus
est portus Pirseeus, post bellum Persicura secundum a
Themistocle munitus. Tutissima ibi statio® navium.
30. Attlcam attingit Boeotia, fertilissTma regio. Incolse.
magis corporibus^ valent quam ingeniis. Urbs celeber-
rima Theba^j^ quas Amphlon musTces^ ope moenibu&
clnxisse dicitur. Illustravit eam Pindari poetse ingenium,
Epaminondae virtus. Mons ^ ibi Helicon, Musarum sedes^
et Cithaeron plurimis poetarum fabulis celebratus.
31. Boeotiae Phocis finitima,^ ubi Delphi urbs clarissi-
ma. In qua urbe oraculum Apollinis quantam * apud om-
ncs gentes auctoritatem habuerit, quot ' quamque prae-
clara munera ex omni fere terrarum orbe DelphosJ missa
fuerint, nemo ignorat. Imminet urbi Parnassus mons,
in cujus verticibus Musae habilare dicuntur,^ unde aqua
fontis Castalii poetarum ingenia inflammare existimatur.'^
32. Cum ea parte Graeciae, quam hactenus descripsi-
mus, cohaeret ingens peninsilla, quae Peloponnesus voca-
tur, platani folio ^ simillima. Augustus ille trames inter
* 51, 2. f Su\), a hominUus, » § 140, 6.
* 28, 1. 67, 2. i § 130, 2.
^ 16, 4. g§ 128,R. k§ 145^ Obs. 4
d § 112, R. V. h § 9^ Greek nouns, i § 111, K.
* § 101, Obs. 4
I
164 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE
-^aeum mare et Ionium, per quern cumMegaride coha^-
ret, Isthmus appellatur. In eo templum Neptuni est, ad
quod ludi celebrantur IsthmTci. Ibidem in ipso Pelopon-
nesi aditu, Corinthus sita est, urbs antiquissima, ex cujus
summa^ arce, (Acrocorinthon^appellant,) utrumque mare
conspicitur. Quum opibus floreret,*^ maritimisque valeret
copiis, gravia bella gessit. In bello Achaico, quod Roma-
ni cum Graecis gesserunt, pulcherrima urbs, quam Cicero
Graeciae lumen appellat, a L. Mummio expugnata ^ fun-
ditusque deleta est. Restituit earn Julius Ceesar, colo-
nosque ® eo milites veteranos misit.
33. Nobilis est in Peloponneso urbs Olympia, templo
Jovis Olympii ac statua illustris. Statua ^ ex ebore facta,
Phidise summi artificis opus prsestantissimum. 'Prope«?
illud templum ad Alphei fluminis ripas ludi celebrantur
Olympici, ad quos videndos ^ ex tota Graecia concurri-
tur.* Ab his ludis Greeca gens res gestas suas numerat.
34. Nee Sparta pra^tereundaJ est, urbs nobilissima,
quam Lycurgi leges, civiumque virtus et patientia illus-
travit.*' Nulla fere gens bellica laude* magis floruit,
pluresque viros fortes constantesque genuit. Urbi immi
net mons Taygetus, qui ^" usque ad Arcadiam procurrit.
Proxime urbem ^ Eur5tas fluvius delabitur, ad cujus ripas
Spartani se exercere solebant. In Sinum Laconicum
efFunditur. Haud procul inde abest promontorium Tae-
narum, ubi altissTmi specus, per quos Orpheum ad infe-
ros descendisse " narrant.
35. Mare JEgd^um^ inter® Grseciam Asiamque patens,
» 17, 2.
g § 136, Obs. 5. ad.
k § 102, Obs. 1
b § 10, Greek nouns.
h 112, 7.
1 § 128, R.
c § 140, Obs. 4.
i Sup. ab homini-
r^ 35, 1.
d 115, 1.
bus, 67, 2.
n 97, 1
Ǥ 116, Obs. 1.
J 108, 1.
• 123,3.
§ 101, Obs. 4.
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 165
plurimisinsulis distinguitur. Illustres inter eas sunt Cy-
cladeSj sic appellatse, quia in orbem jacent. Media earum *
est Del us, quse repente e mari enata esse dicitur. In ea
insula Latona Apollinem et Dianam peperit, quae numina
il)i una cum matre summa religi5ne coluntur. Urbi ini-
niinet Cynthus, mons excelsus et arduus. Inopus amnis
pariter cum Nilo decrescere et augeri dicitur. Mercatus
in Delo celeberrimus, quod ob portus commoditatem tem-
plique religionem mercatdres ex toto orbe terrarum eo
confluebant. Eandem ob causam civitates Grseciae, post
secundum Persicum bellum, tributa ad belli usum in earn
msulam, tanquam in commune totius Greecise serarium,
conferebant; quam pecuniam insequenti tempore Atheni-
enses in suam urbem transtulerunt.
36. Euboea insiila littori^ Boeotise et Atticse prsetendi
tur, angusto freto a continenti distans. Terrse motu a
Bseotia avulsaesse creditur; saepius eam concussam esse^
constat. Fretum, quo a Graecia sejungitur, vocatur Eu-
rlpus, ssevumet aestuosum mare, quod continuo motu agi-
tatur. Nonnulli dicunt septies quovis die statis tempori-
bus fluctus alterno motu agitari; alii hoc negant, dicen-
tes, mare temere in venti modum hue illuc moveri. Sunt,
qui narrent,"^ Aristoielem philosophum, quia hujus mira-
ciili causas investigare non posset,*' aegritudine confectum
esse.
37. Jam ad Boreales regiones pergamus/ Supra Ma-
cedoniam Thracia porrigitur a Ponto Euxino usque ad
lilyriam; Regio frigida et in iis tantum partibus foecun-
dior, quae propiores sunt mari. Pomiferae arbores rarae;
frequentiores vites; sed uvae non maturescunt, nisi frigus
•^§107, R.X c 97,1. e§141, Obs. 8.
M126, R. Ill '«§141, R. I. f 77, 7, &§ 45, 1.1
166 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE
studiose arcetur. Sola Thasus, Insula littori Thracia^ ad-
jacens, vino excellit. Amnes sunt celebemmi Hebrus,
ad quern Orpheus a Maenadibus discerptus esse dicitur,
Nestus et Strymon. Montes altissimi, Hsemus, ex cujus
verlice Pontus et Adria conspicitur; Rhodope et Orbelus.
38. Plures Thraciam gentes incolunt nominibus diver-
sae et moribus. Inter has Getse omninm sunt ferocissimi
et ad mortem paratissimi.* Animas enim post mortem
redituras existimant. Recens nati apud eos deflentur;
funera autem cantu lusuque celebrantur. Plures singuli^
uxores habent. Hse omnes, viro defuncto, mactari simul-
que cum eo sepeliri cupiunt, magndque id certamine a
judicibus *^ contendunt. Virgines non a parentibus tra-
duntur viris, sed aut publice ducendse ^ locantur, aut ve-
neunt. Formosee in pretio sunt; ceterse maritos mercede
data inveniunt.
39. Inter urbes Thracise memorabile est Byzantium, ad
Bosporum Thraclum, urbs natura munita etarte, quse^cum^
ob soli fertllitatem^tum ob vicinitatem maris, omnium re-
rum, quas vita requirit, copia abundat. Nee Sestos prte-
tereunda est silentio, urbs ad Hellespontum posita, quam
amor Herus et Leandri memorabilem reddidit; nee Cynos-
sema, tumulus Hecubse, ubi ilia, post Trojam dirutam/ in
canem mutata et sepulta esse dicitur. Nomen etiam habet
in iisdem regionibus urbs iEnos, ab ^nea e patria pro-
fugo condita; Zone, ubi nemora Orpheum canentem
secuta esse narrantur; Abdera denique, ubi Diomedes
rex advenas equis suis devorandos ^ objiciebat, donee ipse
ab Hercule iisdem objectus est. Quse^ urbs quum rana-
rum muriumque multitudine infestaretur, incolae, relicto **
Ȥ 111,
Obs.
3.
d
107,
1.
e
38, 1.
^ 26,
6.
e
124,
8.
b
104, 1.
' § 124,
. Obs.
2.
'§
146,
Obs.
2
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 167
patriae solo, novas sedes qusesiverunt. Hos Cassander,
rex Macedoniae, in societatem accepisscj agrosque in ex-
trema* Macedonia assignasse dicitur.
40. Jam de Scythis pauca dicenda sunt. Terminatur
Scythia ab uno latere Ponto Euxino, ab altero montibus
Rhipseis, a tergo Asia et Phaside flumine. Vasta regio
null is fere intus finibus dividitur. Scythse enim nee
agrum exercent, nee eertas sedes habent, sed armenta et
pecora pascentes per ineultas solitudines errare solent.
Uxores liberosque seeum in plaustris vehunt. Laete et
melle veseuntur; aurum et argentum, eujus nullus apud
eos usus est, aspernantur. Corpora pellibus ^ vestiunt.
41. Diversae sunt Scytharum geij^tes, diversique mores.
Sunt, qui funera parentum festis saerifieiis eelebrent,*^
eorumque eapitibus"^ afFabre expolitis auroque vinetis pro
poculis utantur. Agathyrsi ora et corpora pingunt, id-
que ^ tanto* magis, quanto quis illustrioribus gaudet ma-
joribus. li, qui Tauricam Chersonesum incolunt, anti-
quissimis temporibus advenas Dianae mactabant. Inte-
rius habitantes ceteris^ rudidres sunt. Bella amant, et
quo ^ quisplures hostes interemerit, eo ^ maj5re existima-
tione apud suos** habetur. Ne foedera quidem incruenta
sunt. Sauciant se qui paeiscuntur, sanguinemque permis-
tura degustant. Td fidei pignus certissimum esseputant.
42. Maxima fluminum Scythicorum sunt Ister, qui et
Danubius vocatur, et Borysthenes. De Istro supra dic-
tum est/ Borysthenes, ex igndtis fontibus ortus, liqui-
* Tanto magis quanto quis; literally, '^ more by so much as any
one," (§ 132, Obs. 5,) i. e. *' in proportion as," &c.
* 17, 1. 7. 4. s 22, 4, & 44, 7.
^ § 125, R. c Su\^.faciunt ^ 19, 3.
e§ 141, R. I. f 6. 3. i §85,3
<i§ 121, R. XXVI. &
168 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE
ilissimas aquas trahit et potatu ^ jucundas. Placidus Idem
laitissima pabula alit. Magno spatio navigabilis juxta
urbem Borysthenida^ in Pontum effunditur.
43. Ultra Rhipaeos montes et Aquiloiiem gens habitare
existimatar felicissima, Hyperboreos ^ appellant. Regie
aprlca, felix coeli temperies omnique afflatu"^ noxio caiens.
Semel in anno sol iis oritur solstitio,^ bruma semel occi-
dit. Incolse in nemoribus et lucis habitant; sine omni
discordia et segritudine vivunt. Quum vitse^ eos tsedet,
epulis sumptis ^ ex rupe se in mare praecipitant. Hoc
enim sepulturse genus beatissimum esse existiniant.
44. Asia ceteris terrae partibus^ est amplior. Oceanus
eam alluit, ut locis ita nominibus difFerens; Ecus ab ori-
ente, a meridie Indicus, a septentridne Scythicus. Asise
nomine appellatur etiam peninsula, quae a mari ^gaio
usque ad Armeniam patet. In hac parte est Bithynia ad
Propontidem sita, ubi Granicus in mare effunditur, ad quem
amnem Alexander, rex Macedoniee, primam victoriam de
Persis reportavit. Trans ilium amnem sita est Cyzicus
in cervice peninsulae, urbs nobilissima, a Cyzico appel la-
ta, qui in illis regionibus ab Argonautis pugna occisus
est. Haud procul ab ilia urbe Rhyndacus in mare effun-
ditur, circa quem angues nascuntur, non solum ob mag-
nitudinem mirabiles, sed etiam ob id, quod, quum ex
aqua emergunt et hiant, supervolantes aves absorbent.
45. Propontis cum Ponto jungitur per Bosporum,'
quod fretum quinque stadia J latum Eur5pam ab Asia sep-
arat. Ipsis^ in faucibus Bospori oppidum estChalcedon,'
*§ 148, 2, & 114,
2.
Ǥ 131, R. XL.
i § 129, Obs. 2.
»»§ 15,4.
f § llSExc. II,&
J § 132, R. XLII.
e Sup. quam
66,5.
k 32, 6.
§ 116, Obs. 1.
g 104, 1.
I Sup. condita.
^ 6 121 II. XXV.
b 6, 3.
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 169
ab Argia, Megarensium principe, et templum Jovis, ab
Jasone conditum. Pontus ipse ingens est maris sinus,
lion molli ^ neque arenoso circumdatus littoiejtempestati-
bus ^ obnoxius, raris stationibus.^ Olim ob ssevitatem pop-
ulorum, qui circa habitant, Axenus appellatus fuisse dici-
tur; postea, moUitis illdrum moribusjdictus est EuxTnus.
46. In littore Ponti, in Mariandynorum agro, urbs est
IJeraclea, ab Hercule, ut fertur, condita. Juxta earn spe-
lunca est Acherusia, quam ad Manes perviam esse existi-
mant.*^ Hinc Cerberus ab Hercule extractus fuisse dicitur.
Ultra fluvium ThermodontaMossyni habitant. Hi totum
^orpus distinguunt notis. Reges sufFragio eligunt; eosdem
\n turre lignea inclusos arctissime custodiunt, et, si quid
perperam imperitaverint,^ inedia totius diei afficiunt.
Extremum Ponti angiilum Colchi tenent ad Phasidem;
quse^loca fabula de vellere aureo et Argonautarum ex-
peditio illustravit.
47. Inter provincias Asiae proprie dictse illustris est
Ionia, in duodecim civitates divTsa. Inter eas est Miletus,
belli pacisque artibus inclyta; eique vicinum Panionium,
sacra regio, quo omnes lonum civitates statis temporibus
legates solebant mittere. Nulla facile ^ urbs plures colo-
nias misit, quam Miletus. Ephesi, quam^ urbem Amazo-
nes condidisse traduntur, templum est Dianae, quod sep-
tem mundi miraculis annumerari solet. Totius templi
longitudo est quadringentorum viginti quinque pedum,*
latitudo ducent5rum viginti; columnae centum viginti sep-
tem numero, sexaginta pedum altitudine;^ ex iis triginta
sex caelatae. Operi ' prcefuit Chersiphron architectus.
* W,6. e 74, 6, and s § 134, Obs. 6, 3d.
''§ni,R. § 101, Obs. 1. J»§128, K.
« § 106, R. VII. { 37, 4. i § 112, R. I.
<Ȥ 101, Obs. 1.
15
170 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE
48. JEoYis olim Mysia appellata,* et, ubi Hellespontiin^
atiingit, Troas. Ibi Ilium fuit situm ad radices montis
Idee, urbs bello, quod per decern annos cum universa
Gra^cia gessit, clarissima. Ab Idaeo monte Scamander
defluit et Simdis, amnes fama quam natura majores. Ipsum
nontem certamen dearum Paridisque judicium illustrem
eddidit. In littore clarae sunt urbes Rhoeteum et Dar-
dania; sed sepulcrum Ajacis, qui ibi post certamen cum
Ulysse gladio incubuit, utraque ^ clarius.
49. lonibus "^ Cares sunt finitimi, populus arm5rum •*
belllque adeo amans, ut aliena etiam bella mercede ac-
cepta gereiet.^ Princeps Carise urbs* Halicarnassus, Ar-
givorum colonia, regum sedes olim. Unus eorum Mau-
solus fuit. Qui^quum vita^ defunctus esset, Artemisia
conjux desiderio mariti flagrans, ossa ejus cineresque con-
tusa cum aqua miscuit ebibitque, splendidumque prseterea
sepulcrum exstruxit, quod inter septem orbis terrarum
miracula censetur.
50. Cilicia sita est in intimo recessu maris, ubi Asia
proprie sic dicta cum Syria conjungTtur. Sinus ille ab
urbe Isso Issici nomen habet. Fluvius ibi Cydnus aqua ^
limpidissima et frigidissima, in quo Alexander Macedo
juum lavaret,* parum abfuit, quin frigore enecaretur.-*
Antrum Corycium in iisdem regionibus ob singularem
naturam memorabile est. Ingenti illud hiatu patet in
monte arduo, alteque demissum undique viret lucis pen-
den tibus. Ubi ad ima^ perventum est,' rursusaliud antrum
aperitur. Ibi sonitus cymbalorum ingredientes ^ terrere
» § 101, Obs. 4. « § 140, 1, 1st. i § 140, Obs. 4.
^ Sup. urbe, f 39, 1. J § 140, 3.
«§111, R. e § 121, R. XXVT. ^ 19, 6, & 19, 1.
* § 107 R. IX. »» § 106, R. VII. 1 67, 5.
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 171
dicftur. Totus hic specus augustus est et vere sacei'; et
a diis habitari existimatur.
51. E Cilicia egressos^ Syria excipit, cujus pars est
Phcenice in littore maris interni posita. Hanc regionem
sollers hommum genus colit. PhcEnices enim litterarum
formas a se inventasaliis populis tradiderunt; alias etiam
artes, quae ad navigationem et mercaturam spectant, studi-
5se coluerunt. Ceterum fertilis regio ^ crebrisque flumini-
bus rigata, quorum ope terrse marisque opes facili negotio
inter se ^ permutantur. Nobilissimae Phoenices urbes Si-
don, antequam a Persis -caperetur, maritiraarum urbium
maxima; et Tyrus, aggere cum terra conjuncta. Purpura^
hujus urbls omnium pretiosissTma. Conficitur ille coloi
ex succo in conchis, qu82 etiam purpurae vocantur, latente.
52. Ex Syria descenditur'^in Arabiam, peninsulam in-
ter duo maria, Rubrum et Persicumj porrectam. Hujus
ea pars, quse ab urbe Petra Petrsess nomen accepit, plane
est sterilis; hanc excipit ea, quse ob vastas solitudines
Deserta vocatur. His partibus adhseret Arabia Felix,
regio angusta, sed cinnami,^ thuris aliorumque oddrum,
feracissima. Multse ibi gentes sunt, quse fixas sedes non
habeant,^ Nomades a Grsecis appellatse. Lacte ^ et car-
ne ferina vescuntur. Multi etiam Arabum popiili latro-
cmiiss^ vivunt. Primus e Romanis iElius Gallus in hanc
terrain cum exercitu penetravit.
53. Camelos inter armenta pascit Oriens. Duo harum
sunt genera, Bactrianse et Arabise. Illse *^ bina habent in
dorso tubera, hse^ singiila; unum autem sub pectore, cui
incumbant. Dentium ordine ' superi5re carent. Sitim
a 19, 1. e § 107, R. IX. and Obs. 2.
* § 101, Obs. 4. ' § 141, Obs. 3. »> § 28, Obs. 3. Sd,
• § 28, Obs. 5. « § 121, R. XXVI. » § 121, R. XXV
d 67, 6.
172
OF TH£ GEOGRAPHY AND THK
q latriduo tolerant; aquam, antequam bibant,* pedibus
turbant. Vivunt quinquagenis annis; ^ qu£edam etiam
centenis.
54. Ex Arabia pervenitur in Babyloniam, cui Babylon
nomen dedit, Chaldaicarum gentium caput, urbs et mag-
nitudine et divitiis clara. Semiramis earn condiderat, vel,
ut multi crediderunt, Belus, cujus regia ostenditur. Mu-
rus exstructus laterculo*^ coctili, triginta et duos pedes ^
est latus, ita ut quadrigae inter se® occurentes sine pericu-
lo commeare dicantur; altitudo ducentorum pedum; tur-
res autem denis^ pedibus^ quam murus altiores sunt.
Totius operis ambitus sexaginta millia passuum complec-
titur. Mediam urbem^ permeat Euphrates. Arcem ha-
bet viginti stadiorum^ ambitu; ^ super ea pensiles horti
conspiciuntur, tantseque sunt moles tamque firmse, ut
onera nemorum sine detrimento ferant.
55 . Amplissima Asia? regio J India primum patefacta est
armis Alexandri Magni, regis Macedonise, cujus exem-
plum successores secuti in interiora^ Indisepenetraverunt.
In eo tractu, quem Alexander subegit, quinque millia op-
pid5rum fuisse,* gentesque novem, Indiamque tertiam
partem esse'" terrarum omnium, ejus comites scripserunt.
Ingentes ibi sunt amnes, Indus et Indo" major Ganges.
Indus in Paropamiso ortus undeviginti amnes recipit,
totidem Ganges interque eos plures navigabiles.
56. Maxima in India -gignuntur animalia. Canes ibi
grandiores ceteris.^ Arbdres tantse proceritatis ^* esse tra-
duntur, ut sagittis superjaci nequeant. Hoc efficit uber
» § 140, 4.
e § 2S, Obs. 5.
i § 97, R
»> § 131, R. XLI.
f § 132, R. XLIII.
k 19, 6.
and § 24, 11.
Ǥ 136, R. LII.
1 98, 2.
e§ 128, Obs. 2.
t § 106, R. VII.
« 96, 2.
d§ 132, R. XLII.
i § 128, R.
» 6,3.
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 173
tas soli, teraperies ccelij aquarum abundantia. Immanes
quoque serpen,tes alit, qui elephantos morsu et ambitu
corporis conficiunt. Solum tarn pingue et ferax, ut mel-
lafrondibus* defluant,^ sylv^ lanas ferant,^ arundinum
mternodia fissa cymbarum usum prsebeant, binosque, quae-
dam etiain ternos ^ homines, vehant.
57. Incolarum habitus moresque diversi. Lino'* alii ves-
tiuntur et lanis arborum, alii ferarum aviumque pellibus,
pars nudi^ incedunt.*" Quidam animalia occidere eorumque
carnibus vesci nefas ^ putant; alii piscibus tantum alun-
tur. Quidam parentes et propinquos, prius quam annis
et macie conficiantur,*" velut hostias csedunt eorumque vis-
ceribus* epulantur; ubi senectus eos morbusve invadit,
mortem in solitudine ajquo animo exspectant. li, qui sa-
pientiam profitentur, ab ortu solis ad occasum stare solent,
solem immobilibus ociilisintuentes; ferventibusarenisJ to-
to die ^ alternis pedibus* insistunt. Mortem non exspect-
antjsed sponte arcessunt in rogos incensos se prsecipitantes.
58. Maximos India elephantos gignit, adeoque feroces,
ut Afri elephanti illos paveant, nee contueri audeant.^
Hoc animal cetera omnia docilitate superat. Discunt arma
jacere, gladiatdrum more congredijsaltare et per funes in-
cedere. Plinius narrat, Romse unum segnioris ingenii ™
saepius castigatum esse verberibus, quia tardius" accipie-
bat, quae tradebantuf ; eundem repertum esse noctu eadem
meditantem. Elephanti gregatim semper ingrediuntur.
Ducit agmen maximus natu,® cogit is, qui aitate ei est
» § 136, R. LII.
e Sup, esse, & 51, 5.
i§ 129, R.
»> § 140, 1, 1st.
t § 140, 4.
»»§ 106, R. VII.
« 26, 1.
i § 121, Obs. 2.
n 22, 3.
i § 126, R. V.
J § 136, Obs. 5, (in)
o § 26, 6, Note &
•§98,Exc. 2.
k § 131, R. XLI.
' § 128, R.
' § 102, R. II.
174 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE
prox;imus. Amnem transituri minimosprsemittunt. Capi-
untur foveis. In has ubi elephas deciderit,^ ceteii ramos
congerunt, aggeres construunt, omnique vi conantur extra-
here. Domantur fame et verberibus. Domiti militant et
turres ^ armat5rum in hostes ferunt, magnaque ex parte
Orientis bella conficiunt. Totas acies prosternunt, arma-
tos proterunt, Ingens dentibus*^ pretium. In Graecia ebur
ad deorum simulacra tanquam pretiosissima materia adhi-
betur; in extremis^ Africae postium vicem in domiciliis
prsebet, sepesque in pecorum stabulis elephantdrum den-
tibus^fiunt. Inter omnia animalia^ maxim e oderunts
murem. Infestus elephanto etiam rhinoceros, qui nomen
habet a cornu, quod in naso gerit. In pugna maxime
adversarii alvum petit, quam scit esse molliorem. Lon-
gitudine elephantum fere exsequat; crura multo brevidra;
color buxeus.
59. Etiam Psittacos India mittit. Hsec avis humanas
voces optime reddit. Quum loqui discit, ferreo radio
verberatur, aliter enim non sentit ictus. Capiti^ ejus
eadem est duritia, quae rostro.^ Quum devolat, rostro se
excipit, eique innititur.
60. Testudines tantse magnitudinis Indicum mare emit-
tit, ut singularum tostis* casas integant.J Insulas ^^ rubri
prsecipue maris his navigant cymbis. Capiuntur obdor-
miscentes in summa aqua, id * quod proditur stertentium
sonitu. Tum terni adnatant, a du5bus in dorsum verti-
lur, a tertio laqueus injicitur, atque ita a pluribus in lit-
tore stantibus trahitur. In mari testudines conchyliis vi-
vunt; tanta enim oris est duritia, ut lapides comminuant;^
»§ 140, 5, &74,6. «§ 128, Obs. 2. i § 125, R.
b Sup. plenasj full t § ]07, Obs. 8. J § 140, 1, 1st.
§ 107, R. XI. 8 § 84, Obs. 2. k § 130, 2, & Obs. 10 ,
•§110,R. i»§112. R. II. » 37, 9, Note 3.
* 19, {paribus. )
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 175
in terram egressse, herbis.^ Pariunt ova ovis avium simi-
lia, aJ centena^ numero^ eaque extra aquam defossa ter-
ra cooperiunt.
61. Margarltse Indici oceani omnium *^ maxime laudan-
tur Inveniuntur in conchis scopulis adha^rentibus. Max-
ima laus est in canddre, magnitudine, Isevore, pondere.
Raro duse inveniuntur j quae sibi ex omni parte sint simi-
les. Has auribus"^ suspendere,^ feminarum est gloria.
Duos maximos uni5nes Cleopatra, -^gypti regina, habu-
isse dicitur. Horum unum, ut Antonium magnificentiS
superaret/ in coena aceto solvit, solutum hausit.
62. iEgyptus, inter Catabathmum et Arabas posTta, a
plurimis ad Asiam refertur; alii Asiam Arabico sinu termi-
nari exislimant. Haec regio, quanquam expers^ est imbri-
urn, mire tamen est fertilis. Hoc Nilus efFicit, omnium
fluviorum, qui in mare internum efFunduntur, maximus.
Hie in desertis Africae oritur, turn ex ^Ethiopia descendit
in iEgyptum, ubi de altis rupibus praecipitatus usque ad
Elepbantidemurbemfervensadhucdecurrit. Tum demum
fit placidior. Juxta Cercas5rum oppidum in plures am-
nes dividitur, et tandem per septem ora effunditur in mare.
63. Nilus, nivibus in iEthiopise montibus solutis, cres-
cere incipit Luna nova post solstitium per quinquaginta
fere dies; totidem dlebus minuitur. Justum incrementum
est cubitorum^ sedecim. Simin5res sunt aquse, non omnia
rigant. Maximum incrementum fuit cubitorum^ duodevi-
ginti; minimum quinque. Quum stetere aquse, aggeres
aperiuntur, et arte aqua in agros immittitur. Quum om-
ais recesserit,* agri irrigati et limo obducti seruntur.
» § 121, Obs. 2, {vi- d § 123, R. g § 107, R. XL
vunt,) e § 144, 1, & R. LVI. ^ § 106, R. VII
*§ 24, 11. f § 140, 1, 2d. » 74.6.
§ 135, R. XLVII.
176 OF THE GEO&RAPHY AND THE
64. Niliis crocodilum alit, belluam quadrupetlem, in
terra non minus quam in flumine hominibus infestam
Unum hoc animal terrestre linguae usu^ caret; dentium
plureshabetordines; maxilla inferior est immobilis. Mag-
nitudlne excedit pleiumque duodeviginti cubita. Paiit
ova ansermis ^ non majora. Unguibus etiam armatus est,
et cute contra omnes ictus invicta. Dies in terra agit,
noctes in aqua. Quum satur est, et in littore somnum
capit ore hiante, trochilus, parva avis, dentes ei *^ fauces-
que purgat. Sed hiantem conspicatus ichneumon, per
easdem fauces ut telum aliquod immissus, erodit alvum.
Hebetes oculos dicitur habere in aqua, extra aquam acer-
rimos. Tentyrltse in insula Nili habitantes, dirae huic
belluee*^ obviam ire audent, earn que incredibili audacia
expugnant.
65. Aliam etiam belluam Nilus alit, hippopotamum;
ungulis*" binis, dorso^ equi et juba et hinnitu; rostro re-
simo, Cauda et dentibus aprorum. Cutis impenetrabilis,
prseterquam si humdre madeat.^ Primus hippopotamum
et quinque crocodilos M. Scaurus sediliiatis suae ludis^
Romae ostendit.
66. Multa in iEgypto mira sunt et artis et natiirse ope-
ra. Inter ea, ([use manibus hominum facta sunt, eminent
pyramides, quarum maximse sunt et celeberrimae in monte
sterili inter Memphin oppidum et eam partem -^gypti,
quse Delta vocatur. Amplissimam earum trecenta sexa-
ginta sex hominum^ millia annis viginti exstruxisse tra-
duntur. Ha^c octo jugera soli occupat; unumquodque
latus octingentos octoginta tres pedes * longum est; alti-
» § 121, R. XXV. d § 135^ R. XLVII. s § 131, R. XL
«» § 106, Obs. 4, & e § 106, R. VII. ^ § 107, R. X.
19, (orw. 6,3.) f § 140, l,2d,&74,2. » § 132. R. XLII.
« § 110, Obs. 1.
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 177
tudo a cacumine pedum * quindecim millium. Intus in e^
est puteus octoginta sex cubitdrum.* Ante has pyramides
Sphinx est posita mirae magnitudinis.* Capitis ambitus
centum duos pedes habet; longitude est pedum centum
quadraginta trium; altitude a ventre usque ad suramum
capitis apicem sexaginta du5rum.
67. Inter miracula iEgypti commemoratur etiam Mob-
ris lacus, quingenta millia ^ passuum in circuitu patens;
Labyrinthus ter mille domos et regias duodecim uno pa-
riete araplexus, totus marmore*^ exstructus tectusque;
turris denique in insula Pharo, a Ptolemseo, 'Lagi filio,
condita. Usus*^ ejus navibus® noctu ignes ostendere ad
prainuntianda^ vada portusque introitum.
68. In palustribus ^gypti regionibus papyrum nasci-
tur. Radicibus incolse pro ligno utuntur; ex ipso autem
papyro navigia texunt, e libro vela, tegetes, vestem ac
funes. Succi causa etiam mandunt modo crudum, modo
decoctuiri. Prseparantur ex eo etiam chartse. Chartae ex
papyro usus post Alexandri demum victorias repertus est.
Primo enim scriptum^ in palmarum foliis, deinde in libris
quarundam arborum; postea publica monimenta plumbeis
tabulis^ conficij aut marmoribus^ mandari coepta sunt.
Tandem semulatio regum Ptolemaei et Eumenis in biblio-
thecis condendis occasionem dedit membranas Pergami
inveniendi. Ab eo inde tempore libri modoJ in charta
ex papyro facta, modo in membranis scripti sunt.
69. Mores incolarum ^Egypti ab aliorum populorum
moribus vehementer discrepant. Mortuos nee cremant,
nee sepeliunt; verum arte medicates intra penetralia col-
» § lot), R. VII. d § 101, Obs. 4. h § 136, Obs. 5, {in)
b § 132, R. XLII. & e § 123, R. i § 126, R. III.
§24,5. f 112,7. i 124. ] 2.
« § 128, Obs. 2. K Sup. est, 67. 6.
178
OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE
locant. Negotia extra domes femmse, viri domos et res
domesticas curant^ onera illss humeris, hi capltibus ge-
runt. Colunt effigies multorum animalium et ipsa ani-
malia. Hsec interfecisse^ capitale est; morbo exstincta
lugent et sepeliunt.
70. Apis omnium ^Egypti populorum numen est; bos
niger cum Candida in dextro latere macula; nodus sub lin-
gua, quern cantharum appellant. Non fas est eum certos
vitse annos excedere. Ad hunc vitse terminum quum per-
veneritj mersum in fonte enecant. Necatum lugent, ali-
umque qucSrunt, quem ei substituant;^ nee tamen unquam
diu quseritur. Deliibra ei sunt gemina,qu2ethalamos vo-
cant, ubi populus auguria captat. Alterum"^ intrasse**
Isetura est; in altero dira portendit. Pro bono etiam ha-
betur signo, si e manibus consulentium cibum capit. In
publicum procedentem grex puerorum comitatur, carmen-
que in ejus hon5rem canunt,"^ idque videtur intelligere.
71. Ultra iEgyptum iEthiopes habitant. Horum pop-
uli quidam Macrobii vocantur, quia paulo quam nos diu-
tius vivunt. Plus auri^ apud eos reperitur, quam aeris;
banc ob causam ses ill is videtur pretiosius. ^re se exor-
nant, vincula auro ^ fabricant. Lacus est apud eos, cujus
aqua tam est liquida atque levis, ut nihil eorum, quse im-
mittuntur, sustinere queat; quare arborum quoque folia
non innatant aqua^, sed pessum aguntur.
72. Africa ab oriente terminatur Nilo; a ceteris parti
bus mari. Regi5nes ad mare positse eximie sunt fertiles;
interiores incultse et arenis sterilibus tectse, et ob nimium
* (jipim,) intrasse alUrum^ ^' for Apis to have entered the one,*
Icetum est.
» § 144, R. LVI. & * 19, {thalamum). « § 106, R. VIII.
Exp, d § 102, Obs. 4. ' § 128, Obs. 2
»»§ 141, Obs, a
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY.
179
calorera deserte. Prima pars ab occidente est Mauiita-
nia. Ibi mons preealtus Abyla, Calpee monti in HispaniS
oppositus. Hi montes columnce Herculis appellantur.
Fama est, ante Herculem mare internum terris inclusam
fuisse, necexitum habuisse in Oceanum; Herculem autem
junctos montes diremisse et mare junxisse cum Oceano.
Ceterum regio ilia est ignobilis et parvis tantum oppidis
habitatur. Solum melius quam incolse.
73. Numidia magis culta et opulentior. Ibi satis longo
a littore intervallo saxa cernuntur attrita fiuctibus, spinae
piscium, ostreorumque fragmenta, ancorse etiam cautibus
infixae, et alia ejusmodi signa maris olim usque ad ea loca
eff usi. Finitima regio, a promontorio Metagonio ad aras
Philaen5rum, proprie vocatur Africa. Urbes in ea celeber-
rimae Utica et Carthago, ambse a Phoenicibus conditae.
Carthaginem divitiae, mercatura imprimis comparatae, turn
bella cum Romanis gesta, excidium denique illustravit.*
74. De aris Philaenorum haec narrantur. Pertinacis-
sTraa fuerat contentio inter Carthaginem et Cyrenas de
finibus. Tandem placult,^ utrinque eodem tempore juve-
nes mitti, et locum, quo convenissent, pro finibus haberi.
Carthaginiensium legati, Philaeni fratres, paulo ante tem-
pus constltutum egressi esse dicuntur. Quod quum Cyre-
nensium legati intellexissent, magnaque exorta esset con-
tentio, tandem Cyrenenses dixerunt, se tum demum hunc
locum pro finibus habituros esse, si Philaeni se ibi vivos
obrui passi essent. Illi conditi5nem acceperunt. Car-
ihaginienses autem animosis juvenibus in illis ipsis locis,
bi vivi sepulti sunt, aras consecraverunt, eorumque vir-
tiltem aeternis honoribus prosecuti sunt.
» § 102, Obs. 1. * 61, 5, Sup. illis, 80, 2.
ISO OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE
75. Inde ad Catabathmum Cyrenaica porrigitur, iibi
Ammonis oraciilum et fons quidam, quern Sol is esse"
dicunt. Hie fons media nocte fervet,^ turn paiilatim tepes-
cit; sole oriente fit frigidus; per meridiem maxime riget.
Calabathmus vallis est devexa versus iEgyptum. Ibi
finitur Africa. Proximi his populi urbes non habent, sed .
in tuguriis vivunt, quae mapalia vocantur. Vulgus pecu-
dum vestitur pellibus.^ Potus est lac succusque bacca-
rum; cibus caro. Interiores etiam incultius vivunt. Se-
quuntur greges suos, utque hi pabulo ducuntur, ita illi
tuguria sua promovent. Leges nuUas habent, nee in
commune consultant. Inter hos Troglodytae in specubus
habitant, serpentibusque aluntur.
76. Ferarum Africa feracissima. Pardos, pantheras,
lednes gignit, quod belluarum genus Europa ignorat.
Leoni^ praecipua generositas. Prostratis parcere dicitur;
in infantes nonnisi summafame ssevit. Animi ejus index®
Cauda, quam, dura placidus est, immdtam seryat; dum
irascitur, terram et se ipsum^ ea flagellat. Vis ® sum ma
in pectore. Si fugere cogitur, contemptim cedit, quam
diu spectari potest; in silvis acerrimo cursu fertur.^ Vul-
neratus percussorem novit,^ et in quantalibet multitudine
appetit. Hoc tam sa^vum animal gallinacei cantus terret
Domatur etiam ab hominibus. Hanno Poenus primus
leonem mansuefactum ostendisse dicitur. Marcus autem
Antonius triumvir primus, post pugnam in campis Philip-
picis, Romse leones ad currum junxit.
77. Struthiocameli Africi akitudinem equitis equo ^ in-
sidentis exaequant, celeritatem vincunt. Pennae ad hoc
demum videntur datae, ut currentes adjuvent; nam a terra;
» § 103, R. Sup. /on- <! § 112, R. II. s 116, 3.
tern. • § 101, Obs. 4. »» 84, 3.
M44. I. 1. t 33. 1. i § 112, R. IV
» § 126. R. V.
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 181
tolli non possunt. Ungulse cervmis* sunt similes. His in
fuga comprehendunt lapides, eosque contra sequentes ja-
culantur. Omnia concoquunt. Ceterum magna iis ^ sto-
liclilas, ita ut, quum caput et collum frutice occultave-
rintj se latere existiment.*^ Pennse eorum queeruntur ad
ornatura,
78. Africa serpentes generat vicenum*^ cubit5rum;®
nee minores India. Certe Megasthenes scribit, serpen-
tes ibi in tantam magnitudinem adolescere, ut solidos
hauriant cervos taurosque. In prime Punico bello ad
fluraen Bagradam serpens centum viginti pedum ^ a Reg-
ulo, imperatore Romano, ballistis et tormentis expugna-
ta esse fertur. Pellis ejus et maxillse diu Romae in tem-
plo quodam asservatse sunt. In India serpentes perpetu-
um bellum cum elephantis gerunt. Ex arboribus se in
prsetereuntes ^ prsecipitant gressusque ligant nodis. Hos
nodos elephanti manu resolvunt. At dracones in ipsas^
elephantorum nares caput condunt spiritumque praeclQ-
dunt;pleriimque in ilia dimicati5ne utrique commoriun-
tur, dum rictus elephas corruens ^ serpentem pondere
suo elidit.
» 18, (ungfiHs,) &
c § 140, 1, 1st.
' 19, (illos,)
§ 106 Obs. 4.
d 26, 1.
« 32, 6.
" 6 112, R. 11.
e § 106, R. VII.
16
1* § 146, Obs. 6
I
DICTIONARY.
EXPLANATION
OF ABBREVIATIONS.
ad;
adjective,
adverb.
fr-
from.
obsol.
obsolete.
adv
freq.
frequentative.
ord.
ordinal.
app
appendix.
inc.
inceptive.
part.
participle.
c.
common gender.
ind.
indeclinable.
pass.
passive.
conj.
conjunction.
imp.
impersonal.
pi.
plural.
comvar.
comparative.
int.
interjection.
prep.
proposition.
d.
doubtful gender.
intr.
intransitive.
pret.
preteritive.
def.
detective.
irr.
irregular.
pro.
pronoun.
dep.
deponent.
m.
masculine.
rel.
relative.
dim.
diminutive.
n.
neuter.
subs.
substantive
dis.
distributive.
neut. pass, neuter passive.
sup.
superlative.
/'
feniinine.
num.
numeral.
tr.
transitive.
comp. compared regularly as directed, § 25.
id. derived irom the same word as the preceding.
§ Refers to tlie sections in Bullions's Latin Grammar.
t Refers to the Introduction, in this work, concerning Latin idioms.
,*^ Words marked m. f. n, c. d. denoting gentler, are nouns, and their declension IS
known by the ending of the genitive, placed next after the word, according t-) § 8.
Words conjugated, are verbs, and their conjugation is known by th« vowel before r«,
in tlie infinitive, according to § 51, 3.
A., a7i ahreviation of Aulus.
• A, ab, abs, prep./ra?^z, %,(abl.)
ab oriente, on the east: a
meridie, on the south,
Lbdera, aB, f. a maritime
toivn of Thrace,
Lbditus, a, um, part, & adj.
removed; hidden; conceal'
ed; secret; Irom
Abdo, abdere, abdidi, abdi-
tum, tr. (ab & do,) to re-
move from view; to hide;
to conceal,
Abdfico, abducere, abduxi,
abductum, tr. (ab & duco,)
to lead away,
Abductus, a, urn, part, (ab-
duco.)
Abeo, abire, abii, abitum,
intr. irr. (ab & eo,) to go
away; to depart,
Aberro, are, avi, atum, intr.
(ab & erro,) to stray; to
wander; to lose the toay,
Abjectus, a, um, part, from
Abjicio, abjicere, abjeci, ab-
jectum, tr. (ab & jacio,)
to cast from ; to cast away ,
to throw aside,
Abluo, ere, i, turn, tr. (ab &
luo,) to wash from ^ oi away;
to wash; to purify,
Abrumpo, abrumpere, abrupi,
abruptum, tr. (ab & rum-
po,) to break off; to break,
Abscindo, absciiidere, abscidi,
abscissum, tr. (ab & scin-
do,) to cut off.
184
ABSENS ACCIFIO.
Absens, tis, part, (absum, ^
o4. Ohs. 3,) absent.
Absolve, absolvere, absolvi,
absolutum, tr. (ab & sol-
vo,) to loose from; to loose;
to release.
Absorbeo, absorbere, absor-
bui <Sc absorpsi, tr. (ab &
sorbeo,) to suck in fi'om,
(viz: an object ;) to absorb^
or snck in; to swalloio,
Absterreo, ere, ui, itum, tr.
abs & terreo,) to frighten
away; to deter,
Abstinentia, ae, f. abstinence;
disint erest edness ; freedom
from avarice; from
Abstineo, abstinere, abstinui,
tr. (abs. & teneo, § 81,) to
keep from ; to abstain,
Absum, abesse, abfui, intr.,
irr. (ab & sum,) [to befrom^
viz : a place, i. e.) to be
absent or distant; to be
gone ; parum abesse, to
want but little ; to be near,
Absumo, absumere, absumpsi,
absumptum, tr. (ab & su-
mo,) to take away ; to con-
sume; to destroy; to waste,
A.bsumptus, a, um, part, (ab-
sumo.)
Absurdus, a, um, adj. (ab &
surdus, deaf ; seTiseless ;)
harsh ; grating ; hence
senseless; absurd,
Abundantia, ae, f. plenty ;
abundance ; from
Abundo, are, avi, atum, intr.
(ab & undo, to rise in waves y
to boil, and hence) to over
floio ; to abmind,
Abyla, ae, f. Abyla ; a moun*
tain in Africa^ at the en^
trance of the Mediterranean
sea, opposite to mount Calpe
in Spain. These mou7i-
tains were anciently called
the Pillars of Hercules,
Ac, atque, conj. and; as; than,
Acca, ae, f. Acca Laurentia,
the wife of Faustulus, and
nurse of Romulus and Re^
mus,
Accedo, accedere, accessi, ac-
cessum, intr. (ad & cedo,)
to move near to; to draw
near ; to approach; to ad-
vance; to engage in; to
undertake.
Accendo, accendere accendi,
accensum, tr. (ad & can-
deo) to set on fire,
Accensus, a, um, part, (ac-
cendo,) set 071 fire; kiu"
died ; lighted ; inflamed ;
burning,
Acceptus, a, um, part, (ac-
cipio.)
Accessus, lis, m. (accedo,) ap'
proach; access; accession,
Accido, ere, i, intr. (ad & ca-
do,) to fall down at, or be-
fore : accidit, imp. it hap'
pens, or it happened.
Accipio, accipere, accepi, ac-
ceptum, tr. (ad & capio,)
^ 80,) fo take; to receive; to
learn , to hear ; to under-
stand to accept • accipere
ACCIPJTER ADAMO.
185
fin em, to come to an end ;
to terminate.
Accipiter, tris, m. a hawk.
Accumbo, accumbere, accu-
bui, intr. (ad & cubo, ^ 81,)
to sit or recline at table.
lAccurate, adv. (ius, issime)
(accuratus, ad & euro,) ac-
curately; carefully.
lAccurro, accurrere, accurri or
accucurri, intr. (ad & curro,)
to run to.
Acctiso, are, avi, aturn, tr. (ad
& causor, to allege,) to ac-
acse ; to blame ; to find
fault with.
Acer, cris, ere, adj. (aerior;
aeerrimus,) sharp ; sour ;
eager; vehement; rapid;
caitrageous; fierce; violent;
acute; keen; piercing.
Aeerbus, a, um, adj, eomp.
sour; unripe; vexatious;
harsh ; morose; disagree-
able; from aeer.
Acerrime, adv. sup. See Acri-
ter.
Acervus, i, m, a heap.
Aeetum, i, n. vinegar,
Achaieus, a, um, adj. Achcean,
Grecian.
Aehelous, i, m. a river of Epi-
rus.
Acherusia, se, f. a lake in
Campania; also, a cave in
Bithynia.
^Achilles, is & eos, m, [^ 15,
13,) the son of Peleus and
Thetis, mid the bravest of
the Grecian chiefs at the
siege of Troy,
Acid us, a, um, adj. comp.
sour; sharp; acid.
Acies, ei, f. aii edge; a live
of soldiers; an armij in
battle array; a squadron;
a rank; an army; a battle.
Acinus, i, m. a berry; a grape-
stone.
Acriter, acrii^s, acerrime, adv.
(from ^Q.ex) sharply ; ardent-
ly; fiercely; cofitrageously.
Aeroeeraunia, orum, n. pi.
(^ 18, 19,) lofty mountains
between Albania and Epi-
rus.
Acrocorinthos, i, f. (^ 10. Gr.)
the citadel of Corinth.
Acropolis is, f. the citadel of
Athens.
Actio, onis, f. (from aofo,) an
action; operation; a process.
Aetium, i. n. a promontory of
Epirus, famous for a naval
victory of Augustus over
Antony and Cleopatra.
Actus, a, um, part, (ago,)
driven ; led.
Aculeus, i. m. (acuo) a sting ,
a thorn ; a prickle ; a por-
cupine^ s quill.
Acumen, mis, n. (from acuo,)
acuteness ; perspicacity.
Acus, us, f. (acuo) a needle.
Ad, prep, to ; near ; at ; to-
wards; with a numeral,
about.
Adamas, antis, m. adamant)
a diamond.
Adamo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad,
S^ 91, 1, 2, & amo,) to lov%
greatly, or desperately.
186
ADDICO ADMONITUS.
Addico, dicere, dixi, dictum,
ir. (ad. & dico) to adjudge;
assign; inake over.
Additus, a, urn, part, from
Addo, addere, addidi, addi-
tum, tr. (ad & do,) to 'put a
thing close to another ; i. e.
to add ; to annex ; to ap-
poi/it ; to give,
Adduco, adducere, adduxi, ad-
ductum, tr. (ad & duco,) to
lead ; to bring : in dubita-
tionem, to bring into ques-
tian,
Ademptus, a, um, part, (adi-
mo.)
Adeo, adv. so; therefore; so
viuch; to such a degree;
so very.
Adeo, adire, adii, aditum, intr.
irr. (ad & eo,) to go to.
§83,3.
Adhserens, tis, part, from
Adhcerco, haerere, haesi, has-
sum, (ad & haereo,) to stick
to ; to adhere ; to adjoin ;
to lie cjontigiiaiis.
Adherbal, alis, m. a king of
Numidia^ put to death by
his cousin Jugnrtha.
Adhibeo, adhibere, adhibui,
adhibitum, tr. (ad & ha-
beo,) to hold forth ; to ad-
mit ; to apply ; to use ; to
employ.
Adhuc, adv. (ad k, hue) hither-
to ; yet ; as yet ; still.
Adimo, adimere, ademi, ad-
emptum, tr.(ad & emo,) to
take away.
Adipiscor, adipisci, adeptus
sum,dep.(ad. &; apiscor) in
reach ; to attain ; to aver-
take ; to get.
Aditus, us, m. (adeo,) a going
to ; entrance ; access ; ap'
proach.
Adjaceo, ere, ui, itum, intr.
(ad & jaceo,) to lie near ;
to adjoin ; to border upon.
Adjungo, adjungere, adjunxi,
adjunctum,tr.(ad&jungo,)
to join to ; to unite with.
Adjutus, a, um, part, from
Adjuvo, adjuvare, adjuvi, ad-
jutum, tr. (ad & juvo,) to
assist ; to help ; to aid.
Admetus, i, m. a king of
Thessaly,
Administer, tri, m. a servant ,
an assistant.
Administro, are, avi, atum tr.
(ad & ministro,) to admin'
ister ; to manage.
Admiratio, onis, f. (admiror,)
admiration.
Admiratus, a, um, part, from J
Admiror, ari, atus sum, tr. '3|
dep. to admire.
Admissus, a, um, part, from
Admitto, admittere, admlsi,
admissum, tr. (ad & mit-
to,) to admit ; to allow ; to
receive.
Admodum, adv. (ad & mo- j
dus,)«ery; much; greatly, \
Admoneo, ere, ui, itum, tr.
(ad & moneo) to put inl
mind ; to admonish ; to\
warn.
Admonitus, a, um, part, (ad
moneo.)
ADMOVEO AD VERSUS
1S7
Admoveo, admovere, admovi,
iidriiotum, tr. (ad & mo-
veo,) to viove to; to bring to.
Idnato, are. avi, atum, intr.
freq. (ad & nalo, from no,)
to swim to,
Ldolescens, tis, adj. (adoles-
co,) (cornpar. ior, ^ 26, 6,)
young : subs, a yaimg man
or woman ; a youth,
fAdolescentia, ae, f. {the state
or time of youth ^ youth, a
youth, from
Adolesco, adolescere, adolevi,
adultum, intr. inc.(§ 88, 2,)
to grow, to increase; to
grow up.
Adopto, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad
& opto,) to choose to or for
07ie^s self ; i. e. to adopt ; to
take for a son ; to assume.
Adorior, oriri, ortus sum, tr.
dep. (ad & or ior,) to rise
or go to; (hence,) to attack;
to accost ; to address, to
undertake.
Adria, ae, m. the Adriatic sea.
Adriaticus, a um, adj. Adri-
atic, : mare Adriatic um,
the Adriatic sea ; now, the
gidf of Venice.
Adscendo, see ascendo.
Adsequor, see Assequor.
Vdservo, see Asservo.
Ldsigno, see Assigno.
Ldsisto, or assisto, sistere,
stiti. intr. (ad & sisto,) to
stand by ; to assist ; to help.
lAdspecturus, a, um, part, (as-
picio.)
Idspergo, or aspergo, gere,
si, sum, tr. (ad & spargo.)
to sprinkle.
Adspicio, or aspicio, spicere,
spexi, spectum, tr. (ad h
specie,) to look at; see;
regard ; behold.
Adstans, tis, part, from
Adsto, or asto, stare, stiti,
intr. (ad & sto,) to stand
by ; to be near.
Adsum, adesse, adfui, intr. irr.
(ad & sum,) to be present ;
to aid ; to assist.
Adulator, oris, m. (adulor,) a
flMterer.
Aduncus, a, um, adj. (ad &
uncus,) bent ; crooked.
Advectus, a, um, part, from
Adveho, advehere,advexi, ad-
vectum, tr. (ad & veho,) to
carry ; to convey.
Advena, as, c. (advenio,) a
stranger.
Adveniens, tis, part, from
Advenio, advenire, adveni, ad*
ventum, intr. (ad & venio,)
to arrive ; to come.
Adventus, us, m. (from adve-
nio,) an arrii:al ; a coming,
Adversarius, i, m. (adversor,
to oppose,) an adversary ;
an enemy.
Ad versus, a, um, adj. (adver-
to, to turn to ;) tuimcd to-
wards ; adverse ; opposite;
U7 favorable ; bad ; front-
ing: adversa cicatrix, a
scar in front : ad verso cor-
pore, on the breast.
Adversus & adversum, prep,
(id.) against ; toward
188
ADVOCO JESTUOSUS.
Advoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad
v.^ A^oco,) to call for or to ;
to call ; to summon.
Advolo, are, avi, atum, intr.
(ad & volo,) tojly to.
iEdinco, are, avi, atum, tr.
(aedes, a house , & facio,)
to build.
-3j]diiis, is. m. (aedes) ancBdile;
a magistrate who had charge
of the 'public buildings.
JEdilitas, atis, f. (cedilis,) the
office of an edile ; edileshiy.
ZEdilitius, (vir,) i, m. one who
has been an edile.
^ganus, a, um, adj. MgcBan :
JEgxum mare, the ^gceaii
sea^ lying betioeen Greece
and Asia Minor; iwio called
the Archipelago.
iEger, ra, rum, adj. (aegrior,
aegerrlmus) sick^ weak, in-
firm; diseased.
iEgre, adv. (ascfer,) grievous-
ly ; with difficulty.
jEgritudo, inis, f. (aeger) sor-
row ; grief.
^gyptus, i, f. (^ 7. Obs. 2 ;)
Mgyyt.
jElius, i, m. the name of a
Roman family.
iEmilius, i, m. the name of
several noble Romans of
the gens iEmilia, or Mmi-
lian tribe.
ZKmulatio, onis, f. (aemiilor,)
emulation ; rivalry ; com-
petition.
iEmulus, a um, adj. emulous.
^mulus, i, m. a rival ; a com-
petitor.
^neas, ae, m. a Trojan prince,
the son of Venus and AjI'
chises.
^neus, a, um, adj. (tes,) bru'
zen.
^nos, i, f. (^ 10 Gr. N.) , %
toion in Thrace, at tnf.
mxmth of the Hebrus, named
after its founder, Mneas.
iEolis, idis, f. a country on the
western coast of Asia Minor ^
betioeen Troas and Ionia,
-^qualis, e, adj. (aequus,)
equal.
jEqualiter, adv. (aequalis,)
equally.
iEquitas, atis, f, equity ; jus--
tice ; moderation, from
jEquus, a, um, adj. (comp.)
equal : aequus animus, or
aequa mens, equanimity.
Aer, is, m. the air ; the aU
mosphere.
JErarium, i, n. the treasury ;
from
iEs, aer is, n. brass ; money.
JEschylus. i. m. a celebrated
Greek tragic poet.
JEsculapius, i, m. the son of
Apollo, and god of medicine.
^stas, atis, f. (asstus) summer,
iEstimandus, a, um, part, to
be esteemed, prized ; or re-
garded ; from
iEstimo, are, avi, atum, tr. tv
esteem; to value; to regard;
to judge of ; to estimate.
^stuo, are, avi, atum, intr,
(sestus) to be very hot ; to
boil.
iEstuOsus, a, um, adj. (comp.)
jESTUS AGGER.
189
undulating ; rising in
surges ; boiling ; stormy ;
iurhulent.
' ^]stus, us, m. heat.
. iElas, atis, f. (scil. sevitas from
asvum,) age,
j^^ternus, a, um, adj. (scil.
a^viternus. id.) eternal ; im-
mortal.
[iEthiopia, se, f. Ethiopia^ a
country in Africa^ lyi'^^g
on both sides of the equator.
iEthiops, opis, m. an Ethio-
pian.
^tna, 86, f. « volcanic moun-
tain in Sicily.
jEvum, i, n. time ; an age.
Afer, ra, rum, adj. of Africa.
Affabre adv. (ad & faber, an
artist ;) artfully ; inge-
niously ; curiously ; in a
workmanlike manner.
AfTectus, a, um, part, affected;
afflicted.
Affero, afferre,. attuli, alla-
tum, tr. irr. (ad & fero,) to
bring ; to carry.
Afncio,- icere, eci, ectum, tr.
(ad & facio,) to affect : ine-
dia, to aff^ect loith hunger ;
i. e. to deprive of food :
Ciadibus, to overthrow :
pass, to be affected: gaudio,
to be affected with joy ; to
rejoice: febri, to be attack-
ed loith a fever.
Affigo, aiTigere, affixi, affix-
um, tr. (ad & figo,) to af-
fix; to fasten: afHgere cru-
ci, /o o'ucify.
Affinis, e. adj. (ad & finis,"^
neighboring ; contiguous:
hence
AfTinis, is, c. a relation.
Affirrfio, are, avi, atum, tr.
(ad & firmo,) to affirm ; to
confirm.
Affix us, a, um, part, (affigo.)
Afflatus, us, m. (afflo, to blow
against :) a blast ; a breeze;
a gale ; inspiration.
Africa, SB, f. Africa ; also a
part of the African conti-
nent^ lying east of Numi-
dia, and west of Cyrene.
Africanus, i, m. the agnomen
of two of the Scipios, de-
rived from their conquest
of Africa. ( App. II 4. )
Africus, a, um, adj. belonging
to Africa; African. Africus
ventus, the southwest wind.
Agamemnon, onis, m. a king
of MycencB, the command-
er-in-chief of the Grecian
forces at the siege of Troy.
Agathyrsi, orum, m. pi. a bar-
barous tribe living near the
palus Maeotis.
Agellus, i, m. dim. (ager,) a
small farm.
Agenor, oris, m. a king of
Phoenicia.
Agens, tis, part, (ago.)
Ager,gri,m. afield ; land ; a
farm ; an estate ; ground ,
a territory ; the country.
Agger, eris, m. (aggero, ad
& gero, to carry to :) a
heap ; a pile ; a moitnd ;
a bulwark ; a bank ; a
rampart ; a dam.
190
AGGREDIOR ALCINO QS.
Agorredior, edi, essus sum, tr.
& intr. dep. (ad & gradi-
or,) to go to ; to attack.
Agressus, a, uin, part, -having
attacked.
Agitator, bYi^^va. a driver; from
Agito, are, avi, atum, tr. freq.
(ago,) <^88. Obs 2. to drive;
to agitate ; to revolve.
Aglaus, i, m. <z poor Arcadian.
Agmen, mis, n. (ago,) a train;
a troop upon the march ;
a hand ; an army.
Agnitus, a, um, part, from
Agnosco, agnoscere, agnovi,
agnitum, tr. (ad & nosco,)
to recog7iize ; to know.
Agnus, i, m. a^lamh.
Ago, agere, eg:, actum, tr.
to set in motion ; to drive ;
to lead ; to act ; to do ; to
reside ; to live : funus, to
perform funeral rites : an-
num vigesimum, to he
spe7iding, or, to he in his
twentieth year : bene, to
hehavc loell : agere gratias,
to thank.
Agor, agi, actus sum, pass, to
he led : agitur, it is deha-
ted : res de qua agitur, the
point ill dehate : pessum
agi, to sink.
Agricola, se, m. (ager & colo,)
a hushandman ; a farmer.
Agricultura, se, (id.) f. agri-
culture.
Agrigentum, i, n. a tomnupon
the southern coast of Sicily,
now Gir^enti,
Agrippa, sb, m. the name
of several distinguished
Komans.
Ahenum, i, n. (scil. vas aene-
um,) a hrazen vessel; a ket
tie; a caldron.
Aio, ais, ait, def. verb, ('^Sd 5j)
I say.
Ajax, acis, m. the name of
two distinguished Grecian
warriors at the siege of
Troy.
Ala, SB, f. a wing; an arm-pit;
an arm.
Alacer, or acris, acre, adj.
(comp.) lively; courageous;
ready ; fierce ; spirited.
Alba, 96, f. Alba Longa ; a city
of Latium, huilt hy Asca-
niics.
Albanus, i, m. an inhabitant
of Alba ; an Alban.
Albanus, a, um, adj. Alhan .
mons Albanus, mount Al-
hanus^ at the foot of ivhich
Alha Longa was huilt, 16
miles from Rome.
Albis, is, m. a large river of
Germany, now the Elbe.
Albiila, se, m. an ancient name
of the Tiber.
Albus, a, um, adj. white, [a
pale lohite ; see candid us.)
Alcestis, idis, f. the daughter
of Pelias, and wife of Ad»
mltus.
Alcibiades, is, m. an eminent
Athenian, the pupil of So-
crates.
Alcinous, i, m. a king ofPhcea-
ALCYONE — ^ALPES.
191
aa or Corcyra, whose gar-
dens were very celebrated.
Alcyone, es,f. thedaughterof
Molus^ and loife of Ceyx :
she and her husband were
changed into sea birds ^ call-
ed Alcyones, king fishers.
A ley on, is, m. kingfisher,
Alcyoneus, a, um, ^A]. halcyon,
Alexander, dri, m. Alexander
surnamed the Great, the
son of Philip^ king of Ma-
cedon.
Alexandria, ae, f. the capital of
Egypt ; founded by Alex-
ander the Great.
Algeo, algere, alsi, intr. to be
cold.
Alicunde, adv. (aliquis & un-
de,) from some place,
Alienatus, a, um, part, aliena-
ted ; estranged ; froni
Alieno, are, avi, atum, tr. to
alienate; to estrange; from.
Alienus, a, um, adj. of or be-
longing to another; for-
eign ; another mail's ; an-
other's ; m. a stranger.
Alio, adv. to another place;
elsewhere.
Aliquandiu, adv. (aliquis &
diu,) for some time,
Aliquando, adv. (alius & quan-
do,) once; formerly; at some
time; at length; sometimes,
AHquantum, n. adj. some-
thing; someiohat ; a little.
Aliquis, aliqua, aliquod & ali-
quid, indef. pron. (^37, 3,)
some; some one; a certain
oTie,
Aliquot, ind. adj. some,
Aliter, adv. (alius,) otherwise .
aliter — aliter, in one way —
in another.
Alius, a, ud, adj. ^ 20. Note 2 ;
another; other: alii — alii,
some — others.
AUatus, a, um, part. (afTero,)
brought,
Allectus, a, um, part, (allicio.)
AUevo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad
& levo,) to raise up ; to al-
leviate ; to lighten.
Alii a, ae, f. a small river of
Italy, flowing into the Ti"
ber.
Allicio, -licere, -lexi, -lectum,
(ad & lacio, to draw,) tr. to
allure ; to entice.
Alligatus, a, um, part, bound;
corfined ; from
Alligo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad
& ligo,) to bind to ; tofas"
ten ; to bind or tie.
Allocutus, a, um, part, speak-
ing, or having spoken to ;
from
All6quor,-loqui, -locutus sum,
tr. dep. (ad & loquor,) to
speak to ; to address ; to
accost,
Alluo, -luere, -lui, tr. (ad &
luo,) to flow near ; to wash;
to lave,
Alo, alere, alui, alitum or al-
tum, tr. to nourish ; to feed,
to support ; to increase ; to
maintain ; to strengthen,
Aloeus, i, m. a giant, son of
Titan and Terra,
Alpes, ium, f. pi. the Alps,
192
ALPHEUS — AMPHION.
Alplieus, i, m. a river ofPelo-
po?i7iesus.
Alplnus, a, um, adj. of or be-
lo7iging to the Alps ; Al-
pine : Alp mi mures, mar-
mots,
Alt?, (ius, issime,) adv. on
high ; highly ; loudly ;
deeply ; loio.
Alter, era, erum, adj. ^ 20, 4,
the one (of two;) the other;
the second. ^ 24, 7.
Alternus, a, um, adj. (alter)
alternate ; hy turns.
Althaea, as, f. the ivife of (E-
neus^ and mother of Me-
leager,
Altitudo, mis, f. height ; from
Altus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi-
mus,) high ; lofty ; deep ;
loxid.
Alumnus, i,m.(alo,) a pupil ; a
foster- son.
Alveus, i, m. a channel; from
Alvus, i, f. the belly.
Am, insep. prep. § 91, 2.
Amans, tis, part, and adj. (ior,
issimus,) loving ; fond of
Amarus, a, um, adj. (comp.)
bitter.
Amatus, a, um. part, (amo.)
Amazon, onis ; pi. Amazones,
um, f. Amazons^ a nation of
female warriors^ who lived
near the river Don, and
afterwards passed over into
Asia Minor.
Ambitio, onis, f. (ambio,) am-
bition.
Ambitus, us, m. (id) a going
round or about ; compass ;
extent ; circuit; circumfe*
rence.
Ambo, a), o, adj. pi. ^24. Obs.
3 ; both ; [taken together;
see uterque.)
Ambulo, are, avi, atum, intr.
(dim f. ambio,) to walk.
Amice, adv. -cius, -cissime.
(amicus,) in a friendly
manner^ kindly.
Amicitia, se, i. friendship; from
Amicus, a, um, adj. comp.
(amo,) friendly.
Amicus, i, m. (amo,) a friend,
Amissus, a, um, part. from.
Amitto, amittere, amisi, amis-
sum, tr. (a &mitto,) to send
a2vay; to lose; to relinqvish,
Ammon, onis, m. a surname
of Jupiter, who vms loor
shipped under this name^
in the deserts of Lybia, un^
der the form of a ram
Amnis, is, d. a river.
Amo, are, avi, atum, tr. to
lave ; [viz. cordially, from
the impulse of natural of'
fection; ^ee diliofo.)
Amoenus, a, um, adj. (ior, is-
simus,) pleasant, agree
able; delightful; fr. amo.
Amor, oris, m. (amo,) love.
Amoveo, vere, vi, tum, tr. (a
and moveo,) to more away
ox from ; to remove.
Amphinomus, i. m. a Catanean
distinguished for his filial
affection.
Amphion, onis, m. a son of
Jupiter and Antiope, and
the husband of Niobe, He
i
^B is said to have built Thebes
by the sound of his lyre.
Ample, adv. (iiis, issime,) am-
ply ; from amplus.
Amplector, ecti, exus sum, tr.
dep. (am & plector,) to em-
brace.
Amplexus, a urn, part, having
embraced; embracing,
Amplio, are, avi, atum, tr.
(amplus,) to enlarge.
Amplius, adv. (ample,) more.
Amplus, a, um, adj. (comp)
great ; abundant ; large ;
spacious.
Amulius, i, m. the son of Sil-
vius Procas, and brother of
Numitor.
AmyclaB, arum, f, pi. a town on
the western coast of Italy.
Amycus, i, m. a son of Nep-
tune, and king of Bebrycia.
An, adv. whether ; or.
Anacreon, tis, m. a celebrated
lyric poet of Teos, in Ionia.
Anapus, i, m. a Catanean,the
brother of Amphinomus.
Anaxagoras, ae, m. a philoso-
pher of Clazomene, in Ionia.
Anceps, cipitis, adj. (ancipi-
tior,) (am and caput,) un-
certain; doubtful.
Anchises, ae, m, a Trojan, the
father of Mneas.
k\ :hora, or Ancora, ae, f. an
anchor.
Ancilla, ae, f. a female servant;
a maid.
Ancus, i, m. (Martius,) the
fourth king of Rome.
A.ndriscus, i, m. a person of
AMPLE ANIO.
193
mean birth, called aao
PseudophilippuSj on ac
count of his p'^et ending to
be Philip, the son of Per-
sis, king of Macedon.
Andromeda ,gB, f. the daughter
of Cephus and Cassiope,
and wife of Perseus.
Ango, angere, anxi, tr. (to
press close or tight; to stran-
gle; hence,) to trouble ; to
disquiet; to torment; to vex,
Anguis, is, c. (ango,) a snake;
a serpent.
Angiilus, i, m. a corner.
Angustiae, arum, f. pi. war-
rowness ; a narrow pass;
a defile ; from
Angustus, a, um, adj. comp,
(an go , ) narrow ; limited ;
straitened ; pinching.
Anima, ae, f. (animus,) breath;
life ; the soul.
Animadverto, vertere, verti,
versum, ti. (animus ad &
verto, to turn the mind
to;) to attend to; to observe;
to notice ; to punish.
Animal, alls, n. (anima) an
animal.
Animosus, a, um, adj./wZZ of
wind or breath; spirited;
courageous ; bold; from
Animus, i, m. wind; breath,
spirit ; the soul or mind;
disposition ; spirit, or coiir-
age ; a design; uno ani-
mo, unanimously ; mihi est
animus, / have a mind ; 1
intend. See mens.
Anio, enis, m. a branch of the
J 94
ANFECTO APOLLO.
Tiber y which enters it three
7*iiles above Rome. It is
now called the Teverone.
Annecto,-nectere,-nexui,-nex-'
um, tr. (ad & necto,) to an-
nex ; to tie or fasten to.
4nnona, se. f. (annus,) yearly
produce ; corn ; provisions.
Annul us, i, m, (dim, fr. an-
nus,) a small circle ; a
ring.
Annumero, are, avi, atum, tr.
(ad & numero,) to reckon
among ; to number ; to
reckon.
Annuo,-nuere,-niii, intr. (ad &
nuG, to Twd^) to assent ; to
agree.
Annus, i, m. a circle ; a year ;
hence
Annuus, a, um, adj. annual ;
yearly ; lasting a year.
Anser, eris, m. a goose ; hence
Anserinus, a, um, adj. of or
belonging to a goose : ova,
goose-eggs.
Ante, adv. before ; sooner.
Ante, prep, before.
Antea, adv. (ante & ea ace.
pi. n. of is,) before ; here-
tofore.
Antecello,-cellere, tr. (ante &:
cello, obsol. to drive,) to
drive or move before ; hence
to excel ; to surpass ; to ex-
ceed ; to be superior to.
Antepono,-ponere,-posui,-pos-
itum, tr. (ante & pono,) to
set before ; to prefer.
Antepositus, a, um, part, (an-
tepono.)
Antequam, .adv. before thai ;
before.
Antigonus, i, m. ^^ king of
Macedonia.
Antiochia, se, f. the capital of
Syria.
Antiochus, i, m. a king of
Syria.
Antiope, es, f. the wife of Ly-
cus, king of Thebes, and
the mother of Amphion.
Antiquus, a, um, adj. (ior, is-
simus,) ancient ; old ; of
long amtinuance ; fr. ante.
Antipater, tris, m. a Sidonian
poet,
Antium, i, n. a maritime town
of Italy. ^
Antonius, i, m. Antony, the
name of a B.oman family.
Antrum, i, n. a cave.
Apeiles, is, m. a celebrated
painter of the island of Cos.
Apennmus, i, m. the Appe-
nines.
Aper, apri, m. a boar ; a wild
boar.
Aperio,-perire,-perui,-pertum,
ir. (ad & pario,) to open ;
to discover ; to disclose ; to
make known.
Apertus, a, um, part, (aperio.)
Apex, icis, m. a point ; the
top ; the summit.
Apis, is, f. a bee.
Apis, is, m. an ox worshipped
as a deity among the Egyp-
tians.
Apollo, inis, m. tJte son of Jw
piter and Latona, and the
god of music and poetry.
A PPARATUS ARCEO.
]9/)
Apparatus, lis, m. (apparo, to
prepare ;) a preparation ;
apparattis; equipment; ha-
biliment,
Appareo, ere, ui, intr. (ad &
pareo,) to appear ; to he
manifest or clear.
Appellandus, a, um, part, from
Appello, are, avi, atum, tr.
(ad & pello,) to name or
call ; to address ; to call
upon.
Appendo, - pendere, - pendi,
pensum, tr. (ad & pendo,)
to hang upon or to ; to
weigh out ; to pay.
Appetens, tis, part, seeking
after ; from
Appeto, - petere, - petivi,-peti-
tum, tr. (ad & peto,) to
seek to ; hence, to desire ;
strive for ; to aim at ; to
attack.
Appius, i, m. a Roman prseno-
men belonging to the Clau'
dian gens or tribe.
Appono, - ponere, - posui,-posi-
tiim, tr. (ad & pono,) to set
or place before ; to put to ;
to join.
Appositus, a, um, part, (ap-
pono.)
Appropinquo, are, avi, atum,
intr. (ad & propinquo,) to
to approach ; to draio near.
Apiicus, a, um, adj. (comp.)
sunny ; serene ; warm ; {as
if nY>^ncus fro?n aperio.)
^pto, are, avi, atum, tr. to fit ;
to adjust.
Apud, prep, at ; in ; among ;
before ; to . in the house
of ; in the writings of.
Apulia, ae, f. a country in the
eastern part of Italy, near
the Adriatic.
Aqua, 8B, f. water,
Aquaeductus, tis, m. (aqua &
duco, to lead:) an aque-
duct ; a conduit.
Aquila, ae, f. an eagle.
AquTlo, onis, m. the north
loind.
Aquitania, sb, f. a country of
Gaul.
Aquitani, orum, m. pi. the in-
habitants of Aquitania,
Ara, aB, f. an altar.
Arabia, ae, f. Arabia : hence,
Arabicus, a, um, adj. Arabi-
an^ of or belonging to Ara-
bia. Arabicus sinus, the
Red Sea.
Arabius, a, um, adj. Arabiaiu
Arabs, abis, m. an Arabian,
Arbitratus, a, um, part. havi7ig
thought; from
Arbitror, ari, atus sum, tr.
dep. (arbiter,) to believe; to
think.
Arbor, & Arbos, oris, f. a tree.
Area, ae, f. a chest.
Arcadia, ae, f. Arcadia^ a Coven-
try in the interior of Pelo-
ponnesus.
Areas, adis, m. an Arcadian ;
also a son of Jupiter and
Calisto.
Arceo, ere, ui, tr. to ivard off;
to keep from; to restrain.
196
ARCESSITUS ARMENTUM.
Arcessitus, a, um, part, from
Afcesso, ere, ivi, itum, tr. (ar-
cio, i. e. adcio, ad and cio,)
to call; to send for; to in-
vite; to summon.
Archimedes, is, m. a fammis
mathematician and mecha-
nician of Syracuse,
Architectus, i, m, an architect;
a builder,
A.jchytas, ae, m. a Pythago-
rean philosoyher of Taren-
turn.
A.rcte, adv.(ii!is, is^iTae^) strait-
ly; closely; from
Arctus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi-
mus,) narrow; close; fr.
arceo.
Arcus, {is, m. a how; an arch.
Ardea, se, f. a city of Latium,
the capital of the Rutuli.
Ardens, tis, part. &; adj. burn-
ing; hot; from
Ardeo, ardere, arsi, arsum,
intr. to glow; to be on fire;
to burn; to sparkle; to
shine; to dazzle.
Arduus, a, um, adj. high;
lofty; steep; arduous; dif-
ficult.
Arena, sb, f. (areo, to be dry^
sand ; hence
Arenosus, a, um, adj. sandy.
Arethusa, sb, f. the name of a
nymph of Elis, who was
changed into a fountain hi
Sicily.
Argentum, i, n. silver,
Argias, aB, m. a chief of the
Megarensians,
Argivus, a, um, adj (Argos,)
of Argos; Argive.
Argivi, orum, m. pi. (id,) Ar-
gives; inhabitants of Argos.
ArgonautaB, arum, m, pi. (Argo
& nautoB,) the Argonauts;
the crew of the ship Argo.
Argos, i, n. sing., & Argi,
orum, m. pi. a city in
Greece^ the capital of Av'
golis.
Arguo, uere, ui, utum, to speak
in loud or shrill tones;
hence to argue; to accuse;
to prove; to shew; to con-
vict,
Ariminum, i, n. a city of Italy,
on the coast of the Adriatic,
Aristobulus, i, m. a name of
several of the high priests
and ki?igs of Judea.
Aristoteles, is, m. Aristotle^ a
Greek philosopher, born at
Stagtra, a city f Mace
donia,
Arma, orum, n. pi. arms.
Armatus, a, um, part, of ar-
mo, armed: pi. armati,
orum, armed 'iuen; soldiers
Armenia, sb, f. .(Major,) a
country of Asia, lying be-
tween Taurus and the Cau^
casus.
Armenia, (Minor,) a small
country lying betioeen Ca-
padocia a7idthe Euphrates.
Armenius, a, um, adj. Arme-
nian.
Armentum, i, n. {for aramen-
tum, from aro,) a herd.
ARMILLA ASTUTTTS.
lOT
Armilla, se, f. (dim. fr. armus,
the arm,) a bracelet, or ring
worn on the left arm by
soldiers loho had been dis-
tinguished in battle.
Armo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ar-
ma,) to arm,
Aro, -are, -avi, -atum, tr. to
plough; to cover with the
plough,
Arreptus, a, um, part, from
Arripio, -ripere, -ripui, -rep-
tum, tr. (ad & rapio, §80,
5,) to seize upon.
AiTogo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad.
&rogo,) to demand for oneh
self; to arrogate; to claim.
Ars, tis, f. art; contrivance;
skill; employment; occupa-
tion-y pursuit.
Arsi. See Ardeo.
Artemisia, ae, f. the wife of
Mausdlus, king of Caria.
Artifex, icis, c. (ars. & facio,)
an artist.
Arundo, mis, f. a reed; a cane.
Aruns, tis, m. the eldest son
of Tarquin the Proud.
Arx, cis, f. (arceo,) a citadel;
a fortress.
Ascanius, i. m. the son of
jEneas and CreUsa.
Ascendo [or adscendo,) dere,
di, sum. tr. & intr. (ad &
scan do, to climb to;) to
ascend; to rise; ascenditur
imp. it is ascended or they
ascend; § 85, 6. & 1 67 Note.
Asia, ae, f. Asia; Asia Minor;
also, proconsular Asia, or
the Roman province.
Asiaticus, i, m. an agr^omen
of L. Cornelius Scipio, on
account of his victories in
Asia. App. II. 4.
Asma, ae, m. a cognomen ot
surname of a part of the
Cornelian family.
Asmus, i, m. an ass.
Aspecturus, a, um, part, (as-
picio.)
Asper, era, erum, adj. (erior,
erimus,) raiigh; rugged.
Aspergo. See Adspergo.
As- or ad- spernor, ari, atus
sum, tr. dep. to syiirn; to
despise; to reject.
Aspicio. See Adspicio
Aspis, idis, f. an asp.
Assecutus, a, um, part, from
Assequor, -sequi, -secutus
sum, tr. dep. (ad & se-
quor,) to come up to; to
overtake; to obtain.
Asservo, are, avi, atum, tr.
(ad & servo,) to take care
of; to preserve; to keep.
Assigno, are, avi, atum, tr.
(ad & signo,) to mark with
a seal; hence, to appoint;
to allot; to distribute.
Assisto. See Adsisto.
Assuesco, -suescere, -su6vi,
-suetum, intr. inc. (ad &
suesco,) to be accustomed;
to be ivont.
Assurgo, -surgere, -surrexi,
-surrectum, intr. (ad & sur-
go,) to rise up; to arise.
Astronomia, ae, f. astrmwmy.
Astutus, a um, adj. (ior, issi-
mus,) [from astu the city
198
AS VLUM AUGUSTUS.
viz: of Athens,) knowing;
shrewd; cunning; crafty.
Asylum, i, n. an asylum.
At, conj. but.
Atalanta, ae, f. the daughter
of Schcsneus, king of Arca-
dia, celebrated for her swift'
ness in running,
Athenae, arum, f. pi. Athens,
the capital of Attica; hence,
Alheniensis, is, m. an Athe-
nian,
Atilius, i, m. a Roman proper
name,
Atlanticus, a, um, adj. Atlan-
tic; relating to Atlas: mare
Atlanticum, the Atlantic
ocea7i.
Atque, conj. and; as; than,
Atrociter, adv. (iiis, issim^,)
(atrox, ) fiercely; violently;
severely,
Attalus, i. m, a king of Per-
gdmus,
Attero, -terere, -trivi, -tritum,
(ad & tero,) tr, to rub close;
to ruh off; to wear,
Atthis, idis, f. the same as At-
tica,
Attica, SB, f. Attica, a country
in the saiUhern part of
Greece proper,
Attingo, -tingere, -tigi, -tac-
tum, tr. (ad & tango,) to
touch; to border upon; to
attain; to reach.
Attollo, ere, tr. (ad & tollo,)
to raise up,
Attritus, a, um, part, (attero,)
rubbed away; loorn off,
Auctor, oris, c. (augeo,) one
tvho increases, or enlarges,
hence, an author.
Auctoritas, atis, f. authority;
influence; reputation; from
auctor.
Auctus, a, um, part, (augeo,)
increased; enlarged; aug»
mented,
Audacia, ge, f. audacity; bold*
ness; from
Audax, acis, adj, (comp.) bold;
daring; audacious; despe-
rate; from
Audeo, audere, ausus sum,
neut. pass, to dare; to at-
tempt, ^ 78.
Audio, Ire, ivi, itum, tr. to
hear,
Auditus, a, um, part.
Auditus, us, m. the hearing,
Aufero, auferre, abstuli, abla-
tum, tr. irr. (ah & fero,) to
take away; to remove.
Aufugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugi-
tum, intr. (ab & fugio,) to
fly away; to run off; to es-
cape; to flee,
Augendus, a, um, part, from
Augeo, augere, auxi, auctum,
tr. to cause to grow; to in-
crease; to augment; to en-
large; intr. to grow; to in-
crease; to rise.
Augurium, i, n. (avis, a bird,
and garrio, to chirp,) a
foretelling of future events
from the siiiging of birds:
hence, augury; divination,
Auguste, adv. (ius, issime,)
nobly; from
Augustus, a, um, adj. (comp.)
AUrJUSTUS AXENUS.
IMH
august; grand; venerable;
(from augeo.)
Augustus, i, m. an honorary
appellation best owed by the
senate upon Ccesar Octavi-
amts; suceeedhig emperors
took the same name,
A-ulis, idis, f. a seaport town
in Bosotia,
Aulus, i, m. a common prasno-
men among the Romans.
A pp. II.
Aurelius, i, m. the name of
several Romans.
Aureus, a, um, adj. (aurum,)
golden.
Auriga, 86, m. (aurea, Obsol.
arein, and rego, to govern^)
a charioteer.
Auris, is, f. the ear.
Aurum, i, n. gold.
Auspicium, i, n. (avis, a hird^
and specie, to look :) a spe-
cies of divination, from the
flighty ^c, of birds ; an
auspice; the guidance, or
protection of another.
Ausus, a, um, part, (audeo,)
daring ; having dared.
Aui, conj. or; aut — aut, ei-
ther— or.
Auteni, conj. but ; yet.
Autumn us, i, m. (augeo,) au-
tumn.
Auxi. See Augeo.
Auxilium, i, n. (augeo,) help ;
aid ; assistance.
Avariria, ae, f. avarice; from
Avarus, a, um, adj. (comp.)
avaricious ; covetofus : (fr.
aveo, to long for.)
Aveho,-vehere,- \' exi, -vectum,
tr. (a & veho,) to carry off,
or away.
Avello,-vellere,-velli o?--vulsi,
-vulsum, tr. (a & vello,) to
pull of, or aivay; to pluck;
to take away ; (forcibly).
Aventinus, i, m. mount Aven-
tine, one of the seven hills
on which Rome ivas built.
Aversus, a, um, part, turned
away : cicatrix aversa, a
scar in the back : from
Aver to, - vert ere, - verti, - ver-
sum, tr. (a & verto,) to
turn away ; to avert ; lo
tui'n.
Aviciila, ae, f. dim. (avis,) a
small bird.
Avidus, a, um, adj. (aveo,)
(ior, issimus.) desirous :
ravcTwus ; greedy ; eager.
Avis, is, f. a bird.
Av5co, are, avi, atum, tr. (a
& voco,) to call away ; to
divert ; to withdraio.
Avolaturus, a, um, part, from
Avolo, are, avi, atum, intr. (a
& volo ) to fly away, or off,
Avulsus, part, (avello.)
Avunciilus, i, m. (dim. of
avus,) a moiher''s brother ;
an U7icle.
Avus, i, m. a grandfather.
Axenus, i, m. (from a Greek
word signifying inhospita^
ble:) the Euxine sea; an-
ciently so called, on account
of the cruelty of the neigh*
boring tribes.
200
BABYLON BENEFICUM.
B.
Babylon, onis. f. the metro'po'
lis of Chaldea, lying wpon
the Eu'phrates.
Babylonia, ae, f. the country
about Babylon,
Bacca, ae, f. a berry
Bacchus, i. m. the son of Ju-
piter and Seiiiele^ and the
god of wine,
Bactra, orum, n. the capital
of Bactriana^ situated wp-
on the sources of the Oxus.
Bactriani, orum, m. pi. the in-
habitants of Bactr'tana.
Bactrianus, a, um, adj. Bac-
trian, pertaining to Bac-
tra or Bactriana.
Baculus, i, m. and Baculum,
i, n. a staff.
Baetica, ob, f. a country in the
southern part of Spain^
watered by the river Bcetis.
Baetis, is, m. a river in the
southern part of Spain^
now the Guadalquiver,
Bagrada, as, m. a river of Af-
rica^ between Utica and
Carthage,
Ballista, aB, f. an engine for
throwing stones,
Balticus, a, um, adj. Baltic:
mare Balticum, the Baltic
sea,
Barbarus, a, um, adj. speaking
a strange language; [not
Greek or Roman;) foreign;
hence, barbarous ; rude ;
uncivilized ; savage: subs.
barbari, barbarians.
Batavus, a, um, adj. Batavi^
an ; belonging to Batavia,
now Holla?id.
Beatitudo, inis, f. blessedness ;
happiness ; from
Beatus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi-
mus,) happy ; blessed (fr.
beo, to make happy.)
Bebrycia, as, f. «z country of
Asia,
Belgae, arum, m. pi. the in-
habitants of the ruorth-
east part of Gaul ; the
Belgians,
Belgicus, a, um, adj. of or
pertaining to the Belgm,
Bellerophon, tis, m. the son of
Glaucus, king of Ephyra,
Bellicosus, a, um, adj. (ior,
issiraus, (helium,) ofawar-
like spirit ; given to loar,
Bellicus, a, um, adj. (helium,)
relating to war ; warlike,
Belligero, are, avi, atum,intr
(helium & gero,) to wage
war ; to carry on war,
Bello, are, avi, atum, tr. to \
war ; to xoage war ; to
contend; to fight,
Bellua, ae, f. a large beast ;
a monster,
Bellum, i. n, (duellum,) war.
Belus, i. m. the founder of the \
Babylonish empire.
Bene, adv. (melius, optim^,)
well ; finely ; very : bene
pugnare, to fight success-
fully ; (fr. hen us obsol. for
bonus.)
Beneficium, i, n. (bene & fa»
cio,) a benefit ; a kindness.
BENEVOLRNTIA BRIGANTINUS.
201
Benevolentia, bb, f. (bene & vo-
lo,) benevolence ; good will,
Benigne, adv. (ius, issime,)
kindly; from
Benig-nus, a um, adj. (comp.)
kind; benign: (benigenus fr.
benus for bonus, & genus.)
Bestia, ae, f. a beast ; a tvild
beast,
Bestia, ae, m. the surname of a
Roman coitsul.
Bias, antis, m. a philosopher
born at Friene, and one
of the seven wise men of
Greece,
Bibliotheca, ae, f. a library,
Bibo, bibere, bibi, bibitum,
tr. to drink^ (in order to
quench thirst :) to imbibe:
See poto.
Bibulus, i, m. a colleague of
Julius Ccesar in the con-
sulship, '
Bini, ae, a, num. adj. ^ 24. Ill;
two by two; two, two each,
Bipes, edis, adj. (bis & pes,)
tivo-footed, with two feet.
Bis, num. adv. twice,
Bithynia, ae, f. a country of
Asia Minor, east of the
Propontis,
Blanditia, ae, f. « complime)it'
ing : blanditiae, pi. bland-
ishments ; caresses ; flat-
tery : from
Blandus, a, um, adji (ior, issi-
mus,) courteous; agreeable;
flattering ; enticing; invi-
ting; tevipting,
BoBotia, ae, f. a country of
Greece, north of Attica,
Bonitas, atis, f. goodness , ex-
cellence; from
Bonus, a, um, adj. (melior^, op-
timus,) good; happy; kind,
Bonum, i, n. a good thing; an
endowment; an advantage;
profit : bona, n. pi. an es"
tate ; goods: (fr. bonus.)
Borealis, e, Sidj,no7'thern; from
Boreas, ae, m. the north wi7id.
Borysthenes, ae, m., a large
river of Scyihia, flowing
into the Euxine; it is now
called the Dneiper,
Borysthenis, idis, f. the name
of a town at the mouth of
the Borysthenes,
Bos, bovis, c. an ox ; a cow ;
^ 15. 12.
Bosphorus, or Bosporus, i, m.
the name of two straits be-
tween Eu7'ope and Asia ;
one the Thracian Bospho-
rus, now the straits of Con-
stantinople ; the other th&
Cimmerian Bosphorus, now
the straits of Caffa,
Brachium, i, n. the arm; (viz
from the hand to the el-
bow.)
Brevi, adv. shortly; briefly: in
short time; from
Brevis, e, adj. (comp.) short ;
brief ; hence,
Brevitas, atis, f. shortness ;
brevity,
Brigantinus, a, um, adj. be^
longing to Brigantium, a
1 07071 of the Vi7idelici :
Brigantinus lacus, the lake
of Co7istanf'e
202
BRITANNIA CALEFIO.
Britannia, sb, f. Great Britai7i,
Britannicus a,um, adj. helong-
iiig to Britain ; British.
Britannus, a, um, adj. Brit-
ish : Britanni, the Britoiis.
Bruma, ae, f. the winter sol-
stice ; the shortest day.
Bruttium, i, n. a projnontory
of Italy.
Bruttii, orum, m. pi. a people
in the southern part of
Italy,
Brutus, i, m. the name of an
illustrious noble family,
Bucephalus, i, nn. the name of
Alexander s luar-horse,
Bucephalos, i, f. a city of In-
dia^ near the Hydaspes^
built by Alexander ^ in me-
mory of his horse.
Buxeus, a, um, adj. (buxus,
the box-tree :) of box; of a
pale yellow color ^ like box-
wood.
Byzantium, i, n. now Const an-
tinopUy a city of Thrace^
situated upon the Bospho-
rus.
C, an abbreviation of Caius.
Cabira, ind. a town of Pont us.
Cacumen, inis, n. the top; the
peak; the summit.
Cadens, tis, part, (cado.)
Cadmus, i, m, c son of Age-
7ior, kijig of Phamicia.
Cado, cadere, cecidi, casum,
intr. to fall.
Caeciijus, i, m. a Roman name.
Caecubum, i^w.a town of Cam-
pania^ famous for its loine.
Caecubus, a, um, adj. Ccbcu-
ban; of Cmcubum.
Caedes, is, f. slaughter; car-
nage; homicide; murder;
from.
Cagdo, caedere, cecidi, caesum,
tr. to cut; to kill; to slay;
to beat.
Caelatus, a, um, part, from
Caelo, are, avi, atum, tr. to
carve; to engrave; to sculp-
ture; to emboss.
Caepe, or Cepe, n. indec. a7i
onion.
Caepio, onis, m. a Roman consul
who commanded in Spain.
Caesar, aris,m. a cognomen or
surname given to the Julian
family.
Casstus, ills, m. (ca?do,) a
gauntlet; a boxing glove.
Caesus, a, um, part, (caedo,)
cut; slain; beaten.
Caius, i, m. a Roman praeno-
men.
Calais, is, m. a son of Boreas.
Calamitas, atis, f. {a Morm
which breaks the reeds of
stalks of corn^ hence,) a
calamity; a misfortune; fr.
Calamus, i, m. a reed..
Calathiscus, i, m. (dim. cala
thus,) a small basket.
Calefacio, calafacere, calefeci,
calefactum, tr. (caleo & f a
cio,) to warm; to heat.
Calef 10, fieri, factus sum, intr.
irr. ^ 83, Obs. 3 ; to he,
warmed.
CALEFACTUS CAPTIVUS
203
Calefactus, a, um, part, (cal-
eflo,) warmed.
Calidus, a, um, adj. (comp.
fr. caleo,) warm.
Callidus, a, um, adj. (calleo
from callus, hardness^ viz :
of skin occasioned hy hard
labor; hence,) 'practiced;
experienced; shrewd ; cun-
ning.
Culor, oris, m. warmth; heat.
Calpe, es, f. <2 hill or mountain
in Spain, opposite to Abyla
in Africa.
Calpurnius, i, m. tht name of
a Roman family.
Calydonius, a, um, adj. of or
belonging to Calydon, a ci-
ty of ^tolia; Calydonian,
Camelus, i, c. a camel.
Camillus, i, m. (M. Furius,) a
Roman general.
Campania, ae, f. a pleasant
country of Italy, between
Latium and Lucania.
Campester, tris, tre, adj. even;
plain; level; champaign;
flat; from
Campus, i, m. a plain; afield;
the Campus Martins.
Cancer, cri, m. a crab.
Candidus, a, um, adj. (comp.)
ichite; [a bright or shining
white; see alb us.)
Candor, oris, m. (id.) bright-
ness; ichiteness; clearness.
Canens, lis. part, of cano,
singing.
Canis, is, c. a dog.
Cannae, arum, f. pi. a village
in Apulia J famxms for the
defeat of the Romam by
Hannibal.
Cannensis, e, adj. belonging
to Canrnce.
Cano, canere. cecini, cantum,
tr. to sing; to sound or
play upon an instrument,
Cantans, tis, part, (canto.)
Cantharus, i. m. a beetle; a
knot under the tongue of
the god Apis.
Cantium, i. n. now the county
of Kent, England.
Canto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq.
(cano,) to sing; to repeat
often.
Cantus, 6s, m. (id.) singing;
a song; cantus galli, the
crowing of the cock.
Caper, pri, m. a he-goat.
Capesso, ere, ivi, itum. tr,
(capio,) ^ 88, 5. to take; to
take the management of ,
fugam capessere, to flee.
Capiens, tis, part, from
Capio,*" capere, cepi, captum,
tr. (properly, to hold; to con"
tain; commonly,) to take;
to capture; to take captive;
to enjoy; to derive.
Capita lis, e, adj. (caput,) rela*
ting to the head or life;
capital; mortal; deadly;
pernicious; capitale, (sc,
crimen,) a capital crime.
Capitolium, i, n. (id.) the cap"
itol; the Roman citadel on
the Capitoline hill.
Capra, as, f. a she-goat,
Captlvus, a, um, adj. ^capioj)
captive.
204
CAPTO CASUS.
Capto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq.
. ^ SS, 1, (capio,) to catch at;
to seek for; to hunt for.
Captus, a, uin, part, (capio,)
taken; taken captive,
Capua, SB, f. the principal city
of Campania;
Caput, itis, n. a head; life;
the skull; a capital city :
capitis damnare, to con-
demn to death.
Carbonarius, i, m. (carbo, a
coal; ) a collier; a maker of
charcoal.
Career, eris, m. a prison.
Careo, ere, ui, itum, intr. to he
without; to be free from;
to be destitute; not to have;
to luant.
Cares, ium, m. pi. Carians;
the inhabitants of Caria.
Caria, se, f. a country in the
southeastern part of Asia
Mitwr.
Carica, ae, f. a fig; (properly,
carica ficus.)
Carmen, inis, n. a song; a
poem.
Carneades, is, rn. a philoso-
pher of Cyr€ne.
Caro, carnis, Lfiesh.
Carpentum, i, n. a chariot; a
wagon.
Carpetani, orum, m. pi. <z peo-
ple of Spain, on the bor-
ders of the Tagus.
Carpo, carp ere, carpsi, carp-
tum, tr. to pluck; to gather;
to tear.
Carrae, arum, f. pi. a city of
Mesopotamia^ near the Eu
phrates.
Carthaginiensis, e. adj. of cr
belonging to Carthage ,
Carthaginian: subs, a Ca? -
thaginian.
Carthago, mis, f. Carthage^ a
maritime city in Africa ;
Carthago Nova, Cartha-
gena^ a town of Spain.
Carus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi-
mus,) dear; precious; costly.
Casa, ae, f. « cottage; a hut.
Casca, ae, m. the surname of
P. Servilius, one of the con-
spirators against Coisar.
Caseus, i, m. cheese.
Cassander, dri, m. the name oj
a Macedonian.
Cassiope, es, f. thewifeofCe-
pheus^ king of Ethiopia^
and mother of Andromeda.
Cassius, i, m, the name of sev^
eral Romans.
Castaiius, a, um, adj. Casta-
lian; of Cast alia ^ a foun-
tain of Phocis^ at the foot
of mount Parnassus.
Castigatus, a, um, part, from
Castigo, are, avi, atum, tr. to
chastise; to punish; to cor-
rect.
Castor, oris, m. the brother of
Pollux and Helen.
Castrum, i, n. (casa,) a castle:
castra, orum, pi. a camp.
castra ponere, to pitch a
camp; to e7icamp.
Casus, us, m. (cado,) a fall;
accident; chance; an eve/U;
i
CATABTHMUS — CELTJE.
205
a misfortune; a dAsaster;
a calamity.
Catal^athmus i, m. a declivity;
a gradual descent; a val-
ley betioeen Egypt and
Africa proper,
Catana, ae, f. now Catania, a
city of Sicily, near mount
Etna,
Jatanensis, e. adj. belonging
to Catana; Catanean.
Catienus, i, m. Catienus Plo-
tinus, a Roman distin,-
guished for his attachment
to his patron.
Catilina, ae, m. a conspirator
against the Roman govern-
ment, lohose plot was detect-
ed and defeated by Cicero.
Cato, on is, m. the name of a
Roman family,
Catiilus, i, m. the name of a
Roman family,
Catiilus, i. m. (dim. canis,) a
little dog; a whelp; the
young of beasts,
Caucasus, i. m. a mwintain of
Asia, between the Black
and Caspian seas,
Cauda, se, f. a tail,
Caudmus, a, um, adj. Cau-
dine; of or belonging to
Caudium, a town of Italy.
Caula, 88, f. a fold; a sheep
cote.
Causa, se, f. a cause; a reason;
a law suit: in causa est, or
causa est, is the reason:
causa, for the sake of,
Cautes, is, f. a sharp rock ;
a crag ; a cliff : from
Caveo, cavere, cavi, cau turn,
intr. & tr. to beware ; to
avoid ; to shun : cavere
sibi ab, to secure themselves
from ; to guard against,
Caverna, ae, f. (cavus,) a cave;
a cavern,
Cavus, a, um, adj. hollow.
Cecidi. See Csedo.
Cecidi. See Cado.
Cecini. See Cano.
Cecropia, ae, f. an ancient
name of Athefns ; ftom
Cecrops, opis, m. the first king
of Athens,
Cedo, cedere, cessi, cessum,
intr. to yield; to give place;
to retire ; to retreat ; to
submit.
Celeber, bris, bre, adj . (celebri-
or, celeberrimus,) crowded;
much visited ; renowned ;
famous ; distinguished.
Celebratus, a, um, part, (cele-
bro.)
Celebritas, atis, f. (celeber,)
a great crowd; fame; glo'
ry; celebrity; renoion.
Celebro, are, avi, atum, tr. to
visit; to celebrate; to make
famous; to perform,
Celeritas, atis, f. (celer,
svjift,) speed; swiftness,
quickness,
Celeriter, adv. (ius, rime,^
swiftly,
Celeus, i, m. a king ofEleuszs
Celo, are, avi, atam, tr. to
hide; to conceal,
Celtae, arum, m. pi. the Celts,
a people of Gaul,
206
CENSEO CETUS.
Censeo, ere, ui, um, tr. 1o es-
tijiiate; to judge; to believe;
to count; to reckon.
Censor, is, m. (censeo,) a cen-
sor; a censurer; a critic.
Censor! nus, i, m. (L. Manli-
us,) <2 Roinan co7isul in the
third Funic war.
Censorius, i, m. (censor,) one
who has heen a ce7isor; a sur-
name of Cato the elder.
Census, us, m. (censeo,) a cen-
sus; an e7iumeration of the
'people; a registeriiig of the
peophy their ages^ <^c.
Centeni, sb, a, num, adj. pi.
distrib. (centum,) every
hundred; a huiidred.
Centesimus, a, um, num, adj.
ord. (id.) the hundredth.
Centies, num, adv. a hundred
times; from
Centum, num, adj. pi. ind. a
hundred.
Centurio, onis, m. (centuria,)
a centurion; a captain of a
hundred men.
Cephallenia, as, f. an island
in the Ionian sea, now Ce-
phalonia.
Cepe. See Caepe.
Cepi. See Capio.
Cera, ae, f. wax.
Cerberus, i, m. the name of
the three-headed dog which
guarded the entrance of
the infernal regions.
Cercasorum, i, n. a tovm of
Egypt.
Ceres eris, f. Ceres^ the god-
dess of corn.
Cerno, cernere, crevi, cretum,
tr. properly, to sift; to dis-
tinguish; hence, to see; to
perceive.
Certamen, mis, n. (certo,) a
contest; a battle; zeal; ea-
gerness; strife; comteidimi;
debate; a game or exercise;
Olympicum certamen, the
Olympic games.
Certe, adv. iiis, issime, (cer-
tus,) certainly.^ at least
Certo, are, avi, atum, tr. &
intr. (certus,) to determine^
or make sure; to contend;
to strive; to fight,
Certus, a, um, adj. (cerno,)
(ior, issimus,) certain; fix-
ed: certiorem facere, to
inform.
Cerva, ae, f. « female deer; a
hind; hence,
Cervinus, a, um, adj. belong-
ing to a stag or deer.
Cervix, icis, f. [the hinder part
of) the neck; an isthmus,
Cervus, i, m. a male deer; a ^
stag.
Cessator, is, m. a loiterer; a
lingerer; an idler; from
Cesso, are, avi, atum, intr.
freq. (cedo,) to cease; to
loiter.
Ceterus, [a7id ceter, seldom
used,) cetera, ceterum, adj.
other; the other; the rest;
hence,
Ceterum, adv. but; however;
as for the rest,
Cetus, i, m. (& cete, is, n.) a
whale; any large sea fish.
CEYX CITH-ERON-
207
I
Ccyx, ycis, m. the son of Hes-
pe-n/s, and husband of Al-
cyone.
Uhalcedon, onis, f. a city of
Biihynia^ opposite Byzan-
tium.
Chaldaicas, a, um, adj. (Chal-
daea,) ChaMean.
Charta, sb, f. payer.
Chersiphron, onis, m. a dis-
tinguished architect^ under
whose direction the temple
of Ephesus was built.
Cliersonesus, i, La peninsula.
Chilo, onis, m. a Lacedcsmo-
nian philosopher^ and one
of the seven wise men of
Greece.
Christus, i, m. Christ,
Cibus, i, m.food; nourishment.
Cicatrix, icis, f. a wmind; a
scar; a cicatrice.
Cicero, onis, m. a celebrated
Roman orator.
Ciconia, se, f. a stork.
Cilicia, ae, f. a country in the
southeast part of Asia Mi-
nor.
Cimbri, orum, m. pi. a nation
formerly inhabiting the
northern part of Germany.
Cinctus, a, um, part, (cingo.)
Cineas, ae, m, a Thessalian^
the favorite minister of
Pyrrhus.
Cingo, cingere, cinxi, cinc-
tiiin, tr. to surround ; to
encompass; to encircle; to
Cinis, eris, d. ashes: cinders.
Cinna, ae, m (L. Cornelius,)
a consul at Rome^ in the
time of the civil loar.
Cinnamum, i, n. cinnamon.
Circa & Circum, pr. & adv.
about ; around ; in the
neighborhood of.
Circuitus, us, m. (circumeo,)
a ciracit; a circumference.
Circumdatus, a, um, part, from
Circumdo, dare, dedi, datum,
tr. (circum & do,) to put
around; to surround; to
e7iviro7i; to invest.
Circumeo, ire, ii, itum, intr.
irr. (circum & eo, ^ 83, 3,)
to go rou7id; to visit.
Circumfluo, -fluere, -fluxi,
-fluxum, intr. (circum &
fluo,) to flow round.
Circumiens, euntis, part, (cir-
cumeo.)
Circumjaceo, ere, ui, intr. (cir-
cum &jaceo,) tolie around;
to border upon.
Circumsto, stare, steti, intr.
(circum & sto,) to stand
round.
Circumvenio, -venire, -veni,
-ventum, tr. (circum & ve-
nio,) to go round; to sut'
round; to circumvent.
Circumventus, a, um, part.
Ciris, is, f. the name of the,
fish into which Scylla teas
changed.
Cisalpinus, a, um, adj. (cis &
Alpes,) Cisalpine; on this
side of the Alps; that is,
071 the side nearest to
Rome.
Cithaeron, onis, m. a moun"
208
CITO C(ELUM.
tainof BcBotia^near Thebes,
sacred to Bacchus.
Cit6, adv. (ius, issimey) quick-
ly; from
Citus, a, um, adj. (citus, part.
cieo,){ior, issimus,) quick.
Citia, pr. & adv. on this side.
Civicus, a, um, adj. (civis,)
civic : corona civica, a ci-
vic crown given to him who
had saved the life of a citi-
zen by killing an enemy,
Civilis, e, adj. (comp.) of or
belonging to a citizen; civil;
courteous; from
Civis, is, c. (cio, or cieo,) a
citizen.
Civitas, atis, f. (^civis,) a city;
a state; the inhabitants of
a city; the body of citizens;
a coTistitution; citizenship;
freedom of the city.
Clades, is, f, loss; damage;
defeat; disaster; slaughter.
Clam, pr. without the know-
ledge of: — adv. privately;
secretly.
Clamo, are, avi, atum, intr.
& tr. to cry out; to call on;
hence.
Clamor, oris, m. a clamor; a
cry.
Clandestlnus, a, um, adj.
(clam,) secret; clandestine.
Clari'tas, atis, f. celebrity;
fame; from
Claras, a, um. adj. (ior, issi-
mus,) clear; famous; re-
nowned; celebrated; loud.
CI ass is, is f. a class; a fleet.
Claudius, i, m. the name of
several Romans, belonging
to the tribe hence called
Claudian.
Claudo, claudere, clausi, clau-
sum, tr. to close; to shut,
Claudus, a, um, adj. lame.
Clausus, a, um, part, 'claudo,)
shut up,
Clavus, 1, m. a nail ; a spike,
Clemens, tis, adj. (ior, issi-
mus,) merciful; hence,
Clementer. adv. (ius, issime )
gently; kindly.
Clementia, se, f. (id.) clemency,
mildness.
Cleopatra, ae, f. an Egyptian
queen celebrated for beauty.
Cloaca, 33, f. a drain; a com-
mon sewer.
Clod ius, i, m. c Roman of il-
lustrious family, remarka-
ble for his licentiousness.
Cluentius, i, m. the name of
several Romans.
Clusium, i, n. a city ofEtrurta,
Clypeus, i, m. a shield,
Cneius, i, m. a Roman prseno-
men; abbreviated Cn.
Coactus, a, um, part, (cogo,)
collected; assembled; com
pelled.
Coccyx, ygis, m. a cuckoo.
Codes, itis, m. a Roman dis'
tinguished for his bravery,
Coctilis, e, adj. (coquo,) baked'
dried; burnt.
Coctus, a, um, part, (coquo,)
baked; burnt; boiled.
Coelum, i, n. sing. m. pi. § 18,
CCENA COLO
209
4, heaven; the climate; the
sky; the air; the atmos-
phere.
C(Ena, as, f. a supper.
Ccepi, isse, def. <^ 84, Obs. 2,
1 begin^ or I began,
CoBptLis, a, um, part, begun,
Coerceo, ere, ui, itum, tr. (con
& arceo,) to surround; to
restrain; to check; to con-
trol,
Cogitatio, onis, f. (cogito,) a
thought; a reflection,
Cogitatum, i, n. a thought;
from
Cogito, are, avi, atum, tr. (for
coagito, con & agito,) to
revolve in the mind; to
think; to consider; to med-
itate.
Cognitus, a, um, part, (cog-
nosco.)
Cognomen, mis, n. (con & no-
men,) a surname, App. II.
Cognosco, -noscere, -novi, -nl-
tum, tr. (con & nosco,) to
investigate; hence, to know;
to learn : de causa, to try
or decide a suit at lata,
Cogo, cogere, coegi, coactum,
tr. (coigo, con & ago,) to
drive together; to drive; to
compel; to force; to urge;
to collect; agmen, to bring
up the rear,
Cohaereo, -haerere, -hssi, -hae-
sum, intr. (con & haereo,)
to stick together; to adhere;
to be united; to be joined to.
Cohibeo, -hibere, -hibui, -hi-
,,bitum, tr. (con & habeoj
to hold together; to hoi a
back; to resirai?i,
Cohors, tis, f. a cohort; the
tenth part of a legion.
Colchi, orum, m. the ptoyte
of Colchis,
Colchis, idis, f. a coavitry of
Asia, east of the Euxine,
Collabor, -labi, -lapsus sun:.,
intr. dep. (con & labor,) to
fall together; to fall down;
to fall,
Collare, is, n. (collum,) a col"
lar; a necklace.
Collatinus, i, m. a surname of
Tarquinius, the husband
of Lucretia,
Collectus, a, um, part.(colligo.)
Collega, 8B, m. (con & lego,
-are,) one who has charge
along with a7iother, i. e.
a colleague.
Collegium, i, n. (collega,) a
college; a company,
Colligo,-ligere,-legi, -lectum,
tr. (con & lego,) to collect.
Collis, is, m. a hill,
Collocatus, a, um, part, from
Colloco, are, avi, atum, tr.
(con & loco,j to place :
statuam, to erect; to set up.
Colloquium, i, n. conversation;
an interview; from
Colloquor,-loqui,-locutus sum
intr. dep. (con & loquor,) to
speak together; to converse,
Collum, i, n. the neck,
Colo, colere, colui, cultum, tr.
to care for; to cultivate; to
exercise ; to pursue ; to
practise ; to respect ; to re*
210
COLONIA COMMOROR.
srard ; to venerate ; to wor-
9 hip; lo inhabit.
Colon ia, se, f. a colony; from
Colonus, i, m. (colo,) a colo-
nist.
Color, & Colos, oris, m. a color.
Coluniba, ae, f. a dove; a
pig eon.
Col uni bare, is, n. a dovecote.
Columna, ae, f. (coliimen, a
prop;) a pillar ; a column.
CombQro,-urere,-ussi, -ustum,
tr. (con & uro, 80, 5,) to
burn up ; to coiisume.
Comedendus, a, um, part, from
Comedo, edere, edi, esum &
estum., tr. (con & edo,) to
eat up; to devour.
Comes, itis, c. (con & eo,) one
loho gives with a?iotker ; a
cxjinpanion.
Cometes, ae, m. a comet ; ^ 9,
Gr. N.
Comissor, or Commissor, ari,
atus, sum, intr. dep. to
revel as Bacchanalians ;
to riot ; to banquet ; to ca-
rouse.
Comitans, tis, part, (comitor.)
Comitatus, a, um, part, from
Comitor, ari, atus sum, tr.
dep. (comes,) to accompa-
ny; to attend; to Jolloio.
Commemoro, are, avi, atum,
tr. (con & memoro,) to'com-
me/morate; to mention.
Commendo, are, avi, atum, tr.
(con &: mando,) to commit
to one^s tare; to commend;
to recommend.
Commeo, are, avi, atum, intr.
(con & meo,) to go to and
fro ; to go and come ; to
pass,
Commercium, i, n. (con &
merx,) commerce; exchange\
traffic ; intercourse.
Commigro, are, avi, atum,
intr. (con & migro,) to emi-
grate; to remove.
Comminua, -minuere, -minui,
-minutum, tr. (con & mi-
nuo,) to dash or break in
pieces; to crush; bruise.
Commintitus, a, um, part, bro-'
ken in pieces; diminished.
Committo,-mittere,-mTsi, mis-
sum, tr. (con & mitto,) to
bring or jnit together; to
commit ; to entrust ; to be-
gin: pugnam, to join bat-
tle; to commence or to fight
a battle.
Commissus, a, um, part, in-
trusted; perpetrated; com-
mitted; commenced: proeli-
um commissum, a battle
begun or fought; copiis
commissis, forces being en-
gaged^
CTommoditas, atis, f. (commo-
dus,) aptness; fitness; a
convenience ; commodious-
ness,
Commodum, i, n. (id.) an ad-
vantage; gain.
Commorior, -mori & moriri,
-njortuus sum, intr. dep,
(ccn & morior,) to die to-
get her.
Commoror, ari, atus sum,
intr. dep. (con & moror.)
COMMOTUS — C ONCIPIO.
211
to reside with; to stay at;
to remain; to continue.
Commotus, a, um, part, from
Commoveo, -movere, -mo\n,
■ -motum, tr. (con & moveo,)
to move together or wholly;
to move ; to excite; to stir
up; to influence; to induce.
Communico, are, avi, atum,
tr. to communicate; to im-
part; to tell; from
Communis, e, adj. (comp.)
common : in commune con-
sulere, to consult for the
common good,
Commuto, are, avi, atum, tr.
con & muto,) to change; to
^ alter; to exchange.
ComcBclia, ae, f. a comedy.
Comparo, are, avi, atum, tr.
(con & paro,) to pre'pare;
to get together ; to gain;
to procure; to compare.
Compello, -pell ere, -puli,-pu1-
sum, tr. (con & pello,) to
drive; to compel ; to force :
in fugam, to put to flight.
Compenso, are, avi, atum, tr.
(con&penso,) to loeigh to-
gether ; to compensate ; to
make amends for.
Comperio, -perire, -peri, -per-
tum, tr. (con & pario,) to
find out; to learn; to dis-
cover.
Complector, - plecti, - plexus
sum, tr. dep. (con &
plector,) to embrace; to
comprise; to comprehend;
to reach; to extend: com-
plect i amore, to love.
Compono, -ponere,-posui, -po-
situm, tr. (con & pono 'i to
put together; to compose,
to arra?ige; to construct; to
finish; to compare ; hence,
Compositus, a, uin, pari, fin-
ished; composed; quieted.
Comprehendendus, a, um, fr.
Comprehendo, -prehendero,
-prehendi, -prehensum, tr.
(con & prehendo,) to grasp
or hold together; to compre-
hend; to seize; to apprehend,
Comprehensus, a, um, part.
Compulsus, a, um, part, (com-
pello.)
Conatus, a, um, part, (conor,)
having endeavored.
Concedo,-cedere, - cessi, -ces-
sum, intr, & tr. (con & ce-
do,) to step aside', to yield;
to permit; to grant.
Conceptus, a, um, part, (con-
cipio,) conceived; couched;
expressed.
Concessus, a, um, part, (con-
cedo.)
Concha, se, f. <2 shell-fish.
Conchylium, i, n. a shell-fish.
Concilio, are, avi, atum, tr. to
join together; to conciliate;
to reconcile; to acquire for
one\ self ; to gain; to oh"
tain; from
Concilium, i, n. a council.
Concio, onis, f. (concieo,) an
assembly ; an assembly of
the people.
Concipio, -cipere, -cepi,. -cep-
tum, tr. (con & capio,) to
take together; to conceive;
'2V^
CONCITO CONGERO.
to imagine; to form; to
draw up; to cornyrehend,
Coiicito, are, avi, atum, tr.
ireq. (con & citoj to set in
motion; to excite; to raise,
Concitor, oris, m. one who ex-
cites; an exciter; a mover;
a disturber.
Concoquo, -coquere, -coxi,
-coctum, tr, (con &coquo,)
to boil; to digest,
Concordia, ae, f. (concors,) oon-
cord; agreement; harmony,
Concredo, -credere, -credidi,
-creditum, tr. (con & credo,)
to cojisign; to trust; to in-
trust,
Concremo, are, avi, atum, tr.
(con & cremo,) to burn
with; to burn; to consume,
Concurro, -currere, -curri,-cur-
sum, intr. (con & curro,) to
run together: concurritur,
pass. imp. a crowd assem-
ble, t 67. Note.
Concussus, a, um, part, sha-
ken; moved; from
Concutio, cutere, cussi, cus-
sum, tr. (con & quatio,) to
shake; to agitate; to tremble.
Conditio, -onis, f. (condo,) con-
dition; situation; a propo-
sal; terms,
Conditus, a, um, part, from
Condo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr.
(con & do,) to put together;
to lay up; to found; to
build; to make; to form; to
hide; to bury; to coliceal,
Conduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc-
tum, tr. (con & duco,) tolead
together; to conduct; to
hire.
Confectus, a, um, part, (con-
ficio.)
Confero, conferre, contiili, col-
latum, tr. irr. (con & fero,)
to bring together; to heap
up; to bestow; to give : se
conferre, to betake orient
self; to go,
Conficio,-ficere, -feci, -fectum,
(con & facio, to do tho*
roughly;) to make; to fin-
ish; to waste; to loear out;
to terminate; to consume;
to ruin; to destroy; to kill,
Confiigo, -fligere, -flixi, -flic-
tum, (con & fiigo,) to strikt
or dash together; to con-
' tend; to e7igage; to fight,
(viz : in close combat,) See
dimico.
Conflo, are, avi, atum, tr.(con
& iio,) to blow together;
to melt; to unite; to com-
pose.
Confiuo,-fluere,-fluxi, -fluxum,
intr. (con & fluo,) to flow to-
gether; toflock; to assemble,
Confodio,- fodere, -fodi -fos-
sum, tr. (con & fodio,) to
dig through and through;
to pierce; to stab.
Confossus, a, um, part, (con-
fodio.)
Confugio, -fugere, fugi, -fugi-
tum, intr. (con & fugio,) to
flee to; to fee for refuge,
to flee.
Congero, -gerere, -gessi, -ges-
tum, tr. (con & gero,) to
t.
CONGREDIOR CONSILIUM.
213
bring together; to collect;
to heap up.
Congredior, -gredi, -gressus
sum, intr. dep. (con & gra-
dior,) to meet; to encoun-
ter; to engage; to fight,
Congrego, are, avi, atum, tr.
(con & grex,) to assemble
in flocks; to assemble,
Conjectus, a, um, part, from
Conjicio,-jicere,-jeci, -jectum,
tr. (con & jacio,) to cast;
to throio forcibly; to con-
jecture, ♦
Conjugium, i, n. (con & jugo,)
marriage,
Conjungo, -jungere, -junxi,
-junctum, tr. (con &; jungo,)
to unite; to bind; to join,
Conjuratus, a, um, part, con-
spired: conjurati, subs.
conspirators; from
Oonjuro, are, avi, atum, tr.
(con & juro,) to sweur to-
gether; to combine; to con-
spire : conjuratum est, a
conspiracy was formed,
Conjux, ugis, c. (con & jugo,)
a spouse; a husban'd or ivife,
Conor, ari, atus sum. intr. dep.
to attempt; to venture; to
ejideanor; to strive.
Conqueror, queri, questus,
sum, intr. dep. (con & que-
ror,) to complain; to lament,
Conscendo,-scendere,- scendi,
-scensum, tr. (con & scan-
do,) to climb up; to ascend,
Conscensus, a, um, part, (con-
scendo.)
Conscisco, -sciscere, -scivi.
-scitum, tr. (con & scisco,)
to investigate; to vote to-
gether; to agree; to decree;
to execute: sibi mortem con-
sciscere, to lay violent hands
on one^s self; to commit
suicide,
Consecro, are, avi, atum, tr.
(con & sacro,) to consecrate:
to dedicate; to devote.
Consedi. See Consido.
Consenesco, senescere, senui,
intr. inc. (con & senesco,)
to grow old.
Consentio,-sentire,-sensi,-sen-
sum, intr. (con & sentio,) to
think together; to agree;
to consent; to unite,
Consequor, -sequi, -secutus
sum, tr. dep. (con h, se-
quor,) to follow closely; to
gain; to obtain,
Consecutus, a, um, part, hav'
ing obtained,
Consero, -serere, -serui, -ser-
tum, tr. (con & sero,) to
join; to put together : pug-
nam, to join battle; to fight,
Conservandus, a, um, part,
from
Conservo, are, avi, atum, tr.
(con & servo,) to preserve;
to maintain; to perpetuate,
Considens, tis, part, from
Consido, -sidere, -sedi, -ses-
sum, intr. (con & sido,) to
sit doion; to encamp; to take
one^s seat; to perch; to light.
Consilium, i, n. (consulo,)
cou7isel; design; intentio7i,
a council; deliberation: ad •
214
CONSISTO CONTEMPLOR.
ince; a plan; judgmeiit ; dis-
cretion; pnidence; ivisdovi.
Consisto, -sistere, -stiti, intr.
(con & sisto,) to stand to-
get her; to stand; to con-
sist.
Consoler, ari, atiis, sum, tr.
dep. (con & solor,) to con-
- sole; to comfort.
Conspectus, a, um, part, (con-
spicio,)
Conspectus, 6s, m. (id.) a see-
ing; a sight; a view,
(Jonspicatus, a, um, part, (con-
spicor.)
Conspicio, -spicere, -spexi,
-spectum, tr.(coii & specio,)
to behold; to see.
Conspicor, ari, atus sum, tr.
dep. (id.) to behold; to see,
Conspicuus, a, um, adj. (id.)
co7ispicuous; distinguished.
Constans, tis, part. & adj.
(com p.) Jirm ; constant ;
steady,
Constituo,-stituere,-stitui,-sti-
lutum, tr. (con &statuo,) to
cause to stayid ; i. e. to
place; to establish; to ap-
point; to resolve.
Consto, -stare, -stiti, intr. (con
& sto,) to stand together;
to consist of\ constat, imp.
it is certain; it is evident.
Construo, -stuere, -struxi,-
strnctum, tr. (con & struo,)
to pile together ; to con-
struct ; to build ; to com-
pose; to form,
Consuesco, -suescere, -suevi,
-suetum, intr. (con & sues-
co,) to be accustomed,
hence,
Consuetudo, inis, f. habit; cus*
torn.
Consul, ulis, m. a consul^
hence,
Consularis, e, adj. of ox per'
taining to the co?isul; con"
sular : vir consularis, o7ie
who has been a consul ; a
man of consular dignity,
Consulatus, us, m. (consul,)
the consulship,
gfJonsulo, -sulere, -sului, -sul-
tum, tr. to advise; to con-^-,
suit,
Consulto, are, avi, atum, tr. &
intr. freq. (consulo,) to ad'
vise together; to consult,
Consumo, -sumere, -sumsi,
-sumptum, tr. (con & su-
mo,) to take together^ oi;
at once; hence, to consume,
to wear out; to exhaust; to
v'aste; to destroy; hence
Consumptus, a, urii, part.
Contagiosus, a, um, adj.
comp. (contingo,) co7ita-
gious,
Contemnendus, a, um, part,
from
Contemno, -temnere, -tempsi,
-temptum, tr. (con & tem-
no,) to despise ; to reject
icith scorn.
Contemplatus, a, um, pari.
observing; regarding; con-
sidering; from
Contemplor, ari, atus sum, ti.
dep. (con & templum, a
quarter in the heavens^) to
CONTEMPTIM CONTUSUS.
215
look attentively at the
heavens ; (said originally
of the augurs ; hence,) to
contemplate; to regard; to
consider; to look at; to gaze
uyon,
Contemptim, adv. with con-
tenfft ; contemptuously ;
scornfully ; from
Contemptus, a, um, part, (con-
temno.)
Contemptus, ^s, m. (id.) con-
tempt.
Contendo, dere, di, turn, tr. &
intr. (con & tendo, to
stretch, or draw or strive
together, hence,) to dis-
pute; to fight; to contend;
to go to; to direct one's
course; to request ; hence,
Contentio, onis, f. contention;
a debate; a controversy; ex-
ertion: an effort; a strife,
Contentus, a, um, adj. (comp.)
content; satisfied: fr. con-
tineo.
Contero, -terere, -trivi-,tritum,
tr. (con & tero,) to break;
to pound; to waste,
Continens, tis, part. & adj.
(comp,) holding together ;
hence, joinirig; continued;
uninterrupted; temperate:
subs. f. the continent, or
main land : from
Contineo, -tinere, -tinui, -ten-
turn, tr. (con & teneo,) to
hold together, or in; to con-
taiii,
Contingo, -tingere, -tigi, -tac-
tum, tr. (con & tango,) to
touch ; contigit, imp. it
happens : mihi, it happens
to me; I have the foi tune.
Continuo, adv. immediately;
forthwith; in succession;
from
Continuus, a, um, adj. (con-
tineo,) continued; adjoin-
ing; incessant; uninPer-
rupted; conti^iual; without
intermission; in close suc-
cession: continuo alveo, ^>^
one entire or undivided
channel.
Contra, prep, against; oppO"
site to : adv. on the other
hand.
Contractus, a, um, part, (con-
traho.)
Contradico, -dicere,- dixi, -dic-
tum, tr. (contra & dico,) to
speak against; to contra-
dict; to oppose.
Contradictus, a, um, part, cxm*
tradicted; opposed.
Contraho,-trahere,-traxi,-trac-
tum, tr. (con & traho,) to
drau) together; to contract
to assemble; to collect.
Contrarius, a, um, adj. (con-
tra,) contrary; opposite.
Contueor, -tueri, -tuitus sum,
tr. dep. (con & tueor,) to
regard; to behold; to vieio;
to gaze upo7i; to survey.
Contundo, -tundere, -tudi, -tfi-
sum, tr. (con & tundo,) to
beat together; to beat; to
bruise; to crush; to put'
verize.
Contusus, a, um, part.
216
CONVALESCO CORROSUS.
Convalesce, -valescere,-valui,
intr. inc. (con & valesco,
from valeo,) to grow well;
to recover.
Convenio, -venire, -veni, -ven-
tum, intr. (con & venio,) to
come together; to meet; to
assemble.
Cotiverto, -vertere,-verti, -ver-
sum,tr.(con,verto.) to turn;
to resort to; to appropriate;
to convert into; to change;
se in preces, to turn one's
self to entreating.
Convicium, i, n. (con & vox,)
loud noise; scolding; re-
proach; abuse.
Convivium, i. h. (con &vivo,)
a feast; a bajiquet; an en-
tertainment.
Convoco, are, avi, atum, tr.
(con & voco,) to call to-
gether; to assemble.
Con vol vo, -volvere, -volvi,-vo-
lutum, tr. (con & volvo,) to
roll together; pass, to he
rolled together: se, to roll
one's self up.
Cooperio, -perire, -perui, -per-
Tum, tr. (con & operio,) to
cover.
Copia, ae, f. an abundance; a
multitude; a swarm: co-
piae, ^\. forces; troops.
Copiose, adv. (ius, issime,) co-
piously; abundantly; from
copiosus, from copia.
Coquo, coquere, coxi, coctum,
tr. to cook; to bake; to boil;
to roast; hence,
Coquus, i, m. a cook.
Cor, cordis, n. the heart.
Coram, prep, tn the presence
^fj l>€fore; adv. openly.
Corc.yra, se, f. an island on the
coast ofEpiniSy now Corfu.
Corinthius, a, um, adj. Corin
thian ; belonging to Co-
rinth.
Corinthius, i, m. a Corinthian.
Corinthus, i, f. Corinth, a city
of Achaia, in Greece.
Corioli, Drum, m. pi. a town |
of Latium.
Coriolanus, i, m.. a distinguish^
ed Roman general.
Corium, i, n. the skhi; the skin
or hide of a beast; leather
Cornelia, ae, f. a noble Roman
lady.
Cornelius, i, m. the name of
an illvstrious tribe^ or clan^
at Rome. adj. Cornelian,
Cornix, icis, f. a crow.
Cornu, n.ind. in Sing. ^ 16 ;
a horn.
Corona, ae, f. a crown.
Corpus, oris, n. a body; a corpse.
Correptus,a,um,part.(corripio.)
Corrigo,-rigere,-rexi, -rectum,
tr. (con & rego,) to set right,
to straighten ; to make bet-
ter; to co7'rect.
Corripio, -ripere, -ripui, -rep-
tum, tr. (con & rapio,) tn
seize.
Corrodo, rodere, rc^si, -rosum,
tr. (con & rodo,) to gnaw,
to corrode.
Corrosus,a,um, part, (corrodo,)
CORRUMPO CRUDELIS.
217
p.
Corrumpo, -rumpere, -rupi,
-ruptum, tr. (con&rumpo,)
to break up, {or thoroughly;)
to corrupt; to bribe; to hurt;
to violate; to seduce; to im-
pair; to destroy;
Corruo, -ruere, -rui, intr. (con
& ruo,) to fall down; to de-
cay.
Corruptus, a, um, part. & adj.
(corrumpo,) bribed; vitia-
ted; foul; corrupt.
Corsica, ae, f. an island in the
Mediterranean sea, north
of Sardinia.
Corvinus, i, m. a surname gi-
ven to M. Valerius, from
an incident in his life; from
Corvus, i, m. a raven.
Corycius, a, um, adj. Cory-
dan; of Corycus.
Corycus, i, m. the name of a
city and mountain ofCilicia
Cos., an abbreviation of con-
sul ; Coss., of consules ;
Gr. p. 308.
Cotta, se, m. a Roman cogno-
men, belonging to the Au-
relian tribe.
Crater, eris,m. a goblet; a cra-
ter; the mouth of a volcano.
Crates, etis, m. a Thebanphi-
losopher.
f'rassus, i, m. the name of a
Roman family of the Lu-
cinian tribe.
Creatus, a, um, part, (creo.)
Creber, crebra, crebrum, adj.
(crebrior,creberrimus,)/re-
quent.
Crebro, adv. (crebriiis, creber-
rimo,) (cveher,) frequently.
Credo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr.
to believe; to trust.
Credulus, a, um, adj. (credo,)
easy of belief; credulous.
Cremera, ae, f. a river of Eti^C'
ria, near lohich the Fabian
family were defeated and
destroyed.
Cremo, are, avi, atum, tr. to
burn; to consume.
Creo, arc, avi, atum, tr. to
make; to choose; to elect.
Cresco, crescere crevi, cre-
tum, intr. (creo,) to spring
up; to increase; to grow,
Creta, se, f. Crete, now Can-'
dia, an island in the Med-
iterranean sea, south of
the Cyclddes.
Cretensis, e, adj. belonging to
Crete, Cretan.
Crevif See Cresco.
Crimen, inis, n. a crime; a
fault; an accusation : alicui
crimini dare, to charge as
a crime against one.
Crinis, is, m. the hair.
Crixus, i, m. the name of a cele-
brated gladiator.
CrocodTlus, i, m. a crocodile.
Cruciatus, a, um, part, (crucio.)
Cruciatus, us, m. (id.) torture;
distress; trouble; affliction.
Crucio, are, avi, atum, tr.
(crux,) to crucify; to tor-
inent; to torture.
Crudelis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,)
cruel; (fr. crudus,) hence,
19
218
'^^ CRUDELITER CYCLADES.
Ciudeliter, adv. (ius, issime,)
cruelly.
Crudus, a, um, adj. (cruor,)
properly, full of blood;
crude; raw; unripe,
Cruor, oris, m. blood; gore.
^rus, cruris, n, the leg; (from
the knee to the ankle.)
Crux, crucis, f. a cross.
Cubitus, i, m., & Cubitum, i,
n. (cubo, to recline^) the
arm, from the elbow to the
wrist; a cubit,
Cucurri. See Curro.
Cui,&Cujus, iSee Qui, & Quis.
Culex, icis, m. a gnat.
Culpa, aB, f. a fault ; guilt;
blame; hence,
Culpo, are, avi, atum, tr. to
blame.
Cultellus, i, m. (dim, from cul-
ler,) a lit tie knife; a knife.
Cultus,a, um, part, (colo,) cul-
tivated; improved; dressed.
Cum, prep, with : adv. the
same as quum, when:
cum — turn, 7iot only — but
also; as well — as also.
Cunctatio, onis, f. (cunctor,)
delaying; a delaying; hesi-
tation.
Cunctus, a, um, adj. all; the
whole.
Cumculns, i,m. a rabbit; a cony.
Cupiditas, atis, f. (cupio,) a
wish ; a desire ; cupidity ;
(with moderation.)
Cupido, inis, f. desire; (with
eagerness.)
Cupidus, a, um, adj. comp.
(id.) desirous.
Cupiens, tis, part, from
Cupio, ere, ivi, itum. tr. tt
desire; to ivish; to long for.
Cur. adv. (abbreviated for
quare,) why; wherefore.
Cura, as, f. care; anxiety.
Cures, ium, f. pi. a city of the
Sabines.
Curia, ae, f. a curia or ward;
one of thirty parts into
which the Roman people
were divided; the senate
house,
Curiatii, orum, m. pi., the
name of an Alban tribe.
Three brothers belonging
to this tribe fought with the
Horatii.
Curo, are, avi, atum, tr. f'^ura,)
to take care of; to care* to be
concerned ; to cure or heal,
Curro, currere, cucurri cur-
sum, intr. to run ; hence,
Currus, us, m. a chariot: and
Cursor, oris, m. (curro,) arun-
ner; also <z surname yiven
to L, Fapirhis.
Cursus, us,m. (id.) arunning;
a course;
Curvus, a, um, adj. crooked.
Custodia, ae, f. (custos,) a
watch; a guard; a prison.
Custodio, ire, ivi, itum, tr.
(id.) to guard; to woJch;
to preserve; to keep safely.
Custos, odis, c. a guard; a
keeper.
Cutis, is, f. the skin.
Cyaneus, a, um, adj . dark blue,
Cyclades, um. f. pi. a dustei
of islands in the Archipela'
CYCLOPES — DEBELLO.
219
go^ which derive their
tiaviejroin lying in a circle.
Cyclopes, um. m, pi. the Cy-
clops^ giants of Sicily, liv-
ing near Mtna,
Cydrius, i, m. a river of Cilicia.
Cyllene, es, f. a mountain in
Arcadia.
Oymba, a3, f. a boat; a skiff; a
canoe.
Cymbalum, i, n. « cyvihal.
Cynicus i, m. a Cynic. The
Cynics were a sect of phi-
losophers founded by Antis-
thenes.
Cynoceplialge, arum, f. pi.
small hills near Scotussa,
in Thessaly.
Cynocephali, orum, m. pi. a
people of India with heads
like dogs.
Cynocephalus, i, m.. an Egyp-
tian deity.
Cynossema, atis, n. apromon-
tory of Thrace, near Sestos,
where queen HecUba was
buried.
Cynthus, i, m. a hill near the
town of Delos.
Cyrenae, arum, f, pi. Cyrene, a
city of Africa, the capital
of Cyreriaica.
Cy^enaica, £e, f. a country in
the northern part of Africa,
so called from its capital,
Cyrence..
Cyrenasus, a, um, adj. Cyre-
nean; belonging to CyrencB.
Cyrenensis, e, adj. Cyrenean;
of CyrlTicB.
Cyrnus, i, f. a Greek name of
the island of Corsica.
Cyrus, i, m. Cyrus, the name
of a Persian king,
Cyzicus, i, f. the name of an
island, near Mysia, contain-
ing a town of the same
name,
D.
Daedalus, i, m. an ingenious
Athenian artist, the son of
Euphemus.
Damno, are, avi, alum, tr
(damnum, loss;) to adjudge
to loss of any kind; to cou'
demn.
Damnosus, a, um, adj. injuria
ous; hurtful.
Danaus, i, m. an ancient king
of Argos, and brother of
^Egyptus.
Dandus, a, um, part, (do.)
Dans, tis, part, (do.)
Danubius, i, m. the Danube,
a large river of Germany,
called also the Ister, af-
ter its entrance into Illy-
ricum.
Daps, dapis, f. a feast; a meaL
Dardania, se, f. a country and
city of Asia Mi?ior, near
the Hellespont.
Daturus, a, um, part, (do.)
Datus, a, um, part, (do.)
De, prep, from; of; concern
ing; on account of
Dea, se, f. ^ 9, 4. a^ goddess.
Debello, are, avi, atum, tr. (tie
220
DEBEO DEDUCO.
& bello,) to 'put down by
war; hence, to conquer; to
subdue,
Debeo, ere, ui, itum, tr. (de &
habeo,)^o 02ve; tobeobliged;
with an infinitive, oi^^A^, or
should,
Debeor, eri, itus sum, pass, to
be due,
Debilito, are, Svi, atum, tr.
(debilis,) to weaken; to en-
feeble,
Debitus, a, um, part, (debeo,'^
due; deserved; owing,
Decedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces-
sum, intr. (de & cedo,) to
depart; to retire; to with-
draw; to yield; to die.
Decern, num. adj. ten.
Decemviri, orum, m. pi. de-
cemvirSy ten men appointed
to prepare a code of laws
for the Ro7nans, and by
whom the laws of the twelve
tables were formed.
Decerno, -cernere, -crevi, -cre-
tum, tr. (de & cerno,) to
separate one thi^ig from
another; to judge; to de-
cide; to fight; to contend;
to discern; to decree : hel-
ium decretum est, the ma-
nagement of the war was
decreed,
Decerpo, -cerp^re, -cerpsi,
-cerptum,tr. (de&carpo,)^©
pluck off; to pick; to gather.
Decido, -cidere, -cidi, intr. (de
&c cado,) to fall, [yvL'.from^
or doum:) denies decidunt,
the teeth fail^ or come oat.
Decimus, a, um, num. adj.
ord. (decem,) the i&tith,
Decius, i, m, the name of sev-
eral Romans distinguished
for their patriotism,
Declaro, are, avi, atum, tr.
(de & claro, to make clear;)
to declare; to show,
Decoctus, a, um, part, from
Decoquo, -coquere, -coxi,-coc-
tum, tr. (de &: coquo,) to
boil down; to boil,
Decorus,a,um, adj. (decor,) 5e-
coming; handsome: adorn*
ed; decorous; beautiful,
Decretus, a, um, part, (de-
cerno.)
Decresco,-crescere,-crevi, intr.
(de &cresco,) to sink downA
or subside; to decrease; to'^
diminish; to fall to decay,
Decumbo, -cumbere, -cubui, ,
intr.(de & cubo,) to lie doivn,^
Decurro, -currere, -curri, -cur-'
sum, intr. (de & curro,) to\
run down; to flow doivn.
Decus, oris, n. (deceo,) an or-j
nament,
Dedi. See Do.
Dedidi. See Dedo.
Deditio, on is, f. (dedo,) a giv'\
ing up; a surrender.
Deditus, a, um, part, (dedo.)
Dedo, ded ere, dedidi, deditum, I
tr. (de & do,) to give up; to\
surrender; to deliver up; to\
addict or devote one^s sdf\
Deduco, -ducere, -duxi, -due-
turn, tr. (de & diico,) to ha(i\
or draio downivards; to lead\
forth; to bring: to Lad,
DEFATIGO — DELINQUO.
221
Defati^o, are, avi, atum, tr. (de
»fe fatigo,) to weary out; to
fatigue.
Defendo, -fendere, -fendi,-fen-
sum,tr.(de&fendo,obsol, to
hit;) to defend; to protect.
Defensus, a, um, part, (de-
fendo.)
Defero, -ferre, -tiili, -latum,
tr. irr. (de & fero,) to bring,
(viz : down, or along;) to
convey; to proffer; to con-
fer; to give.
Deficiens, tis, part, from,
Deficio, -j&cere, -feci, -fectum,
tr. & intr. (de & facio,) to
fail; to abandon; to be
wanting; to decrease; to be
eclipsed; to revolt.
Defieo, ere, evi, etum, (de &
fleo,) to deplore; to bewail;
to lament; to weep for,
Defluo, -flu ere, -fluxi, -fluxum,
intr. (de & fluo,) to flow
down,
Defodio, -fodere, -fodi, -fos-
sum, tr. (de & fodio, to dig
down;) to bury; to inter.
Deforinitas, atis, f. (deformis,)
deformity; ugliness.
Defossus,a, um, part.(defodio.)
Defunctus, a, um, part, firi-
ished : defunctus or defunc-
tus vita, dead; from
Defungor,-fungi,-functus sum,
intr. dep. (de & fungor,) to
execute; to perform; to be
free from; to finish.
Degens, tis, part, from
Dego, degere, degi, tr. &
intr. (de & ago,) to lead; to
to live; to dwell: degere
astatem, to live.
Degusto, are, avi,atum, tr. (de
& gusto,) to taste.
Deinde, adv.(de & inde,) then;
further; after that; next.
Deiotarus, i, m. a man who
was made king of Galatia^
by the Roman senate,
by the favor of Pompey,
Dejectus, a, um, part, from
Dejicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum,
tr. (de & jacio,) to throw
or cast down.
Belabor, -labi, lapsus sum,
intr. dep. (de & labor,) to
fall; to glide down; to flow,
Delatus, a, um, part.(defero,)
carried down; conferred,
Delecto, are, avi, atum, tr. (de
& lac to,) to allure; to de-'
light; to please.
Delectus, a, um, part, (deligo,)
Delendus, a, um, part to be de^
stroyed; from
Deleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. (de
& leo, to daub;) to extin"
guish; to destroy,
Deliciae, arum, f. pi. (delicio,)
delights; diversions; plea*
sures.
Delictum, i, n. (delinquo,) a
neglect of duty; a fault;
crime.
Deligo, -ligere, -legi, -lectum,
tr. (de & lego,) to select; to
choose.
Delinquo,-linquere, -nqui,-lic-
tum, tr. ^de & linquo,) to
222
DELPHICUS — DEPULSO.
fail in duty; to offend; to
do wrong,
.Delphicus, a, um, adj. Delphic,
belonging to Delyhi.
Delphi, orum, m. pi. a town of
Phocis, famous for the tem-
ple and oracle of Apollo,
Delphinus, i, m. a dolphin.
Delta, 88, f. a part of Egypt,
so called from its resem-
blance to the Greek letter
delta, A.
Delubrum, i, n. (deluo, to pu-
rify;) a temple; a shrine,
Delus or -os, i, f. an island in
the Mgean sea; the birth
place of Apollo and Diana,
Demaratus, i, m. a Corinthian,
father of the elder Tarquin.
Demergo, -mergere, -mersi,
-mersum, tr. (de & mergo,)
to plunge; to sink,
Demersus, a, um, part.
Demetrius, i, m. a Greek pro-
per name.
Demissus, a, um, part, cast
down; descending; from
Demitto, -mittere, -misi, -mis-
sum, tr. (de & mitto,) to
send down; to let down; to
drop,
Democritus, i, m. a Grecian
philosopher, born at Abdera,
Demonstro, are, avi, atum, tr.
(de & monstro,) to point
out; to shew; to demon-
strate; to prove,
Demosthenes, is, m. the most
celebrated of the Athenian
orators,
Demum, adv. at length; rwt
till then; at last; ojily; in
fine.
Deni, se, a, dis. num. adj. pi
every ten; ten; by tens,
Dexiique, adv. finally; at last.
Dens, tis, m. a tooth,
Densus, a, um, adj. (comp.)
thick,
Dentatus, i, m. (Siccius,) a
brave Roman soldier,
Denuntio or -do, are, avi,
atum, tr. (de & nuntio,)
prop, to make known; to
foreshow; to proclaim; to
declare; to de7iounce,
Depascor, -pasci, -pastus sum,
tr. dep. (de & pascor,) to
feed upon; to eat up; to
feed.
Depingo,- pingere,-pinxi,-pic-
tum, tr. (de & pingo,) to
paint; to depict; to de-
scribe; to exhibit.
Deplore, are, avi, atum, tr. (de
& ploro,) to deplore; to
weep for; to mourn,
Depono, -ponere, -posui, -posi-
tum, tr. (de &; pono,) to
lay down or aside,
Depopulatus, a, um, part, from
Depopulor, ari, atus sum,
tr. dep. (de & popiilus,) to
lay waste,
Deporto, are, avi, atum, tr.
(de & porto,) to carry down,
Deprehendo,-prehendere,-pre-
hendij-prehensum, tr. (de
and prehendo,) to seize; to
catch; to detect,
Deprehensus, a, um, part.
Depulso, are, avi, atum, tr.
DESCBNDO DEVOLO.
223
freq. (de & pulso,) to -push
away; to keep off; to repel.
bescendo, -scendere, -scendi,
-scensam, intr. (de & scan-
do,) to descend : in certa-
men descendere, to ejigage
in a contest : descenditur
imp, one descends; we de-
sz.z7id; t76. Note.
V Describo, -scribere, -scripsi,
scriptum, tr. (de & scribo,)
prop, to write down; to de-
scribe; to divide; to order,
Desero,-serere,-serui,-sertum,
tr. (de & sero,) to desert; to
forsake; to abandon : (op-
posite of sero, § 91, 3.)
Desertum, i, n. a desert : from
Desertus, a, um, part. & adj.
(comp.) deserted; waste;
desolate; desert.
Desiderium, i, n. (desidero to
desire:) a longing for; a
desire; love; affection; re-
gret; grief
Desino, sinere, sivi, and sii
sTturn, intr. (de & sino,) to
leave off; to terminate; to
cease; to end; to renounce.
Note — An ace. after this
verb is governed by an in-
finitive understood.
Desperatus, a, um, part. &
adj. comp. despaired of;
past hope; desperate; hope-
less : from
Despero, are, avi, atum, tr.
(de & spero,) to despair :
^ 91, 3.
Desponsatus, a, um, part, from
Desponso, are, avi, atum, tr.
freq. (despondeo,) to pro^
mise in marriage; to be*
troth; to affiance,
Destino, are, avi, atum, tr.
prop, to fix; to destine; to ap-
point; to resolve; to aim at.
Desum, -esse, -fui, intr. irr.
(de &;sum,) to be wanting;
^91,3.
Deterior, adj. com par. (sup.
deterrimus, § 26,4,) worst.
Deterreo, ere, ui, itum, tr. (de
& ieueo,) to frighten from,
to deter,
Detestor, ari, atus sum, tr.
dep. (de & tester,) to call
to vjitness; to wish (as a
curse): to deprecate; to dC"
test,
Detractus, a, um, part, from
Detraho, -trahere, -traxi,-trac-
tum, tr. (de & traho,) to
draw down or aivay; to
draw off; to take from,
Detrimentum, i, n. (detero,)
detriment; damage; harm*
loss,
Deus, i, m. God; a god, .
Deveho, -vehere, -vexi, -vec-
tum, tr. (de & veho,) to
carry down, or away,
Devexus, a, um, adj. sloping;
inclining,
Devictus, a, um, part, from
Devinco, -vincere, -vici, -vic-
tum, tr. (de & vinco,) to
conquer; to subdue; to over*
come.
Devolo, are, avi, atum, intr.
(de & volo,) to fly down; to
fly away.
1>24
PEVORO DILIGO.
Devoro. are, avi, atum, tr. (de
and voro,) to devour; to
eat up,
Devotus, a, um, part, from
Devoveo, -vovere, -vovi, -vo-
tum, tr. (de & v('Veo,) to
vow; to devote; to conse-
crate.
Dexter, era, erum, or ra, rum,
§ 20, 3. adj. right; on the
right hand. See § 26, 2.
Dextra, se, f. the right hand.
Diadema, atis, n, a diadem ;
a white fillet worn upon
the heads of kings.
Diagoras, ae, m. a Rhodian
ivho died of excessive joy^
because his three sons were
victorious at the Olympic
games.
Diana, se, f. the daughter of
Jupiter and LatOna, and
sister of Apollo.
Dico, are, avi, atum, tr. to
consecrate; to dedicate; from
Dico, dicere, dixi, dictum, tr.
to say; to name; to call.
Dictator, oris, m. a dictator;
a chief magistrate^ elected
on special occasions, and
vested with absolute autho-
rity; from
Dicto, are, avi, atum, freq.
to say often; to dictate.
Dictum, i, n. (dico,) a word;
an expressio?u
Dictus, a, um, part, (dico.)
Dies, ei, m. or f. in sing., m.
in pi., a day; in dies, dai-
ly; every day.
Differens, tis, adj. different,
differing; from
Djifero, difFerre, distuli, dila-
tum, tr. & intr. irr. (dis &
fero,) to carry apart, or in
different directions * to car-
ry up and down; lo scat-
ter; to disperse; to spread
abroad: to publish; to de-
fer; to be different.
Difficile, adv. (ius, lime,) diffi-
cultly; with difficulty; from
Difficiljs, e, adj. comp. (dis
& facilis,) difficult; ^Ql, 2.
Obs. 1, hence,
Difficultas, atis, f. difficulty,
trouble; poverty.
Digitus, i, m. a finger; a fin
ger''s breadth.
Dignatus, a, um, part, (dig
nor,) vouchsafing; thought
worthy.
Dignitas, atis, f. (dignus,) dig^
nity; office; honor.
Dignor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep.
to think worthy; to vouch-
safe; to deign; from
Dignus, a, um, adj. (ior, issT-
mus,) worthy.
Dilanio, are, avi, atum, tr.
(dis & lanio,) to tear or
rend in pieces.
Diligenter, adv. (iiis, issTm^,)
diligently ; carefully ; fr.
diiigens.
Diligo,-ligere,-lexi,-lectum,tr.
(dis & lego,) to select care-
fully; to esteem a thing for
its value; hence, to love.
See amo.
niMICATlO DISSERU.
225
W
Dimicafio, 5nis, f. a fight; a
contest; a battle; from
Dimico, are, avi, (or ui,)
atum, intr. (dis & mico,
to glitter^ to fight: viz.,
with swords gleaming :
dimicatum est, a ia^^Ze Zi?a5
fofiight.
Dimiss'is, a, um, part, from
Eimitto -mittere, mlsi, -mis-
sum, tr. (dis & mitto,) to
send away; to dismiss; to
let go,
Diogenes, is, m. an eminent
Cynic 'philosopher^ horn at
SinOpe, a city of Asia Mi-
nor,
Diomedes, is, m. a Grecian
warrior; also, a cruel king
of Thrace,
Dionysius, i. m. the name of
tivo tyrants of Syracuse,
Dirempttirus, a, um, part,
dirimo,) about to decide,
Direptus, a, um, part, (diripio.)
Dirimo,- imere,-emi,-emptum,
tr. (dis & emo,) properly,
to take one thing frora an-
other : to divide; to part;
to separate; to decide,
Diripio,-ripere,-ripui,- reptum,
tr. (dis & rapio,) to tear
asunder; to rob; to plunder;
to pillage; to destroy.
Diruo,- ruere,- rui,- riitum, tr.
(dis & ruo,) to pull down;
to overthrovj; to raze; to
destroy.
Dirus, a, urc, adj. frightful;
terrible; direful; ominous,
Diriitus, a, um, part, (diruo.)
Discedo,-cedere-cessi cessum.
intr. (dis & cedo,) to go
aioay; to depart,
Discerpo, -cerpere, -cerpsi,
cerptum, tr. (dis & carpo,^
to tear asunder, or in
pieces,
Discerptus, a, um, part, (dis-
cerpo.)
Discipulus, i, m. (disco,) a
pupil; a scholar.
Disco, discere, didici, tr. to
learn,
Discordia, se, f. (discors, dis &
cor,) discord; disagreemeiit;
the Goddess Discord,
Discordo, are, avi, atum, intr.
(id.) to differ in feeling; to
he at variance; to differ,
Discrepo, are, avi, or ui, itum,
intr. (dis & crepo,) to dif-
fer in sound; to differ; to
disagree,
Disert^, adv. (i^s issime,)
clearly; eloquently.
Disputatio, onis, f. a dispute,
a discourse; a discussion;
from
Disputo, are, avi, atum, tr.
(dis & puto,) to he of oppo-
site sentiments; hence, to
dispute; to discuss; to dis*
course,
Dissemino, are, Svi, atum, tr.
(dis & semino,) to spread
abroad; to scatter; to pro'
mitigate,
Dissero, -serere, -serui, -ser»
tum, tr. (dis & sero, to
plait;) to unplait; ^ 91, 2.
to disentangle; hence, to
220
DISSIDIUM DOMICILTUM.
explain; to disccnirse; to
reason; to debate; to say. .
Dissidium, i, n. (dissideo,) a
disagreement; a dissension.
Dissimilis, e, adj. (comp. <5> 26,
1,) U7ilike; dissimilar; fr.
dis & similis.
Distans, tis, part.(disto,)5^a?2^-
ing asunder; differing; dis-
tant; bei?ig divided.
Distinguo, -stinguere, -stinxi,
stinctum, tr. (di & stinguo,)
to distinguish, (viz : by
marks;) to mark; to adorn;
to variegate; to spot; to
sprinkle.
Disto, stare, intr. (di & sto,)
intr. to stand apart; to be
distant; to be divided; to
differ.
Distribuo,-tribuere,-tribui,-tri-
butum, (dis & tribuo,) to
distribute; to divide.
Ditis, e, adj ,(ior, issimus,) rich.
Diu, adv. (utius, utissimti,)
(dies,) long; for a long time.
Diurnus,a,um,adj.(id.) daily.
Diutinus, a, um, adj. (diu,)
continual; long continued.
Diuturnitas, atis, f. lo7ig con-
tinuance; duration; from
Diuturnus, a, um, adj. (diu,)
Jong; lasting; ior, ^ 26, 6.
Divello, -vellere,-velli, or -vul-
si, -vulsum, tr. (di & vello,)
to pull asunder; to sepa-
rate; to disjoin; to tear off.
Diversus, a, um, adj. part. (fr.
diverto,) turned different
ways; different.
Dives, itis, ^di]. rich; wealthy,
fertile; fruitful.
Divido, dividere, divisi, divi-
sum, tr. (di & iduo, obsol. to
divide;) to divide; tosepa"
rate; to distribute.
Divinus, a, um, adj. (comp/
divine; heavenly; from divus.
DivTsus, a, um, part, (divido.)
Divitias, arum, f. pi. (dives,)
riches; wealth.
Divulsus, a, um, part, (divello.)
Do, dare, dedi, datum, tr. to
give; to grant; to surren-
der : poenas, to suffer pun-
ishment .-crimini, to impute
as a crime; to accuse : finem,
to terminate: nomen, to
give name.
Doceo, ere,ui, tum, tr. toteach,
Docilitas, atis, f. (doceo,) do-
cility; teachableness.
Doctrina, ae, f.(doceo,) instruc-
tion; education; doctrine.
Doctus, a, um, part & adj.
comp. (doceo,) taught;
learned,
Dodona, as, f. a toion and for-
est of EplruSj where were a
temple a7id oracle of Jupiter,
Doleo, ere, ui, intr. to grieve,
to sorrow; to be in pain.
Dolor, oris, m. (doleo,) pain;
sorrow; grief.
Dolus, i, m. a device; a trick;
a stratagem; guile; artifice.
Domesticus, a, um, adj. (do-
mus;) domestic.
Domicilium, i, n. (id.) a habi-
tation; a house; an abode.
DOMINA ECCE.
227
Domina, ae, f. (dominus,) a
inistress.
Dommatio, onis, f. govern-
ment; absolute power; do-
ininion; usurpation; despo-
tism; from
Dominus, i, m. (domus,) mas-
ter; owner; lord,
Domitus, a, um, part, from
Domo, are, ui, itum, tr. to sub-
due; to tame; to overpower;
to conquer; to vanquish,
Domus, us, & i, f. ^IQ', a
house : domi, at home; do-
mo, from home : domum,
home.
Donee, adv. until; as long as.
Dono, are, avi, atum, tr, (do-
num,) to give freely; to
preseiit.
Donum, i, n. (do.) a free gift;
an offering; a present.
Dormio, ire, Ivi, itum, intr. to
sleep.
Dorsum, i, n. the back.
Dos,dotis, f. aportion; a dowry.
Draco, onis, m. a dragon; a
species of serpent.
Druid ae, arum, m. pi. Druids^
priests of the ancient Bri-
tons arid Gauls.
Dubitatio, onis, f, a doubt;
hesitation; question; from
Dubito, are, avi, atum, intr.
(dubius,) to hesitate; to
doubt.
Ducenti, ae, a, num. adj. pi.
two hundred.
Duco, cere, xi, ctum, tr. to
lead; to conduct : uxorem,
to take a loife ; to marry :
exequias, to perform. fuTie^
ral rites : murum, to build
a wall.
Ductus, a, um, part. led.
Duillius, i, m. (Caius,) a Ro'
man commander^ who first
conquered the Carthagini'
ans in a naval engagement,
Dulcis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,)
sweet; pleasant.
Dum, adv. & conj. while;
whilst; as long as; until.
Duo, ae, o, num, adj. pi. ^ 24,
3. two.
Duodecim, num. adj. ind. pi.
(duo & decem,) twelve;
hence,
Duodecimus, a, um, num. adj.
ord. the twelfth.
Duodeviginti, num. adj. ind.
pi. (duo, de & viginti,§24,
1,) eighteen.
Duritia, ae, & Durities, ei, f.
hardness; from
Durus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi-
mus,) hard; severe; harsh;
unfavorable.
Dux, cis, c. (duco,) a leader;
a guide; a commander,
E.
E, ex, prep, out of; from;
of; among.
Ea. ' See Is.
Ebibo, -bibere, -bibi, -bibitum,
tr. (e & bibo,) to drink up,
Ebrietas, atis, f. (ebrius,)
drunkenness.
Ebur, oris, n, ivory.
Ecce, int. See! lot behold!
228
EDICO ELE U SI Nil.
Edico, -dicere, -dixi, -dictum,
ir. (e & dico,) to proclaim;
to announce; to publish; to
order.
Edidi. See Edo.
Editiis. a, urn, part, puhlished;
uttered; produced; from
Edo,-dere,-didi,-ditum, tr. (e
& do,) to give out; to pub-
lish; to cause; to occasion;
to produce; to make : spec-
taculum edere, to give an
exhibition,
Edo, edere or esse, edi, esum,
tr. irr. ^ 83, 9, to eat; to
consume,
Educatus, a, um, part, from
Educo, are, avi, atum, tr. (e &
duco,) to bring up; to edu-
cate; to instruct,
Educo, -ducere, -duxi, -duc-
tum,tr. (e & duco,) to lead
forth, to bring forth; to
produce; to draw out.
Efficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum,
tr. (e & facio,) to effect; to
make; to form; to cause; to
accomplish.
Effigies, iei, f. (efRngo,) an
image; an effigy.
Efflo, are, avi, atum, tr. (e &
& flo,) to breathe out: ani-
mam, to die; to expire,
Effugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugi-
tum, tr. & intr. (e & fugio,)
to fly from; to escape; to flee.
EfTundo, -fundere, -fudi, -fu-
sum, tr. (e & fundo,) to
pour out; to spill; to dis-
charge; to waste; to over-
Jlow; to extend or spread.
Effusus, a, um, part, poured
out; toasted.
Egeria, as, f. a nymph of the
Aricinian grove ^ and from
whom Numa pi'ofessed to
receive iiistructions respect'
ing religious rites,
Egero,-gerere,-gessi,-gestura.,
tr. (e & gero,) to carry out;
to cast forth; to throw out.
Egestus, a, um, part.
Egi. See Ago.
Ego, mei, subs. pro. /; ^ 28.
Egredior,-gredi,-gressus sum,
intr. dep.(e&gradior,) to go
out; to overflow; to go beyojidj
Egregie, adv. in a distin-
guished manner; excellent-
ly; famously; from
Egregius, a, um, adj. (e &
grex,) properly, chosen from
the flock; hence, distin-
guished; eminent; choice,
Egressus, a, um, part, (egre-
dior.)
Ejusmodi, pro. (genitive of is
& modus,) such; such like;
of the same sort,
Elabor,-labi,-lapsus sum, intr.
dep. (e & labor,) to glide
away; to escape,
E laps us, a, um, part, having
passed,
Elephantis, idis, f. an island
and city in the southern
part of Egypt,
Elephantus, i & Elephas an-
tis, m. an elephant,
Eleusinii, orum, m. pi. the
EleusiniaTis; the inhabit
ants of Eleusis,
ELEUSIS — EPISTOLA.
229
Eleusis & -in, inis, f. a town
of Attica^ sacred to Ceres.
Elido, -lidere, -llsi, -lisum, tr.
(e & Isedo,) to strike out; to
dash in 'pieces; to crush.
E]igo,-ligere,-legi,-lectum, tr.
(e & lego,) to pick out; to
choose; to select.
Eloquens, tis, adj. (ior, issi-
musj (eloquor,) eloquent.
Eloqueiitia, ae, f. (id.) elo-
quence.
Eloquor, '15qui, -locutus sum,
tr. dep. (e & loquor,) to
speak out; to say; to de-
clare; to tell.
Eluceo,-lucere,-luxi, intr. (e
& luceo,) to shine forth.
Emergo, -mergere, -mersi,
-mersum, intr. (e & mer-
go^)to emerge; to come out;
to rise up.
Emineo, ere, ui, intr. (e &
mineo, obsol. to stand or
appear above; hence,) to he
eminent; to rise above; to
be conspicuous; to be dis-
tinguished; to appear.
Emitto, -inittere, -misi, -mis-
sum, tr. (e & mitto,) to
send forth; to discharge.
Emo, emere, emi, emptum,
tr. primarily, to take : com-
monly, to bicy; to purchase.
Emorior,-m6ri, or moriri,-mor-
tuus sum, intr. dep. to die.
Emptus, a, um, part, (emo.)
Enascor, -nasci, -natus sum,
intr. dep. to spring from,
or up; to he horn; to arise.
Enatus, a, um, part, born of.
Eneco,-necare,-necavi or -ne-
cui,-necatun), tr. (e & ne-
co,) to kill [outright.)
Enervo, are, avi, atum, tr. to
unnerve, or enervate; to en*
feeble; to iveaken.
Enim, conj. for; but; truly;
indeed,
Enna, ae, f. a toivn of Sicily.
Ennius, i, m. a very ancient
Roman poet.
Enuntio, or-cio, are, avi, atum,
tr. (e & nuntio, or-cio,) to
say, or tell out; to pro-
claim; to disclose; to di'
vulge.
Eg, ire, ivi„ itum, intr. irr.
« 83,,3, to go.
E6. adv. (i. e. eo loco,) thither;
to that degree; to that
pitch; to that degree of
eminence.
Eous, i, m. the morning star.
Eous, a, um, adj. eastern; the
eastern.
Epaminondas, ae, m. « distiw
guished Theban general.
Ephesus, i, m. a city on the
western coast of Ionia, near
the river Cayster.
Ephialtes, is. a giant, the son
of Neptune, or of Aloeiis
and brother of Otos.
Epimenides, is, m. a poet of
Gnossus, in Crete.
Epirus, i, i. a caicntry in the
western part of Greece.
Epistola, se, f. an epistle; a
letter.
20
230
Ef'ULOR EURO? A.
Epulor, an, atus sum, intr.
dep, to feast; to feast wpon;
to eat; from
Epulum, i, n. sing., & Epiilae,
arum, f. pi. a solemn feast ;
a banquet; a feast, k 18, 6.
Eques, itis, m. (equus,) a
knight; a liorseman : equi-
tes, pi. knights; horsemen;
cavalry.
Eqindem, conj. (ego & qui-
dem,) indeed; I for my
part; (joined mostly with
verbs of the first person.)
Equitatus, us, m. (equito,) cav-
alry.
Equus, i,.,m. a horse.
Eram, Ero, &c. See Sum, ^ 54.
Ereptus, a, um, part, (eripio.)
Erga, prep, towards.
Ergo, conj. therefore.
Erinaceus, i, m. a hedgehog.
Eripio, -ripere, -ripui, -reptum,
tr. (e & rapio,) to tear from;
to take from; to rescue; to
take away; to deliver.
Erro, are, avi, atum, intr. to
wander: to err; to stray;
to roam.
Erodo, -rodere, -rosi, -rosum,
tr. (e & rodo,) to gnavj
away; to consume; to eat
into.
Erudio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. (e &
rudis,) to free from a rude
state; hence, to instruct; to
form; hence,
Eruditio, onis, f. instruction;
learning. ^''-
Eruditus, a, um, part, (erudio.)
Esse. Essem, &c. See Sum.
Esuriens, tis, part, hungry, de^
ing hungry; from
Esurio, ire, ivi, Itum, intr. to
he hungry.
Et, conj. and; also; even : et
— et, both — and.
Etiam, conj. (et & jam,) also,
especially; with an adjec-
tive or adverb in the com-
parative degree, even.
Etruria, as, f. a country of It-
aly^ north a?id west of the
Tiber; Tuscany.
Etrusci, orum, m. pi. the peo-
ple of Etruria; the Tuscans
or Etrurians.
Etruscus, a, um, adj. belong'
ing to Etruria; Tuscan or
Etrurian.
Euboea, se, f. a large island in
the Mgean sea, near Bmotia.
Eumenes, is, m. a general in
Alexander s army; also, the ?
name of several kings of
Pergamus.
Euns, for iens, part, of eo.
Euphemus, i, m. the father of
Bceddlus.
Euphrates, is, m, a large river
ivhich forms the western
boundary of Mesopotamia.
Euripides, is, m. a celebrated
Athenian tragic poet.
Euripus, i, m. a narrow strait
between Bosotia aiid Euboea.
Europa, ae, f. Europe, one of the
quarters of the earth, sup-
posed to have been named
from Europa, the daughter
of Agenory king of Fh(£-
nicia.
EUEOTAS — EXCOLO
231
Eurotas, as, m. a river of 'La-
coma^ near Sparta.
Euxinus, i, m. hova Mv^Eivog,
(hospitable^) (pontus,) the
Euxine, now the Black Sea,
Evado, -vadere, -vasi, -vasum,
tr. & intr. (e fevaflo,) to go
out; to escape; to become,
Everto, -vertere, -verti, -ver-
sum, tr. (e & verto,) to
overturn; to destroy,
Eversus, a, um, part, over'
turned; destroyed,
Evoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (e &
voco,) to call out; to sum-
vion; to implore.
Evolo, are, avi, atum, intr. (e
& volo,) tojiy out or away,
Ev6mo,-vomere,-vornui,-vom-
itum, tr. (e & vomo,) to
vomit forth; to discharge.
Ex, prep, (before a vowel) See E
Exactus, a, um, part, (exigo,)
banished; driven away,
Exasquo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex
& aequo,) to make equal; to
equal,
Exanimo, are, avi, atum, tr.
(ex & anima,) to deprive
of life; to kill; to render
lifeless,
Exardesco, -ardescere, -arsi,
intr. inc. to burn; to become
inflamed; to kindle; to be-
come excited; to be enraged :
bellum exarsit, a war broke
out,
Exaspero, are, avi, atum, tr.
(ex and aspero, to make
rough; fr. asper,) to exas-
perate; to incense.
Excaeco, are, avi, atum, tr.
(ex&caBCUS,) tomakeblind;
to blind,
Excedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces-
sum, intr. (ex & cedo,) to
go forth ^ or out; to depart;
tr. to exceed; to surpass; to go
beyond,
Excello, -cellere, -cellui, -eel-
sum, intr. (ex & cello, ob-
sol. to move;) to be high; —
to excel; to be eminent.
Excelsus, a, um, adj. (comp.
excelsior,) high; lofty,
Excidium, i, n. destruction;
ruin; from
Excido,-cidere,-cidi, intr. (ex
& cado,) ^0 fall out ox from;
to fall; to drop; to perish,
Excido, -cidere, -cidi, cisum,
tr. (ex & caedo,) to act out;
to cut down; to hew out,
Excisus, a, um, part.
Excipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep-
tum, tr. (ex & capio,) to
take out; to except; to re-
ceive; to support; to follow;
to succeed; to sustaifri,
Excitandus, a, um, part, from
ExcTto, are, avi, atum, tr.
freq. (excieo,) to excite ;
to aivaken; to arouse; to
stir up,
Exclamo, are, avi, atum, tr.
(ex & clamo,) to cry out;
to exclaim,
Excludo, -cludere, -clusi,-clu-
sum, tr. (ex & claudo,) to
shut out; to exclude; to
hatch,
, Excoloj-colere, -colui,-Gultum,
232
EXCRUCIO EXPEDIO.
tr. (ex & colo,) to cultivate;
to exercise.
Excrucio, are, avi, atum, tr.
(ex & crucio,) to torture;
to torment; to trouble;
^91,4.
Exciibiae, arum, f. pi. (excu-
bo,) a guard; a ivatch; a sen-
tinel; (generally by night.)
See vigilia & statio.
Excusatio, onis, f. (excuso,)
an excusing; an excuse; an
apology.
Exedo, -edere & esse, -edi,
-esum, tr. irr. (ex & edo,
^ 83, 9) to eat; to eat up;
to devozir.
Exemplum, i, n. an example;
an i7istance.
Exequiae. See ExsequiaB.
Exerceo, ere, ui, itum, tr. (ex
& arceo,) to exercise; to
train; to discipline; to
practice : agrum, to culti-
vate the earth.
Exercitus, {is, m. an army; {a
body of discipliiied troops.)
Exhaurio, -haurire,- hausi,
-haustUKi, tr.(ex & haurio,)
to draw out; to exhaust; to
drain; to wear out; to im-
poverish.
Exigo, -igere, -egi, -actum, tr.
(ex & ago,) to drive away;
to banish.
Exiguus, a, um, adj. (comp.)
little; small; scanty; see
parvus.
Exilis, e, adj.(exilior, ^ 26, 1,)
slender; small; thin.
Exilium, and exsilium, i, n.
(ex & solum,) exile; banish*
ment.
Eximie, adv. remarkably; ve-
ry; from
Eximius, a, um, adj. (eximo,)
extraordinary; remarkable,
Existimatio, onis, f. opinion;
reputation; respect; from
Existimo, are, avi, atum, tr.
(ex & Eestimo,) to judge^ ox
think; to imagine; to sup'
pose.
Exitium, i, n. (exeo,) properly
issue; end: usually destruc-
tioji; ruin.
Exitus, {is, m. (id.) an exit;
the eve7it; the issue; an
outlet.
Exoratus, a, um, part, (exoro,)
entreated; influenced; in-
duced.
Exorior,-oriri,-ortus sum, intr.
dep. (ex & orior,) to rise
up, or out of; to arise; to
appear.
Exorno, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex
& orno,) to adorn; to
deck.
Exoro, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex
& oro,) to entreat or be-
seech earnestly. ^ 91, 4.
Exortus, a, um, part, (exorior,)
risen; having arisen.
Expecto, or -specto, are, avi,
atum, tr. (ex & specto,) to
look for; to wait for.
Expedio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. (ex
& pes,) properly ?'f take the
foot out of confinement,
hence, to free; to extricate,
to expedite : expedit, imp
EXPEDITIO EXTORQUEO
23:^
tt is fit; it is expedient;
hence,
Expeditio,onis,f. an expedition
Expel lo, -pellere, -puli, -pul-
sum, tr. (ex & peilo,) to
drive out; to expel; to ban-
ish.
Expers, tis, adj. (ex & pars,)
having no part i7i; hence,
without; devoid; void of;
destitute of;
Expeto, ere, ivi, itum, tr. (ex
& poto,) to ask; to demand;
to strive after; to seek ear-
nestly,
Expio, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex
& pio,) to free from the pol-
lution of some crime or of-
fence; to expiate; to ap-
pease,
Expleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. (ex
& pleo,) to fill up, to fill
full
Explico, are, avi, & ui, atum
& itum, tr. (ex & plico,) to
unfold; to spread; to ex-
plain,
Explorator, oris, m. (exploro,)
a spy; a scout,
Expolio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. (ex &
polio,) to polish; to adorn;
to improve; to finish, § 91,4.
Expono, ponere, -posui, -posi-
tum, tr. (ex & pono,) to set
forth; to expose; to explain.
Exprobro, are, avi, atum, tr.
(ex & probrum,) to upbraid;
to blame; to reproach; to
cast in one^s teeth,
Expugno, are, avi, atum, tr.
(ex & pugno,) to take by
assault: to conque? ; to vai-
quish; to subdue; to take
by storm, ^ 91, 4.
Expulsus,a,um, part.(rxpe''o.)
Exsequiae, arum, f. pi. (exse-
quor, ) fimeral rites.
Exsilio, or Exilio, ire, ii &Tii,
intr. (ex &c salio,) to spring-
up or out; to leap forth.
Exspiro, or Expiro, are, avi,
atum, tr. (ex & spiro,) to
breathe forth; to expire; to
die.
Exstinctus, or Extinctus, a,
um, part, dead; from
Exstinguo, -stinguere, -stinxi,
-stinctum, tr. (ex & stin-
guo,) to extiiiguish; to kill,
to put to death; to destroy,
Exstructus, or Extructus, a,
um, part, from
Exstruo, or Extruo, -struere,
struxi, -structum, tr. (ex &
struo,) to build, or pile up;
to construct,
Exsurgo, -surgere, -surrexi,
-surrectum, intr. (ex & sur-
go,) to rise up; to arise; to
swell; to surge,
Exter, or Exterus, a, um, adj.
(exterior, extimus or ex-
tremus, § 26, 2.) foreign;
strange; outward,
Exto, extSre, extiti, intr. (ex &
sto,) to stand out or forth;
usually to be; to remain:
to be extant,
Extorqueo, -torquere, -torsi,
-tortum, tr. (ex & torqueo,)
to extort; to wrest frovi; to
obtain by force.
234
EXTKA FAMILIARITAS.
ExiTa, prep, (for extera, scil.
pane,) beyorid; loithout; ex-
cept.
Extractus, a, um, part, from
Extraho, -trahere, traxi, -trac-
tum, tr. (ex & traho,) to
draw out; to extract; to
extricate; to free; to res-
cue; to liberate,
Extremus, a, um, adj. (sup of
exterus,) extreme; the last;
the farthest,
F.
Faba, ae, f. a bean.
Fabius, i, m. the name of an
illustriaiis Roman family.
Fabricius, i, m. a Roman, dis-
tinguished for his i7Ltegrity.
Fabnco, are, avi, alum, tr.
(faber,) to make; to forge;
to manufacture,
Fabula, ae, f. (fari,) a story;
a fable; a tradition; a
play.
Fabulosus, a, um, adj. comp.
( fab u la,) fabulous.
Faciendus, a, um, part, (fa-
cio.)
Faciens, tis, part, (facio.) •
Facies, iei, f. (facio,) a face;
appearance.
Facilfc, adv. (ius, lime,) easily;
willingly ; clearly ; un-
doubtedly; from
Facilis, e, adj. (facio,) (comp.
§ 26, 1,) easy.
FacTnus, oris, n. any action; a
bold deed; a crime; an ex-
ploit; from
Facio, facere, feci, factum,
tr. to do; to make; to va-
lue : {spoken of individual
things ;) facere iter, to
travel: male facere, to in-
jure; to hurt : sacra face-
re, to offer sacrifice : face-
re pluris, to value higher:
certiorem, to iyform: fac,
take care; cause; hence,
Factum, i, n. an action; a
deed.
Facturus, a, um, part, (facio.)
Factus, a, um, part, (facio,)
made; done: facta obvi-
am, meeting: praeda facta,
booty having been taken.
Facundus, a, um, adj. (ior,
issunus,) eloquent ; from
fari.
Falerii, orum, m. pi. a town
of Etruria.
Falernus, i, m. amou7itainof
Campania famous for its
wine.
Falermis,a,um, adj. belonging
to Falerrius; Falernian.
Falisci, orum, m. pi. the in-
habitants of Falerii.
Fama, ae, f. fame; reputatim;
report.
Famelicus, a, um, adj. hun-
gry; famished; from
Fames, is, f. hunger- famine,
Familia, as, f. (famulus,) a
family; servants; hence,
Familiaris, e, adj. (comp.) of
the same family; familiar,
hence,
Familiaritas, atis, f. friend-
ship; intimacy; corifldence.
FAMILIARITER FEROX.
235
Familiariter, adv. (ius, is-
slnie,) {\di.) familiarly; on
terms of intimacy.
Famula, £e, f. (famulus, aserv-
aiit ;) a maid; a female
servantrox slave.
Fas, n. ind. (for,) right; (by
the laws of religion or of
God :) a laioful thing,
Fascis, is, m. a bundle; a fa-
got : fasces, pi. hujidles of
birchen rods, carried before
the Roman magistrates,
with an axe bound up in
the middle of them,
Fatalis, e, adj. (fatum,) jTa^aZ;
ordained by fate,
Fateor, fateri,-fassus sum, tr.
dep. to confess,
Fatidicus, a, um, adj. (fatum
& dico,) prophetic,
Fatigatus, a, um, part, from
Fatigo, are, avi, atum, tr. to
weary,
Fatum, i, n. (for \i,e,a thing
declared or determined;)
fate; destiny : fata, pi. the
fates,
Fauce, f. (in the abl. only, in
the sing. ^ 18, 10,) the
throat: pi. fauces, the
throat; the jaws; the straits.
Faustiilus, i, m. the shepherd
by lohom. Romulus and Re-
mits loere brought up.
Faveo, favere, favi, fautum,
mtr. to favor; hence.
Favor, oris, m. favor; good
will; partiality; applause.
Febris, is, f. (for ferbis, fr.
ferveo,) a fever.
Feci. See Facio.
Felicitas, atis, f. (felix,) feJi^
city; good fortune; happi^
ness.
Feliclter, adv. (ius, issTme,)
fortunately; successfully;
happily,
Felis, is, f. a cat,
Felix, icis, adj. (ior, issimus,)
happy ; fortunate; fruitful;
fertile; opulent; auspicious;
favorable,
Femina, ae, f. a female; a wo"
man,
Femineus, a, um, adj. (femi-
na,) female; feminine; per-'
taining to females,
Fera, ae, f. « ivild beast,
Ferax, acis, adj. (ior, issimus,)
(iero,) fruitful ; productive;
fertile; abounding in.
Fere, adv. almost; nearly;
abov^t : fere nullus, scarcely
any one.
Ferens, tis, part, (fero.)
Ferinus, a, um, adj. (fera,) of
wild beasts,
Ferio, ire, tr. to strike^ or
beat,
Fero, ferre, tuli, latum, tr. irr.
to bear; to carry; to relate,
to bring; to produce : ferre
manum, to stretch forth; to
extend : ferunt, they say.
Feror, ferri, latus sum, pass.
to be carried; to fioio; to
move rapidly; to fly: fer-
tur, imp. it is sail : hence,
Ferox, ocis, adj. (ior, issi-
mus,) wild; fierce; savage;
ferocious.
236
FKRREUS FLAGRO.
Feneus, a, um, adj. iron ; oh-
d urate ; from
Fernun, i. n. iron; a sword;
a knife.
Pert il is, e, adj. (ior, issimus,)
(fero,) fertile; fruitful;
hence,
Fertilitas, atis, f. fertility ;
richness; fruitfalness.
Ferula, ae, f. (ferio,) a staff; a
reed,
Ferus, a, um, adj. wild; rude;
uncultivated ; uncivilized;
savage,
Ferveo, fervere, ferbui, intr.
to hoil; to seethe; to foam;
to he hot; to glow,
Fessus, a, um, adj. (fatiscor,)
weary; tired; fatigued,
Festum, i, n. a feast; from
Festus, a, um, adj. festive;
joyful; merry,
Ficus, i & us, f. a fig-tree; a
Fidelis, e, adj. (comp.) /aeVA-
ful; from
Fides, ei, f. fidelity; faith:
in fid em, hi confirmation :
in fidem accipere, to re-
ceive U7ider one's protec-
tion,
Figo, figere, fixi, fixum, tr. to
fix; to fasten,
Filia, ae, f. § 9, 4 ; « daughter,
Filius, i, m. ^ 10, Exc. 5 ; a
son,
Filum, i, n. a thread,
Findo, findere, fidi, fissum, tr.
to split; to cleave,
Fingens, tis, part, feigning;
pretending; from
Fingo, fingere, finxi, fictum,
tr. to form: to make; to de-
vise; to 'pretend; to feign,
Finio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. tj
end; to finish; to terminattf
from
Finis, is, d. the end; a houn
dary; a limit : fines, m. pi.
the limits of a country^ 6cc.
Finitus, a, um, part, (fmio.)
Finitimus, a, um, adj. (finis,)
neighboring,
Fio, fieri, factus sum, irr. pass.
§ 83, 8; (facio,) to be
made; to become; to hap"
pen : fit, it happens : fac-
tum est, it happened; it
caine to pass,
Firmatus, a, um, part, (firmo.)
Firmiter, adv. (iiis, issime,)
{firmnSj) firmly ; securely,
Firmo, are, avi, atum, tr. to
make firm; to confirm; to
establish; from
Firmus, a, um, adj. (comp.)
firm: strong; secure,
Fissus, a, um, part, (findo.)
Fixus, a, um, part, (figo,)
fixed; permanent,
Flagello, are, avi, atum, tr. to
whip; to scourge; to lash,
Flagitiosus, a, um, adj. (ior,
issTmus,) shameful; infa^
mous; outrageaics; from
Flagitium, i, n. a shameful ac-
tion; an outrage,; a crime,
a dishonor; villany,
Flagro, are, avi, atum, intr.
to burn; to be on fire; to
suffer; to be oppressed; to
be violent.
FLAMINIUS FOSSA.
237
Flaminius, i, m. a Roman.
Flavus, a, iim, adj. yellow.
Flam ma, 96, f. a flame.
Flecto, flectere, flexi, flexum,
tr. to bend ; to hoio ; to tarn ;
to move ; to prevail upon.
Fleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. & intr.
to weep ; to lament.
Fletiis, us, m, weeping ; tears.
Flevo, onis, m. a lake near the
mouth of the Rhine, now
the Zuyder-Zee.
Flexus, a, urn, part, (flecto,)
hent ; changed; turned.
Floreo, ere, ui, intr. (flos,) to
bloom ; to blossom ; to flour-
ish ; to be distinguished.
Flos, floris, m. a flower a blos--
som.
Fluctus, us, m. (fluo,) a wave.
Fluo, fluere, fluxi, fluxum, intr.
to flow ; lience,
fluvius, i, m. properly, a
river.
Flumen, mis, n. (fluo,) an
abundant flowing ; viz., of
waters, or of any thing
else ; as, flumen verborum,
orationis. Cic. Usually, a
river.
Fodio, fodere, fodi, fossum,
tr. to dig ; to pierce; to
bore.
Foecunditas, atis, f. fruitful-
ness ; from
Foecundus, a, um, adj. (ior,
issimus,) fruitful ; fertile.
Foedus, eris, n. a league; a
treat}/.
Folium, i, n. a leaf.
Fons, tis, m. a fountain; a
source ; a spring.
Forem, def. verb, § 84, 5;
would or should be : fore,
to be about to be ; it ivould
or will come to p)ciss.
Foris, adv. abroad.
Forma, ge, f. a form ; shape,
flgure ; beauty.
Formica, se, f. an ant.
Formido, inis, f. fear ; dread ;
terror ; lience
Formidolosus, a, um, adj.
(comp.) fearful ; timorous.
Formositas, atis, f. beauty;
elegance; from
Formosus, a, um, adj. (ior, is-
Sim us,) beau t ifu I ; hand-
some ; from forma.
Fors, tis, f. (fero,) chance ; for-
tune.
Fortasse, adv. (fors,) perhaps;
(applied to what may hap-
pen.)
Forte, adv. (abl. fr. fors.) acci-
dentally; by chance ; (ap-
plied to what did happen.)
Fortis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,)
hold; brave; courageous.
Fortiter, adv. (ius, issime,)
bravely ; from fortis.
Fortitudo, inis, f. (fortis,) bold-
ness ; bravery.
Fortuna, se, f. (fors,) fortune ;
chance.
Forum, i, n. the market place ;
the forum ; the court of jus-
tice.
Fossa, ae, f. (fodio,) a ditch ; a
trench ; a moat.
f>38
FOVEA FUNESTUS.
Fovea, ae, f. a pit.
Foveo, fovere, fovi, fotum, tr.
to keep warm; to cherish.
Fractus, a, um, part, (frango.)
Fragilis, e, adj.(frango,)/ra27;
perishable.
Fragilltas, atis, f. (fragilis,)
frailty; weakness.
Fragmentum, i, n. (frango,) a
fragment; a piece.
Frango, frangere, fregi, frac-
tum, \x. to break; to break
in pieces; to weaken; to de-
stroy.
Frater, tris, m. a brother,
Fraudulentus, a, um, adj.
coiiip. (fraiis ) fraudulent;
deceitful; treacherous.
Frequens, tis, adj. (ior, issi-
\xm'$,^) frequent; numerous.
F re turn, i, n. a strait; a sea.
Frico, fricare, fricui, frictum
& fricatum, tr. to rub.
Frigidus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi-
mus cold; from
Frigus, oris, n. cold.
Frons, frondis, f. a leaf of a
tree; a branch vnth leaves.
Fructus, us, m. (fruor,) use;
enjoyment; hence,- fruit;
produce; advantage.
Frugis, gen. f. (frux, nom.
scarcely used,) properly,
all that the earth produces
for our subsistence; corn;
iruges, um, ^^l. fruits; the
various kinds of corn.
Frumentum, i, n. (fruor,) corii;
wheat.
Fruor, frui, fruitus & fructus,
intr. dep. to enjoy.
Frustra, adv. (frudo, id. ac
fraudo,) in vain; to no pur'
pose.
Frustratus, a, um, part, from
Frustror, ari, atus sum, dep.
(frustra,) to frustrate; to
deceive.
Frutex, icis, va. a shrub; a hush,
Fuga, 86, f. a flight,
Fugax, acis, adj.(acior, acissi-
mus,) swift; fleeting; from
fugio.
Fugiens, tis, part, from
Fugio, fugere, fugi, fugitum,
intr. & tr. to fly; to escape,
to avoid; to fee; to fiet
from.
Fugo, are, avi, atum, tr. to put
to flight; to drive off; to
chase.
Fui, Fueram, &c. See Sum.
Fulgeo, fulgere, fulsi, intr. to
shine.
Fuligo, inis, f. (fumus,) soot,
FuUo, onis, m. a fuller
Fulmen, mis, n. (i. e. fulgi-
men, fr. fulgeo,) thunder;
a thunderbolt; lightning,
Funale, is, n. (funis,) a torch.
Funditus, adv. (fundus,) from
the foundation; utterly.
Fundo, fundere, fudi, fusum,
Xr. to pour out: lacrymas,
to shed tears : hostes, to
scatter; to rout; to discomfits
Fundus, i, m. the bottom of
any thing : also a farm; a
field : imus fundus, the
very bottom.
Funestus, a, um, adj. (ior, :*s- J
simus,) (funus,) polluted by "
PUNGOR GENITUS.
239
a dead body; fatal; de-
structive,
Fungor, fungi, functus sum,
intr. dep. to 'perform or dis-
charge an office; to do; to
execute : fato, to die.
Funis, is, d. a rope; a cable.
Funus, eris, n. a funeral; fu-
neral obsequies.
Fur, furis, c. a thief
Furcula, se, f. dim. (furca,) a
little fork: Furculse Cau-
dinsB, the name of a narroio
defile in the conintry of the
Hirplni, in Italy ^ vjhere
the Romans were defeated
by the Samnites.
Furiosus, a um, adj. (comp.)
furious; mad; from furo.
Furius, i, m. the name of sev-
ral Romans,
Fusus, a, um, part, (fundo.)
Futurus, a, um, part, (sum,)
about to be; future.
G.
Gades, ium, f. pi. the name of
an island and tovm in
Spain, near the straits of
Gibraltar, now Cadiz,
Gaditanus, a, um, adj. of
Gades or Cadiz : fretum
Gaditanum, the straits of
Gibraltar,
G alalia, ae, f. a countrij in the
interior of Asia Minor,
GnUia, 2^,i. Gaul, now France,
Galliae, pi. the divisions of
Gold.
Gallicus, a, um, adj. belong*
i?ig to Gaul; Gallic.
Gallina, ae, f. a hen.
Gallinaceus, i, m. a cock.
Gallus, i, m. a cock,
Gallus, i, m. an inhabitant of
Gallia; a Gaul; also a cog-
nomen of several Romaiis,
Ganges, is, m. the name of a
large river in India,
Garumna, se, f. the Garonne^
a river of Aquitania.
Gaudeo,gaudere,gavisus sum,
n. pass. § 78 ; ^o rejoice; to
delight; to be pleased with.
G'dudmm,i,n. joy; gladjiess..
Gavisus, a, um, part, (gau-
deo,) rejoicing; having re-
joiced.
Geminus, a, um, adj. double:
gemini filii, tioin sons.
Gemitus, {is, m, (gemo,) a
groan; a sigh.
Gemmatus, a, um,part. adorU"
ed with gems; gemmed;
glittering; from
Gemmo, are, avi, atum, tr.
(gemma,) to adorn with
gems, .
Gener, eri, m. a son-in-law.
Genero, are, avi, atum, tr. (ge-
nus,) to beget; to produce.
Generositas, atis, nobleness of
mind; magnanimity; from
Generosus, a, um, adj. (ior,
issimus,) (genus,) noble;
spirited; brave; generofiis;
fruitful; fertile.
Genitus, a, um, part, (gigno,
born; produced.
240
GENS GRASSOR.
Gens, tis, f. a nation; a tribe;
a family; a clan.
GeiTii. See Gigno.
Genus, eri?, n. a race; a fam-
ily; a sort or kind.
Goometria, se, f. geometry,
Gerens, tis, part, (gero,) hear-
ing ; conduct ing.
(jrermanus, i, rn. a German;
an inhabitant of Germany.
Germania, ae, f. Germany.
German icus, a, um, adj. Ger-
man; of Germany.
Gero, gerere, gessi, gestum,
tr. to bear; to carry; (viz:
a load or burden;) to do; to
conduct or manage; (spo-
ken of one who has the
charge ; ^ee ago and facio ;)
res eas gessit, performed
such exploits : odium, lo
hate : onus, to bear a bur-
den: helium, to wage or
carry on loar.
Geryon-i:?,m.a giant ivho was
slain by Herades^and whose
oxen were driven into Greece.
Gestans, tis, part, from
Gesto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq.
(gero,) to bear; to carry
about.
Gestus, a, um,part. borne; per-
formed : res gestae, see Res.
Getae, arum, m. pi. a savage
people of Dacia, north of
the Danube.
Gigas, antis, m a giant..
Gigno, gignere, genui, geni-
tum,tr. to beget; to bring
forth; to bear; to produce.
Glaber, bra, brum. adj. (bri-
er, berrimus,) bald; hare^
smooth.
Glacialis, e, adj. icy; freezing;
from
Glacies, ei, f. ice.
Gladiator, oris, m. (gladius,) a
gladiator
Gladiatorius, a, um, adj. be-
longing to a gladiator
gladiatorial; from
Gladius, i, m. a sword.
Glans, dis, f. mast; an aco^'Tu
Glisco, ere, intr. to increase^
Gloria, as, f. glory; fame.
Glorior, ari, atus sum, intr.
dep. to boast.
Gnavus, a, um, adj. (comp.)
active; industrious.
Gorgias, ae, m, a celebrated
sophist and orator.
Gracilis, e, adj. (ior, limus,
^26, l,)sle7ider; lean; del-
icate.
Gracchus, i, m. the name of an
illust rious Kom an fam ily.
Gradior, gradi, gressus sum,
intr. dep. to go; to walk; fr.
Gradus, us, m. a step; a stair.
GraBcia, ae, f. Greece.
Graecus, a, um, adj. Grecian;
Greek : — subs, a Greek.
Grandis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,)
large; great; ( in a higher
sense than magnus.)
Granicus, i, m. a river of My-
sia, emptying into the Pro-
pontis.
Grassor, ari, atus sum, intr.
dep. freq, (gradior,) to ad-
vance; to march; to pro-
ceed; to make an attack.
ORATES — HANNIBAL.
241
Grates, def. f. pi. (gratas,)
thmiks : agere grates, to
thank. ^ IS, 12.
<jrat'a, ae, f. (gratus,) grace;
favor; thanks; return; re-
quital; gratitude : habere,
to feel indebted or obliged;
to be grateful : in gratiam,
in fa vo r of : gratia , for the
sake.
Gratulatus, a, um, part, hav-
ing congratulated; from
Gratulor, ari, atus sum, intr.
dep. to congratulate; from
Gratus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi-
mus,) acceptable; pleasing;
grateful.
Gravis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,)
heavy; severe; great; grave;
important; violent; noxious;
unwholesoine : gravis som-
nus, sound sleep; hence,
Gravitas, atis, f. heaviness;
gravity; weight.
Graviter, adv., (ii^s, issime,)
hardly; heavily; grievous-
ly; severely; from gravis.
Gravo, are, avi, atum, tr. (gra-
vis,) to load; to oppress; to
burden.
Gregatim, adv. (grex,) in
herds.
Gressus, us, m. (gradior,) a
step; a pace; a gait,
(yrex, gis, c. a flock; a herd; a
company.
(jrus, gruis, c. a crane.
Gubernator, oris, m. (guberno,
to govern;) a pilot; a ruler.
Gyarus, i, f. one of the Cy-
clddes.
Gyges, is, m. a rick king of
Lydia.
Gymnosophistae, arum, m
Gymnosophists; a sect of
Indian philosophers,
H.
Habens, tis, part. from.
Habeo, ere, ui, itum, tr. to
have; to possess; to hold;
to esteem; to suppose; to
take; habere consilium, to
deliberate.
Habito, are, avi, atum, tr. &
intr. to inhabit; to dwell.
Habiturus, a, um, part, (ha-
beo.)
Habitus, a, um, part, (habeo.)
Habitus, us, m. (habeo,) hab'
it ; form ; dress ; attire;
manner.
Hactenus, adv. (hie & tenus,)
hitherto; thus far.
Hadrianus, i, m. Adrian, the
fifteenth emperor of Rome.
Hsemus, i, m. a mountain of
Thrace, from whose top,
both the Euxine and Adri"
atic seas can be seen.
Halcyon, or Alcyon, onis, f.
the halcyon or kingfisher.
See Alcyone. .
Halicarnassus, i, f. a maritime
city of Caria, the birth-
place of Herodotus.
Hamilcar, aris, m. a Cartha-
ginian general.
Hannibal, aHs, m. a brave
Carthaginian general^ the
son of Hamilcar.
21
242
llAINiNO HESPERUS.
Haiaio, onis, m. a Carthagi-
nian general.
Harmonia, ae, f. the wife of
Cadmus, and daughter of
Mars and Venus.
IJarpyice, arum, f. pi. the
Harpies; winged monsters,
having the faces of loomen,
and the todies of vultures.
Haruspex, icis, m. (ara &
spec 10,) a soothsayer; a di-
viner; one who pretended
to a knowledge of future
events from i7ispecting the
entrails of victims.
Hasdrubal, alls, m. a Cartha-
ginian general, the brother
of Hannibal.
Hasta, 9B, f. a spear; a lance.
Haud, adv. 7iot.
Haurio, haurire, hausi, haus-
tum, tr. to draw out; to
dri7ik; to swallow.
Haustus,us, m. (id.) a draught.
Hebes, etis, adj.(comp.) blunt;
obtuse; dion.
Hebesco, ere, intr. inc. (hebeo )
to grow blunt, dim, or
dull.
Hebrus, i, m. a large river of
Thrace.
Hecuba, ae, f. the wife of Pri-
am, king of Troy,
Hedera, se, f. ivy.
Hcgesias, ae, m. a7i eloquent
philosopher of Cyrene.
Helena, ae, f. Helen, the daugh-
ter of Jupiter and Leda,
and wife of Menelaus.
Helicon, onis, m. a mountain
of Bosotia, 7iear Parnassus,
a7id sacred to Apollo and
the Muses.
Helvetia, ae, f. a count7y in
the eastei'n 'part of Gaul,
now Sivitzarland.
Helvetii, orum, m. pi. Helveti-
ans; the i7ihabitants of Hel*
vetia.
Helleborum, i, n. or Hellebo-
rus, i, m. the herb helle-
bore.
Hellespontus, i, m. a st7'ait
betiveen Thrace a7id Asia
Minor, now called the Lar-
da7ielles.
Heraclea, ae, f. the name of
several cities in Mag7ia
GrcEcia, in Pontus, in Sy-
ria, &c.
Herb a, ae, f. an herb; grass;
hence,.
Herbidus, a, um, adj. (comp.)
grassy; full of he7'bs or
grass.
Hercules, is, .m. a celebrated
hero, son of Jupiter and
A lcml7ia.
Herc3mius, a, um, adj. Hercy-
7iia7i : Hercynia silva, a
large forest in Ger7nany,
now the Black Forest.
Heres, or Hasres, edis, c. an
heir.
Herennius, i, m. a ge7ieral of
the Sanniites.
Hero, us, (^15, 13,) f. a priest-
ess of Ve7ius, who resided
at Sestos, a7id ivho was be-
loved by Lea7ider, a youth
of Abydos.
Hesperus, i, m. a so7iof lap^-
HEU HORIllDUS.
243
tvs^ who settled m Italy ^
and from whom that cotm-
try ivas called Hespcria;
also the eve?iing star,
Heu ! int. alas ! ah !
Hians, tis, part, (hio.)
Hiatus, us, m. (hio,) an open-
ing; a chasm; aii aperture,
Hibernicus, a, um, adj. Irish:
(probably from Hiber7ia,
the winter quarters of the
Roman soldiers.)
Hibernus, a, um, adj. (hiems,)
of winter; wintry.
Hie, adv. here; in this place.
Hie, haee, hoe, pro. § 31,
this; he; she, &:c.
Hiempsal, alis, m. a king of
Nu7nidia,
Hiems, emis, f. winter.
Hiero, onis, m. tyrant of Sy-
racuse,
Hiersolyma, se, f. & Hiersoly-
n)a,6rum, n. pi. Jerusalem,
the capital of Judea,
Hinc, adv. hence; from hence;
from this; from this time,
Hinnio, ire, Ivi, Ttum, intr. to
7ieigh; hence,
Hiniiitus, us, m. a neighing,
Hinnuleus, i, m. (hinnus,) a
fawn,
Hio, are, avi, atum, intr. gape;
toy awn; to open the mouth;
to long for,
Hipparchus, i, m. the son of
Fisistrdtus, a tyrant of
Athens,
Hippolytus, i, m. the son of
Theseus,
Hippomenes, is, m. the son of
Megaretts, and husband of
Aialanta,
Hippopotamus, i, m. the hip*
popotamus,oi river-horse,
Hispania, se, f. Spain,
Hispanus,a, um, adj. Spanish:
subs. m. a Spaniard,
Hodie, adv. (i. e. hoc die,) to-
day; at this time; now-a-
days,
Hodieque, (for hodie quoque,)
adv. to this day; to this
time,
Hoedus, i, m. a kid; a young
goat,
Homerus, i, m. Homer, the
most ancient and illustri-
ous of the Greek poets.
Homo, mis, c.(humus,) a man;
a person; one,
Honestas, atis, f. honor; vir*
tue; dignity; from
Honestus, a, um, adj. honora-
ble; noble; from
Honor & -os, oris, m. honor; re-
spect; an honor: an office,
Honorifee, adv. (centius, cen-
tissime,. from honorificus,
^ 26, 3,) ttorwrably : parum
honorif i<ie, .^slightingly ;
with little respect,
Hora, SB, f. an hour, ^^
Horatius, i, m., Horace; the
name of several Ronio/ns :
Horatii, pi. ^Aree Roman
brothers, who fought ivith
the three Curiatii,
Hortensius, i, m. the name of
several Romans,
Horrid us, a, um, adj. comp.
(horreo, to bristle up ;)
244
HORTATUS ID^US.
7'ougk; lugged; rude; un-
'polished; harharous.
Hortatus, us, m. an exhorta-
tion; instigation; advice; fr.
Hortor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep.
to exhort,
Hortus, i, m. a garden,
Hospes, itis, c. a stranger; a
visitor; a guest; a host,
Hospitiura, i, n. (hospes,) hos-
pitality : hospitio acci-
pere, to entertain.
Hustia, aB, f. (hostis,) a victim,
Hostilius, i, m. (Tullus,) t?ie
third king of Rome : a cog-
nomen among the Romans,
Hostis, is, c. an enemy.
Hue, adv. (hoc,) hither : hue
— illue, hither — thither;
now here — noio there,
Hujusmodi, adj. ind. (gen. of
hie & modus,) of this sort
or kind,
Humanitas, atis, f. humanity;
kindness; gentleness; from
Human us, a, um, adj^^comp.
(homo,) human, ^"^
Humerus, i, m. th'^' shoulder,
Humilis, e, adj. (humi,) (ior,
limus, ^ 26', 1.) humble : hu-
mili loeo natum esse, to he
lorn in a humhle station^ or
of obscure parents,
Huriior, oris,m.(humeo,) mois-
' ture; pi. liquids; humors.
Humus, i, f. the ground : hu-
mi, on the ground, ^ 130,
Obs. 7.
Hyeena, se, f. the hye?ia,
Hydrus, i, m. a water snake.
Hymnus, i, m. a hymn; a song
of praise.
Hyperboreus, a, um, adj. (u-Trsp
§opsac:,) properly, living be-
yond the source of the north
wind; northern : Hyper-
borei, orum, m. pi. people
inhabiting the northern re*
gions; beyond Scythia,
Hystrix, icis, f. a porcupine.
lapetus, the son of CcbIus and
. Terra,
Iberus, i, m. a river of Spain,
now the Elro,
Ibi, adv. there; here; then.
Ibidem, adv. in the same place.
Ibis, idis, f. the ibis, the Egyp
tian stork,
Icarus, i, m. thesonof Bceddlus
Icarius, a, um, adj. of Icdiiis,
Icarian,
Ichneumon, onis, m. the ich-
neumon or Egyptian rat,
lehnusa, ae, f an ancient Greek
7iame of Sardinia,
Ico, icere, ici, ictum, tr. to
strike: fffidus, to make,
ratify or conclude a league
or treaty, ^
Ictus, a, um, part.
Ictus, lis, m. (ico,) a hloio; a
stroke,
Ida, SB, f « mountain of Troas,
near Troy.
Idaeus, a, um, adj. belonging
to Ida : mons Idaeus, mount
Ida,
kdem, eadem, idem, pro. ^31,
the same,
doneus,a,um,adj.^^; suitable,
igitur, conj. therefore; then,
Ignarus, a, um, adj. (in & gna-
rus,) ignorant,
Ignavus, a, urn, adj. comp.
(in & gnavus,) inactive; idle;
cowardly.
Ignis, is, m.,fire; flame,
Ignobilis, e, adj. (in & nobilis,)
unknoion; ignoble; mean,
Ignoro, are, avi, atum, tr. (ig-
narus,) to be ignjorant; not
to know,
Ignotus, a, um, part & adj.
(in & notus,) unknown.
Ilium, i, n. Uium or Troy,
the princi'pal city of Troas,
Hiatus, a, um, part, (from in-
fero,) brought in; inferred,
lUe, a, ud, pro. ^ 31 ; that; he;
she; it; the former; pi.
they, those,
Illecebra, ae, f. (illicio,) an al-
lurement; an enticement,
Illico, adv. (in & loco,) in that
'place ; immediately ; in-
stantly,
Illuc, adv. (illoc,) thither : hue
— illuc, now here — now
there,
Illustris, e, adj. (ior, issimus,)
illustrious; famous; cele-
brated; from
Illustro, are, avi, atum, tr. (in
& lustro,) to enlighten; to
illustrate; to render fa-
motcs; to celebrate; to make
renowned.
lUyria, ae, f. « country opposite
IDEM — IMMOLO.
245
to Italy J and bordering on
the Adriatic,
Imago, inis, f. an image; a
picture; a figure; aresem^
blance,
Imbecillis, e, adj. (in & bac-
illus, as if leaning on a
staff:) (lior, limus, § 26, 1,)
weak; feeble,
Imber,bris, m. a shower; a rain.
Imitatio, onis, f. imitation : ad
imitationem, in imitation;
from
Imitor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep.
to imitate; to copy.
Immanis, e, adj. comp. (in &
ladigmxs,) very great; huge;
monstrous; cruel; dreadful,
Immensus, a, um, adj. (in &
mensus,) immeasurable ;
boundless ; immoderate.
Immeritus, a, um, part, (in &
meritus,) not deserving ,
undeserved,
Imminens, tis, part, hanging
over; threatening; from
Immineo, ere, ui, intr. (in &
mineo,) to hang over; to
impend; to threaten; to be
near,
Immissus, a, um, part, admit-
ted; sent in; darted in; from
Immitto, -mitt ere, -mlsi, -mis-
sum, tr. (in& mitto,) to let
in; to send to^ into, agaiTist
or upon; to throw at,
Immobilis, e, adj. comp. (in
& mobilis,) immovable ;
steadfast,
Immolo, are, avi, atum, tr.
(in & mola,) properly, to
?46
IMMORT ALIS — IMPONO.
S'prtnhle with the viola or
salted cake; hence, to sa-
crifice; to immolatt,
Immortalis, e, adj. (in & mor-
lalis,) immortal,
Immotus, a, um, part, (in &
motus,) unmoved ; still ;
motionless.
Immutatus, a, um, part, alter-
ed; changed; (sometimes,
exchanged;) from
Immuto, are, avi, atum, tr.
(in & muto,) to change; to
alter.
Impatiens, tis, adj. (in and pa-
tiens,) iiii'patient ; not able
to endure.
Impeditus, a, um, part, im-
peded; hindered; encum-
bered; entangled; ixovct
Impedio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. (in
& pes,) properly, to fetter;
hence, to impede; to ob-
struct; to check; to delay;
to prevent; to disturb.
Impendeo, -pendere, wants
pret. & sup. iiiir. (in & pen-
deo,) to hang over; to im-
pend; to threaten.
Impenetrahilis, e, adj. (in &
penetrabilis,) ^;?^pe'/^e?r<ziZe.
Impense, adv. (ius, issime,)
exceedingly; greatly; from
impensus.
Imperator, oris, m. (impero,)
a commander; a general.
Imperito, are, avi, atum, tr.
freq. (impero,) to command;
to rule; to govern.
Imperitus, a, um, adj. (ior
issimus, (in & perltus,) in-
experianced; unacquainted
with.
Imperium, i, n. a command;
government ; reign ; SU"
preme authority; power;
(imperium, military com*
mand; — potestas, ciml a"L'
thority;) from
Impero, are, avi, atum, tr. to
command; to order; to di'
rect; to govern; to rule over
Impertiens, tis, part, from
Impertio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. (in
& partio,) to impart; to
share; to give.
Impetro, are, avi, atum, tr.
(in & patro,) to obtain; to
finish.
Impetus, us, m. (in & peto,)
an attack; onset; force; vio'
lence; impetuosity.
Impius, a, um, adj. (in & pi-
us,) impious; undutiful.
Impleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. (in
and pleo;) to fill; to ao-
complish; to perforin.
Implicitus, a, um, part, en-
tangled; attacked; from
Implico, are, avi, or ui, atum
or ilum, tr. (in & plico,) to
infold; to entangle; to ini'
plicate.
Implicor, ari, atus or itus
sum, pass, to be entangled :
morbo, to be attacked with
sickness.
Imploro, are, avi, atum, tr. (in
& ploro,) to implore; to be"
seech; to beg.
Impono, -ponere, -posui, -posi-
tum, tr. (in & pono,) to lay
IMPORTUNUS INCOLO.
247
or place upon; to impose;
to put,
ImporlQnus, a, um, adj. comp.
dangerous; perilous; trou-
blesome; cruel; outrageous;
restless; ungovernable,
Iiiiposi'tus, a, um, part, (im-
pono.)
Jmpritnis, adv. (in & prim is,
from primus,) arnmig the
first; especially; eminently.
Improbatus, a, um, part, (im-
probo,) disallowed; disap-
proved.
Improbo, are, avi, atum, tr
(in & probo,) to disap-
prove; to reject,
Improbus, a, um, adj. comp.
*(in &; probus,) not good;
ivicked; bad.
Imprudens, tis, adj. comp. (in
& prudens,) imprudent;
inconsiderate,
Impugnaturus, a, um, part. fr.
Iiupagno, are, avi, atum, tr.fo
fight against; to attack,
Impune,^adv. (in & poena,)
with impunity ; without
hurt; ivithout punishment.
Imus, a, um, adj. (sup. of in-
ferus, § 26, 2,) the lowest:
the deepest.
In, prep, with the accusative,
signifies, into ; towards ;
upo7i; until; for; against :
with the ablative, iii; up-
on; among; at : in dies,
from day to day : in eo
esse, to be on the point of:
in sublime, aloft.
Inanis, e, adj. (comp.) empty;
vaiji; ineffectual; foolish,
Inaresco,-arescere, -arui, intr
inc. ^ 88," 2, to grow dry,
Incedo,-cedere,-cessi,-cessum, .
intr. (in & cedo,) to go on;
to go; to walk; to come,
Incendo, dere, di, sum, tr. (in
& candeo,) to light; to
kindle; to set fire to; to
inflame,
Incensus, a, um, part, lighted;
kindled; burning; inflamed,
Incertus, a, um, adj. (ior issi-
mus,) (in & certus,) UU'
certain.
Inchoo, are, avi, atum, tr. to
begin.
Incidens, tis, part, from
IncIdo,-cidere,-cidi, intr. (in
& cado,) to fall into or
upon; to chance to meet
with,
Incipio, -ciperej-cepi, -ceptum,
tr. (in & capio,) to com^
mence; to begin.
Incito, are, avi, atum, tr. (in
& cito,) to stir up; to in^
stigate; to encourage; to
animate.
Includo, dere, si, sum, tr. (in
& claudo,) to shut iii; to
include; to inclose; to en*
circle; to encompass,
Incltisus, a, um, part. (includo.)
Inclytus, a, um, adj. (issimuG,
§ 26, 5,) famous; celebra^
ted; renowned,
Incola, 93, c. an inhabitant; fr.
Incolo, colere, coiui, cultum,
1^48
iNCOLtTMIS INERTIA.
tr. (in & colo,) to ^well in '
a 'place; to inhabit,
[ncolumis, e, adj. comp. (in &
coiumis,) unhurt; safe; un-
punished,
Incompertus, a, um, adj. (in
& compertus,) not found
out; unknown; uncertain.
Inconsiderate, adv. (iiis, issi-
me,) inconsiderately; rash-
ly-
Incredibilis, e, adj. comp. (in
& credibilis,) incredible;
wonderful; hence
Incredibiliter, adv. (iiis, issi-
me,) incredibly.
Incrementum, i, n. (incresco,)
an increase,
Increpo, are, ui, itum, tr. (in
& crepo,) to make a loud
noise; to reprove; to chide;
to blame.
Incruentus, a, um, adj. (in &
cruor,) bloodless.
Inculte, adv. (ius, issime,)
rudely; plainly; from
Incultus, a, um, part. & adj.
comp. (in & colo,) unculti-
vated; uninhabited; desert,
Incumbo, -cumbere, -cubui,
-cubitum, intr. (in & cubo,)
to lean; to lie; to rest or
recline upon; to apply to :
gladio, to fall upon one's
sword.
Incursio, onis, f. (incurro,) a
running against; an attack;
an incursion; an inroad.
Inde, ^dv. thence; from thence.
Index, icis, d. (indico,) an in-
dex; a mark; a sign.
India, se, f. a country of Asia^
named fromtheriver hidus,
Indico, are, avi, atum, tr. (in
& dico, are,) to shew; to
discover.
Indico, cere, xi, ctum, tr. (in
& dico,) to indicate; to an-
nounce; to declare; to pro-
claim; to ajjpoint; hence,
Indictus, a, um, part.
Indicus. a, um. adj. of Indian
Indian.
Indigena, se, c. (in & geno,)
one born in a certain place,
a native.
Indoles, is, f. (in & oleo, to
grow,) the natural disposi-
tion; nature; inherent qual-
ity. See ingenium.
Induco, cere, xi, ctum, tr. (in
& duco,) to lead in; to in-
duce; to persuade; hence,
Inductus, a, um, part.
Induo, -duere, -dui,-dutum, tr.
to put on; to dress; to clothe,
Indus, i, m. a large river in
the western part df Lidia.
Industria, sb, f. (industrius,)
industry; diligence.
Indutus, a, um, part, (induo.)
Inedia, ae, f. (in & edo,) want
of food; fasting; hunger,
Ineo, ire, ii, itum, tr. & intr.
irr. (in & eo,) to go or enter
into; to enter %t.pon; t^ |
make; to form. ^
Inermis, e, adj. (in h armji,)
unarmed; defencelc*-^.
Inertia, ae, f. (iners,) wo'^^t of
art; laziness; sloth idle-
ness.
INFAMIS INGRUO.
249
Infamis, e, adj. (in & fama,)
ill spoken of; infaTnous;
disgraceful,
Infans, tis, c. (in & fans,) one
who camiot speak; an in-
fant; a child,
Inferi, orum, m. pi. the infer-
nal regions; Hades; Orcus;
the infernal gods.
Inferior, us, adj. jSeelnferus.
Infero, inferre, intiili, illatum,
tr. irr. (in & fero,) to bring
tn or against; to bring up-
on; to inflict upon : bellum,
to make war upon.
Infer us, a, um, adj. (inferior,
inf imus, or imus, ^ 26, 2,)
lovr, humble,
Infesto, are, avi, atum, tr. to
infest; to disturb; to mo-
lest; to vex; to plague; to
trouble; to annoy; from
Infest us, a, um, adj. (ior, issi-
mus,) (in & festus,) not
pleasant; hostile; inimical,
Infigo, gere, xi, xum, tr. (in
& figo,) to fix; to fasten;
to drive in,
Infinitus, a, um, adj. (in &
finio,) infinite; unbcntnded;
vast; immense : infinitum
argenti, an immense quan-
tity of silver : infinlta no-
bilitas, a vast number &c.
Infirmus, a, um, adj. ior, issi-
mu3> (in & firmus,) weak;
i7ifir7n,
Infixus, part, (infigo.)
Iiiflammo, are, avi, atum, tr.
to set on fire; to inflame;
to excite; to animate.
Inflatus, a, um, part, (inflo,)
blotvn upon; puffed up^
Infligo, gere, xi, ctum, tr. (in
& fligo,) properly, to strike
one thiiig against another;
hence, to inflict,
Inflo, are, avi, atum, tr. (in &
flo,) to blow upon.
Infra, prep, beneath; bdoiv,
Infrendeo, ere, ui, intr. (in &
frendeo,) to gnash with the
teeth,
Infringo,-fringere,-fregi,-frac-
tum, tr. (in & frango,) to
break or rend in pieces; to
disannul; to make void,
Infundo, -fundere, -fudi, -fu-
sum, tr. (in & fundo,) to *
pour in : infunditur, it
empties; (said of rivers.)
Ingenium, i, n. (in & geno,)
judgment; sagacity; pene-
tration; natural disposi-
tion; genius; talents; cha-
racter,
Ingens, tis, adj. (ior, ^ 26, 6,)
great; very great; huge;
(in a much higher sense
than magnus.)
Ingenuus, a,um,adj.(ingeno,)
natural ; free-born ; free ;
noble; ingenuous,
Ingredior,-gredi,-gressus sum,
tr. & intr. dep. (in & gra-
dior,) to go in; to enter; to
come in; to walk; to walk
upon; to go,
Ingressus, a, um, part.
Ingruo, -gruere, -grui, tr. to
invade; to assail; to paicr
dovxii; to fall upon suddenly
2b0
INHJEREO INSIDEO.
xnhsereo, -haerere, -haesi, -hae-
sum, intr. (in & haereo,) to
cleave or stick to or i7i : co-
gitationibus, to be fixed or
lost in thought,
Inhio, are, avi, atum, tr. &
intr. (in & hio,) to gape
for; to desire,
Inimicus, a, um, adj. comp.
(in & amicus,) inimical;
hostile,
Inimicus, i, m. subs, an enemy,
Inique, adv. ius, issime, (ini-
quus, in & aequus, not
equal;) unequally; unjustly,
Initium, i, n. (ineo,) a com-
mencement; a heginning,
'Initurus, a, um, part, (ineo,)
about to enter wponoT begin.
Injicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum,
tr. (id- & jacio,) to throw
in or uyon.
Injuria, as, f. (injurius, in &
jus,) an injury; an insult,
Jnnato, are, avi, atum, intr.
(in & nato,) to sioim or
float upon,
Innitor, -niti, -nisus or nixus
sum, intr. dep. (in & nitor,)
to lean or depend upon; to
rest upon.
Innocentia, ae, f. (in & no-
cens,) harmlessness; inno-
cence,
Innotesco, -notescere, -notui,
intr. inc. (in & notesco,)
to become knoiun; to be
known,
Innoxius. a, um, adj. comp.
(in & noxius,) harmless.
Innumerabllis, e, adj. (in &
numerabilis,) innumerable,
Innumerus, a, um, adj. (in &
numerus,) without number,
Inopia, ae, f. (inops,) want;
scarcity,
Inopus, i, m. a fountain or
river of Delos, near which
Apollo and Diana were
said to have been born,
Inprimis, and in primis, adv.
same as imprimis.
Inquam, or Inquio, def. I say;
^ 84, 2.
[nqumo, are, avi, atum, tr. to
pollute; to stain; to soil,
InquIro,-quirere,-quisIvi, -qui-
situm, tr. (in & quaero,) to
seek for; to inquire; to in*
vestigate.
Insania, ae, f. (insanus,) mad-
ness,
Insanio, ire, ivi, itum, intr. (in-
sanus,) to be mad,
Inscrlbo, -scribere, -scripsi,
-scriptum, tr. (in &scribo,)
to lorite upon; to inscribe,
Inscriptus, a, um, part.
Insectum, i, n. (inseco,) an
insect,
Insequens, tis, part, succeed'
ing; subsequent; following;
from
Insequor,-sequi,-secutus sum,
tr. dep. (in & sequor,) to
follow after; to follow.
Insidens, tis, part, from
Insideo, -sidcre,-sedi,-sessum,
intr. (in & sedeo,) to sit
upon
INSIDIJE INTERCIPIO.
251
InsidiaB, arum, f. pi. (insideo,)
art ambush ; ambuscade ;
treachery; deceit : per insi-
dias, treacherously,
Ifisidians, tis, part, from
liisidior,ari, atus sum, tr. dep.
(insidice,) to lie in wait; to
lie in ambush; to deceive,
Ifisigne, is, n. a mark; a to-
ken; an ensign; from
[nsignis, e, adj. comp. (in &
sigxiMm^) distinguished {by
some mark;) eminent.
[nsisto, -sistere, -stiti, -stitum,
intr. (in & sisto,) to stand
icpon; to insist,
Insolabiliter, adv. (in & solor,)
incon^olably ,
Insolens, tis, adj. (in & so-
lens,) (ior, issimus,) Twt
usval; indolent; haughty;
Insolenter, adv. (insolens,)
(ius, issime,) haughtily;
insolently,
Inspectans, tis, part, from
Inspecto, are, avi, atum, tr.
freq. (in & specto,) to look
upon; to inspect,
Instaturus, a, um, part, (insto,)
[nstituo,-stituere,-stitui,-stitu-
tum, tr. (in & statuo,) to
set, or put into; to appoiiit;
to resolve; to make; to or-
der,
Iiistitutum, i, n. an institution;
a doctrine; from
Institutus, a, um, part, (in-
stituo.) ^
Insio, -stare, stiti, intr. (in &
sto,) to stand near to; to
urge; to persist; to ha-
rass; to pursue closely, to
beg earnestly,
Instrumentum, i, n. (instruo,)
an instrument; uteiisil; im-
plement,
Instruo,-struere,-struxi,-struc-
tiim, tr. (in & struo,) to
put together, or in order;
to arrange; to prepare; to
supply with; to instruct,
Insiibres, um, m. pi. a people
living north of the Po, in
Cisalpine Gaul,
Insuesco,-suescere,-suevi,- suS
tum, intr. inc. (in & sues-
co,) to groio accustomed.
Insula, 33, f. an island,
Insijper, adv. (in & super,)
moreover.
Integer, gra, grum, adj. (in&
tago, whence tango,) (ri-
or, errimus,) 7ioi touched;
whole; entire; unhurt; just;
uncorrupted,
Intego, -tegere, -texi, -tectum,
tr. (in & tego,) to cover,
Integritas, atis, f. (integer.)
integrity; probity; honesty,
Inteilectus, a, um, part, from
Intelligo,-ligere,-lexi,-lectum,
tr. (inter & lego,) to choose
between; hence, to under"
stand; to 'perceive; to dis*
cern; to know; to learn.
Inter, prep, between; among:
inter se, mutually , occur-
rentes inter se, meeting
each other,
Intercipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep-
tum, tr. (inter & capio,) to
seize by surprise; to inter*
252
INTERDICO INTREPIDUS.
vcpt; to usurp ; to take
away fraudulently,
Imerdico, -dicere, -dixi, -dic-
tum, tr. (inter & dico,) to
tnteiyose a command; to
forbid; to 'prohibit;
Interdictus, a, um, part.
Interdiu, adv. (inter & ddu,)
by day; in the day-time,
Interdum, adv. (inter & dum,)
sometimes,
Interea, adv. (inter & ea,) in
the mean time, *
Interemptus, a, um, part, (in-
terimo.)
Intereo, ire, ii, itum, intr. irr.
(inter &;eo,^ 83,3,) toperish.
Interest, imp. (intersum,) it
concerns : mea, zY concerns
me.
Interfector, oris, m. a murder-
er; a slayer; a destroyer,
Interfectus, a, um, part, killed.
Interficio, -ficere, -feci, -fec-
tum, tr. (inter & facio,) to
destroy; to kill; to slay.
Interim, adv. (inter &im, the
■ old ace. of is,) in the mean
time,
Interimo, -imere, -emi, -emp-
tum, tr. (inter & emo,) to
take from the midst; to kill;
to put to death; to slay.
Interior, us, adj. (sup. intimus,
^ 26, 2,) inner; the interior,
Interius^ adv. (mixo,) farther
in the interior,
Interjectus, a, um, part, cast
between) anno interjecto,
a year having intervened;
a year after; from
Interjicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jec-
tum, tr. (inter &; jacio,) to ■
throw between,
Internecio, onis, f. (interneco,)
rui7i; destruction: ad in-
ternecionem, with a gent'
ral massacre,
Internodium, i, n. (inter & no-
dus,) the space between tivo
knots; a joint.
Internus, a, um, ^di], internal;
mare internum, the Medi-
terranean sea,
Interpres,etis,c.«?^^7^^er39reifer
Interregnum, i, n. (inter ®-
num,) an interregnum; a
vacancy of the throne,
Interrogo, are, avi, atum, tr.
(inter & rogo,) to ask,
Intersum, esse, fui, intr. irr.
(inter & sum,) to be pre-
sent at, between, with, or
among,
Intervallum, i, n. (inter & val-
lus,) an interval; a space;
a distance,
Interveniens, tis, part, from
Intervenio, venire, veni, ven-
tum, intr. (inter & venio,)
to come between; to inter-
vene,
Intexo, ere, ui, tum, tr. (in &
texo,) to interweave,
Intimus, a, um, adj. sup. (in-
terus, interior, ^ 26, 2,) in*
nermost; inmost; intimate;
familiar; much beloved.
Intra, preg, within : — adv. in-
ward,
Intrepidus, a, um, adj. (in &
trepidus,)/(2arZe55; intrepid \
INTRO — IRE.
253
Intro, are, avi, atum, tr. (intro,
& eo,) to enter.
Introduco,-ducere, -duxi, -duc-
tuiii, tr. (intro & daco,) to
lead in; to introduce,
Introitus, us, m. (introeo,) an
ent ranee.
Intuens, tis, part, from
Intueor, eri, itus sum, tr. dep.
(in ^ tueor,) to look wpon;
to consider; to behold; to
gaze at.
Intus, adv. within,
Inusitatus, a, um, adj. comp.
(in & usitatus,) unaccus-
tomed, unusual; extraor-
dinary,
Inutilis, e, adj. comp. (in &
utilis,) useless,
Invado, -vadere, -vasi, vasum,
tr. (in & vado.) to invade;
to attack; to assail,
Invenio,-venire,veni.-ventum,
tr. (in & venio,) to come to^
or upon; to find; to get; to
procure; to obtain; to in-
vent; to discover,
InventuSj a, um, part.
Investigo, are, avi, atum, tr.
(in & vestigo,) to trace or
jfind out; to investigate; to
discover,
Invicem, adv. (in & vicis,) mu-
tually; in turn: se invi-
cem occiderunt, they slew
one another,
Invictus, a, um, part, (in &
vie t us,) unconquerable; im-
penetrable; invulnerable,
Invidia, ae, f. (invidus,) envy;
hatred.
Invisus, a, um, adj. (in video,)
envied; hated; hateful; ob-
noxious : plebi, unpopular,
Invitatus, a, um, part, invited,
entertained: — ^whs. a guest.
Invito, are, avi, atum, tr. to
invite,
Invius, a, um, adj. (in & via,)
impassible; inaccessible; im-
penetrable,
Invoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (in
& voco,) to call upon; to
invoke,
lones, um, m. pi. Io7iians; the
inhabitants of Ionia,
Ionia, ae, f. Ionia; a country on
the western coast of Asia
Mi7wr,
lonius, a, um, adj. of Ionia;
Ionian : mare, that part
of the Mediterranean which
lies between Greece and the
south of Italy,
Iphicrates, is, m. an Athenian
general,
Iphigenia, £e, f. the daughter
of Agamemnon and Chj"
temnestra^ and priestess of
Diana,
Ipse, a, um, pro. ^ 32, he him-
self; she herself; itself; or
simply he; she; it : et ipse,
he also ; before a verb of
the first or second person,
/; tho^t : ego ipse, I myself:
tu ipse, tho2i thyself 6cc.
Ira, ae, f. anger; rage.hence,
Irascor, irasci, intr. dep. to be
angry, hence.
Iratus, a, um, adj. angry.
Ire. See Eo.
22
254
IRREPAEABILIS ^JACULOR.
Irreparabilis, e, adj. comp. (in
& reparabilis,) iiTcparahle;
irrecoverable. •
^rretio, Ire, ivi, itum, tr. (in &
rete,) to enclose in a net; to
entangle; to ensnare.
Irridens, lis, part, from
Irrideo, dere, si, sum, tr. (in &
rideo,) to laugh at; to de-
ride.
Irrigo, are, avi, atum, tr. (in &
rigo,) to water; to bedew;
to moisten.
Irrito, are, avi, atum, tr. (hirrio,
to snarl like a dog;) to irri-
tate; to provoke; to incite.
Irruens, tis, part, from
Irruo, uere, ui, (in & ruo,) intr.
to rush in^ into^ or wpon;
to rush; to attack.
Is, ea, id. pro. § 31, this; he;
she; it : in eo esse, i. e. in
eo statu, to be in that state;
to be ziyon the yohit.
Issus, i, f. a maritime city of
Cilicia.
Issicus, a, um, adj. of or be-
longing to Issus.
Isocrates, is, m. a celebrated
Athenian orator.
Iste, a, ud, pro. ^ 31, tha ;
that person or thing; he;
she^ it. {The demonstra-
tive of the second person^
and used to indicate a thing
near, relating to^ or spoke?i
of by the person addressed.
^ 2S. Obs. 3, 3d.)
Ister, tri, m. the name of the
Daiiube, after it enters II-
lyricum.
Isthmicus, a, um, adj. Isth*
mian; belonging to the
Isthmus of Corinth : ludi,
games celebrated at thai
place.
Isthmus, i, m. an isthmus.
Ita, adv. (is,) so; in such a
manner; even so; thus.
Italia, 3B, f. Italy.
Italus, a, um, adj. Italian
Itali, subs, the Italians.
Italic us, a, um, adj. belonging
to Italy; Italian.
Itaque, adv. (ita & que,) and
so; therefore.
Iter, itineris, n. (eo,) a jour'
ney; a road; a march.
Iterum,adv. (iter,) again; once
more; a second time.
Ithaca, ae, f. a rocky island in
the Ionian sea, with a city
of the same name.
Itidem, adv. (ita & idem,) in
like manner; likewise; also,
Iturus, a, um, part, (eo.)
Ivi. See Eo.
Jacens, tis, part, from
Jaceo, ere,ui,itum,i6> lie:m\x.to
be situated.
Jacio, jacere, jeci, jactum, tr
to throw; to cast; to fling;
to hurl.
Jacto, are, avi, atum, freq
(jacio,) to throw often; ta
toss; to agitate.
Jactus, a, um, part, (jacio,,'
cast; thrown.
Jaculor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep
JAM — JUS.
265
(jaciilum, from jacio,) to
■L kurly to dart; to shoot,
K Jam, adv. (a stronger term
V than nunc,) now; already;
B 'presently; even: jam nunc,
• even now : jam turn, even
, then : jam inde, ever since :
jam primum, in the first
place,
Jamdudum, adv. (jam & du-
! dum, lately;) long ago,
Janiculum, i, n. one of the se-
ven hills of Rome,
Jason, onis, m. the son of
\ jEson^ king of Thessaly,
and leader of the Argo-
nauts; also, an inhabitant
of Lycia,
Jejunus, a, um, adj. comp.
fasting; hungry,
Jovis. See Jupiter.
Juba, ae, f. the mane.
Jubeo, jubere, jussi, jussum,
tr. to command; to hid; to
order; to direct,
Jucundus, a, um, adj. comp.
(jocus,) agreeable; delight-
ful; pleasant; sweet,
Judaea, se, f. Judea,
Judseus, a, um, adj. belonging
to Judea : — subs, a Jew.
Judex, icis, c. (jndico,) a
judge.
Judicium, i, n. (judex,) a
judgment; decision.
Judico, are, avi, atum, tr. (jus
& dico,) to judge; to deem;
to determine; to decide,
Jugerum, i, n. ^ 18, 7, {the
quantity ploughed by a
yoke of oxen in one day;)
an acre of land.
Jugum, i, n. (jungo,) a yoke ^
a ridge or chain of moan'
tains; in war^ an insiru-
ment consisting of two
spears placed erect ^ and a
third laid transversely up-
ort them.
Jugurtha, ae, m. a king of
Numidia,
Julius, i, m. a name of Ctssar^
ivho belonged to the gens
Julia.
Junctus, a, um, part, (jungo.)
Junior, adj. (comparative from
juvenis,) younger; ^2^^ 6.
Junius, i, m. the name of a
Roman tribe which include
ed the family of Brutus,
Jungo, jungere, junxi, junc-
tum, tr. to unite; to con-
nect; to join: currui, to
put in; to harness to,
Juno, onis, f. the daughter of
Saturn and ivife of Jupi'
ter.
Jupiter, Jovis, m. ^ 15, 12, the
son of Saturn and king of
the gods.
Jurgiosus. a, um, adj. (jurgi-
um,) quarrelsome ; brawl'
ing.
Juro, are, avi, atum, tr. to
swear; from
Jus, juris, n. right; justice;
natural law: jus civitatis,
the freedom of the city; citi-
zenship : jure, with reason;
rightly; deservedly.
256
JUSSI — LANATUS.
Jussi, See Jubeo.
Jussus, a, um, part, (jubeo.)
^ussu, abl. m. (jubeo,) a com-
ma/id,
Justitia, 8B, f. justice; from
Justus, a, um, adj. comp. (jus,)
just; right; full; regular;
ordinary; exact,
Juvenca, se, f. (f. of juvencus,
i. e. juvenicus, fr. juyenis,)
a cow; a heifer,
Juvencius, i, m. a 'Roman
general^ conquered by An-
driscus.
Juvenis, adj. junior, § 26, 6,)
(fr. juvo,) young; youth-
ful.
Juvenis, is, c. a yotmg man
or woman; a youth; hence,
Juventus, utis, f. youth,
Juvo, juvare, juvi, jutum, tr.
to help; to assist,
Juxta, prep, (jun^o,) near;
hav^ by : — adv. alike ;
evc/. ernally.
L., an abbreviation of Jjucius,
Labor, & Labos, oris, m. la-
bor; toil.
Labor, labi, lapsus, intr. dep.
to fall; to glide; to glide
away; to flow on.
Laboriosus, a, um, adj. comp.
(labor,) laborious,
Laboro, are, avi, atum, intr.
to 2vork or labor; to suffer
with; to be distressed.
Labyrinth us, i, m. a labyrinth.
Lac, lactis, n. milk.
LacedsBmon, onis, f. LacedcB'
7)1071, or Sparta, the capital
of Laconiii,
Lacedaemonius, a, um, adj.
belonging to Lacedcemon;
LacedcBnionian; Spa? ta7i,
Laceratus, a, um, part, from
Lacero, are, avi, atum, tr
(lacer, mangled;) to tear
in pieces.
Lacessitus, a, um, part, from
Lacesso, ere, ivi, jtum, tr.
(lacio,) to provoke-; to stir
up; to disturb; to ti'ouble,
L aery ma, ge, f. a tear,
Lacus, us, m. a lake.
Laconicus, a, um, adj. Lacon-
ic; Spartan; LacedcBmonian,
Laedo, laedere, laesi, laesum,
tr. to iyijure; to hurt,
Lsetatus, a, um, part. Isetor.)
Laetitia, ae, f. (Isetus,) joy.
Laetor, ari, atus sum, intr.
dep. to rejoice; to be glad;
to be delighted loith.
Laetus, a, um, adj. (jor, issi-
mus,) glad; joyful; full of
joy; fortu7iate; prosperous;
fruitful; abundant.
Laevmus, i, m. the na7ne of a
Roma7i family ; (P. Vale-
rius,) a Roman consul.
Laevor, oris, m. (laevis or le-
vis,) S7noothness.
Lagus, i, m. a Macedo?iianj
who adopted as his son that
Ptolemy who afterwards
became king of Egypt,
Lana, ae, f. loool,
Lanatus, a, um, adj. bearing
wool; woolly.
LANIATUS LEGATIO.
257
Lani^tus, a, um, part, from
Lanio, are, avi, atum, tr. to
* tear- in pieces.
Lapicidina, se, f. (lapis & cse-
do,) a quarry.
Lapideus, a, um, adj. stony;
from
i^apis, idis, m. a stone.
Lapsus, a, um, part, (labor.)
Laqueus, i, m. a noose; a
snare.
Largitio, onis, f. (largior, from
largus,) a present.
Late, adv. (ii^s, issime,) toide-
ly; extensively; from latus.
Latebra, a;, f. (lateo,) a lurk-
ing'jtlace; a hiding-place;
a retreat.
Latens, tis, part, from
Lateo, ere, ui, intr. to he hid-
den; to he concealed; to he
icnknown^ to he unknown to.
Later, eris, m. a hrick.
Laterculus, i, m. dim. (later,)
a little hrick; a hrick.
Latinus, i, m. an ancient king
of the Laurentes, a people
of Italy,
Latinus, a, um, adj. Latin; of
Latium : Latini, subs, the
Latins.
Latitudo,inis, f, (latus) 5rea^^^.
Latium, i, n. Latium.
Latmus, i, m. a mountain in
Caria, near the horders of
Ionia.
Latona, se, f. the daughter of
tht giant Ccsus, and nio-
thet of Apollo and Diana.
Latro are, avi, atum, intr &
tr. to hark; to hark at.
Latro, onis m. properly, a
mercenary soldier ; co)n-
moniy, a rohher.
Latrocinium, i, n. (latrocjn-
or,) 7'obbery; piracy.
Laturus, a, um, part, (fero.)
Latus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi*
mus,) hYoad; wide.
Latus, eris, n. a side,
Laudatus, a, um, part, from
Laudo, are, avi, atum, tr. to
praise; to extol; to commends
Laurentia, ae, f. See Acca.
Laus, dis, f. praise; glory; hon^
or; fame; repute; estima^
tion; value.
Laute, adv. ius, issime, (lau-
tus, fr. lavo,) sumptuously;
magnificently.
Lavinia, ae, f. the daughter of
Latmus, and the second
wife of Mneas.
Lavinium, i, n. a city in Italy ^
huilt hy Mnlas.
Lavo, lavare, & lavere, lavi
lotum, lautum, & lavatum,
tr. to wash; to hathe.
Leaena, ae, f. a lioness.
Leander, &Leandrus, dri, m
a youth of Ahydos, distin-
guished for his attachment
to Hero.
Lebes, etis, m. a kettle; a cal'
dron.
Lectus, a, um, part, (lego,)
read; chosen.
Leda, ae, f. the wife of Tynda-
rus, king of Sparta^ and the
mother of Helena,
Legatio, onis, f. (lego, &re,)
an emhassy.
259
LEGATUS — LIGO.
Legatus, i, m. (lego, are,) a
deputy; a lieutenant; an
ambassador,
Legio, onis, f. (lego, ere,) o'Ze-
gio7i; ten cohorts of soldiers.
Legislator, oris, m.(lex&fero,)
a legislator; a law giver.
Lego, iegere, legi, lectum, tr.
to gather; to collect; to
choose; to read.
Lemanus, i, m. the name of a
lake in Gaul^ borderiiig up-
on the country of the Helve-
tiij now the lake of Geneva.
Leo, onis, m. a lion.
Leonid as, ae, m. a brave king
of Sparta, who fell in the
battle of Thermopylce.
Leontinus, a, um, adj. belong-
ijig to heontini^ a city and
a people of the same naniCy
on the eastern coast of Sicily.
Lepidus, i, m. the name of an
illustrious family of the
Mmilian clan.
Lepus, oris, m. a hare.
Letalis, e, 'd,^\. fatal; deadly;
from
Letum, and lethum, i, n. death.
Levis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,)
light; trivial; inconsidera-
ble; smooth; hence,
Levitas, atis, f. lightness.
Levo, are, avi, atum, tr. (le-
vis,) to make light; to ease;
to relieve; to lighten; to al-
leviate.
Lex, gis, f. (lego,) statute or
written laio; a law; a condi-
tion. Legem ferre, or ro-
gdiie, to propose a law. See jus.
Libens, tis, part. (Jibet,) wil
ling.
Libenter, adv. (ius, issime, fr
libens,) willingly.
Libet, or Lubet, libuit, imp. it
pleases.
Liber,libera,liberum.adj./r6e;
(liberior, liberrimus.)
Liber, libri, m. the inner bark
of a tree; a writing on
bark; a leaf; a book.
Liberaliter, adv. (liberalis,)
liberally: kindly.
Liberates, a, um, part, (libe-
ro,) liberated; set at liberty.
Libere, adv. ius, rime, (li-
ber,) freely; without re-
straint.
Liberi, orum, m. pi. (liber,)
persons free born; children.
Libero, are, avi, atum, tr. to
free; to liberate; to deliver.
Libertas, atis, f.(liber,) liberty.
Libya, se, f. properly Libya, a
kingdo?n of Africa, ^y^tig
west of Egypt; sometimes
it comprehends the whole
of Africa.
Licinius, i, m. a name common
among the Romans.
Licet,uit, itum est, imp. ^ 86, 4.
it is lauful; it is permitted:
tibi, you may: mie may
Licet, conj. although.
Lienosus, a, um, adj. (lieu,
the spleen,) splenetic.
Ligneus, a, um, adj. ti;oo<f gn.fr.
Lignum, i, n. wood ; a log of
wood ; , timber : ligna, pie-
ces of wood; sticks.
Ligo, are, avi, atum, tr toUnd,
LIGURIA LL'CU LLUS
259
Liguria, se, f. Liguria^ a coun-
try in the west of Italy.
Ligus, tiris, m. a Ligurzan.
LigustTcus, a, urn, adj. Ligu-
rian : mare, the gulf of
Genoa.
Lilybseum. i, n. a 'promo7itory
on the western coast of Sic-
ily.^
Limpidus, a, um, adj. (ior, is-
simus,) (lympha or limpa,)
transparent; limpid; clear.
Limus, i, m. mud; clay.
Lingua, 86, f. (lingo,) the
tongue; a language.
Linuni. i, n.flax; li?ien.
Liquidus, a, um, adj. (liqueo,
to inelt;) (ior, issimus,) li-
quid; clear; jnire; limpid.
Lis, litis, f. a strife; a conten-
tion; a controversy.
Littera, or Litera, oe, f. (lino,)
a letter of the alphabet :
(pi.) letters; literature;
learriing; a letter; an epis-
tle; hence,
Litterarius, a, um, adj. belong-
ing to letters; literary.
Littus, or Litus, oris, n. the
shore.
Loco, are, avi, atum, tr. to
place, set, dispose, or ar-
raiige; to give of dispose
of in marriage; from
Locus, i, m. in sing. ; loci &
loca, m. & n. in pi. a
place.
Locusta, 86, f. a locust.
Longe, adv. (ius, issim^,) (lon-
gus,)/ar; far off.^
Longinquus,a,um, adj. (comp.
ior,) far; distant; long,
foreign.
Longitudo,mis,f. length; from
Longus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi-
mus,) long; applied both
to time and space; last"
ing.
Loctitus, a, um,part. (loquor,)
having spoken.
Locuturus, a, um, part, about
to speak; from
Loquor, loqui, locutus sum,
intr. dep. to speak; to con-
verse , tr. to say.
Lorica, se, f. a coat of mail,
corselet; breast-plate; cui-
rass; (anciently made of
thongs ;) from
Lorum, i, n. a thong.
Lubens, tis, part, (lubet.)
Lubenter, adv. (ius, issime.)
See Libenter.
Lubet. See Libet.
Lubido, or Libido, inis, f. lust;
desire.
Lubricus,*a, um, adj. (labor,)
to slip; slippery.
Luceo, lucere, luxi, intr. to
shine.
Lucius, i, m. a Roman pr^e-
nomen.
Lucretia, se, f. a Horn an mat-
ron, the wife of Collatlnus
Lucretius, i, m. the father of
Lucretia.
Luctus, us, m. (lugeo,) mourn-
Z7ig; sorroio.
Lucullus, i, m. a Roman cele-
brated for his luxury, his
patronage of learned men^
and his military talents
260
LUCUS MACRO BIT.
Lucus, i, m. a wood^ consecra-
ted to some deity; a grone.
Ludo, lutlere, lusi, lusum, tr.
to play; to be m sport; to
deceive; from
Ludus, i, m. a game; a play;
a place of exercise; a school;
gladiatorius, a school for
gladiators.
Lugeo, lugere, luxi, intr. to
mourn: to lament.
Lumen, inis, n. (luceo,) light;
an eye,
Luna, aB, f. the moon,
Lupa, JE, f. a she-wolf
Lupus, i, m. a wolf,
Luscinia, ae, f. a nightingale,
Lusitania, se, f. a part of His-
pania, now Portugal,
Lustro, are, avi, atum, tr. to
purify; to appease; to ex-
piate: exercitum, to re-
view; to muster; from
Lustrum, i, n. (luo or lavo,)
purification; a sacrifice of
purification offered at l:he
conclusion of the census eve-
ry five years; a period of
five years; a place for hath-
i?ig; hence the place where
swine wallow; a den or
Lair of loild beasts,
uusus, us, m. (ludo,) a game;
a play per lusum, in sport;
sportively,
Lutatius, i, m. the name of a
Roman tribe : C. Lutatius
Catulus, a Roman consul
in the Punic war,
Lutetia, ae, f. a city of Gaul^
now Paris,
Lutum, i, n. (luo,) day.
Lux, lucis, f. light,
Luxuria, as, f. (luxus, fr. luo,)
that which dissolves or loos-
ens the energies of body and
mind; hence luxury; excess;
voluptuousness.
Lycius, a, um, adj. hucian;
of Lycia^ a country Ifj Asia
Minor,
Lycomedes, is, m. a king of
Scyros,
Lycurgus, i, m. the Spartan
law giver,
Lydia, ae, f. a country of Asia
Minor.
Lysander, dri, m. a celebrated
Lacedcemonian general,
Lysimachus, i, m. one of AleX"
ander^s generals^ who was
afterioards king of a part
of Thrace,
M.
M., an abbreviation of Marcus,
Msicedo, onis^ra, a Macedonian
Macedonia, ae, f. a country of
Europe, lying west of
Thrace, and north of TheS"
saly and Eptrus,
Macedonlcus, a, um, adj. of
Macedonia, Macedonian :
also, an agnomen, or sur-
name of Q. Metellus.
Macies, ei, f. (maceo,) lean'
ness; decay,
Macrohii,orum m. pi. [a Greek
word signifying long-
lived;) a name given to cer^
tain tribes of EthiopiaTis
MACTATUS MALUM.
261
who were distinguished for
their longevity,
Mactatus,, a, urn, part, from
Macto, are, avi, atum, tr. (ma-
gis aucto. from augeo,) to
increase with honors; to
enrich; to hoTwr with sa-
crifices; hence, to sacrifice;
to slay
!I\Iacula. 83, f. a sjiot; a stain,
Madeo, ere, ui, intr. to be
moist; to he wet,
Masnades, um, f. pi. priestesses
of Bacchus; bacchants; bac-
chanals.
Moiotis, idis, adj. Mceotian:
pal us MfEOtis, a lake or
gulf lying north of the
Kuxine^ now called the sea
of Azoph,
Magis, adv. (sup. maxime,
? 89, III.) more; rather ;
better,
Magister, tri, m. (magis,) a
teacher; a master : magis-
ter equitum, the command-
er of the cavalry^ and the
dictator's lieutenant; hence
Magistratus, us, m. a magis-
tracy; a civil office; a ma-
gistrate.
Magnesia, aB, f. a town of
Ionia,
Magnif ice, adv. (entius, entis-
sitne,) (magnif icus,) mag-
nificently; splendidly,
Magnificentia, ae, f, (id.) mag-
nificence; splendor; gran-
deur; from
Magnif icus, a, um, adj. (en-
tior, entissimus,) (magnus
and facio,) magnificent ;
splendid,
Magnitudo, mis, f. (magnus,)
greatness; magnitude; size;
(applied chiefly to material
objects.)
Magnopere, adv. sometimes
magno opere, (magnus &
opus,) greatly; very; ear^
n^tly,
Magnus, a um, adj. (major,
maximus, § 26,) (the gene-
ral term applied to great-
ness of every kind;) great;
large.
Major, comp. (magnus,) great-
er: the elder; hence,
Majores, um, m. ^\. forefath'
ers; ancestors.
Mais, adv. (pejiis, pessim^,)
(malus,) badly; ill; hurt-
fully,
Maledico, -dicere, -dixi, -dic-
tum, intr. (male & dico,) to
revile; to rail at; to abuse;
to reproach,
Maledicus, a, um, adj. (en-
tior, entissimus, ^ 26, 3,)
reviling; railing; scurri-
lous; abusive,
Maleficus, a, um, adj. (en-
tior, entissimus,) ^ 26, 3,)
(male & facio,) wicked;
hurtful; mischievous; inju-
rious : — subs, an evil doer,
Malo, malle, malui, tr. irr.
(magis & volo,) ^ 83, 6, to
prefer; to he more willing;
to wish.
Malum, i, n. an apple.
Malum, i, n. (malus,) evii;
262
MALUS MARS.
misfortune; calamity; suf-
ferings; evil deeds,
Malus, a, um, adj. (pejor, pes-
simiis, ^ 26,) had; wicked :
mali, bad men.
Mancinus, i, m. a Romaii con-
sul 2oho made a disgraceful
peace with the Num.antians.
Mando, mandere, mandi, man-
sum, tr. to chew; to eat.
Mando, are, avi, atum,tr.1[man-
ui & do,) to give into one'^s
hand; hence to command;
to intrust; to commit; to
hid; to enjoiil: man dare
marmoribus, toengravewp-
on marhle.
Mane, ind. n. the morning ;
adv. early in the morning.
Maneo, ere, si, sum, intr. to
remain; to continue.
Manes, ium, m. pi. the manes;
ghosts or shades of the dead.
Manlius, i, m. a Roman pro-
per name.
Mano, are, avi, atum, intr. to
flow.
Mansuefacio, -facere, -feci,
-factum, tr. (mansues & fa-
cio,) to tame; to make tame.
Mansuef 10, -fieri, factus sum,
irr. § 83. Obs. 3, to he made
tame.
Mansuefactus, a, um, part.
Mantinea, ae, f. a city of Ar-
cadia.
Manubise, arum, f. pi. (ma-
nus,) booty; spoils; plun-
der.
Mani^i missus, a, um, part. fr.
Manumitto, -mittere, -misi,
-missum, tr. (manus &
to,) to set free; at liberty ,
to free; to manumit.
Manus, us, f. a hand; tht
trunk of an elephant; a
hand or body of soldiers.
Mapale, is, n. a hut or cottage
of the Nuvjidians.
Marcellus, i, m. the name of
a Roman family lohich pro-
duced many illustrious
men.
Marcius, i, m. « Roman name
" and cognomen or surname.
Marcus, i, m. a Roman prae-
nomen.
Mare, is, n. the sea; {a gene-
ral term : agquor, a level
surface : pontus, the sea,
so called from Pontus, an
ancient god of the sea : pe-
lagus, the deep sea.)
Margarita, se, f. a pearl.
Mariandyni, orum, m. pi. a
people of Bithynia.
Marinus, a, um, adj. (mare,)
marine; pertaining to the
sea : aqua marina, sea'-
water.
Maritimus, a, um, adj. (id.)
tnaritime; on the sea- coast :
copias, naval forces.
Maritus, i, m. (mas,) a hus-
band.
Marius, i, m. (C.) a dzstin-
gushed Roman general,
who was seven times elect-
ed consul.
Marmor, oris, n. marble
Mars, tis, m. the son of Jupiter
and Juno, and god of war.
MARSI MEGASTHENES.
263
Marsi, orum, m. pi. a people
of Latium^ upon the borders
of lake Ticznus.
• Marsyas, ae, m. a celebrated
Phrygian musician • also,
a brother of Antigoniis^
the king of Macedonia.
i; Massa, ae, f. a mass; a lump,
Massicus, a, um, adj. Massic,
of Masstcus^ a mountain
in Campania^ famous for
its wine: vinum, Massic
wine.
Massilia, se, f. a maritime
town of Gallia Narbonen-
sis, now Marseilles.
Mater, tris, f. a mother; a ma-
tron; hence,
Materia, a3,f. a material; mat-
ter; stuff; timber.
Matrimonium, i, n. (id.) ma-
trimony; marriage.
Matrona, ae, f. a river of Gaul^
Matrona, ae, f. a matron,
Maturesco, maturescere, ma-
turui, intr. inc. to ripen; to
groio ripe; from
Maturus, a, um, adj. (ior, ri-
mus or issimus,) ripe; ma-
ture; perfect.
Mauritania, ae, f. « country in
the ivestern part of Africa^
extending from Numidia to
the Atlantic ocean.
Mausolus, i, m. a king of Ca-
ria.
Maxilla, ae, f. a jaw; a jaw-
bone.
Maxime, adv. (sup. of magis.)
most of all; especially;
greatly.
Maximus, i, m. a Roman sur^
name : Qu. Fabius Maxi-
mus, a distinguished Ro*
man general.
Maximus, a, um, adj. (sup*
iof magnus,) greatest; eld-
est : maximus natu, oldest.
See Natu.
Mecum, (me & cum,) with me.
Medeor, eri, intr. dep. to acre;
to heal.
Medicina, ae, f. (medicus,)
medicine.
Medico, are, avi, atum, tr.
(id.) to heal; to administer
medicine; to medicate; to
prepare medically; to em-
balm.
Medicus, i, m. a physician.
Meditatus, a, um, part, dc'
signed; practised; from
Meditor, ari, atus sum,tr.dep.
to meditate; to reflect; to
practise.
Mediomatrici, orum, m. pi. a
people of Belgic Gaul.
Medius, a, um, adj. middle;
the 'midst : medium, the
middle.
Medusa, ae, f. one of the three
Gorgons.
Megara, ae, f. the capital of
Megaris.
Megarenses, ium, m. pi. Me-
garensians; the inhoMtants
of Megara.
Megaris, idis, f. a small cofunr
try of Greece.
Megasthenes, is, m. a Greek.
hislorian^ ivhose works have
been lost.
264
MEHERCULE MERITTJJC.
Mehercule, adv. hy Hercules;
truly; certainly.
Mel, lis, n. honey.
MeleagTus & -ager, gri, m. a
kin£
' Calvdonia.
]\Ielior, us, adj. (comp. of bo-
nus, § 26,) better.
Meliu?^, adv. (comp. of bene,
§ 89, III,) better.
Membrana, ae, i. a thin skin;
a memhrane; yarchraent.
Membrum, i, n. a limb; a
member.
Memini, def. pret. § 84, 2, I
remember; I relate.
Memor, oris, adj. mindful.
Mer.orabilis, e, adj. comp.
(memor,) memorable; re-
markable; worthy of being
mentioned.
Memoria, ae, f. (id.) memory.
Memoro, are, avi, atum, tr.
to remember; to call to 07ie''s
memory; to say; to men-
tion.
Memphis, is, f. a large city of
Egypt.
Mendacium, i, n. a falsehood;
from
Mendax, acis, adj. (mentior.)
false; lying.
Menelaus, i, m. a king of
Sparta^ the son of At reus,
and husband of Helen.
Menenius, i, m. (Agrippa,) a
Konian, distinguished for
his success in reconciling
the plebeians to the patri-
cians.
Mens, tis, f. the mind; the
understanding ; {the rea-
soning faculty as distiio-
guished from animus, tht
seat of feelings and pas-
sio7is.) Animo et mente,
loith the whole soul.
Mensis, is, m. a month.
Mentio, onis, f. (memmi,) a
mention or a speaking of.
Mentior, iri, itus sum, tr. dep.
to lie; to assert falsely; to
feign; to deceive.
Mercator, oris, m. (mercor,) a
merchant; a trader.
Mercatura, ae, f. (id.) merchan-
dise; trade.
Mercatus, us, m. (id.) a mar^
ket; a mart; a Jair; an ^
emporium; a sale.
Merces, edis, f. (mereo,) wa-
ges; a reward; a price.
Mercurius, i, m. Mercury, the
so?i of Jupiter and Maia.
He was the 7?iesse7iger of
the gods.
Mereo, ere, ui, itum, intr. Sc
tr. to deserve; to gain; to
ac(piirc.
Mereor, eri, itus sum, intr.
be tr.dep.^o deserve; to earn.
Mergo, mergere, mersi, mer-
sum, tr. to sink; to dip in,
or under.
Meridianus, a, um, adj. south"
er7i; south; at noon- day,
from
Meridies, iei, m. (medius &
dies,) noon; mid-day; sorath.
Merito, adv. with reason; with
good reaso7i; deservedly.
Merit um, i, n. (mereo,) merit
I desert.
MERSI MINIMUS.
265
Mersi See Mergo.
Mersus, a, um, part, (mergo.)
Merula, se, f. a blackbird.
Merx, cis, f. merchandise.
Messis, is, f. (meto,) the har-
vest; a reaping.
Meta, ae, f. (meto, -are,) a pil-
lar in the form of a cone;
a goal; a limit.
Metagonium, i, n. c promon-
tory in the northern part
of Africa.
Metallum, i, n. metal; a mine.
Metamra, ae, f. the wife of Ce-
leus^ king of Eleusis.
Metellus, i, m. the name of
an illustrious family at
Rome.
Metior, metiri, mensus sum,
tr. dep. to measure.
Metiijs, i, m. (Suffetius,) an
Alban general^ put to death
by Tullus Hostilius.
Meto, metere, messui, mes-
sum, tr. to reap; to moio.
Metao, meiuere, metui, tr. &
intr. to fear; from
Metus, us, m. fear.
Meus, a, um, pro. § 30; (ego,)
my; mine.
Micipsa, ag, m. a king of Nu-
midia.
Mico, are, ui, intr. to move
quickly or with a quiver-
ings tremulous motion^ as
the tongue of a serpent; to
glance; to shine; to glitter.
See dimico.
LVIidas, ae, m. a king of Phry-
gia, distinguished for his
wealth.
Migro, are, avi, atum, intr. to
remove; to migrate; to wan^
der.
Mihi. See Ego.
Miles, itis, c. (mille, proper-
ly, one of a thousarcd;) a
soldier; the soldiery.
Miletus, i, f. the capital of
Ionia, near the borders of
Caria.
Militia, as, f. (miles,) war;
military service.
Milito, are, avi, atum, intr.
(id.) to serve in war.
Mille, n. ind. (in sing.) a thou-
sand : millia, um, pi. — mil-
le, adj. ind. ^ 24, 5.
Milliarium, i, n. (mille sc. pas-
su um, App. VI. 5,) a mile-
stone; a mile, or 5000 feet •
ad quintum milliarium ur-
bis, to the fifth milestone
of the city, i. e. ivithinfive
miles of the city.
Miltiades, is, m. a celebrated
Athenian general, who con*
quered the Persians.
Milvius, i, m. a kite.
Minae, arum, f. pi. (mineo,
to hang over ;) projecting
points; battlements; com-
monly, threats.
Minatus, a, um, part, (minor.)
Minerva, ae, f. the daughter
of Jupiter, and goddess of
ivar and ivisdom.
Minime, adv. (sup. of parum,)
least; at least; not at all.
Minimus, a, um, adj. (sup. of
parvus, ^26,) the least; the
smallest.
23
206
MINISTERIUM MODUS
Ministerium, i, n. (minister,)
service; labor.
Minium, i, n. red lead; ver-
milion.
Minor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep.
&: intr. to project; to reach
upwards; to threaten; to
vienace.
Minor, oris, adj. (comp. of
parvus, ^ 26,) less; small-
er; weaker.
Minos, ois, a son of Euj'opa^
and Mng of Crete.
Minuo, minuere, minui,minu-
tum, tr. (minus,) to dimi-
nish.
Minus, adv. (minor,) (comp.
of parum,) less: quo minus,
or quominus, that — not.
Miraculum, i, n. (miror,) a
miracle; a wonder.
Mirabilis, e, adj. (id.) wonder-
ful; astonishing.
Miratus, a, um, part, (mjror,)
wondering at.
Mire, adv. (mirus,) wonder-
fully; remarkably.
Miror, ari, atus sum, tr. dep.
to wonder at; to admire;
from
Mirus, a, um, adj. wonderful;
surprising.
Misceo, miscere, miscui, mis-
tum or mixtum, tr. to min-
gle; to mix.
Miser, era, erum, adj. (erior,
errimus,) miserable; unhap-
py; wretched; sad.
Miseratus, a, um, part, (mise-
ror.)
Misereor, miseieri, miseritus,
or misertus sum, tr. dep.
(miser,) tohave compassion^
to pity.
Miseret, miseruit, miseritum ^
est, imp. (inisereo, fr. mi-
ser,) it pitieth : me mise-
ret, I pity.
Misericordia, ae, f. (misericors
from misereo & cor,) pity;
compassion.
Miserpr, ari, atus sum, tr.
dep. (miser,) to pity.
Misi. See Mitto.
Mistus & mixtus, a, um, part,
(misceo.)
Mithridates, is, m. a celebra'
ted king of Pontus.
Mithridaticus, a, um, adj. be-
longing to Mithridates ;
Mithridatic.
Mitis, e, adj. § 21, II., (ior issi-
mus,) mild; meek; kind;
humane.
Mitto, mittere, misi, missum,
tr. to send; to throw; to
bring forth; to produce: to
afford : mittere se in
aquam, to plunge into the
water.
Mixtus. See Mistus.
Modicus, a, um, adj. (modus,)
moderate; of moderate size;
small.
Modius, i, m. a measure; a
half bushel. App. VI. 4.
Modo, adv. now; only; but .
mo do — modo, sometimes — .
sometimes: conj. {for si
modo or dumniodo,) pro-
vided that; if only, '
Modus, i, m. a meMJSure;
MCExNlA — MUCIUS.
267
(App. VI. 4,) a manner; a
way; degree; limit; mode-
ration.
McBnia, um, n. pi. (munio,)
the walls of a city, fur-
nished with toivers and bat-
tlements for defence.
Aloenus, i, m. the Maine, a riv-
er of Germany, and a
branch of the Rhine.
Mosrens, tis, part, from
Moereo, mocrere, intr. to be
sad; to piourn.
Moeris, is, m. % lake in Egypt.
Moles, is, f. a mass; a bulk; a
burden; a weight; a pile.
Molestus, a, um, adj. (moles,)
(ior, issimus,) irksome; se-
vere; troublesome; oppres-
sive; unwelcome.
Mollio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. to
soften; to moderate; from
Mollis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,)
soft; tender.
Molossi, orum, m. pi. the Mo-
lossians, a people ofEplrus.
Momordi. See Mordeo.
Monens, tis, part, from
Moneo, ere, ui, itum, tr. to
advise; to remind; to warn;
to admonish: hence,
Monimentum or -umentum, i,
11. (moneo,) a monument; a
memorial; a record; and
Monitor, oris, m. a monitor,
Mons, tis, m. a mountain; a
mmmt.
Monstro, are, avi, atum, tr.
(moneo,) to show; point out.
Mora, 36, f. delay.
Morbus, i, m. a disease.
Mordax, acis, adj. (comp.) bi'
ting; sharp: snappish; from
Mordeo, mordeie, momordi,
morsum, tr. to bite.
Mores. See Mos.
Moriens, tis, part, from
Morior, mori & moriri, mor-
tuus sum, intr. dep. ^ 82 ;
to die.
Moror, ari, atus sum, intr. dep.
to delay; to tarry; to stay;
to remain :U,n\\\\\T£iOxoi'y I
care not for; I value not,
Morosus, a, um, adj. comp.
(mos,) morose; peevish;
fretful.
Mors, tis, f. death.
Morsus, us, m. (mordeo,) bite;
biting.
Mortalis, e, adj. (mors,) mortaly
Mortuus, a, um, part, (mori-
or,) dead.
Mos, moris, m. a manner; a
way; a custom : more, af-
ter the manner of; like:
mores, conduct; deportment;
manners; customs,
Mossyni, orum, m. pi. a people
of Asia Minor, near the
Euxine.
Motus, us, m. (moveo,) mo-
tion: terrae motus, an earth-
quake.
Motus, a, um, part, from
Moveo, movere, movi, motum,
tr. to move; to stir; to excite.
Mox, adv. S0071; soon after; by
and by.
Mucius, i. m. (Scsevola,) a
Roman, celebrated for his
fortitude.
2t5S
MULIEBRIS — NARBONENSIS.
Muhebris, e, adj. womanly; '
female; from
Mulier, eris, f. a woman,
Multittido, mis, f. (multus,) a
multitude,
Multo, or -cto, are, avi, atum,
tr. (multa, or mulcta, fr.
mulgeo,) to 'punish hy de-
'privation; to fine; to im-
pose a fine; to sentence to
pay a fine,
Multo, & Multi^m, adv. much:
multo, hy far.
Multus, a, um, adj. much;
many,
Mummius, i, m. a Roman gen-
eral,
Mundus, i, m. (mundus, n^at,
orderly,) the world; the
universe,
Muniendus, a, um, part, from
Munio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. to
build a ivall or fortress; to
fortify : viam, to open or
prepare a road,
Munus, eris, n. an office; ser-
vice; duty; a gift; a pre-
se?it; a favor; a reujardfor
service; (distinguished from
donum, a free gift,)
Muralis, e, adj. pertaining to
a wall : corona, the mural
crown, given to him who
first mounted the loall of a
besieged town; from
Murus, i, m. a wall, a loall of
a town, garden, or other
enclosed place,
Mas, muris, m. a mouse,
Musa, ffi, f. a muse; a song,
Musca, ae, f. afi.y.
Musculus, i, m. dim. (mus,) a
little mouse,
Musice, es, & Musica, ae, f.
(musa,) music; the art of
7nusic; hence,
Musicus, a, um, adj. musical,
Muto, are, avi, atum, tr. (mo-
veo,) to change; to trans-
form,
Mygdonia, se, f. a small couu'
try of Phrygia,
M3rrmecides, is, m. an ingen'
ious artist of Miletus.
Myndius, i, m. a Myndian; an
iyihabitant ofMyndus,
Myndus, i, i, a city in Caria^
near Halicarnassus.
Mysia, ae, f. a country of Asia
Minor, having the Pro-
pontis on the north, and tJie
Mgean sea on the west
N.
Nahis, idis, m. a tyrant of
Lacedcemon,
Nae, adv. verily; truly.
Nactus, a, um, part, (nancis-
cor,) having found.
Nam, conj./<7r; but,
Nanciscor, nancisci, nactus
sum, tr. dep. (nancio, not
used,) to get; to find; to
meet with.
Narhonensis, e, adj. Narbo-
nensis Gallia, one of the
four divisions of Gaul, in
the south-eastern part, de-
riving its name front the
city of Narbo, now Nar^
bonne.
NARIS NEMO
209
Naris, is, f. the nostril,
Narro, are, avi, atum, tr. to
relate; to tell; to say.
Nascor, nasci, natus sum, intr.
dep. to he horn; to grow; to
he "produced,
Naslca, as, m. a surname of
Fuhlius Cornelius Scipio,
t^asus, i, m. a nose,
Nataiis, e, adj. (nascor,) na-
tal : dies natalis, a hirth-
day,
Natans, tis, part, from
Nato,are, avi, atum, intr. freq.
(no,) to swim; to float,
Natu, abl. sing. m. hy hirth:
natu minor, the younger :
minimus, the you7igest :
major, the elder; : maxi-
mus, the oldest; ^ 26, 6.
Nat lira, as, f. (nascor,) na-
ture ; creation ; power ;
hence
Naturalis, e, adj. natural,
Natus, a, um, part, (nascor,)
horn : octoginta annos na-
tus, horn eighty years; i. e.
eighty years old; hence,
Natus, i, m. a son,
Naufragium, i, n. (navis &
frango,) a shipwreck,
Nauta, ae, and navita, as, (na-
vis,) m. a sailor.
Naval is, e, adj. (navis,) naval;
helonging to ships.
Navigabilis, e, adj. (navigo,)
namgahle.
Navigatio, onis, f. (id.) nam-
gaiioiu and
Navigium, i, n. a ship; a ves-
sel' from
Navigo, are, avi, atum, tr. (na-
vis &; ago,) to steer, navi-
gate, or direct a ship; to
7iavigate; to sail. : naviga-
tur, imp. 7iavigation is car-
ried ou; they sail,
Navis, is, f. a ship,
Ne, conj. not; lest; lest that;
that — 7wt : ne quidem, riot
even; § 121.
Ne, conj. enclitic : whether;
or; (In direct questions the
translation is commonly
omitted, t 56, 3d.)
Nee, conj. (ne & que,) and
Twt; hut not; neither; nor,
Necessarius, a, um, adj. (ne-
cesse,) necessary: — subs*
a friend,
Necessitas, atis, f. (id.) weces-
sity; duty,
Neco, are, avi, or ui, atum,
tr. to kill; to destroy; to slay,
Nefas, n. ind. (ne & fas,) im-
piety; wrong; wickedness,
Neglectus, a, um, part, from
Negligo,-ligere,-lexi, -lectum,
tr. (nee & lego,) to neglect;
not to care for; to disre-
gard,
Nego, are, avi, atum, tr. {pro-
bahlyyiie 6c aio,) to deny; to
refuse : equal to dico ut
non, to declare that nnt,
Negotium, i, n. (nee & oti-
um,) husiness; labor; pahis;
difficulty : facili or nullo
negotio, with little, or no
trouble; easily.
Nemo, inis, c. (ne & homo,)
no one; no man.
270
NEMUS NOCEO.
Nemus, oris, n. a forest; a
grove; [hut not consecrated
as lucus.)
Nepos, Otis, m. a grandson.
Ncptunus, i, m. the god of the
sea^ son of Satur7i and Ops.
Nequaquam, adv. (ne & qua-
quam,) by no means.
Neque, conj. (ne & que,) a?id
— 720^; neither; nor.
Nequeo, ire, ivi, itum, intr.
irr. (ne & queo, ^ 83, 3,)
/ cannot; I am not able.
Nequis, -qua, -quod or -quid,
pro. (ne & quis,) ^ 35; lest
any one; that no one or 7io
thing.
Nereis, idis, f. a Nereid; a
sea-nymyh. The Nereids
ivere the daughters of Ne-
reus and Doris.
Nescio, Ire, ivi, itum, tr.(ne.&
scio,) to be ignorant of; not
to know; can not.
Nestus, i. ni. a river in the
western part of Thrace.
Neuter, tra, truni, adj. (ne &
uter,) neither of the two;
neither,
Nicomedes, is, m. a king of
Bithynia.
NidifTco, are,avi, atum, intr.
(nidus and facio,) to build
a nest.
Nidus, i, m. a nest.
Niger, gra, grum, adj. (nigri-
or, nigerrimus,) black.
Nihil, n. ind. or Nihilum, i, n.
(ne & hilum,) nothing: ni-
hil habeo quod, I have no-
thing on accoimt of whicK
i. e. I have no reason ivhy,
Nihilominus, adv. (nihilo mi-
nus, less by riothing;) nev'
erthcless.
Nihis, i, m. the Nile; the larg'
est river of Africa.
Nimius, a, um, adj. (nimis,
too much;) too great; eX'
cesive; immoderate.
Nimium, & Nimio, adv. (id.)
too much.
Ninus, i, m. a king of Assyria.
Niobe, es, f. the wife of Am-
pMon, king of Thebes.
Nisi, conj. (ne & si,) unlesi,
except; if not.
Nisus, i, m. <2 king of Mega-
ris, a7id the father of Sylla
Nitidus, a, um, adj. comp. (ni-
teo,) shining; bright; clear.
Nitor, oris, m. (niteo,) splen"
dor; gloss; brilliancy,
Nitor, niti, nisus & nixus sum,
dep. to strive.
Nix, nivis, f. snow.
No, nare, navi, natum, intr,
to swim.
Nobilis, e, adj. (ior,issimus,)
(nosco,) known; noted; no^
ble; celebrated; famous; of
high rank; hence,
Nobilitas, atis, f. nobility; the
nobility; the nobles; a no-
ble spirit; nobleness.
Nobilito, are, avi, atum, tr
(id.) to ennoble; to make
fam.ous.
Noceo, ere, ui, itum, intr. ^(?
injure; to harrtu
NOCTU — NUMANTIA.
271
Noctu, abl. sing, monoptot,
by night; in the night
time,
Nuccurnus, a, um, adj. (noc-
tu,) nightly; nocturnal.
Nodus, i, m. a knot; a tumor.
Nola, ae, f. a city of Cavi'pa-
nia.
Nolo, nolle, nolui, intr. irr.
(non & volo, ^ 83, 5,) to he
2tnivilling : noli facere, do
not : noli esse, be?tot; t 87.
tVomades, um, m. pi. a name
given to those tribes who
wajider from place to place^
with their flocks and herds^
having no fixed residence,
iS^omen, mis, n. a name; fame.
N^on, adv. not,
Nonageslmus, a, um, adj. ord.
the ninetieth,
iVonne, adv. (non and ne,
a negative interrogative^
not 1 as, nonne fecit ? has
he not done it ?
Von nihil, n. ind. (non nihil,
7iot nothing; i. e.) some-
thing,
N'onnisi, adv. (noti & nisi,)
only; not; except,
Nonnullus, a, um, adj. (non&
nullus,) so7ne.
Non us, a, um, num. adj. the
ninth.
Nos. See Ego.
No-^co, noscere, novi, notum,
tr. to know; to understand;
to learn.
Noster, tra, trum, pro. our;
Nota, a), f. (nosco,) a mark.
Notans, tis, part, from
Noto, are, avi, atum, tr. (no-
ta,) to mark; to stigma-
tize; to observe.
Notus, a, um, part. (fr. nos-
co,) known,
Novem, ind. num. adj. pi.
nine,
Novus, a, um, adj. (sup. issi-
mus, ^ 26, 5,) new; recent;
fresh.
Nox, noctis, f. night : de noc*
te, % night,
Noxius, a, um, adj. (noceo,)
hurtful; injurious,
Nubes, is, f. a cloud,
Nubo, nubere, nupsi & nup-
ta sum, nuptum, intr. to
cover with a veil; to mar-
ry; to be married; (used
only of the wife.)
Nudatus, a, um, part, laid
open; stripped; deprived;
from
Nudo, are, avi, atum, tr. to
make naked; to lay open,
from
Nudus, a, um, adj . naked; hare,
Nullus, a, um, gen. ius, adj.
(non ullus,) no; no one,
Num, interrog. adv. in indi"
rect questions, whether ? in
direct questions, commonly
omitted. See Ne, and t
56, 8d.
Numa, se, m. (Pompilius,) the
second king of Rome^ and
the successor of B,omulus.
Numantia, se, f. a city of Spain
besieged by the Romans for
twenty years.
272
NUMANTINI OBLIGO.
Numantini, orum, m. pi. Nic-
mantines; the people ofNu-
mantia.
Numen, mis, n. (nuo,) a deity;
a god,
Numero, are, avi, atum, tr. to
amnt; to number; to reckon;
from
Nunierus, i, m. a number.
Numidae, arum, m. pi. theNu-
midians.
Numidia, ge, f. a country of
Africa.
Nuniitor, oris, m. the father
of Rhea Silvia, and gra?- L-
father of Romulus und
Remus.
Nummus, i, m. money.
Nunc, adv. noio ; nunc ctiam,
even noio; still.
Nuncupo, are, avi, § um, tr.
(nomen & capio,) to name;
to call.
Nunquam, (ne & unquam,)
adv. never.
Nuntiatus, a, urr>, part, from
Nuntio, or -cio, ?ire, avi, atum,
tr. (nuntius,) to announce;
to tell.
Nuptia3, arum, f. pi. (nubo,)
nuptials; marriage; a wed-
ding.
Nusquam, adv. (ne & us-
quam,) tw lohere; in no
place.
Nutriend IS, a, um, part, to be
nmiri^hed.
Nulrio, »re, ivi, itum, tr. ifo
noun k.
Nutritus, a, um, part.
Nutrix, i't:is,f .(nutrio,) a nurse.
Nympha, se, f. a nymph; a
goddess presiding over foun-
tains, groves, or rivers, &c
o.
O! nt. 0/ ah I
Ob prep. /or; on account cf»
before.
C odormisco, -dormiscere,-dor-
mivi, intr. inc. (ob k, dor-
misco,) to fall asleep; to
sleep.
Obduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc-
tum, tr. (ob & duco,) to
dravj over; to cover over.
Obductus, a, um, part, spread
over; covered over.
Obedio, ire, ivi, itum, intr,
(ob &; audio,) to give ear
to; to obey; to comply with;
. to be subject to.
Obeo, ire, ivi & ii, itum, tr. &
intr. (ob & eo,) to go to; to
discharge; to execute; to
die; (i. e. mortem or su-
premum, diemobire.)
Oberro, are, avi, atum, (ob &
erro,) to wander; to wander
about.
Obitus, us, m. (obeo,) death.
Objaceo, ere, ui, itum, intr.
(ob & jaceo,) to lie against
or before; to be opposite.
Objectus, a, um, part, thrown
to or in the way; exposed.
Objicio, -jicere, -jeci,-jectum,
tr. (ob & jacio,) to throw
before; to throw to; to give;
to object; to expose.
Obligo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ob
OBLIQUE— -OCCIDO.
273
&; ligo,) to hind to; to
oblige; to obligate.
Oblique, adv. indirectly; ob-
liquely; from
Obliquus, a, um, adj. (ob &
liquis,) oblique; indirect;
sidewise,
Oblltus, a, um, part, forget-
ti7ig; having forgotten; fr.
Obliviscor, oblivisci, oblitus
sum, tr. dep. (ob & lino,)
to forget,
Obnoxius, a, um, adj. (ob &
noxius,) obnoxious; subject;
exposed to; liable.
Obruo, -ruere, -rui, -riitum, tr.
(ob & ruo,) to rush down
headlong against; to over-
whelm; to cover; to bury,
Obrutus, a, um, part, buried;
covered; overwhelmed.
Obsctiro, are, avi, atum, tr.
(obscurus,) to obscure; to
darken.
Obsecro, are, avi, atum, tr.
(ob be sacro,) to beseech; to
conjure.
Obsequor, seqni, sectitus sum,
intr. dep. (ob & sequor,) to
follow; to serve; to obey; to
humor.
Observo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ob
& servo,) to keep before the
mind; to observe; to loatch.
Obses, idis, c. (obsideo,) a
hostage.
Obsessus. a, um, part, besieg-
ed; from
Obsideo, -sidere, -sedi, -ses-
sura, tr. (ob & sedeo,) to
sit before or opposite;
hence, to lesiege; to in-
vest; to blockade^ hence
Obsidio, 5nis f. a siege.
Obsidionalis, e, adj. belonging
to a siege; obsidional : co-
rona, a crown given to him
ivho had raised a siege,
Obstetrix, icis, f. a midivife.
Obtestatus, a, um, part, from
Obtestor, ari, atus sum, tr.
dep. (ob & testor,) to call
solemnly to witness; to con-
jure; to beseech; to entreat,
Obtineo, -tinere, -tii ui, -ten-
tum, tr. (ob & teneo,) to
hold; to retain; to obtain :
obtmet sententia, the opi-
nion prevails.
Obtiilit. See OfTero.
Obviam, adv. (ob & viam,) i7i
the way; meeting; to meet :
fio or eo obviam, I meet; 1
go to meet.
Occasio, onis, f. (ob & cado,)
a7i occasion; a good oppor-
tunity,
Occasus, us, m. (id.) the de-
scend.; the setting of the
heavenly bodies; evening;
the west,
Occidens, tis, m. (id.) the set-
ting sun; evening; the ivest,
Occidentalis, e, adj. (id.)
loestern; occidental.
Occido, occidere, occidi, occT-
sum, tr. (ob & caedo,) to
beat; to kill; to slay; to put
to death.
Occido, occidere, occidi, occa-
274
OCCISURUS OLYMPICUS.
. sum, iiitr. (ob & cado,) to
Jail; to fall down; to set.
Occisurus, a, um, part, (oc-
cido.)
Occisus, a, um, part, (occido.)
Occoecatus, a, um, part, from
Occceco, are, avi, atum, tr.
(ob &c coeco,) to blind; to
dazzle,
Occulto, are, avi, atum, tr.
freq. (occulo,) to conceal;
to hide.
Occultor, ari, atus sum, pass.
to he concealed; to hide
one*s self.
Occupo, are, avi, atum, tr.
(ob & capio,) to ocaipy; to
seize upon; to take posses-
sion of before another.
Occurro,-currere,-curri & -cu-
curri, -cursum, intr. (ob &
curro,) to meet; to go to
meet; to run to meet; to
encounter.
Oceanus, i, m. the ocean; the
sea.
Octavianus, i, m. (Caesar,) the
nephew and adopted son of
Julius CcBsar, called, after
the battle of Actium, Au-
gustus.
Octavus, a, um, num. adj.
(octo,) eighth.
Octingenti, se, a, num. adj.
pi. (octo & centum,) eight
hundred.
Octo, ind. num. adj. pi. eight.
Octoginta, ind. num, adj. pi.
(ccto,) eighty,
Oculus, li m. an eye.
Odi, odisse, def. pret. ^ 84, 1
Obs. 2, to hate; to detest.
Odium, i, n. hatred.
Odor, oris, m. a smell: pi.
odores", odors; perfumes.
Odoror, ari, atus sum, tr.
dep. (odor,) to smell.
CEneus, ei 5c eos, m. a king
of Calydon, and father of
Meledger and Dejantra.
CEnomaus, i, m. the name of
a celebrated gladiator,
CEta, se m. a mountain in
Thessaly, on the borders of
Doris.
Offero, offerre, obtiili, obla-
tum, tr. irr. (ob & fero,)
to bring before; to offer; to
present.
Officina, 35, (opiiicTna, from
opifex,) a work-shop; an
office.
Officio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum,
tr. (ob & facio,) to act in
opposition; to stand in tho
way of; to injure; to hurt,
Officium, i, n. (i. e. opificium,
fr. ops & facio,) a kind'
ness ; duty; an obligation;
polite7iess; civility; atten-'
tion.
Olea, 33, f. an olive-tree.
Oleum, i, n. oil.
0\im, adv. formerly; sometime
Olor, oris, m. a swan.
01 us, eris, n. herbs; pot-herbs,
Olympia, ag, f. a town and dzs"
trict of the. F eloponnls^is
upon the Alpheus.
Olympicus, a, um, adj. Olym,-
k
OLYMPIUS ORANS.
275
pic; pertaining to Olym-
pia
Olympius a, um, adj. Olym-
pian; pertaining to Olym-
pus or to Olympia,
Olympus, i, m. a high moun-
tain between Thessaly and
Macedon,
Omen, in is, n. an omen; a
sign,
Omnis, e, adj. all; every; ev-
ery one : omnes, all : om-
nia, all things r sine om-
ni discordia, without any
discord.
Onus, eris, n. a burden; a
load,
Onustus, a, um, adj. comp.
(onus,) laden; full of.
Opera, sb, f. (opus,) labor;
pains: dare operam, to do
one''s endeavor; to devote
one's self to.
Operor, ari, atus sum, intr.
dep. (opera,) to labor; to
work.
OpTmus, a, ujn, adj. (ops, is,)
(ior, sup. wanting; § 26, 6,)
fat; rich; fruitful; dainty.
Oportet, ere, uit, imp. it be-
hoves; it is meet, fit^ or
proper; it is a duty; we
ought,
Oppidum, i, n. a walled town;
a tow7i.
Oppono,-ponere,-posui, -posi-
tum, tr. (ob & pono,) to
place opposite; to oppose;
to set against,
Opportunus, a, um, adj. (ior,
issimus,) (ob and portus,
with a harbor near, or op-
posite, hence,) seasonable,
commodious ; convenient ;
favorable,
Oppositus, a, um, part, op-
posite; opposed,
Opprimo, -primere, -pressi,
-pressum, tr. (ob & pre-
mo,) to press down^ or
agairtst; to oppress; to over-
power ^ to subdue,
Oppugnatus, a, um, part, from
Oppugno, are, avi, atum, tr.
(ob & pugno,) to fight
against; to assault; to be-
siege; to attempt to take
by force; to storm.
(Ops, nom., not in use, ^ 18,
12,) opis, gen. f. aid; help;
means; assistance: opes, pi.
wealth; riches; resources;
power,
Optime, adv (sup. of bene,)
very well; excellently; best.
Optimus, a, um, adj. (sup of
bonus,) (opto,) most desi-
rable; best; most worthy,
Optio, onis, f. a choice; an op-
tion; from
Opto, are, avi, atum, tr. to de-
sire.
Opulens, & opulentus, a, um,
adj. (ior, issimus,) rich,
opulent; wealthy; fr. ops.
Opus, eris, n. a loork; a labour.
Opus, subs. &adj. ind. need,
Ora, ae, f. a coast; a shore.
Ora, pi. See Os.
Oraculum, i, n. (oro,) an ora-
cle; a response,
Orans, tis, part, (opo.)
276
ORATIO PABULUM.
Oralio, onis, f. (oro,) a dis-
course; an oration.
Orator, oris, m, (oro,) an ora-
tor] an ambassador.
Orbatus, a, um, part, (orbo,)
bereaved or deprived of.
Orbelus, i, m. a mountain of
Thrace or Macedoriia.
Orbis, is, m. an orb; a circle:
in orbem jacere, to lie
round in a circle: orbis, or
orbis terraram, the loorld.
Orbo, are, avi, atum, tr. (or-
bus,) to deprive; to be-
reave of
Orcus, i, in. Pluto, the god of
the lower world; the infer-
nal regions.
Ordino, are, avi, atum, tr. to
set ill order; to arrange; to
ordain.
Ordo, inis, m. order; arrange-
ment; a row : ordines re-
morum, banks of oars.
Oriens, tis, m. (orior,) sc. sol,
the place of sun-rising; the
east; the morning.
Oriens, part, (orior.)
Orientalis, e, adj. (id.) eastern.
Origo, in is, f. source; origin:
originem dncere, to derive
one^s origin; from
Orior, oriri, ortus sum, intr.
dep. § 82, 8 ; to arise; to
begin; to appear.
Ornamentum, i, n. (orno,) an
ornament.
OrnKtus, us, m.an 07'nament ; fr.
Orno, are, avi, atum, tr. to
adorn; to deck; to furnish;
to equip.
Oro, are, avi, atum, tr. (os,)
to bpg; to entreat.
Orodes, is, m. a king of Par-'
thia, ivho took and destroy-
ed Crassus.
Orpheus, ei & eos, m. a cele- .
brated poet and musician
of Thrace; ^ 15, 13.
Ortus, a, um, part, (orior,)
having arisen; risen; born;
begun.
Ortus, us, m. (id.) a risiiig;
east.
Os, oris, n. the mouth; the face.
Os, ossis, n. a bone.
Ossa, ae, m. a high mountain
in Thessaly.
Ostendo,-tendere, -tendi, -ten-
sum & -tentum, tr. (ob &
tendo,) to stretch or hold
before; to show; to poiiit
out; to exhibit.
Ostia, ae, f. a town, built by
Ancus Marcius, at the
TTwuth of the Tiber; from
Ostium, i, n. a rrumth of a
river.
Ostrea, as, f. ostrea, orum, pi.
n. an oyster.
Otium, i, n. leisure; quiet,
ease; idleness.
Otos, i, m. a son of Neptune^
or of Aloeus.
Ovis, is, f. a sheep.
Ovum, i, n. an egg.
P. an abbreviation of Vixblma
Pabulum, i, n. (pasco,) food
for cattle; fodder.
PACISCOR P.4T10PAMISUS.
277
Paciscor, pacisci, pact us sum,
tr. & intr. (pan go, to fix or
SPitle; hence,) to make a
compact; to form a treaty;
to bargain; to agree,
Pactolus, i, m. a river of Ly-
dia, famous for its golden
sa7ids.
Pactum, i, n. (paciscor,) an
agreement ; a contract :
quo pacto, in what man-
ner; how,
Pactus, a, urn, part, (paciscor.)
Pad us, i, m. the largest river
of Italy, now the Po.
Paene, (See Pene,) adv. almost,
Palea, se, f. chaff.
Palma, 35, f. the palm of the
ha?id ; a palm-tree,
Palpebra, se, f. (palpo) the eye-
lid: pi. the eyelashes,
Palus, udis, f. a marsh; a
swamp ; a lake ; hence,
Paluster, palustris, palustre,
adj. marshy.
Pan, Panis, m. (Ace. Pana)
the god of shepherds.
Pando, pandere, pandi, pan-
sum and passum, tr. to open;
to expand; to spread out.
Panionium, i, n. a sacred place
near mount My cole in Io-
nia.
Panis, is, m. bread.
Panthera, ss, f. a panther,
Papirius, i, m. the name of
several Rornans.
Papyrus, d. and Papyrum, i, n.
a7i Egyptian plant or reed,
of lohich paper loas made ;
the papyrus
Par, paris, adj, equal; even;
suitable, i»
Paratus, a, urn, part, and adj.
(ior, issimus,) (paro,) pre-
pared; ready,
Parcae, arum, f. pi. the Fates,
Parco, parcere, peperci or pai-
si, parsum, or parcitum,
intr. to spare,
Pardus, i, m. a male panther.
Parens, tis, c. (pario,) a parent,
father ; mother ; creator ;
author ; inventor,
Pareo, ere, ui, intr. to come
near; to be at hand; hence,
to obey; to be subject to.
Paries, etis, m. a wall, (of a
house.)
Pario, parere, peperi, partuiii,
tr. to bear; to bring forth;
to cause; to produce; to ob-
tain ; to gain : ovum, to
lay an egg.
Paris, idis 07' idos, m. (§ 15, 13)
a son of Priam, king of
Troy, and brother of Hector,
Pariter, adv. (par.) in like
manner ; equally ; at the.
same time,
Parnassus, i, m. a mountain of
Phocis, whose tioo summits
were sacred to Apollo and
Bacchus, and upon which
the Muses toere fabled to
reside.
Paro, are, avi, atum, tr. to
prepare; to provide; to pro'
acre ; to obtain ; to equip :
parare insidias, to lay plots
agaijist,
Paropamisus, i, m. a ridge of
24
278
PARS— PATRIMONIUM.
mminrahis in the north of
hcdia.
Pars, tis, f. a part; a share; a
portion; a region; a party:
in utraque parte, on each
side : magna ex parte, in
a great measure; for the
most part.
Parsirnonia, ce, f. (parco,) fru-
galify.^
Parthus, i, m. an inhabitant
of Parthia; a Farthian,
Particula, oe, f. dim. (pars,) a
particle ; a small part,
Partiendus, a, um, part, (par-
tior.)
Partim, adv. (pars.) partly;
in part,
Partior, iri, itus sum, tr. dep.
(pars,) to divide ; to share.
Partus, a, um, part, (pario.)
Partus, us, m. (id.) a birth; off-
spring.
Parum, adv. (minus, minime,
^ 89, III.,) little; too little,
Parvulus, a, um, dim. adj.
small; very small ; from
Parvus, a, um, adj. (minor,
minimus, ^ 26,) small or
y little ; less ; the least,
Pasco, pascere, pavi, pastum,
tr. & intr. to give food to ;
to feed ; to graze.
Pascor, pasci, pastus sum, tr. &
intr. dep. to feed; to graze;
to feed upon.
Passer, eris, m. a sparrow.
Passim, adv. (passus fr. pan-
do,) here and there; every
cohere ; in every direction,
Passurus, a, um, part, (patior.)
Passus, a, um, part, (patior,)
having suffered,
Passus, a, um, part, (pando,)
stretched out ; hung up ;
dried : uva passa, a raisin,
Passus, us, m. (id.) a pace; a
measure of 5 feet : mille
passu um, a mile or 5000
feet, App. VI. 5.
Pastor, oris, m. (pasco,) a
shepherd.
Patefacio, facere, feci, factum,
tr. (pateo & facio,) to open ;
to disclose ; to discover ; to
, detect.
Patef 10, fieri, factus sum, pass,
irr. § 83, Obs. 3, to be laid
open or discovered*
Patefactus, a, um, part, open-
ed ; discovered.
Patens, tis, part. & adj. lying
open ; open ; clear ; from
Pateo, ere, ui, intr. to be open,
to stand open ; to extend.
Pater, tris, m. a father: pa-
tre^, fathers; senators: pa-
terfamilias, patrisfamilias,
^ 18, 9, the master of a
family ; a hofiiseheeper ;
hence,
Paternus, a, um, adj. paternal,
Patientia, oe, {.patience; har-
diness; from
Patior, pati, passus sum, tr.
dep to suffer; to endure;
to let ; to allow,
Patria, se, f. (patrius, fr. pater,)
one^s native country ; one's
birthplace,
Patrimonium, i, n. (pater,) pa^
trimony ; inheritance.
PATROCINIUM — ^PENINSULA.
279
Patrocinium, i, n. 'patronage ;
from
Patronus, i, m. (pater,) a pa-
tron ; protector*
Patruelis, is, c. (patruus,) a
caiisin [by the father^ s side.)
Pauci, SB, a, adj. pi. (paucus
sing, seldom used,) few; a
few.
Paulatim, adv. (paulus,) gra-
dually ; little by little.
Paulo, or Paullo, adv. (id.) a
little.
Paululum, adv. a little.
Paullus, or Paulus, i, m. a
cognomen or surname in
the Mmilian tribe.
Pauper, eris, adj. (ior, rimus,)
poor; hence,
Pauperies, ei, f. poverty; and
Paupertas, atis, f. poverty; in-
digence.
Paveo, pavere, pavi, intr. to
fear; to be afraid.
Pavo, onis, c. a peacock.
Pax, pacis, f. peace.
Pecro, are, avi, atum, intr. to
do wrong; to commit a fault;
to sin.
Pecto, pectere, pexi & pexui,
pexum, tr. to comb ; to
dress.
Pectus, oris, n. the breast.
Pecunia, se, f. (pecus, the first
coin in Kome being stamped
with a sheep;) money; a sum
of money.
Pecus, udis, {.a sheep; a beast.
Pecus, oris, n. cattle[ofa large
size;) a herd; a flock.
Pedes, itis, c. (pes & eo,) one
loho goes on foot; a foot-
soldier.
Pelagus, i, n. the sea.
Peleus, i, m. « king of Thes-
saly, the son of ^dacs, and
father of Achilles.
Pelias, ae, m. a king of Thes-
saly^ and son of Neptune.
Peligni, orum, m. pi. a people
of Italy ^ whose country lay
between the At emus and
the Sagrus.
Pelion,, i, n. a lofty mountain
in Thessaly.
Pellicio, -licere, -lexi, -lectum,
tr. (per & lacio,) to allure;
to entice; to iiwite.
Pellis, is, f. the skin.
Pello, pellere, pepiili, pulsum,
tr. to drive away; to banish;
to expel ; to dispossess ; to
beat.
Peloponnesus, i, f. a peninsula
of Greece^ now called the
Morea.
Pelusiu m, i,n. a town of Egypt.
Pendens, tis, ^^diVt.^hayiging ,
impending.
Pendeo, pendere, pependi,
pensum, intr. to hang.
Pene, adv. almost; nearly.
Penetrale, is, n. the inner part
of a house^ fr. penetralis fr.
Penetro, are, avi, atum, (pe-
mtus,) tr. to go within; to
penetrate; to enter.
Peneus, i, m. the principal
river of Thessaly^ flowing
between Ossa and Olympus,
Peninsula, ae, f. (pene &; insu-
la,) a peninsula.
280
PENNA PERICULUM.
Peiina, ae, f. a feather; a quill;
a wing,
Pensilis, e, adj.(pendeo,)Aiz?z^-
ing; pendent,
Penuria, ae, f. want; scarcity,
Peperci. See Parco.
Pepiili. See Pello.
Peperi. See Pario.
Per, prep, hy ; through; for;
during; along.
Pera, as, f. a wallet; a hag.
Peragro, are, avi, atum, intr.
(per & ager,) to travel
through; to go through or
over^ (sc. (he field or cmin-
try.)
Percontor&-cunctor, ari,atus
sum, tr. dep. (per and con-
tor,) to ask; to inquire.
Percunctaius, a, urn, part,
(percunctor.)
Percussor, oris, m. one who
wounds; a murderer; an
assassin; from
Percutio, -cutere, cussi, -cus-
sum, tr. (per & quatio,) to
strike; io wound: securi,
to behead,
Perditv^, adv. very; vehement-
ly; exceediiigly: desperate-
ly; from
Perdltus, a, um, part. & adj.
(perdo,) ruined; lost; un-
done; desperate.
Pcrdix, icis, f. a 'partridge.
Perdo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr.
(per & do,) to ruin; to lose;
to destroy.
Perduco, -ducere, -duxi, -d ac-
tum, tr. (per & duco,) to
lead to^ or through to.
Perductus, a, um, part.
brought; led; conducted.
Peregrinatio, onis, f. foreign
travel ; a residence in a
foreign country; from
Peregrinus, a, um, adj. (pere-
gve,and that from per &
ager,) foreign.
Perennis, e, adj. (per & an-
nus,) lasting through the
year; continual; lasting;
unceasing; everlasti7ig ; pe-
rennial.
Pereo, -ire, -ii.,-itum, intr. irr.
(per & eo,) to perish; to he
slain; to be lost.
Perfidia, ae, f. perfidy; from
Perfidus, a, um, adj. (per &
fides,) breaking faith; per-
fidious.
Pergamuro, i, n., & -us, i, f.,
-a, orum, pi. n. the citadel
of Troy; also, a city of
Mysia, situated upon the
river Calais, where parch-
ment was first made, hence
called Pergamena.
Pergo, pergere, perrexi, per-
rectum, intr. (per &; rego,)
to go straight on; to ad-
va?ice; to continue.
Pericles, is, m. an eminent ora-
tor and statesman of Athens.
Periculosus,a,um, adj. (comp.)
full of danger; dangerous;
perilous; hazardous; from
Periculum, &; PerTclum, i, n.
(perior, obsol. whence ex-
perior, to try; hence,) an
experiment; a trial; dan-
ger; peril.
PK RITURUS — PERTINEO.
2SJ
Feriturus, a, urn, part, (pereo.)
Peritus, a, urn, adj. (ior, issi-
m'js,) (perior,) experienced;
skilful.
Permeo are, avi, atum, intr.
(per & meo.) to go through;
tofiow through; to pene-
trate; to 'permeate.
Permisceo, -miscere, -miscui
-mistum & -niixtum, tr.
(per & misceo,) to mix
thoroughly; to mingle.
Permistus, a, um, part, mixed;
mingled; confused.
Permitto, -mittere, -misi, -mis-
sum, tr. (per & mitto,) to
grant; to allow; to permit;
to commit; to intrust; to
give leave to; to grant.
Permut3tio, onis, f. exchange;
change; from
Permuto. are, avi, atum, tr.
(per & muto,) to change;
to exchayige.
Pernicies, ei, f. (perneco,) de-
struction ; extermination ;
hence,
Perniciosus, a, um, adj. (ior,
issimus,) pernicious; hurt-
ful.
Perpendo, -pendere, -pendi,
-pensum,tr. (per & pendo,)
to loeigh; to ponder; to con-
sider.
Perperam, adv. wrong; amiss;
rashly; unjustly; absurd-
ly; falsely.
Perpetior, -peti, -pessus sum,
tr. dep. (per & patior,) to
endure; to bear; to suffer.
Perpetuus, a, um, adj. (per-
pes,) perpetual; constant
Perrexi. See Perg-o.
Persa, ae, m. a Persian; an
inhabitant of Persia.
Persecutus, a, um, part, from
Persequor, -sequi, -secutus
sum, tr. dep. (per & se-
quor,) to folloio closely; to
pursue; to folloio; to con-
tinue; to persevere in; to
persecute.
Perseus, ei & eos, m. the son
of Jupiter and Dande; al-
so, the last king of Mace-
don.
Persicus, a, um, adj. of Per'
sia; Persia7i.
Perspicio, -spicere, -spexi,
-spectum, tr. (per & spe-
cio,) to see thraiigh; to dis-
cern; to become acquainted
with; to discolor.
Persuadeo, -saudere, -suasi,
-suasum, tr. (per & sua-
deo,) to persuade.
Perterreo,-terrere,-terrui,-ter-
ritum, tr. (per & terreo,) to
frighten greatly.
Perterritus, a, um, part, of
frighted; discouraged.
Pertinaciter, adv. (ius, issi-
me,) obstinately ; constant-
ly; perseveringly; from
Pertinax, acis, adj. (ior, issi-
mus,) (per & tenax,) obsti
7iate; wilful.
Pertineo, -tinere, -tinui, intr.
(per & teneo,) to extendi
to reach to.
282
PERVENIO PHOC jEI .
Pervenio, -venire, -veni, -ven-
tuni, intr. (per & venio,) to
cnnie to; to ari'ive at; to
reach.
Pervenitur, pass. imp. 07ie
comes; they come; ive co?ne,
&c. t 67, Note.
Pervius, a, um, adj. (per &
via,) pervious; which may
be passed through; passable,
. Pes, pedis, m. afoot,
Pessum, adv. dotvn; under
foot; to the bottom : ire
pessum, to si7ik,
Pestilentia, ae, f. (pestilens, fr.
pestis,) a pestilence; U
plague,
Peleris, tis, part, (peto.)
Petitio, onis, f. a petition; a
canvassing or soliciting for
an office; from
Peto, ere, ivi, itum, tr. to ask;
to request; to attack; to as-
sail; to go to; to seek; to
go for; to bring,
Petra, se, f. the metropolis of
Arabia Petrcea.
Petraea, ae, f. (Arabia,) Arabia
PetrcBa,the northern part of
Arabia^ south of Palestine,
Petulantia. ae, f. (petiilans,
forward^ fr. peto,) petu-
lance ; insolence ; mischie-
vousness; wantonness.
Phaeax, acis, m. a Phceacian
or iithabitant of Phceacia^
now Corfu. ThePhceacians
were famous for luxury.
Phalerae, arum, f. pi. thetrap-
pings of a horse; habili-
vients.
Pharos, i, f. a small island at
the luesiern mouth of ihe.
JSile^ on ivhich ivas a totuer
or light-house^ esteemed one
of the seven wonders of the
world,
Pharsalus, i, m. a city of
Thessaly,
Pharnaces, is, m. a son of
Mithridates, king of Ponr
tus,
Phasis, idis & is, f. a town and
river of Colchis ^ on the east
side of the Euxhie,
Phidias, ae, m. a celebrated
Atheyiian statuary,
Philaeni, orum, m. pi. tioo
Carthaginian brothers, who
suffered themselves to be bu-
ried alive, for the purpose
of establishing the contro-
verted boundary of their -\
country,
Philippi, orum, m. pi. a city
of Macedon, on the confines
of Thrace.
Philippicus, a, um, adj. belong-
i7ig to Philippi,
Philippides, aB,m. a comic poet,
Philippus, i, m. Philip; the i
father of Alexander; also
the son of Demetrius,
Philomela, ^,L a nightingale.
Philosophia, as, f. philosophy,
Philosophns, i, m. a philoso^ \
pher; a lover of learning
and wisdom.
Phineus, i, m. a king of Area
dia, and priest of Apollo,
PliocaBi, orum, m. pi. the Pho'
cceans; inhabitants of Pho*
PHOCIS — 'PLECTO.
2S3
C(Ba, a maritime city of Io-
nia.
Phocis, id is, f. a country of
Greece,
PhcEnice, es, f. PhoBnicia^ a
maritime country of Syria ^
north of Palestine.
Phoenix, icis, m. a PhoBnician.
Phryx, ygis, m. a Phrygian;
an inhabitant of Phrygia.
Picentes, ium, m. pi. the in-
habitants of Picenum,
Picenum, i, n. a country of
Italy.
Pictus, a, um, part, (pingo,)
'painted; embroidered: picta
tabula, a picture; a paint-
ing.
Pietas, atis, f. (pius,) piety;
filial duty,
Pignus, oris, n. a pledge ; a
pawn; security; assurance.
Pila, as, f. a ball.
Pileus, i, m. a hat; a cap.
Pi las, i, m. the hair.
Pindarus, i,m. Pindar^ a The-
ban^ the most eminent of
the Greek lyric poets.
Pingo, pingere, pinxi, pictum,
tr. to represent by lines and
colors; to paint; to depict;
to delineate; to draw; acu,
to embroider,
Pinguis, e, adj. (ior, issTmus,)
fat; fertile; rich.
Pinna, as, f. « wiiig; a fin,
Piraeeus, m. the principal port
and w^senal of Athens.
Pirata, se, m. a pirate;
Piscator, oris, m. (piscor, from
piscis,) a fisherman.
Piscis, is, m. a fish.
Pisistratus, i, m. an Athenian
tyrant^ distinguished for
his eloquence.
Pistrlnum, i, n. (pinso, to
bruise;) a mill.
Pius, i, m. an agnomen, or
surname of Metellus.
Pius, a, um, adj. dutiful, or
affectionate to parents; pi-
aits,
Placeo, ere, ui, iturn, intr. to
please : sibi, to be vain or
proud of, to plume one's
self.
Placet, placuit, or placitum
est, imp. it pleases; it is
determined; it seems good
to,
PlacTdus, a, um, adj. (ior, is-
simus,) (placeo,) placid ;
quiet; still; tranquil; mild;
gentle.
Plaga, ae, f. <2 bloio; a wound :
plagaB, pi. nets; toils.
Flane, adv. (planus,) entirely,
totally; plainly; clearly,
Planta, ae, f. a plant.
Platanus, i, f. the plane-tree,
Platea, f. a species of bird,
the spoo7ibill, the heron.
Plato, on is, m. an Athemam.,
one of the most celebrated
of the Grecian philosophers,
Plaustrum,i,n.a cart; a loagori,
Plebs, and Plebes, is, f. the
people; the common people;
the plebeians
Plecto, plectere, tr. to strike;
to punish.
.Plecto, plectere, plexui and
2S4
PLERUSQ TIE P OPULOR .
plexi, plexum, tr. to plait;
to twist; to weave.
Plerusque. pleraque, pleruni-
que, adj. (mostly used in
the pi.) most; the most;
many.
Pleriimque, adv. commonly;
generally ; for the most
part; sometimes.
Plinius, i, m. Pliny; the name
of two distinguished Ro-
man authors.
PlotiniuSj'i, in. See Catienus.
Plumbeus, a, um, adj. of lead;
leaden; from
Plumbum, i. n. lead.
Pluo, pluere, plui or pluvi,
intr. to rain; pluit, it rains.
Plurimus, a, um, adj. (sup. of
multus,) very much; most;
very many.
Plus, uris, adj. (n. in sing-.,
comparativeofmultus,§21,
4 Exc.) more : pi. many.
Plus, adv. (comparative of
multum,) more; longer.
Pluto, onis, m. a son of Sa-
turn, and king of the in-
fernal regions,
Poculum, i, n. <2 cup.
Poema, atis, n. a poem.
Poena, ae, f. satisfaction given
or taken for a crime; pun-
ish?nent; a pu7iishment. ^
Poenitet ere, nit, imp. (poeni-
teo, and that from poena,)
it repents : poenitet me, /
repe7it.
PcEnus, a, um, adj. belonging
to Carthage; Carthaginian:
subs, a Carthas^inian,
Poeta, 33, m. a poet.
Pol, adv. Ijy Pollux; truly.
Pollex, icis, m. (polleo.) the
thumb; the great toe.
Polliceor, eri, itus sum, tr.
dep. (liceor,) to promise;
hence,
Pollicitus, a, um, part.
Pollux, ucis, m. a son ofLeda,
and twin brother of Castor.
Polyxena, ae, f. a daughter of
Priam and Hecuba.
Pomifer, era, erum, adj. (po-
mum &fero,) bearing fruit:
pomiferae arbores, fruit-
trees.
Pompa, ae, f. a procession ;
pomp; parade.
Pompeianus, a, um, adj. ht-
longing to Pompey,
Pompeius, i, m, Pompey; the
name of a Roman gens, or
clan.
Pompilius, i, m. See Numa.
Pomum, i, n. an apple; any
fruit fit for eating grow*
ing upon a tree.
Pondus, eris, n. (pendo,) a
weight,
Pono, ponere, posui, positum,
tr. to place; to put; to set, ^
Pons, tis, m, a bridge. "
Pontius, i, m. (Thelesinus,) a
general of the Samnites.
Pont us, i, m. a sea; the deep
sea: by synecdoche, the
Euxine or Black sea; also,
the kiiigdom of Pontus, on
the south side of the Euxine
Poposci. See Posco.
Populor, ari,atus sum, tr. dep.
POPULl/S — POTIOR .
285
(popiilo for depopiilo, fr.
popiilus,) to lay waste; to
depopulate; from
Populus, i, m. the people; a
7iatio7i; a tribe: pi. nations;
tribes.
Porrectus, a, um, part, from
Porrigo, igere, exi, ectum, tr.
^porro or pro & rego,) to
reach or spread out; to ex-
tend; to offer,
Porsena, as, m. a king ofEtru-
ria.
Porta, ae, f. (porto,) a gate,
Portans, tis, part, (porto.)
Portendo,-tendere,-tendi,-ten-
tum, tr. (porro or pro &
tendo,) to show what will
be hereafter; to presage; to
forbode; to portejid; to be-
token,
Porticus, {is, f. (porta,) a por-
tico; a gallery; a porch,
Porto, are, avi, atum, tr. to
carry; to bear; hence,
Portus, us, m. a port; a har-
bor,
Posco, poscere, poposci, tr. to
deviand; to request earnest-
ly; to ask as wages,
Positus, a, um, part, (pono,)
situated,
Possessio, onis, f. possession; &
Possessor, oris, m. a possessor;
an occupant; from
Possideo,-sidere,-sedi-sessum,
tr. (potis & sedeo,) to pos-
sess.
Possum, posse, potui, intr. irr.
(potis & sum, ^ 83, 2,) to
be able; I can.
Post, prep, after : — adv. after ^
after that; afterwards,
Postea, adv. (post & ea, after
these things;) afterwards.
Posterus, (m. not used,) era,
erum, adj. § 26, 2, (erior,
rem us,) (post,) succeeding;
subsequent; next : in pos-
terum, (52^2?2?Z2/tempus,)/or
the future: posteri, orum,
posterity,
Postis, is, m, (positus, fr. po-
no,) (Z thing set up; a post,
Postquam, adv. (post & quam,)
after; after that; since.
Postremd,& -i!im, adv. at last;
finally; from
Postremus, a, um, adj. (sup.
of posterus,) the last : ad
postremum, at last.
Postiilo, are, avi, atum, tr.
(posco,) to ask; to ask for;
to demand, (as a right.)
Postumius, i, m. the name of
a Roman gens or clan,
Posui. See Pono.
Potens, tis, adj. (ior, issimus,)
being able; powerful; (pos-
sum.)
Potentia, ae, f. (potens,) pow*
er; authority; government,
Potestas, atis, f. (potis,) pow-
er; {civil power, as distin-
guished from imperium,
military command.)
Potio, onis, f. (poto,) a drink;
a draught.
Potior, iri, itus sum, intr. dep
(potis,) to get; to possess^
to obtain; to enjoy; to gain
possession of.
286
POTISSIMUM Pll FLATUS.
Potissimum, adv. (sup. of po-
tiijs,) yrinciyalhj ; chiejiy;
especially.
Politus, a, um, part, (potior,)
ha mng oh I ahied.
Potius, adv. comp. (sup. po-
tissimum,) rather,
Poto, potare, potavi, potatum
or potum, tr. to drink; to
drink hard; (see bibo.)
Potuisse. See Possum.
Potus, us, m. (poto,) drink.
Prae, prep, before; for; in com-
parison of or loith.
Prsealtus, a, um, adj. comp.
(pras & altus,) very high;
very deep, (comparatively.)
Prsebeo, ere, ui, itum, tr. (prae
& habeo,) to offer; to sup-
ply; to give; to afford : spe-
ciem, to exhibit the appear-
ance of : usum, to serve for.
Praicedens, tis, part, from
Pragcedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces-
sum,intr.(prse & cedo,) to
go before; to precede.
Prfficeptor, oris, m. (praeci-
pio,) a preceptor, master,
or teacher.
Praeccptum, i, n. (prsBcipio,) a
precept; a doctrine; advice.
Praecido, -cidere, -cidi, -cisum,
tr. (prae & caedo,) to cut off.
Praecipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep-
tur.i, tr. (pras &; capio,) to
seize or take before; hence,
to prescribe; to command.
Frascipito, are, avi, atum, tr.
(prseceps,) to throw down
headlong; to precipitate;
to throw.
Praecipue adv. especially; par
ticularly; from
Praecipuus, a, um, adj. (praeci
pio,) especial; distinguish
ed; the chief; the prind
pal.
Praeclare, ^.diV. excellently ; fa
mously; gloriously; from
Praeclarus, a, um, adj. (pra
& clarus,) very clew, oi
bright; famous.
Praecludo,-cludere,-clusi, -clu-
sum, tr. (prae & claudo,) to
close beforehand; to stop; to
shut up.
Praeco, onis, m. a herald.
Praeda, ae, f. booty; the prey.
Praedico, are, avi, atum, tr.
(prae & dico,) ^o tell openly;
to publish; to declare; to
assert; to affirm; to praise.
Praedico, cere, .xi, ctum, tr.
(prae & dico,) to predict; to
foretell.
Praedictus, a, um, part, fore-
told.
Praedor,ari, atus sum, tr. dep.
(praeda,) to plunder.
Pragfans, tis, part, from
Praefari, f atus, def. § 84, 4,
to tell before, oi foretell; to
announce; to predict.
Preefero, -ferre, -tuli, -latum,
tr. irr. leprae & fero,) to bear
before; to sheiv; to prefer,
Praefinio, ire, ivi, itum, tr.
(prae & finio,) to appoint
beforehand; to deter7m?ie,
Prsefinitus, a, um, part.
Praslatus, a, um, part, (prae- ;
fero,)
PRJELIANS PRAVITAS
287
Prselians, tis, part, (praelior.)
Prseliatus, a, um, part, from
Praelior, ari, atus sum, intr.
dep. to give battle; to en-
gage; to fight,
Praelium, i, n. a battle.
ProBmium, i, n. a reioard, a
'price; a recom'peyise.
Praemitto,-mittere,-misi, -mis-
sum, tr. (pras & mitto,) to
send before.
Praeneste, is, n. a city of La-
tium.
Praenuntio, are, avi, atum, tr.
(prse & nuntio,) to tell be-
forehand; to announce; to
signify; to give notice.
Prseparo, are, avi, atum, tr.
(prae & paro,) to get before-
hand; to make ready; to
•prepare; to make.
PraBpono,-ponere,-posui, -posi-
tum, tr, (pras & pono,) to
set before; to value more;
to place over; to prefer.
Prassens, tis, adj. present; im-
minent; part, of praesum.
Praesepe, is, n. praesepes &
praesepis, is, f. (praesepio,)
a manger; a crib.
Praesidium, i, n. (praesideo,)
a garrison; defeyice.
Prasstans. tis, part. &adj. (ior,
issimus,) (praesto,) stand-
ing before; hence, excel-
lent; distinguished; hence,
Proestantia, ae, f. superiority;
an advantage; a preemi-
nence.
Praesto, stare, stiti, stitum and
statum, intr & tr. (prae &
sto,) to stand before: to ex-
cel; to be superior; to su7'
pass; to perform; to pay;
to grant; to give; to ren-
der; to execute; lo cause: se,
to shoio or prove one'^s self:
praestat, imp. it is better.
Praesum, -esse, -fui, -intr. irr.
(prae & sum,) to be over; to
preside over; to have the
charge or command of; to
rule over.
Praetendo, -tendere, -tendi,
-tensum or tum, tr. (prae &
tendo,) to hold before; to
stretch or extend before; to
be opposite to; to pretend.
Praeter, prep. tez^Ze^; except;
contrary to.
Praeierea, adv. (praeter & ea,)
besides; moreover,
Praetereo, ire, ii, itum, tr. irr.
^ 83, 3, (praeter & eo,) to
to pass aver or by; to go
beyond; to omit; not to men
tion.
Praetereundus, a, um, part.
(praetereo.)
Prasteriens, euntis, part, (prae-
tereo.)
Praeteritus, a, um, part, (prae-
tereo.) past.
Praeterquam, adv. except; be'
sides: praeterquam si, eX'
cept in case.
Praetorius, i, m. (vir.) a man
who has been a prcetor; one
of prcBtorian dignity.
Pratum, i, n. a meado2v; a
pasture.
Pra vitas, atis, f. depravity; h
IJSS
PRAVUS — PRO€URO.
Pravus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi-
miis,) depraved; bad.
Precatus,a,um, part, (precor.)
Freci, -em, -e, f. (prex not
used, § 18, 12,) a 'prayer :
pi. preces, (entire.)
Precor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep.
(preci,) to pray; to entreat,
Premo, premere, pressi, pres-
sum, tr. to press; to urge;
to grieve.
Pretiosus, a, um, adj. (ior, is-
simus,) precious; valuable;
costly; from
Pretium, i, n. a price; a ran-
som; a reward: in pretio
esse, to be valued; to be in
estimation : pretium ope-
ras, ivoi'th lohile.
Priam us, i, m. Priam^ the last
king of Troy.
Pridie, adv. (pri for priori and
die,) the day before.
Priene, es, f. a maritime town
of Io7iia.
Primo & -um, adv. (sup. of
priijs, <5> 89, III,) first; at
first : quam primum, as
S0071 as possible.
Primoris, e, adj. (primus,) the
first; the foremost: dentes,
the f rout teeth.
Primus, a, um, num. adj.
(sup. of prior.) the first.
Princeps, ipis, adj. (primus &
capio,) the chief ; the first :
princTpes, ?/^e princes; the
chiefs; chief men; hence,
Principatus, us, m. a govern-
me?it; principality.
Prior, us, adj. (sup. primus.
^ 26,4,) the former; prloi,
first.
Priscus, i, m. a cognomen nr
surname of the elder Tar-
quin.
Prius, adv. (prior,) before^
first.
Priusquam, adv. (priias and
quam,) sooner than; before
that; before.
Privatus, a, um, adj. (privo,)
private; secret : — subs, a
private man.
Pro, prep. /or; instead.
Probabilis, e, adj. comp. (pro-
bo,) that may be proved;
probable; commendable
Proboscis, id is, f. proboscis;
the trurck of an elephant.
Procas, 93, m. See Silvius.
Procedens, tis, part, from
Procedo, -cedere, -cessi,-ces-
sum, intr. (pro & cede,) to
go forth; to proceed; to go
forward; to advance; to go
out.
Proceritas, atis, f. stature;
height; tallness; length:
from
Procerus, a, um, adj. (comp.)
tall; long.
Proclamo, are, avi, atum, tr.
(pro & clamo,) to cry out;
to proclaim.
Proconsul, iilis, m. (pro & con-
sul,) a procons2il.
Procreo, are, avi, atum, tr.
(pro & creo,) to beget.
Procu], adv. jfttr.
Procuro, are, avi, atum, tr.
(pro & euro,) to take cart
PROCURRO PKOPAaO.
289
ofj to manage; (viz. for
another,
r'rocurro, currere, curri & cu-
curri, cursum, intr. (pro &
curio,) to run forward; to
extend.
IVjcligium, i, n. (prodico,) a
prodigy.
Proditor, oris, m. (prodo,) a
traitor.
Proditus, a, um, part, from
Pmdo, -dere, -didi, ditum, tr.
(pro & do,) to give out; to
betray; to relate; to discov-
er; to disclose; to manifest.
Prcelior. See Praelior,
Prcslium, i, n. See Prselium.
Profectus, a, um, part, also,
Proficiscens, tis, part, from
Proficiscor, icisci, ectus sum,
intr. dep. (pro & faciscor,
from facio,) to go forward;
to march; to travel; to de-
part; to go.
Profiteor, -fiteri, -fessus sum,
tr. dep. (pro & fateor,) to
declare; to avoio publicly;
to profess; sapientiam, to
profess wisdom; to profess
tq be a philosopher.
Profu^rin^ -fugere, -fugi, -fugi-
tum, intr. (pro & fugio,) to
fee (scil. before or from.);
to escape; hence,
Pjnfiigus, a, um, ^di]. fleeing;
escaping: — subs, a fugi-
tive; an exile.
Pt "^gredior, -gredi, -gressus
sum, intr. dep. (pro & gra-
dior,) to go forward; to
proceed; to advance.
Progressus, a, um, part. Aa?-
hig advanced.
Prohibeo, ere, ui, itum, ir.
(pro & habeo,) to keep off.
or away; to prohibit; to
hinder; to forbid; hence,
Prohibitus, a, um, part.
Projicio,-jicere, -jeci, -jectum,
tr. (pro & jacio,) to throw
away; to throw down; to
throvh
Prolabor, -labi, -lapsus sum,
intr. dep. (pro & labor,) to
fall doion; to fall forward^
hence,
Prolapsus, a, um, part, having
fallen.
Prolato, are, avi, atum, tr.
(profero,) to carry forivard^
to enlarge; to extend; to am"
Proles, is, f. a race; offspring,
Prometheus, i. m. the son of
lapetus and Clymene.
Promittens, tis, part, from
Prommitto, -mittere, -misi,
missum, tr. (pro & mitto,)
to let go^ or send forward;
to promise; to offer.
Promontorium, i. n. (pro &
mons,) a promontory; a
headland; a cape.
Promoveo, -movere, -movi,
motum, intr. & tr. (pro &
moveo,) to move forward;
to enlarge.
Pronus, a, um, adj. inclined;
bending forward.
Propago, are, avi, atum, tr.
(pro & pago,) to propagate;
to prolong; to continue.
25
290
PROPE PROVEKIO.
Frope, adv. & prep, (propius,
proximd,) near; near to;
nigh.
Propero, are, avi, atum, intr.
(properus,) to hasten.
Propinquus, a, um, adj.comp.
(prope,) 7iear; related : pro-
piriqui, subs, relations;
kinsmen.
Propior, us, adj. comp. § 26, 4
(sup. proximus,) nearer.
Propius, adv. nearer; comp.
of prope.
Propouo, -ponere, posui, -pos-
itum, tr. (pro & pono,) to set
before; to propose; to offer.
Proponor, -poni, -posit us sum,
pass, to he set before: pro-
positum est mihi. It is pro-
posed by me; i. e, 7 intend
or purpose.
Propontis, idis, f. the sea of
Marmora.
Propositus, a, um, part, pro-
posed; put.
Proprie. adv. particularly;
properly; strictly; from
Proprius, a, um, adj. peculiar;
proper; one^s own; special.
Propter, prep./or;o/z account of.
Propulso, are, avi, atum, tr.
freq. (propello,) to drive a-
way; to ward off; to repel.
Propylaeum, i, n, the porch of
a tp.nple; an entrance; the
ryws of columns leading
to the Acropolis at Athens.
Prora. ^, ^, the proio of a ship.
Prop^ribo, -scribere, scripsi,
-scriptum, tr. (pro&scribo,)
to publish by loriting; to
proscribe; to outlaw; to
doom to death arid confisca-
tion of goods.
Prosecutus, a, um, pait. hav-
ing accompanied.
Prosequor, -sequi, -secutus
sum, tr. dep. (pro & se-
quor,) to follow after; to
accompany; to attend; to
follow; to celebrate; Lono-
ribus, to heap or load toith
honors; to honor.
Proserpina, se, f. the daughter
of Ceres and Jupiter^ and
ivife of Pluto.
Prospectus, us, m. (prospicio,)
a prospect; a distant view.
Prospere, adv. (prosper,) pros-
perously; successfully.
Prosterno, -sternere, -stravi,
stratum, tr. (pro & sterno,)
to prostrate; to throw doion.
Prostratus, a, um, part, (pros-
terno.)
Prosum, prodesse, profui, intr.
irr. (pro & sum, ^ 83, 1,)
to do good; to profit.
Protagoras, se, m. a Greek
philosopher.
Protenus, adv. (pro & tenus,)
immediately ; directly.
Protero, -terere, -trivi, -trltum,
tr. (pro & tero,) to trample
upon; to tread down; to
crush.
Protractus, a, um, part, from
Protrabo,-trahere,-traxi, -trac-
tum, tr. (pro & traho,) to
protract; to prolong
Proveniens, tis, part, from
Provenio, -venire, -veni, -ven*
PROVINCIA — PUNIO.
29]
turn, intr. (pro & venio,) to
()f)we forth.
Provincia, as, f. (pro & vinco,)
a 'province,
Provocatio, onis, f. a calling
forth; a challenge; a provo-
cation; from
Provoco, are, avi, atum, tr.
(pro & voco,) to call forth;
to call out; to defy or chal-
lenge; to appeal.
Proxime, adv. (sup. of prope,)
nearest; very near; 7iext to.
Proximus, a, um, adj. (sup. of
propior,) nearest; next.
Prudens, tis, adj. (ior, issi-
mus,) (providens, fr. ^^lo-
YidiQO^) for eseeiiig; prudent;
ivise; expert; hence,
Prudentia, 8b, f. piiidence;
knowledge.
Pseudophilippus, i, m. a false
or pretended Philip^ a name
given to Andriscus.
Psittacus, i, m. a parrot.
Psophidius, a, um, adj. of or
belonging to Psophis; Pso-
phidian.
Psophis, idis, f. a city of Ar-
cadia.
Ptolemaeus, i, m. Ptolemy;
the name of several Egyp-
tian kings.
Publice, adv. (publicus,) pub-
licly; at the public expense;
by public authority.
I*ublic61a, ae, m. (populus &
colo, ) a sur7iame given to
P. Valerius^ on account of
his love of popularity.
l^ublicus, a, um, adj. (popu-
lus,) public: in publicum
procedens, going abroad or
appearing in public : subs,
publicum, the public trea-
sury.
Publius, i, m. the praenomen
of several Romans.
Pudibundus, a, um, adj. (pu-
deo,) ashamed; bashful;
modest.
Puer, eri, m. a boy; a servant,
Puerilis, e, adj. (puer,) puer-
ile; childish : aetas, boy-
hood; childhood.
Pueritia, as, f. (id.) boyhood;
childhood.
Pugna, ae, f. (pugnus, the fist;)
a battle with fists; a close
fight; a battle.
Pugnans, tis, part, (pugno.)
Pugnatus, a, um, part, from
Pugno, are, avi, atum, intr.
(pugna,) to fight : pugna-
tur, pass. imp. a battle is
fought; they fight.
Pulcher, ra, rum, adj. (chrior,
cherrimus,) fair, beauti-
ful; glorious: hence,
Pulchritudo, mis, f. fairness:
beauty.
Pullus, i, m. the young of any
animal.
Pulsus, a, um, part, (pello.)
Pulvillus, i, m. (Horatius,) a
Roman consul in the first
year of the republic.
Punic us, a, um, adj. Punic ^
belonging to Carthage ;
Carthaginian.
Punio, Ire, ivi, itum, tr. (poe^*
na,) to publish
292
PUNTTTTS QUJESTOR.
Punitus, a, um, part, (punio.)
Piipilliis, i, m. (dim. fr. pupu-
lus and that fr. pupus,) a
young hoy; a pupil; a
ward; an orphan.
Puppis, is, f, the stern of a
ship,
Purgo, are, avi, atum, tr. to
purge; to purify; to dear;
to clean; to excuse.
Purpura, ae, f. the pnirple
muscle; purple; hence,
Purpuratus, a, um, adj. clad
in purple: purpurati, pi.
cmcr tiers; rwhles,
Purpureus, a, um, adj. (id.)
purple,
Purus, a, um, adj. (ior, issT-
mus,) pure; clear,
Pusillus, a, um, adj. (dim. fr.
pusus,) small; weak; little;
very small.
Puteus, i, m. a well; a pit,
Puto, are, avi, atum, tr. to
think,
Putresco, putrescere, putrui,
intr. inc. (putreo,) to rot; to
decay.
Pydna, 03, f. a townof Macedon.
Pygmssi, orum, m. the Pyg-
mies, a race of divarfs in-
habiting a remote part of
India or Ethiopia.
Pyra, hb, f. a funeral pile.
Pyramis, idis, f. a pyramid.
Pj^enagus, i, m., & Pyrensei,
orum, m. pi. Pyrenees,
mountains dividing France
and Spain.
Pyrrhus, i, m. a king of Ejn-
Pythagoras, ae, m. a Grecian
philosopher, horn at Santos.
Pythagoreus, i, m. a Pytha-
gorean; a follower or disci'
pie of Pythagoras.
Pythia, se, f. the priestess of
Apollo at Delphi.
Pythias, ae, m. a soldier of
Philip, king of Macedon,
Q.
Q., or Qu., an abbreviation of
Quintus.
Quadragesimus, a, um, num.
adj. ofd. the fortieth; from
Quadraginta, num. adj. pi.
md. forty.
Quadriennium, i, n. (quatuor
& annus,) the space of four
years.
Quadriga, se, & pi. ae, arum,
f. (quadrijugae, quatuor &
jugum,) a four horse cha-
riot; a team of four horses,
Quadringentesimus, a, um,
num. adj. pi. the four hun-
dreth.
Quadringenti, ae, a, num. adj.
pi. jour hundred.
Quadrupes, pedis, adj. (qua-
tuor & pes,) having four
feet; four-footed,
Quserens, tis, part, from
Quasro, quaerere, quaesivi,
quaesitum, tr. to ask; to seek
for; to inquire; to search;
quaeritur, it is asked; the
inquiry is made; hence
Quaestio, onis, f. a question.
Quaestor, oris, m. (quaesitor
QtT-aaSTUS — QUINGENTESIMUS.
293
id.) aqucBstor; a treasurer;
an infeHor military officer
who att elided the consuls,
Quaestus, us, m. (id.) gain; a
trade,
Qualis, e, adj. of wliat kind;
as; snch as; what,
Quam, conj. & adv, as; how;
after comparatives, than.
Quamdiu, or Quandiu, adv.
(quam & diu,) as long as,
Quamquam, or Quanquam,
conj. though; although.
Quant vis, conj. (quam & vis,
fr. volo.) although,
Quando, adv. when; since,
Quanto, adv. hy how much; as,
Quantopere, adv. (quanto &
op ere,) how greatly; how
much.
Quantum, adv. how much; as
much as.
Quantus, a, um, adj. hov^
great; as great; how admi-
rable; how sti'iking.
Quantuslibet, quantallbet,
quantumlibet, adj. (quan-
tus & libet,) how great so-
ever; ever so great,
Quapropter, adv. (qua and
propter,) wherefore; why.
Quare, adv. (qua & re,) where-
fore; for which reason;
whence; therefore,
Quartus, a, um, num. adj. ord.
the fourth.
Quasi, adv. [for quamsi,) as
if; as.
Quatriduum, i, n. (quatuor &
dies,) a space of four days.
Q uatuor, num. adj . ipl.iud. four
Quatuordecim, num. adj. pi.
ind. (quatuor and decem,)
fourteen.
Que, enclitic conj. (always
joined to another word and
draws the accent to the
syllable preceding it,) and;
also;
Queo, Ire, ivi, itum, intr. iiT.
^ 83, 3; to be able ; I can,
Quercus, us, f. an oak,
Queror, queri, questus sum,
tr. dep. to complain,
Questus, a, um, part, complain-
ing; having comylained.
Qui, quae, quod,reL pro. v 33 ;
IV ho ; which; what; used in-
terrogatively, who^ which ?
what ?
Qui, adv. how; in what man'
?ier.
Quia. conj. because.
Quicunque, quajcunque, quod*
cunque, rel. pro. § 37. 1.
whosoever; whatsoever; eve^'y
one,
Quidam, qua^dam, quoddam
and quiddam, pro. ^ 37, 1,
a certain one; a certain per-
son or thing: quidam hom-
ines, certain men,
Quidem, adv. iiideed; truly;
at least,
Quin, conj. but; but that,
Quinctius, i, m. (Titus,) a Ro'
man general.
Quindecim, num. adj. pi. ind.
(quinque & diecem) fifteen,
Quingentesimus, a, um, num.
adj. ord. the five hundredth^
from.
SIM
QfJINGENTl RAPTOR.
Quingcnti, se, a, num. adj. pi.
(quinque and centum^) five
hundred.
Quinquageni, as, a, num. adj.
pi. dist. (quinquaginta,) ev-
ery fifty; fifty,
Quinquagesimus, a,um, num.
adj. [idi.) fiftieth,
Quinquaginta, num, adj. pi.
ind. fifty,
Quinque, num. adj.pl.ind.^ije.
Quinquies, num. adv. five
times,
Quinto, adv. the fifth time,
Quintus,a, um, ord. num, adj.
the fifth,
Quintus, or Quinctius, i, m. a
Roman surname,
Quippe, con], for; since.
Quis, quae, quod, or quid, in-
terrog. pro. who? what?
quid? why?
Quisnam, or Quinam, quae-
nam, quodnam,o?* quidnam
pro. ^ 37, 2, who; what,
Quisquam, qusequam, quod-
quam, or quidquain,or quic-
quain, pro. any one; any
thing: nee quisquam, aiid
no 07ie,
Quisque, quseque, quodque,or
quidque, pro. each; every;
whosoever; whatsoever,
Quisquis, quidquid, or quic-
quid, rel. pro. ^ 37, Obs. 1,
V)hoever; whatever,
Quivis, qusevis, quodvis, or
quidvis, pro. (qui and vis)
whosoever; whatsoever; any
one.
Quo, adv. that, to the efid that;
whither: qu6— eo, foi
quanto — tanto, by hou
much; by so much; or the
more — the more.
Quod, conj. that; because,
Quomini^is, adv. (quo and mi-
nus,) that — not,
Quomodo, adv. (quo and mo-
do.) how; by what means.
Quondam, didiv. formerly; once,
Quoniam, conj. (quum and
jam,) since; because,
Quoque, conj. also,
Quot, adj. ind. pi. how many.
Quotannis, adv. (quot & an-
nus,) annually; yearly,
Quotidie, adv. (quot & dies,)
every day; daily.
Quoties, adv. as often as; liow
often,
Quum, or Cum, adv. when :
quum jam., as soon as :—-
conj. si7ice; although.
R.
Radius, i, m. a staff; a ray;
a rod.
Radix, icis, f. a root; the foot
or base of a mountain.
Ramus, i, m. a branch ; a
bough.
Ran a, £e, f. a frog,
Rapina, ae, f. rayine; flun-
der; from
Rapio, rapere, rapui, raptum,
tr. to hurry away by force;
to rob; to seize; to plunder.
Raptor, oris, m. (rapio,) oni
who seizes or takes away
by violence; a robber*
RAPTURUS — REDIMENDUS.
295
Rapturus, a,um, part, (rapio.)
Rnptus, a, um, part, (rapio,)
seized; robbed; carried off.
Raritas, atis, f. (rarus,) rarity.
Raro, adv. rarely; seldom; fr.
Rarus, a, um, adj. rare; few.
Ritio, onis, f. (reor,) a reason.
Ratis, is, f. a raft; a shijp; a
boat.
"Ratus, a, um, part, (reor,)
thinhhig; hamng thought.
ReDello, are, avi, atum, intr.
(re & bello,) to renew a
loar; to rebel; to revolt.
Recedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces-
sum, intr. (re & cedo,) to
recede; to yield; to retire;
to withdraw.
Recens, tis, adj. comp. new;
recent ; fresh : — adv. re-
cently; lately; newly : re-
cens nati, new-born chil-
dren.
Receptus, a, um, part, (reci-
pio.)
Recepturus, a, um, part, (re-
cipio.)
Recessus, us, m. (recedo,) a
recess; a corner.
Recipio,-cipere,-cepi,-ceptum,
tr. (re & capio,) to take
hack; to receive; to take;
to recover : an imam, to
come to one^s self again; to
recover one^s senses : se, to
return.
Recognosco, -noscere, -novi,
-nitum, tr. (re & cognos-
co,) to recognize; to know
agai?i; to betake one^s self.
Recoliigo, -ligere, -leg:i, -lec-
tum, tr. (re, con, & lego,)
to gather up again; to re
collect; to recover.
Reconditus, a, urn, part, from
Recondo, dere, didi, ditum, tr.
(re & condo,) to put toge-
ther again; to lay up; to
hide; to conceal.
Recorder, an, atus. tr. dej).
(re & cor,) to call back to
mind; to recollect; to re*
member.
Recreo, are avi, atum, tr.
(re & creo,) to bring to life
agai7i; to restore; to refresh,
Recte, adv.) iiis, issime,)
right; rightly; from
Rectus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi-
mus,) (rego,) straight; up-
right; right; direct.
Recupero, are, avi, atum, tr.
(recipio,) to recover; to re-
gain.
Redditus, a, um, part, from
Reddo,-dere, -didi, -ditum, tr.
(re & do,) to give back; to
return; to give; to make,
to render; to restore; to
cause : verba, to repeat :
animam, to die : voces, to
imitate,
Redeo,-ire,-ii,-itum, intr. irr.
(re & eo,) to go back; to
return.
Rediens, euntis, part, return^
ing.
Redigo,-igere,-egi,-actum, tr,
(re & ago,) to bring back;
to reduce: in potestatem,
to bring into oneh poiver.
Redimendus, a, um, part, from
296
REDIMO — HEMITTO.
ReJiiiio, -imere, -emi, -emp-
tum, tr. (re & emo,) to take
hack; to buy hack; to re-
deem; to rajisom,
Reduccndus, a, um, part, from
Reduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc-
tum, tr. (re & duco,) to
lead or hring hack : in gra-
tiam, to reconcile.
Ref erens, tis, part, requiting;
returning; referring; from
Refero,-ferre, -tuli, -latum, tr.
irr. (re & fero,) to hring
hack; gratiam, or gratias,
to requite a favor; to show
gratitude : beneficium, to
requite a hefiejit : victori-
am, to hring hack victory,
1. e. to return victorious :
imaginem, to reflect the
image; to resemhle.
Refluens, tis, part, from
Refisjo,-fluere, -fluxi, -fiuxum,
intr. (re & fluo,) to flow
hack,
Refugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugi-
tum, intr. (re & fugio,) to
fly hack; to flee; to retreat.
Regia, £8, f. (sc. domus, from
regius,) a palace,
Reglna, ae, f. (rex.) a queen.
Regio, onis, f (rego,) a region;
a district; a country.
Regius, a, um, adj. (rex,) roy-
al; regal; the king^s.
Regnaturus, a, um, part, from
Regno, are, avi, atum, intr.
regnum,) to rule; to govern.
Regnatur, pass. imp. it is ruled
by kijigs.
Regimm, i, n, (rex,) a king-
dom ; empire ; dominion ,
reign; government; rule,
Rego, regere, rexi, rectum, tr.
to direct or lead in a
straight course; to rule,
Regredior, -gredi, -gressns
sum, intr. dep. (re & gia-
dior,) to turn hack; to re-
turn.
Regressus, a, um, part, hav-
ing returned,
ReguluSji, m. a distinguished
Roman general in the first
Punic war,
Relatus, a, um, part, (refero,)
Relicturus, a, um, part, (rel in-
quo.)
Relictus, a, um, part, (id.)
Religio, onis, f. (religo,) tvhat
is hindiiig or obligatory;
religious scruple or hin-
drance ; hence, religion ;
sacredness; sanctity; rev-
erence; religious rites.
Relinquo,-linquere,-liqui, -lic-
tum, tr. (re &: linquo,) to
leave behind; to desert; to
quit; to abandon.
Reliquiae, arum, f pi. the rel-
ics; the remains; from
Reliquus,a, um,adj.(relinquo,)
the rest; the remainder; the
other.
Remaneo, -manere, -mansi,
-mansum, intr. (re & ma-
neo,) to remain behind.
Remedium, i, n. (re & me-
deor,) a remedy.
Remitto, -mittere, -misi, -mis-
sum, tr. (re & mitto,) fo
send hack; to remit.
REMOVEO RESPOISDEO.
2*J7
Rc'moveo,-movere,-movi,-m6-
tum, tr. (re & moveo,) to
move hack, or away; to re-
move,
Remus, i, m. an oar,
Remus, i, m. the twin brother
of Romulus,
Renovatus, a, um, part, from
Renovo, are, avi, atum, tr. (re
and novo,) to 77iake anew;
to reneiv.
Renuntio, are, avi, atum, tr.
(re & nuntio,) to hri7ig hack
word; to inform; to re'port;
to declare; to announce.
Reor, reri, ratus sum, intr.
dep. to think, to suppose;
to believe,
Reparo, are, avi, atum, tr. (re
& paro,) to get or procure
again; to renew; to repair,
Repente, adv. (repens fr. repo)
suddenly,
Reperio, -per ire, -peri, -per-
tum, tr. (re &pario,) to find;
to discover; to invent,
Repeto, -petere, -petivi, -peti-
tum, tr. (re & peto,) to de-
Tnand hack,
Repleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. (re
& pleo,) to fill again; to fill
up; to replenish.
Repono, -ponere, -posui, -po-
situm, tr. (re & pono,) to
place back or again; to re-
store; to replace,
Reporto, are, avi, atum, tr. (re
& porto,) to bring back; to
gain or obtain,
Reprassento, are, avi, atum, tr.
(re & praesento,) to make
present again; to represent
to paint; to depict,
Repudio, are, avi, atum, tr.
(repudium)fo repudiate; to
reject; to slight; to dts-
regard: uxorem, to di"
vorce,
Requiro, -quirere, -quisivi,
-quisitum, tr. (re& quaero,)
to seek again; to demand;
to require; to need.
Res, rei, f. a thing; an affair;
a way; a kingdom; a gov-
ernment; a subject : res
gestae, actio7is; exploits :
res familiaris or domesti-
ca, domestic affairs; prop-
erty,
Reservo, are, avi, atum, tr. (re
& servo,) to keep back; to
reserve; to keep for a future
time,
Resideo, -sidere, -sedi, intr.
(re «fe sedeo,) to sit; to sit
down; to remain,
Resimus, a, um, adj. (re & si-
mus,) bent back; crooked,
Resisto, -sistere, -stiti, -stitum,
intr. (re & sisto,) to hold or
keep back; to resist; to
withstand,
Resolvo, -solvere, -solvi, -so-
lutum, tr. (re & solvo,) to
untie again; to loosen; to
unbind; to U7iloose; to dis-
solve,
Respondeo, -spundere, -spon-
di, -sponsum, tr. (re & spon-
deo,) to a7iswer again; to
ansioer; to reply; to cor-
respo7dd : respond etur, pass.
29S
RESPONSUM RIGEO.
imp. tt is a7isivered^ or the
Ttply is made.
Responsum, i, n. (respondeo,)
an aiiswer; a reply.
Respublica, reipublicse, f,
^ 18, 9, (res publica,) the
state; the government; the
covimonwealth,
Kespuo, -spuere, -spui, tr. (re
& spuo,)i'o spit out; tor eject.
Restituo, -stituere, -stitui, -sti-
tutum, tr. (re & statuo,) to
put or set up again; to re-
store; to replace; to re-
build: aciem, to cause the
a.rmij to rally.
Ketineo, -tinere, -tinui, -ten-
turn, tr. (re & teneo,) tohold
hack; to retain; to detain;
to hinder.
Eever4, adv. (res & verus,)
truly; in very deed; in re-
ality; in good earnest.
Reverentia, ae, f. (revereor,)
reverence.
Reversus, a, um, part, having
returned: from
Reverto, -vertere, -verti, -ver-
sum, intr. (re & verto,) to
turn hack; to return.
Reverter, -verti, -versus sum,
intr. dep. to return.
Reviresco, -virescere, virui,
intr. inc. (revireo,) to grow
green again.
Revoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (re
& voco,) to call hack; to re-
call.
Bevolo, are, avi, atum, intr.
(re & volo,) tojiy hack; to
fiV off again.
Rex, regis, m. (rego,) a ki7ig.
Rhadamanthus, i, m. a law-
giver, of Crete, a?id subse-
quently one of the three
judges of the infernal rc-
gions.
Rheeti, Drum, m. pi. the in^
habitants of Rhcetia, twv)
the Griso7is.
Rhea, ae, f. (Silvia,) themother
of Romulus a7id Remus.
Rhenus, i. m. the river Rhine,
Rhinoceros, Otis, m. a Rhino-
ceros.
RhipaBus, a, um, adj. Rhipce-
an or Riphcsan: montes,
7nountai7is, which, accord-
i7ig to the a7icients, were
found in the 7iorth of Scy-
thia.
Rhodanus, i, m. the river
Rhone.
Rhodius, i, m. an inhahita7it
of Rhodes; a Rhodian.
Rhodope, es, f. a high moun-
tain in the western part of
Thrace.
Rhodus, i, f. Rhodes; a cele-
brated toion, .a7id isla7id in
the Mediterranean sea.
Rhojteum, i, n. a city and
promontory of Troas.
Rhyndacus, i, m. a river of
Mysia.
Ridens, tis, part, smiling;
laughing at; from
Rideo, dere, si, sum, intr. &
tr. to laugh; to laugh at;
to mock; to de7'ide.
Rigeo, ere, iii, intr. to be
cold.
RIGIDUS SA.CRA.
299
Rigid us, a, um, adj.(comp.)
(rigeo,) stiff icith cold' ri-
gid; severe.
Rigoj are, avi, a turn, tr. to v^a-
ter; to irrigate; to hedew;
to wet.
Ripa 86, f, a hank, (of a river.)
Risi. See Rideo.
Ri^us, iis, m. {ndieo,)laughing;
laughter.
Rixor, ari atus sum, intr. dep.
(rixa,) i^: quarrel.
Robur, oris, n. oak of the hard-
est kind, hence, strength :
robur militum, the flower
of tlie soldiers.
Rogatus, a, um, part, heing
ask^d; from
Rogo, are, avi, atum, tr. to
ask; to request; to beg; to
eidi'eat.
Rogus, i, m. a funeral pile.
Roma, 39, f. Rome, the chief
city of Italy, situated up-
on the Tiber; hence,
Romanus, a, um, adj. Roman,
Romanus, i, m. a Roman.
Romulus, i, m. the founder
• and first king of Rome :
Romulus Silv^ius, a king
of Alba.
Rostrum, i, n. (rodo,) a beak;
a bill; a snout; also, the
beak of a ship; a stage, or
pulpit.
Rota, se, f. a lolieel.
Rotundus, a, um, adj. (rota,)
round.
Ruber, rubra, rubrum, adj.
(rior, emmus,) red..
Rudis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,)
rude; unwr ought; unculti-
vated; new; u/icivilized.
Ruina, ae, f. (ruo,) a ruin; a
downfall; a fall.
Rullianus, i, m. a Roman gen-
eral, who commanded the
cavalry in a war with the
Saimiites.
Rumpo, rumpere, rupi, rup-
tum, tr. to break or burst
asunder; to break off; to
break down; to violate.
Ruo, uere, ui, utum, intr. &
tr. to run headlong; to fall;
to be ruined; to hasten
down; to rush; to throw
down; to tear up.
Rupes, is, f. a rock; a cliff,
Ruptus, a, um, part, (rumpo,)
broken; violated,
Rursus, adv. again.
Riis, ruris, n. the country; a
far 771; hence,
Rusticus, a, um, adj. rustic,
belonging to the country.
Rusticus, i, m. a countryman,
Rutilius, i, m. a Roman con'
sul.
S.
Sabini, orum, m. the Sahi?ies
a people of Italy.
Sacer, sacra, sacrum, adj.
(sup. errimus, s^ 26, 5,)
sacred; holy; divine; consC"
crated.
Sacerdos, otis, c. (sacer,) a
priest; a priestess.
Sacra, orum, n. pi. (id.) reZa-
gious service; sacrifice; sa-
300
SACRIFICANS SATIS.
cred riles; religious oh-
servances.
Sacrif leans, tis, part, (sacrif i-
co,) sacrificing; offering sa-
crifices.
Sacrificium, i, n. a sacrifice;
from
Sacrif ICO, are, avi, atum, tr.
(sacer & facio,) to sacrifice,
Scgpe, adv. (ius issime,) of-
ten; frequently,
SaBvio, ire, ii, itum, intr. (sae-
vus,) to rage; to he cruel,
SaevTtas, atis, f. cruelty; seve-
rity; savageness; barbarity;
from
Saevus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi-
mus,) cruel; severe; fierce;
inhuman; violent,
Saginatus, a, um, part, from
Sagino, are, avi, atum, tr. to
fatten,
Sagitta, JB, f. an arrow,
Saguntini, orum, m. pi. the
Sagu7itines; the inhabit-
ants of Saguntum,
Saguntum, i, n. a town of
Spain.
Salio, salire, salui & salii,
intr. to spring; to leap,
Salsus, a. um, adj. (sallo, to
salt; Obsol. from sal,) salt;
sharp.
Salto, are, avi, atum, intr.
freq. (salio,) to dance.
Saluber,-bri3,-bre, adj. (brior,
berrimus,) (salus,) whole-
some; salubriofv.s; healthy;
hence,
Salubritas, atis, f. salubrity;
healthf Illness.
Salum, i, n. properly, the agi-
tated motion of the sea:
hence, the sea.
Salus, utis, f. safety; solva-
tion; health; hence,
Saluto, are, avi, atum, tr. to
wish health to; hence, to
salute; to call.
Salvus, a, um, adj. (salus,)
safe; preserved ;unp^inishtd.
Samnltes, ium, m. pi. the Sa?n-
7iites, a people of Italy.
Sanctus, a, um, adj. comp.
(sancio,) holy; bla?neless.
Sanguis, inis, m. blood.
Sapiens, tis, (part, sapio, pro-
perly, tasting; hnoioing hy
the taste; hence,) adj. (ior,
issimus,) wise : — subs, a
sage; a wise man; hence,
Sapientia, ae, f. vnsdom, philo-
sophy.
Sapio, ere, ui, intr. [to taste; to
discern; hence,) to be vnse,
Sarcina, ae, f. (sarcio,) a pack;
a bundle.
Sardinia, ae, f. flj large island
in the Mediterranean sea,
west of Italy.
Sarmatae, arum, m. the Sar-
matians, a people inhabit-
ing the 7uorth of Eairope
and Asia,
Sarpedon, onis, m. a son of
Jupiter and Europa.
Satelles, itis, m. a satellite; a
guard; a body-guard.
Satiatus, a, um, part, from
Satio, are, avi, atum, tr. t
satiate; to satisfy: from
Satis, adj. & adv. (comp. sa
SATUR — SECTOR.
801
tius, better;) enough; suf-
ficient; S2ifficiently; very;
quite.
Satiy, ura,urum,adj. (ior, issi-
mus,) (sdiiio ^)satiated; full.
Saturnia, ae, f. a name given
to Italy; also, « citadel and
toimi near Janiadum.
Saturnus, i, m. the father of
Jwpiter.
Saucio, are, avi, atum, tr.
(saiicius,) to wound.
Saxum, i, n. a rock; a stone.
Scasvola, se, m. (Mucius,) a
brave Konian soldier,
Scateo, ere intr. to gush forth
like water from a spring;
hence, to be full; to abound.
Scamander, dri, m. a river of
Troas, which flows from
Mount Ida into the Helles-
po7it.
Scaurus, i, m. the surname of
several Komans.
Scelestus, a, um, adj. (ior, is-
simus,) wicked; from
Scelus, eris, n. an imyious ac-
tion; a criine; ivickedness :
by metonymy, a wicked
'person. See facinus.
Scena, 83, f. a scene; a stage.
Schceneus, i, m. a ki7ig of
Arcadia^ or Scyros, and
father of Atalanta.
Scheria, ae, f. an ancient name
of the island Corcyra, or
Corfu.
Scientia, se, f. knowledge; from
Scio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. to
knx)w; to understand.
Scipio, on is, m. a distinguish-
ed Roman family : Scipio-
nes, the Scipios.
Scopulus, i, m. a high rock; a
cliff.
Scorpio, onis, m. a scorpion,
Scotia, 86, f. Scotland.
Scriba, se, m. a writer; a se*
cretary; a scribe; from
Scribo, scribere, scripsi, scrip-
tum, tr. to write : scribere
leges, to p? epare laios.
Scriptor, oris. m. a writer; an
author,
Scripttirus, a,um, part.(scribo.)
Scriptus, a, um, part, (scribo.)
Scrutor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep.
(scruta,) to search into; to
trace out.
Scutum, i, n. a shield.
Scylla, SB, f. the daughter of
Nisus.
Scyros, i, f. a7i islarid in the
Mgeo,7i sea.
Scythes, ae, m. a7i inhabitant
of Scythia; a Scythian,
Scythia, se, f. a vast country
in the north of Europe and
Asia,
ScythTcus,a, um,adj. Scythian,
Seco, secare, secui, sectum, tr.
to act.
Secedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces-
sum, intr. (se &cedo,) to go
aside; to secede; to lait idraw.
Sectatus, a, um, part. havi7ig
followed or attended; from
Sector, ari, atus sum, tr. dep.
freq. (sequor, § 88, Obs. 1.)
to follow; to pursue; to ac-
compa7iy; to attend; to
strive after.
26
302
SECULCTM SEPES.
Secillum and Sasculum, i, n.
an age ; a period of time.
Secum, (se & cum, ^ 90, 2,)
with himself ; loith herself;
withitself; with themselves,
Secundus, a, um, adj. comp.
(sequor,) the second; pros-
perous : res secundaB, pros-
perity,
SecQris, is, f. (seco,) an axe,
Secutus, a um, part, (sequor.)
Sed, conj. lui.
Sedecim, num. adj. ind. pi.
(sex & deoem,) sixteen,
Sedeo, sedere, sedi, sessum,
intr. to sit ; to light upon.
Sedes, is, f. (sedes) a seat ; a
residence; a settlement; reg-
ni, the seat of government,
Seditio, onis, f. (se aside^ and
eo,) sedition; a rebellion;
an insurrection,
Sedulus, a, um, adj. (sedeo)
diligent,
Seges, etis, f. a crop; a harvest,
Segnis, e, adj. (ior, issimus.)
dull; slow; slothful; slug-
gish,
Sejungo, -jungere, -junxi,
-junctum, tr. (se & jungo,)
to divide ; to separate,
Seleucia, sb, f. a town of Sy-
ria, near the Orontes,
Semel, adv. o/zce: pliis semel,
more than once.
Semele, es, f. a daughter of
Cadmus and Hermione^ and
mother of Bacchus,
Semen, mis, n. seed.
Semiramis, idis, f. a quee?i of
Assyria, and wife of Ninus,
Semper, adv. always; hence
Senipiternus, a, um, adj. ev-
erlasting.
Sempronius, i, m, the name of
a Roman gens or clan;
Sempronius Gracchus, a
Roman general,
Sena, ae, f. a town of Picenum,
Senator, oris, m. (senex,) a
Senator.
Senatus, us, & i, ra. (senex,)
a se7iate.
Senecta, se, or Senectus, litis,
f. (senex,) old age.
Senescens, tis, part, from
Senesco, senescere, senui,
intr. inc. to grow old; to
wane; from seneo, and
that from
Senex, is, c. an old man or
woman: — adj. old : (comp.
senior, sometimes major
natu,) ^ 26, 6.
Senones, um, m. pi. a people
of Gaul.
Sensi. See Sentio.
Sensus, us, m. (sentio.) sense;
feeling,
Sententia, ae, f. an opinion; a
proposition; a sentiment;
from
Sentio, sentire, sensi, sensum,
tr. to feel ; to perceive; to
he sensible of ; to observe ;
to suppose.
Separo, are, avi, atum, tr. (se
& paro) to separate; to di-
vide.
Sepelio, sepelire, sepelivi, se
pultum,tr. to bury; to inter
Sepes, is, f. a hedge; a fence
SEFTEM SEXAGESIMUS.
30J^
Sept em, num. adj. ind. pi.
seven.
Septentrio, onis, m. the North-
ern Bear; the riorth,
Septies, num. adv. sexentimes.
Septimus, a, urn, num. adj.
ord. (septem,) the seve?ith.
Septingeatesimus,a, um, num.
adj. the seven hundredth.
Septuagesimus, a, um, num.
adj. the seventieth; from
Septuaginta, num. adj. ind.
pi. seve7ity,
Sepulcrum, i, n. (sepeiio,) a
sepulchre; a tomh.
Sepultura, ae, f. (id.) hurial;
interment.
Sepultus,a,um, part.(sepelio,)
buried.
iSequana, as, m. the Seine^ a
river in France.
Sequens, tis, part, from
Sequor, sequi, sectitus sum, tr.
dep. to follow; to pursue.
Secutus, a, um, part, (sequor.)
Serenus, a, um, adj. (comp.)
sere7ie; tranquil; clear;
fair; bright.
Sergius, i, m. the name of se-
veral Romans.
Sermo, onis,m. (sero,) speech;
a discourse; conversatio7i.
Sero, (seTi\is,)ixdv. late; toolate.
Sero, serere, sevi, satum, tr.
to sotv; to plant.
Serpens, tis, c. (serpo, to
creep,) a serpent; a sriake.
Sertorius, i, m. a Roman gen-
eral.
Serus, a, um, adj. (comp.)
late,.
Servilius, i, m. the navte of a
Roman family : Servilius
Casca, one of the nmrd*ir'
ers of CcBsar.
Servio, ire, ivi, itum, intr.
(servus,) to be a slave; to
serve ^ (as a slave.)
Servitium, i, n. or ServTtus,
tit is, f. (id.) slavery; bond'
age.
Servius, i, m. (Tullius,) the
sixth king of Ro??ie.
Servo, are, avi, atum, tr. to
preserve ; to guard ; to
watch; to keep; hence,
Servus, i, m. a slave; a ser-
vant.
Sese, pro! ace. & abl. ^ 28,
Obs. 4 ; himself; herself ,
themselves.
Sestertium, i, n. a sestertium^
or a thousand serterces,
App. VI.
Sestertius, i, m. a sesterce, or
tivo and a half asses. App,
VI.
Sestos, i, or -us, i, f. a town
of TJirace^ on the shores of
the Hellespont, opposite to
Abydos.
Seta, SB, f. a bristle.
Setinus, a, um, adj. Setine;
belonging to Selia, a city
of Campania, near the
Pontine Marshes, famous
for its wine.
Setosus, a, um, adj. (seta,)
full of bi'isiles; bristly.
Sex, num. adj. ind. pi. six,
Sexagesimus, a, um, num.
adj. ord. (sex,) the sixtieth.
304
SEXAGINTA SlNGULARlo.
Sexaginta, num, adj. ind. pi.
(sex,) sixty,
Sexcentesimus, a, urn, num.
adj. ord. (sex & centum,)
the six hundredth.
Sextus, a, um, num. adj. ord.
(sex,) the sixth.
Si, conj. if; whether : si quan-
do, if at any time.
Sic, adv. so; thus; in such a
manner,
Siccius, i, m. (Dentatus,) the
name of a brave Roman
soldier.
Siccus, a, um, adj. dry; sic-
cum, dry land: in sicco,
(loco,) in a dry 'place:
(arid us, thoroughly dry;
parched.)
Sicilia, SB, f. Sicily^ the larg-
est island in the Mediter-
ranean,
Siciilus, a, um, adj. Sicilian:
fretum, the straits of Mes-
sina.
Sicut, & Siciiti, adv. (sic ut,)
as; as if.
Sidon, onis, f. a maritime city
of Phcsnicia.
Sidon ius, a, um, adj. belong-
ing to Sidon; Sidooiian.
Sidus, eris, n. a star.
Significo, are, avi, atum, tr.
(signum & facio,) to make
or give a sign; to desig-
nate; to mark; to express;
to signify; to give riotice;
to imply or mean,
.Signum, i, n. a sign; a token;
a statue; a standard; co-
lors.
Silens, tis, part, (sileo,) silent;
keejnng silence.
Silentium, i, n. (sileo,) silenct*
Silenus, i. rn. the foster -father
and instructor of Bacchus,
Sileo, ere, ui, intr. to be sile?it;
to co7iceal,
Silva, or Sylva, se, f. a forest;
a wood.
Silvia, £B, f. (Rhea,) the mother
of Romulus,
Silvius, i, m. a son of 3LneaSy
the second king of Alba:
Silvius Procas, a king of
Alba^ the father of Numi-
tor and Amulius.
Simia, ffi, f. (simus,) an ape,
Similis, e, adj. (ior, limu$,
<5> 26, 1,) similar; like:
hence.
Similiter, adv. (similius simi-
lime,) in like manner.
Simplex, icis, adj. comp. (si-
ne plica, without a fold;
oipen; plain; hence,) simple;
artless; open; plain; single.
Simois, entis, m. a river of
Troas, flowing into the
Scamander.
Simonides, is, m. a Greek po-
et^ born in the island of
Cca.
Simul, adv. at the same thne;
at once; together; as soon
as: simul — simul — as soon
as^ or no sooner than.
Simulacrum, i, n. (simiilo,) an
image; a statue.
Sin, conj. hit if.
Sine, prep, without.
Singular is, e, adj. single, sin"
SINGULI— SOLVO.
305
gular; distinguished; ex-
traordinary: certamen sin-
gulare, a single combat;
from
Singuli, ce, a, num. adj. pi.
each; one by one; every :
singulis mensibus, every
month,
Sinister,tra,trum, adj. (comp.
irr, § 26, 2,.) left; from
Sino, sinere, sivi, situm, tr.
(for sio. obsol.) to permit.
Sinus, us, m. a bosom; a bay;
Siquis, siqua, siquod or si-
quid, pro, if any oTie; if
any thing,
Siquando, adv. (si & quando,)
if at any time; if ever.
Sitio, ire, ii, intr. & tr. to thirst;
to be thirsty; to desire ear-
nestly.
Sit is, is, f. thirst.
Situs, a, um. part. & adj. (si-
no,) placed; set; situated;
permitted,
Sive, conj. or; or if; whether,
Soboles, is, f. (suVoles, sub &
oleo,) a sprig or shoot; off-
spring,
Sobrius, a, um, adj. sober;
temperate,
Socer, eri, m. a father-in-law,
Socialis, e, adj. (socius,) per-
taining to allies; social;
confederate,
Societas, atis, f. society; alli-
ance; i?itercourse; partner-
ship; from
Socius, i, m an ally; a com-
panion.
Socordia, se, f. (socors, fr. se
&; cor,) negligeiice; sloth
•Socrates, is, m. the most enn-
nent of the Athenian phi-
losophers,
Sol, solis, m. the sun,
Soleo, ere, itus sura, n. pass,
^ 78, to be wont; to be ac-
customed : sole bat, icsed.
Solidus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi-
irius,) whole; solid; entire,
Solitudo, inis, f. (solus,) a des-
ert; a wilderness; a solita-
ry place,
Solitus, a, um, part, (soleo,)
accustomed; usual,
Sollers, tis, adj. (sollus whole,
not used, k, ^t^^) ingenious ,
inventive; cunning; skil-
ful; shrewd,
Sollertia, ae, f. (sollers,) saga-
city; skill; shrewdness,
Solon, onis, m. the laiv giver
of the Athenia9iSy and one
of the seven wise men of
Greece.
Solstitium, i, n. (sol «fe sisto,)
the solstice, particularly
the summer solstice, in dis-
tinction from brum a, the
winter solstice; the longest
day.
Solum, i, n. the earth; the
soil; land.
Solium, adv. alone; only; fr.
Solus, a, um, adj. §20,4;
alone,
Solutus, a, um, part, from
Solvo, solvere, solvi, solutum,
tr. to loose; to dissolve; to
melt; to answer.
31)6
SOMNIO SPONSA.
Sornn'o, are, avi, atum, intr.
to dream; from
Soinnium, i, n, a dream; h.
Somnus, i, m. sleep.
Soiiitiis, us, m. a sound; a
noise; from
Sono, are, ui, Ttum, intr. to
sound; to resound; from
Sonus, i, m. « sound,
Sorbeo, -ere, -ui, tr. to suck in;
to absorb.
Soror, oris, f. a sister,
Sp., an abbreviation of Spuri-
us.
Spargo, spargere, sparsi, spar-
sum, tr. to sprinkle; to
strew; to scatter; to soiv.
JSparsi. See Spargo.
Sparsus, a, um, part.
Sparta, as, f. Sparta or Lace-
dmmon^ the capital of ha-
conia.
Spartacus, i, m. the name of
a celebrated gladiator.
Spartan us, i, m. a Spartan.
Sparti, orum, m. pi. a race of
men said to have sprung
from the dragon's teeth
sowed by Cadmus.
Spartum, i, n. Spanish broom,
a plant of which ropes were
made.
Spatiosus, a, um, adj. large;
spacious; from
Spatium, i, n, a race ground;
(stadium,) a space; room;
distance.
Species, ei, f. (specio,) an ap-
pearance.
Spcctaculum, i,n. a spectacle;
a show; from
Specto, are, avi, atum, ti.
freq. (specio,) to behold; to
see; tocoiisider; to regard;
to relate; to refer,
Specus, us, m. f. & n. a cave,
Spelunca, as, f. a cave,
Spero, are, avi, atum, tr. to
hope; to expect.
Spes, ei, f. hope; expectation;
projnise.
Speusippus, i, m. the nephew
and successor of Plato.
Sphinx, gis, f. a Sphinx. The
Egyptian Sphinx is repre-
sented as a monster ^having
a loomanh head on the body
of a lion.
Spina, ae, f. a thorn; a sting;
a quill; a spine; a back-
bone.
Spiritus, {is, m. a breath; fr.
SpirOj'are, avi, atum, intr. ta
breathe.
Splendeo, ere, ui, intr, to
shine; to be co?upicuous;
hence
Splendidus, a, um, adj.(comp.)
sple7idid; illustrious; and
Splendor, oris, m. brightness;
splendor.
Spolio, are, avi, atum, tr. to
despoil; to strip; to dc'
prive- from
Spolium, i, n. the skin of an
animal; spoils; booty.
Spondeo, spondere, spopondi,
sponsum, tr. to pledge oJit's
word; to promise; to en-
gage.
Sponsa, ae, f. (spondeo,) a
bride.
SPONTIS — STUDKO.
307
Spoiitis, gen., sponte, abl.
sing., f. § 18, 11 ; of one's
oion accord; voluntary;
s'poiitaneously; of himself;
of itself
Spurius, i, m. a prsenomen
among the Romans.
Squama,, se, L the scale of a
fish.
Stabulum, i. n. (sto,) a stall;
a stable.
Stadium, i, n. a stadium; a
furlong; a measure of 125
paces; the race ground,
Stannum, i, n. tin.
Stans, stantis, part, (sto.)
Statiiii, adv. (sto) immediately.
Statio, onis, f. (sto,) a station;
a 'picket or watch; (by day)
navium, roadstead; an an-
choring place.
Statua, ae, f. (statuo,) a statue.
Statuarius, i, m. a statuary;
a scupltor.
Statuo, uere, ui, utum, tr.
(statum, fr. sisto,) to cause
to stand; to set up; to de-
ter mi7ie; to resolve; to fix;
to judge; to decide; to be-
lieve.
Status, a, um, adj. (sto,) fix-
ed; stated; appointed; cer-
tain.
Statutus, a, um, part, (statuo,)
placed; resolved; fixed; set-
tled.
Stella, SB, f. (sto,) a star; a
fixed star.
Sterllis, e, adj.(comp.)^^?^/T2^^Y-
ful; sterilcj barren.
Sterto, ere, ui, intr. to snore.
Stipes, itis, m. a stake, the
trunk of a tree.
Stirps, is, f. root; a stock; a
race; a family.
Sto, stare, steti, statum, intr.
to stand; to be stationary :
stare a partibus, to favor
the party.
Stoicus, i, m. a Stoic^ one of a
sect of Grecian philoso-
phers, V)hose founder was
Zeno.
Sto]iditas,atis, f. stupidity; fr.
StolTdus, a, um. adj (ior, is-
si m u s , ) foolish; silly ; stu-
pid.
Strages, is, f. (sterno,) a7i
overthrow; slaughter.
Strangiilo, are, avi, alum, tr.
to strangle.
Strenue, adv. (ii^s issime,)
bravely; actively; vigo-
rously; strenuously; from
Strenuus, a, um, adj.(eomp.)
bold; strefnuofiis; brave; va-
liant.
Strophades, um, f. pi. two
small islands in the Ionian
sea.
Struo, struere, struxi, struc
tum, tr. to put together; to
construct; to build : insidi-
as, to prepare an ambus-
cade; to lay snares.
Struthiocamelus, i, m. an os-
trich.
Strymon, onis, m. a river
which was anciently the
boundary betioeen Macedo-
nia and Thrace.
Studeo, ere, ui intr. to fa^
t^os
STUDIOSE feUCCEDO.
vor; to study; to endeavor;
to attend to; to pursue,
Studiose, adv. (studiosus, fr.
siudium,) studiously; dili-
gently, ^
Studium, i, n. zeal; study;
diligence; eagerness,
Stultitia, ae, L folly; from
Stultus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi-
mus,) foolish : stulti, fools.
Stupeo, ere, ui, intr. to be tor-
pid or he7iumhed; to he as-
tonished at; to be amazed,
St urn us, i, m. a siarlirig,
Suadendus, a, um, part, (sua-
deo.)
Suadens, tis, part, from
Suadeo, suadere, suasi, sua-
sum, tr. & intr. to advise;
to persuade; to urge,
Suavitas, atis, f. (suavis,)
siveetness; grace; melody,
Suaviter, adv. (vius vissime,)
(id.) sweetly; agreeably.
Sub, prep, under; near to;
near the time of; just be-
fore; at; in the time of,
Subduco, -duf-ere, -duxi, -duc-
tum, tr. (sub & duco,) to
withdraw; to take away; to
withhold; hence,
Subductus, a, um, part.
Subeo, ire, ivi, & ii, itum,
intr. irr. (sub &; eo, ^ 83,
3,) to go under; to submit
to : onus, to take up or sus-
tain a burden.
Subigo,-igere,-egi, -actum, tr.
(sub & ago,) to subject; to
subdue; to conq^ier,
Subito, adv. suddenly; from
Subitus, a, um, adj. (subeo.)
sudden ; unexpected.
Sublatus:, a, um, part, (suife-
ro,) taken away; lifted up,
Sublevo, are, avi, atum, tr.
(sub & levo,) to lighten;
to relieve; to raise up; to
assist,
Sublimis, e, adj. comp. (sub.
for supra & limus,) sub*
lime; high in the air : in
sublime, aloft; hence.
Sublime, adv. aloft; in the air.
Submerge, -mergere, -mersi,
mersum, tr. (sub & mer-
ge,) to sink; to overwhelm,
Submergor, -mergi, -mersus
sum, pass, to be overwhelm^
ed; to sink; hence,
Submersus, a, um. part.
Subridens, tis,part. smiling at,
Subrideo, -rid ere, -risi, -ri-
sum, intr. (sub & rideo,) to
smile.
Subsilio, -silire, -silui & silii,
intr. (sub & salio,) to leap
up; to jump.
Substituo, -stituere, -stitui,
stitutum, tr. (sub & statuo,)
to put in the place of ano"
then to substitute,
Subter, prep, under.
Subterraneus, um, adj. (sub &
terra,) subterranean.
Subvenio, -venire, -veni, -ven-
tum, intr. (sub & venio,)
to come to one's assistance,
to succor; to help,
Subvolo, are, avi, atum, intr
(sub & volo,) to fly up,
Succedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ce?
StJCCESSOa — SUPERVACUUS.
809
sum. mtr. (sub &: cedo,) to
succeed; to follow; hence,
Successor, oris, m. a successor.
Succus, i, m. (sucus fr. sago,)
juice; sap; liquid.
Suflero, sufferre, sustuli, sub-
latum, tr. irr. (sub & fero,)
to take away; to under-
take; to hear,
Suffetius, i, m. (Metins,) an
Allan general, put to death
by Tullus Hostilius.
SufFicio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum,
intr. (sub & facio,) to suf-
fice; to he sufficient.
Suffodio, -fodere, -fodi, -fos-
sum, tr. (sub & fodio,) to
dig undxr; to undermine,
SufFossus, a, um, part.
Suffragium, i, n. (sub & fran-
go,) a hroken piece; a shred;
a hallet ; suffrage ; vote ;
choice,
Sui, pro. gen. § 28, of himself;
of herself; of itself : duae
sibi similes, two like one
another,
Sulla, or Sylla, se, m. a dis-
tinguished Roraan general,
Sulpicius, i, m. (Gall us,) a
Roman^ celehrated for his
learning and eloquence^ and
for his skill in astrology.
Sum, esse, fui, intr. irr. § 54,
to he; to exist : terrori es-
se, to excite terror,
Summus, a, um, adj. (see Su-
per us,) the highest; great-
est; perfect: in sum ma
aqua, on the surface of the
water.
Sumo, sumere, sumpsi, surap-
tum, tr. to take,
Sumptus, a, um, part, (sumo.)
Sumptus, us, m. (id.) expeiise,
Supellex, supellectiiis, i^fur^
niture; household goods.
Super, prep, above; upon.
Superbe,adv ius, issime,(fr. su-
perbus,) proudly; haugh-
tily,
Superbia, ae, f. (superbus,)
pride; haughtiness,
Superbio, Ire, ivi, itum, intr.
to be proud; to he proud of;
from
Superbus. a, um, adj. comp.
'proud; the Proud^ a sur-
name of Tarquin, the last
king of Rome,
Superfluus, a, um, adj. (su-
perfluo,) supeifluous,
Superjacio, -jacere,-jeci, -j ac-
tum, tr. (super & jacio,)
to throw upon; to shoot over,
Superjacior,-jaci, -j actus sum,
pass, to he shot over,
Supero, are, avi, atum, tr.
(super,) to surpass; to con-
quer; to excel; to vanquish,
SuperstitioFus, a, um, adj.
(superstitio fr. supersto,)
superstitious,
Supersum,-esse, fui, intr. irr.
(super & sum,) to he over;
to remain; to siirvive.
Superus, a, um, adj. (supe-
rior ; supremus or sum-
mus, §26, 2,) above; high;
upper,
Supervacuus, a, um, adj. ^su-
per & vacuus,) superjfluoiis.
310
SUPERVENIO TABESCO.
Super venio, -venire, -veni,
-ventum, intr. (super &c
venio,) to come uyon; to
come; to surprise suddenly,
Snpervolo, are, avi, atum,
Intr. (super & volo,) to fly
over,
Suppeto, ere, ivi, itum, intr.
(sub & peto,) to come to; to
he at hand; hence to suf-
fice; to remain; to serve;
to he suflicient,
Supplex, icis, adj. (sub & pli-
co,) suppliant,
Supplicium. i, n, (id.) a pun-
ishment.
Suppono, -ponei'e, -posui, -po-
situm, tr. (sub. & pono,)
to put under; to suhstitute.
Supra, prep. & adv. ahavje; he-
fore,
Surena, ae, m. the title of a
Parthian officer^ and next
in authority to the king.
Surgo, surgere, surrexi, sur-
rectum, intr. (surrego, fr. sub,
& re go,) to rise,
Sus, uis, c. swine; a hog.
Suscipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep-
lum, tr. (sub & capio,) to
take or lift up; to under-
take; to take upon; to en-
gage in; to receive,
Suspectus, a, um. part, & adj.
(suspicio,) siupected; 7nis-
tr listed,
Suspendo, -pendere, -pendi,
-pensum,tr. (sub &pendo,)
uj suspend; to hang; to
hang up.
Suspensus, a, um, part.
Suspicio, -spicere, -spexi,
-spectum, tr. (sub & spe-
cio,) to look at secretly; to
look up; to suspect,
SuspTcor, ari, atus sum, tr.
dep. to suspect; to surmise,
Sustento, are, avi, atum, tr
freq. to sustain; to support ,
sustentare vitam, to sicp-
port one'^s self; from
Sustineo, -tinere, -tinui, -Cen-
tum, tr. (sub & teneo,) to
hear up; to carry; to sus-
tain; to support.
Sustollo, sustoUere, sustuli,
sublatum, tr. to lift up; to
take away; to raise.
Suus, a, um, pro. his; hers;
its; theirs; ^ 28, Obs. 3,
Exc.
Sylla. See Sulla.
Syllaba, ae, f. a syllable*
Sylva. See Silva.
Syphax, acis, m. a king, of
Numidia,
SyractisaB, arum, f. pi. Syra-
cuse^ a celebrated city of
Sicily,
Syria, ae, f. a large country of
Asia, at the eastern extre-
mity of the Mediterranean
sea,
Syriacus, a, um, adj. Syrian;
belonging to Syria.
T.
T., an abhreviatio7i of Titus.
Tabesco, tabescere, tabui, inc.
(tabeo,) to co7isume; to pine
away.
TABULA TAURICA.
311
Tabula, se, f. a tahle; a tablet;
a pictitre; a yainfing ;
plumbea tabuia, a plate or
sheet of lead.
Taceo, ere, ui, itum, intr. to
he silent.
Tact us, us, m. (tango,) the
to2tch.
Taedet, taeduit, taesum est or
pertaesum est, imp. to be
weary of: vitae eos tasdet,
they are loeary of life,
Taenarus, i, m. & um, i, n. a
promo7itory in Laconia^ now
ca'pe Matapan.
Talent um, i, n. a ialent; a
sum variously estimated
from $860 to $1020.
Talis, e, adj. such.
Talpa, 96, c. a mole.
Tam, adv. so; so much.
Tamen, conj. yet; notivith-
St andi7Lg; still; nevertheless.
Tanais, is, m. a river betiveen
Europe and Asia, now the
Bon.
Tan aq nil, ilis, f. the loife of
Tarquinius Priscus.
Tandem, adv. (turn &demura,)
at length; at last; finally.
Tango, tangere, tetigi, tac-
tum, tr. to touch.
Tanquam, or Tamquam, adv.
(tam & quam,) as well as;
as if; like.
Tantalus, i, m. a son of Jupi-
ter; the father of Pelops,
and king of Fhrygia.
Tanto adv. (tanius,) so much.
Tantopere, adv. (tantas &
opus.) so much; so greatly.
Tantiim, adv. only; so much;
from
Tantus, a, um, adj. so great;
such: tanti. of so much
value : tanti est, it is worth
thepai7is; it makes amends,
Tarde, adv. (iilis, issime,j (tar-
dus,) slowly.
Tarditas, atis, L (tardus,) slow^
ness; dulness; heaviness.
Tardo, are, avi, atum, tr. to
make slow; to retard; to
check; to stop; from
Tardus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi-
mus,) slow; dull,
Tarentlnus, a, um, adj. Tar-
entine; of or belonging to
Tarentu7?i : Tarenimi, Ta-
rentines; the inhabitants
of Tare7itum,
Tarentum, i, w. a celebrated
city i7i the south of Italy.
Tarpeia, ae, f. the daughter of
Sp. Tarpeius : she betrayed
the Roman citadel to the
Sabi7ies.
Tarpeius, a, um, adj. Tarpei-
an : mons, the Tarpcian oi
Capitoline mou7it.
Tarquinii, orum, m. rl. a city
of Etruria, whence the fa-
mily of Tarquin derived
their name.
Tarquinius, i, m. Tarquin;
the name of an illustrious
Roman family; Tarquinii,
orum, p]. the Tarqui7is.
Tartarus, i, m., &: -a, orum,
pi. n. Tartarus; the iifer-
7ial regio7is.
Taurica, ae, f. a large pemnsu
512
TAURUS TERRA.
la of the Black sea, now
called the Crimea, or Tau-
rida,
Taurus, i, m. a high range of
mountains in Asia.
Taurus, i, m. a hull.
Taygetus, i, m. & -a, 5rum,
pi. a mofiintain of haconia,
near Sparta.
Tectum, i, n. (tego,) a cover'
i/ig; a roof; a house.
Tectus, a, urn, part, (tego,)
covered; defended.
Teges, etis, f. a mat; a rug;
a coverlet; from
Tego, gere, xi, ctum, tr. to co"
ver; to defend; hence,
Tegumentum, i, n. a covering.
Telum, i, n. a missile; a wea-
pon; a dart; an arrow.
Temere, adv. at random; ac-
cidentally; rashly.
Tenipe, n, pi. indec. a heduti-
ful vale in Thessaly. thro*
which the river Peneus
flows.
Temperies, iei, f. a season or
space of time; temperate-
ness ; mildness; te7npera-
ture.
Tempestas, atis, f. (tempus,)
a storm; a tem.pest.
Templum, i, n. a consecrated
place; a temple.
Tempus, oris, n. time; a sea-
son : ad tempus, at the
time appointed : ex tempo-
re, ivithout premeditation.
Temulentus, a, um, adj. (tem-
etum,) drunken; intoxi-
cated.
Tendo, tendere, tetendi, ten-
sum, tr. to stretch; to stretch
out; to extend; intr. to
advance; to go,
Tenebrae, arum, f. pi. dark*
ness.
Teneo, tenere, tenui, tentum,
tr. to hold; to have; to keep;
to possess; to know; to hold
by a garrison : portum, to
reach the harbor.
Tentatus, a, um, part, from
Tento, are, avi, atum, tr. freq.
(teneo,) to attempt; to
try.
Tentyritge, arum, c. pi. the iii-
habitants of Tentyra, a
town and island in Tipper
Egypt.
Tenuis, e. adj. (comp.) thin,
slender; light; rare.
Tenus, prep, up to; as far as.
Tepesco, escere, ui, intr. inc.
(tepeo,) to grow warm or
cool; to become tepid.
Ter, num. adv. thrice,
Terentius, i. m. a Roman pro-
per name,
Tergum, i, n. the back; the
farther side : a tergo,f7'om
behind : ad terga, behind.
Termino, are, avi, atum, tr.
to hou7id; to limit; to ter-
minate; from
Terminus, i, m. a boundary;
limit; an end; bounds.
Terni, as, a, num, adj. pl.(tres,)
three by three; three.
Terra, a3, f. the earth; a coun-
try; the land : omnes ter-
ras, the ivhole ivorld.
TERREO — THRASYBULUS.
313
Terreo, ere, uf, itum, tr. to ter-
rify; to scare; to frighten,
Terrester, terrestris, terrestre,
adj. (terra,) terrestrial:
animal terrestre, a land
animal,
Terribilis, e, adj. comp. (ter-
reo,) terrible,
Territo, are, avi, atum, tr.
freq. (id.) to terrify; to af-
fright.
Territoriam, i, n. (terra,) ter-
ritory,
Territus, a, um, part, (terreo,)
Terror, oris, m. (id.) terror;
co7ister nation; fear,
Tertius, a, um, num. adj. ord.
(tres,) the third; hence,
Tertio, num. adv. the third
time.
Testa, se, f. (tosta fr. torreo,)
an earthen vessel; a shell.
Testamentum, i, n. (testor,) a
will; a testament,
Testudo, mis, f. (testa,) a tor-
toise,
TetTgi. See Tango.
Teutones, um, & Teuton!,
orum, m. pi. a nation in
the northern yart of Germa-
ny, near the Cimhri,
Texo, texere, texui, textum,
tr. to iveave; to plait; to
for 771 ; to construct.
Thalamus, i, m. a bed-cham-
ber; a divelliiig,
T hales, is & etis, m. a Mile-
sian^ one of the seven wise
men of Greece.
Thasus. i, f. an island on the
coa^t of Thrace,
Theatrum, i, n. a theatre,
Thebae, arum, f. pi. Thebes
the. ca'pital of Bozotia :
hence,
Thebanus, a, um, adj. The-
ban; belonging to Thebes..
Thelesinus, i, m. a Roman
proper name,
Themistocles, is, m. a cele^
brated Athenian general in
the Persian war,
Theodorus, i, m. a philosoher
of Cyren^B.
Thermodon, ontis, m. a river
of Pontus,
Theseus, i, m. a king of
Atheiis, and son of Mgeus,
and one of the most cele-
brated heroes of antiquity,
Thessalia, ae, f. Thessaly; a
country of Greece, south of
Macedonia; hence,
Thessalus, a, um, adj. belongs
ing to Thessaly; Thessa-
lian.
Thestius, i, m. the father of
Ahhcea,
Thetis, idis & Tdos, f. one of
the sea nymphs; the wife
of Peleus, and mother of
Achilles,
Theutobochiis, i, m. a king
of the Cimbri,
Thracia, as. f. Thrace; a large
country east of Macedonia,
Thracius, a, um, adj. belong-
ing to Thrace; Thracian
Thrasybulus, i, m. an Atheni-
an general, celebrated for
freeing his country from
the thirty tyrants.
27
314
THUS TRAHO.
Thus, thuris, n., frankincense.
Tibttris, is, m. § 15, 2, the
Tiber, a famous river of
Italy,
Tibi. ■ See Tu.
Tibicen, inis, m. (tibia & ca-
no,) one who plays upon the
flute; a piper,
Ticlnum, i, n. a town of Cis'
alpine Gaul^ where the Ro-
mans were defeated hy Ha7i-
nibaL
Tigranes, is, m. a king of Ai'-
menia Major,
Tigranocerta, orum, n. a city
of Armenia Maj or ^ found-
ed by Tigrdnes.
Tigris, idis, [seldom is,) c. a
tiger.
Tigris, idis & is, m. a river in
Asia,
Timens, tis, part, from
Timeo, ere, u', intr. & tr. to
fear; to dreid; to be afraid,
Timidus, a, um, adj. comp.
(timeo,) tiinid; cowardly.
Timor, oris, m. (lA.) fear.
Tinnitus, us, m. (tinnio,) a
tinkling,
Tintinnabulum, i. n. (tintinno
same as tix nio,) a bell,
Titio, onis, m. a brand; afire-
brand,
Titus, i, m. a Roman praeno-
men.
Tolero, are, avi, atum, tr. to
bear; to endure; to admit of.
Tollo, toilere, sustuli, subla-
tum, tr. to raise; to pick
up; to remove; to do aiua.y
with.
Tondeo, tondere, totondi, ton-
sum, tr. to clip; to shave;
to shear.
Tonitru, u, n. thunder: from
Tono, are, ui, itum, intr. to
thunder : ton at, imp. it
thunders,
Tormentum, i, n. (torqueo,)
an engine for throwing
stones and darts.
Torquatus, i, m., a surname
given to T. Manlius and
his descendants,
Torquis, is, d. (torqueo,) a col-
lar; a chain.
Tot, ind. adj. so many.
Totidem, ind. adj. (tot itidem,)
the same number; as many,
Totus, a, um, adj. ^ 20, 4,
lahole; eiitire; all,
Trabs, is, f. a beam,
Tractatus, a, um, part, from
Tracto,arc, avi, atum, tr. freq.
(traho,) to treat; to handle.
Tractus, us, m. (traho,) a tract;
a country; a region.
Tractus, a, um, part, (traho.)
Traditus, a, um, part, from
Trado, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr.
(trans & do,) to give over^
or up; to deliver; to give;
to relate; to teach: tradunt,
they report : traditur, it is
related; it is reported : tra-
duntur, they are reported.
Tragic us, a, um, adj. tragic.
TragCEdia, ee, f. a tragedy.
Traho, trahere, traxi, tractum,
tr. to drag; to draw : hel-
ium, to protract or pro'
i lo7ig the war : liquTdas
TRAJICIO TRIBUTUWL
315
aquas trahere, to draw
along clear waters; to flow
with a clear stream,
Trajicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jec-
tum, tr. (trans & jacio,) to
convey over; to 'pass or cross
over,
Trames, itis, m. (trameo, i. e.
trans meo, to go aver or
along;) a path; a way.
Trano, are, avi, atum, intr.
(trans & no,) to swim over.
Tranquillus, a, um, adj.
(comp.) tranquil; calm; se-
rene.
Trans, prep, over; beyond; on
the other side.
Transactus, a, um, part.(trans-
igo.)
Transeo, ire, ii, itum,. intr.
irr. (trans & eo,) to pass or
g9 over.
Transf ero,-ferre, -tuli, -latum,
tr. irr. (trans & fero,) to
transfer; t9 carry over : se
ad aliquem, to go over to.
Transf rgo,-figere>-fixi, -fixum,
(trans & figo,) to mn
through; to pierce; to
stab.
Transfiiga, se. c. (transfugio,)
a deserter.
Transgredior, -gredi, -gressus
sum, intr. dep. (trans &
gradior,) to go or pass over.
Transigo, -igere, -egi, -actum,
tr. (trans & ago,) to trans-
act; to finish; to spend.
Transilio, -siiire, -silui & sili-
vi, intr. (trans & salio,) to
leap over.
Transiturus, a, um, part,
(transeo,) about to pass
over; to pass on.
Translatus, a, um, part, (trans-
fero.)
Transmarmus, a, um. adj.
(trans & mare,) beyond the
sea; foreign; transmarine,
Transno. See Trano.
Transveho,-vehere,-vexi,-vec-
tum, tr. (trans & veho,) to
carry over; to convey; to
transport.
Trans volo, are, avi, atum. intr.
(trans &; volo,) to fly aver.
Trasimenus. i, m. a lake in
Etruria, near which the
consul Flaminius was de-
feated by Hannibal.
Trebia, ae, f. a river of CisaU
pine Gaul, emptying int§
the Pq.
Trecenti, ge, a, num. adj. pJ.
three hundred; hence,
Trecentesimus, a, um, num.
adj. the three hundredth.
Tredecim, num. adj. pi. ind.
(tres & decern,) thirtee7i.
Tres, tria, num. adj. pi. ^ 24,
Qbs. 3, thre\
Treviri, orum, m. pi. a people
of Belgium.
Triangularis, e, adj. (triangu-
lum,) triangular; three-
cornered.
Tribunus, i, m. (tribus,) a
tribune.
Tribuo, uere, ui, utum, tr. to
attribute; to give; to grant;
to bestow; to commit.
Tributum, i, n (tribuo,) a tri.
316
TRICESIMUS TURBATtrS.
biite; a tax; a contribution;
mi assessment,
TricesTmus, a, urn, num. adj.
(triginta,) the thirtieth,
Triduum, i, n. (Ires & dies,) the
space of three days : per
triduum, for three days.
Triennium, i, n. (tres- & an-
nus,) the space of three
years.
Trigemini, orum, m. pi. (tres
& gemini,) three brothers
born at one birth,
Triginta, num. adj. pi. ind.
thirty,
Trinacria, ae, f. one of the
the names of Sicily,
Triptolemus, i, m. the son of
Celeus, king of Eleusis,
Tristitia, ae, f. (tristis, sad^)
sorrow; grief
Triumphalis, e, adj. (triumph-
us,) triumphal.
Triumphans, tis, part, from
Triumpho,are,avi, atum, intr.
to triumph; from
Triumphus, i, m. <2 triumph; a
triumphal processimi.
Triumvir, viri, m. (tres & vir,)
one .of three joint public
officers; a triumvir.
Troas, adis, f. a country of
Asia Minor ^ bordering up-
on the Hellespont.
TrochTlus, i, m. « wreri.
Troglodyta9,arum,c. pi. Trog-
lodytes, a people of Ethio-
pia, who dwelt in caves,
Troja, 90, f. Troy, the capital
of Troas; hence,
Trujanus, a, nin, adj. Trojan.
Trucido, are, avi, atum, tr.
(trux & casdo,) to kill in a
cruel manner; to butcher; to
murder; to slay; to massu'
ere.
Trux, ucis, adj. savage; tru'
el; fierce; stern; grim.
Tu, subs. pro. thou; ^ 28.
Tuba, ae, f. (tubus, a tube^)
a trumpet.
Tuber, eris, n. (tumeo,) a
bunch; a tumor; a protU'
berance.
TubTcen, in is, m. (tuba & ca-
no,) « trumpeter.
Tueor, tueri, tuitus sum, tr.
to see; to look to; to care,
for; to defeiid; to protect.
Tugurium i, n. (tego,) a hut;
a shed.
Tuli. See Fero.
Tullia, se, f. the daughter of
Servius Tullius
Tullius, i, m. a Roman.
Tullus, 1, m. (Hostilius,) the
third Roman king.
Tum, adv. then; and; so; also :
tum — tum, as well — as;
both — and : tum demum,
the?i at length.
Tumultus, us, m, (tumeo,) a
noise; a tumult.
Tumulus, i, m. (id.) a mound;
a tomb.
Tunc, adv. then.
Tunica, ae, f. a tunic; a clo^e
ivoollen garment, 7vorn un^
der the toga.
Turbatus, a, um, part, dis-
turbed; confused; t ouhlcd,
from
TURBO UNDEVICESIMUS.
317
Turbo, are, avi, atum, tr.
(turba,) to disturb; to trcu-
hle; to put into confusion.
Turma, £e, f. a division of Ro-
man cavalry consisting of
thirty men; a troop,
Turpis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,)
base; disgraceful.
Turpitudo, inis, f. (turpis,)
baseness; ugliness.
Turris, is, f. a tower.
Tuscia, ae, f. a country of Ita-
ly^ the same as Etruria.
Tusculum, i, n. a city of La-
tium.
Tuscus, ii, um, adj. Tuscan;
belonging to Tuscany ;
Etrurian.
Tutor, oris, m. (tueor,) a guar-
dian; a tutor.
Tutus, a, um, adj. (ior issi-
mus,) (tueor,) safe.
Tuus, a, um, adj. pro. ^ 30,
(tu,) thy; thine.
Tyrarmis, idis & idos, f. ty-
ranny; arbitrary povjer; fr.
Tyrannus, i, m. a king; a ty-
rant; a usurper.
Tyrius, a, um, adj. Tyrian :
Tyrii, Tyrians ; inhabit-
ants of Tyre.
Tyrrhenus, a, um, adj. Tyr-
rhenian or Tuscan; belong-
ing to Tuscany.
Tyrus, i, f. a celebrated mari-
time city of Phcenicia.
u.
Uber, eris, n. an udder; a teat.
(Jbertas, atis, f. (uber, rich,
fertile,) fertility , fruitful
ness.
Ubi, adv. where; when; as
soon as.
Ubique, adv. eyery ivhere.
Ulcisor, ulcisci, ultus sum. tr.
dep. to take revenge; to
aveiige,
Ullus, a, um, adj. § 20, 4, any;
any one.
Ulterior, us, (ultimus,) ^ 26,
4 ; further; hence,
Ulterius, ^^v. farther; beyond;
longex.
Ultimus, a, um, adj. (sup. of
ulterior,) the last.
Ultra, prep, beyond ; more
than: — adv. besides; monrb'
over; further.
Ultus, a, um, part, (ulciscor,)
hamng avenged,
Ulysses, is, m. a distinguished
king of Ithaca.
Umbra, as, f. a shade; a shadow.
Umbro, are, avi, atum, tr.
( umbra,) to shade;to darken.
Una, adv. (unus,) together.
Unde, adv. whence; from
which.
Undecim, num. adj. pi. ind.
(unus & decem,) eleven.
Undenonagesimus, a, um
num. adj. (unus, de, <fe
nonagessimus,) the eighty^
nbith.
Undequinquaginta, num, adj.
pi. ind. forty-nine.
Undetricesimus, a, um, num.
adj. twenty-ninth.
Undevicesimus, a, um, num.
adj. nineteenth.
318
UNDEVIGINTI VALERIUS.
Undeviginti, num. adj. nine-
teen,
Undique, adv. on all sides.
Unguis, is, in. a claw; a ta-
lon; a nail,
TJngula, ae, f. a claw; a talon;
a hoof : binis ungiilis, clo-
ven-footed,
Unicus, a, um, adj. (unus,)
one alone; sole; only,
Unio, onis, m. a pearl,
Universus, a, um, adj. (unus
& versus,) whole; universal;
all,
Unquam, adv. ever: nee un-
quam, and never,
Unus, a, um. num. adj. § 20,
4 ; one; only; alone,
Unusqiiisque, unaquaeque, un-
numquodque, adj . each one;
each; ^ 37, Obs. 2.
Urbs, is, f. a city; the chief
city; Rome.
Uro, urere, ussi, ustum, tr. to
hum.
Ursus, i, m. a hear.
Usque, adv. even; as far as;
till; until,
Usus, a, um, part, (utor.)
Usus, us, m. (id.) use; custom;
profit; advantage.
Ut, conj. that; in order that;
so that : adv. as; as soon
as; ivhen.
Utcunque,adv. (ut & cunque,)
howsoever; someiohat ; in
some degree.
Uter, tra, trum, adj. <5> 20, 4,
which ? ivhich of the two ?
Utcrque, traque, trumque, adj.
^ 20, 4, (uter & que), both;
(taken separately, see am-
bo,) each; each of the two,
Utilis, e, adj. comp. (utor,)
useful,
Utica, aB, f. « maritiine city
of Africa, near Carthage.
Utor, uti, usus sum, intr. dep.
to use; to make use of
Utrinque, adv. on both sides,
Utrum, adv. whether,
Uva, ae, f. a grape; a bunch
of grapes : passa, a raisin.
Uxor, oris, f. (ungo,) a wife.
Vaco, are, avi, atum, intr. to
be free from; hence,
Vacuus, a, um, adj. empty;
unoccupied; vacant; free;
exempt: vacuus viator, the
destitute traveller,
Vadosus, a, um, adj. (comp.)
fordable; shallow; from
Vadum, i, n. (probably from
vado, to go;) a ford; a
shallow,
Vagans, tis, part, (vagor.)
Vagina, se, f. a scabbard; a
sheath,
Vagrtus,us,m. loeepiiig; crying
Vagor, ari, atus sum, intr. dep.
to wander about; to stray,
Valeo, ere, * ui, intr. to be
well, or in health; to be
strong; to avail; to be dis'
tinguished; to be emi7ie7it :
multum valere, to be very
powerful : vale, farewell,
Valerius, i, m. a Roman vra*
per name.
VALLIS VENOR.
319
Vail is, is, f, a valley; a vale.
Varietas, atis, f. (varius,) va-
riety; change*
Vario, are, avi, atum, tr. to
change; to vary; from
Varius, a, um, adj. various;
diverse.
Varro,onis, m. (Marcus,) aver z/
learned Roman: P. Te-
rentius, a consul^ who was
defeated hy Hannibal,
Vasto, are, avi, atum, tr. to
lay waste; to ravage; from
Vastus, a, um, adj. waste;
desert; hence, wide; vast;
great.
Vates, is, m. a poet; a lard,
Ve, conj. (enclitic, ^39, Obs.
2.) or; also, intensive or
negative inseparable p^ar-
ticle, ^ 91, Obs. 2.
Vecordia, ae, f. (vecors, mad;)
madness; folly.
Vectus, a, um, part, (veho.)
Vehemens, tis, adj. (ior issi-
mus,) (ve intens. & mens,)
vehement ; immoderate ;
hence,
Vehementer, adv. (ius, issi-
me,) vehemently; greatly;
very; much; violently.
Veho, vehere, vexi, vectum,
tr. to hear, to carry; to
convey.
Veiens, tis, & Veientanus, i,
m. an inhabitant of Veii.
Veii, orum, m. pi. a city of
Tuscany, memorable for
the defeat of the Fabian
family.
Vei, conj. or; also; even: vel
lecta, even when read : vel
— vel, either — or.
Velio, vellere, velli, or vulsi,
vulsum, tr. to pluck.
Vellus, eris n, (^ello,) a fleece.
Velox, ocis, adj. (ior, issimus,)
(volo, are,) swift; rapid;
active.
Velum, i, n. (vexillum,) a
sail.
Velut, & Veliiti, adv. (vel &
ut,) as; as if.
Venalis, e, adj. (venus, sale^)
venal; ?nercenary.
Venans, tis, part, (venor.)
VenatTcus, a, um, adj. (id.)
belonging to the chase : ca-
nis, « hou?id.
Venator, oris, m. (venor,) a
huntsma7i.
Vendito, are, avi, atum, freq.
to sell; from
Vendo, vendere, vendidi, ven-
duum, tr. (venum & do,)
to sell.
Venenatus, a, um, adj. poi'
soned; poisonous; from ve-
neno, and that from
Venenum, i, n. poison.
Veneo, ire, ii, intr. irr. (for
venum eo,) to he exposed
for sale; to be sold.
Venetus, i, m., or Brigantl-
nus, a lake betweeit Germa-
ny and Switzerland, called
the Bodeii sea, or take of
Constance.
Venio, venire, veni, ventum,
intr. to come; to advance.
Venor, ari, atus sum, tr, dep.
to hunt.
H'^O
VENTER — VETUS.
Ventei, tris, m. the belly; the
stomach.
Ventus, i, m. a wind,
Venus, us, or i, m. (used only
in the dat. ace. & abl.) sale.
Venus, eris, f. the goddess of
love and beauty,
Ver, veris, n. the spring.
Verber, eris, n. a whip; a rod;
a blow; a stripe; hence,
Verbero, are, avi, atum, tr. to
strike.
Verb urn, i, n. a word.
Vere adv. (ids, issime,) (ve-
rus,) truly.
Vereor, eri, itus sum, intr.dep.
to fear; to be cjoncerned for.
Vergo, vergere, versi, intr.
(also tr.) to tend to; to in-
dine; to verge towards; to
bend; to look.
Verisimilis, e, adj. comp. (ve-
rum & simTlis,) like the
truth; probable,
Veritus, a, um, part. (vereor.)
Vero, conj. but : — adv. (ve-
rus,) i?ideed; truly.
Verona, ae, f. Verona, a city
i?i the north of Italy.
Versatus, a, um, part, from
Versor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep.
freq. (verto,) to turn; to re-
volve; to dwell; to live; to
reside; to be employed.
Versus, a, um, part, (vertor.)
Versi\s, prep, towards.
Vertex, icis, m. (verto,) the
top; the su?n?nit; the crowii
of the head.
Verto, tere, ti, sum, tr. to
turn; to change.
Veru, u, n. § 16, a spit.
Verum, conj. but; but yet; fi
Verus, a, um, adj. (comp.) true,
Vescor, i, intr. dep. (esoa,) to
live upon; to feed upon; to
eat; to subsist upon.
Vesperi, or -^, adv. at everi'
ing : tam vesperi, so latt
at evening.
Vesta, ae, f. a goddess; tht
mother of Satur^i; hence
Vestalis, is, f. (virgo,) a Ves-
tal virgin; a priestess con-
secrated to the service of
Vesta, and
Vestibulum, i, n. the porch;
the vestibule.
Vestigium, i, n. a footstep; a
vestige; a trace; a mark;
a track.
Vestio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. to
clothe; from
Vestis, is, f. a garmmt;
clothes.
Vesulus, i, m. a high moun-
tairi of Liguria, and a pari
of the Cottian Alps.
Veteranus, a, um,adj. (vetus,J
old; subs, a veteran.
Veto, are, ui, Ttum, tr. to for*
bid; to 'prohibit.
Veturia, ae, f. the mother of
Coriolanus.
Veturius, i. m. (Titus,) a Ro-
man consul, who was de-
feated by the Samnites at
the Caudine Forks.
Vetus, eris, adj. (veterior ve-
terrimus,'^ 26, 2,) ancient,
old : veteres, the a7icienis.
hence
VfiTUSTAS VmUM.
321
Vetustas, atis, f. antiquity;
age.
Votustus, a, um, adj. comp.
(id.) old; ancient,
Vexi. See Velio.
Via, ae, f. a way; a course; a
yath; a journey; hence
Viator, oris, m. a traveller,
Viceni, ae, a, distrib. num. adj.
pi. (viginti,) every twenty;
twenty.
Vicesimu^ a, um. num. adj.
(id.) the twentieth,
Vici. See Vinco.
Vicies num. adv. twenty
times,
Vicinitas, atis, f. the neighbor-
hood; vicinity; from
Vicinus, a, um, (vicis,) adj.
near; neighboring,
Vicinus, i, m. (vicus,) a neigh-
bor.
Vicis, gen. f. § 18, 13, change;
reverse; a 'place; a turn :
in vicem, in turn; in place
of; instead,
Victima as, f. (vinco,) a vie-
titn; a sacrifice,
Victor, oris, m. (vinco.) a vic-
tor; a conqueror : — adj. vic-
torious; hence,
Victoria, ae, f. a victory,
Victtirus, a, um. part, (from
VIVO.)
Victus, a, um, part, (vinco.)
Vicus, i, m. a village.
Video, videre, vidi. visum, tr.
to see; to behold.
Videor, videri, visus sum, pass.
to be seen; to seem; to ap-
pear; to seem proper.
Viduus, a, um, adj. (viduo, to
bereave;) bereaved; widow
ed : mulier vidua, a ividom
Vigil, ilis, m. (vigeo,) a watch'
man,
Vigilans, tis, adj. (lor issi-
mus,) (vigilo,) watchful;
vigilant,
Vigilia, ae, f. (vigil,) a watch-
ing : — pi. the watch, (by
night.)
Viginti, num, adj. pi. ind.
twenty,
Vilis, e, adj. cheap; vile; bad;
mean.
Villa, ae, f. (vicus,) a country-
house ; a country-seat ; a
villa; hence,
Villicus, i, m. an overseer of
art estate; a steivard.
Villus, i, m. long hair; coarse
hair,
Vincio, vincire, vinxi, vine-
turn, tr. to bind,
Vinco, vincere, vici, victum,
tr. to conquer; to vanquish;
to .surpass.
Vinctus, a. um, part, (vincio.)
Vinculum, i, n. (id.) a chain •
in vincula conjicere, to
throw into prison,
Vindex, icis, c. an avenger; a
protector; a defender; an
asserter; from
Vindico, are, avi, atum, tr. to
claim; to avenge : in liber-
tatem, to rescue from slave-
ry.
Vindicta, ae, f. (vlndico,) veTi-'
geance; punishment.
Vinum, i, n. ivirie
322
VIOLA VOLUCER.
V^'iola, SB, f. fl violet,
Violo, are, avi, atum, tr. (vis,)
to violate; to 'pollute; to
corrupt,
Vir, viri, m. (vis,) a man,
Vireo, ere, ui, intr. to he green;
to he verdant; to flourish.
Vires. See Vis.
Virga, 8B, f. (vireo,) a rod; a
small staff; a switch.
Virgilius, i, m. Virgil, a very
celebrated Latin poet.
Virginia, ae, f. the daughter
of Virginius.
Virginius, i, m. the name of a
distinguished Roman cen-
turion.
Virgo, inis, f. (vireo,) a vir-
gin; a girl; a maid,
Virgula, 86, f, (dim. from vir-
ga,) a small rod.
Viriathus, i, m. a Lusitanian
general who was original-
ly a shepherd, and after-
wards a leader of rohhers.
Viridomarus, i, m. a king of
the Gauls, slain hy Marcel-
lus.
Virtus, titis, f. (vir,) virtue;
merit; excellence; power;
valor; faculty.
Vis, vis, f. ^ 15, 12, power;
strength: force: vis homi-
num, a multitude of men :
vim facere, to do violence :
— pi. vires, ium, power;
strength.
Viscus, eris, n. an entrail :
viscera, pi. the howels; the
flesh.
Vistula ae, f. a river of Prus-
sia, which still hears the
same name, and which was
anciently the eastern houn-
dary of Germany,
Visurgis, is, m. the Wese-^ d
large river of Germany.
Visus, a, um, part, (video.)
Visus, us, m. (video,) the
sight.
Vita, SB, f. life.
Vitandus, a, um, part, (vito.)
Vitifer, era, erum, adj. (vitis
& fero,) vine-hearing,
Vitis, is, f, (vieo,) a vine,
Vitium, i, n. a crime,
Vito, are, avi, atum, tr. to
shun; to amid.
Vitupero, are, avi, atum, tr
(vitium paro,) to find fault
with; to hlame.
Vividus, a. um, adj. (comp.)
lively; vivid; from.
Vivo, vivere, vixi, victum,
intr. to live; to fare; to live
upon; hence
Vivus, a, um, adj. living;
alive.
Vix, adv. scarcely.
Vixi. See vivo.
Voco, are, avi, atum,tr. (vox,)
to call; to invite; to name,
Volo, are, avi, atum, intr. to
Volo, velle, volui, tr. irr. ^ 83,
4, to wish; to desire; to ht
willing.
Volsci, orum, m. pi. a people
of Latium.
Volucer, -cris, -ere, adj. (volo
are,) winged i — subs, a
bird.
VOLUMNI A ZONE .
323
Volumnia, ae, f. the wife of
Corioldnus,
Voluntas, atis, f. (volo,) the
will,
Voluptas, atis, f. (voliipe, fr.
volo,) 'pleasure; sensual
pleasure.
Vol u tat us, a, um, part, from
VolQto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq.
(volvo,) to roll.
Volvo, vere, vi, utum, tr. to
roll; to turn,
Votum, i, n. (voveo,) a wish;
a vow,
Vox, vocis, f. a voice; a word;
an expression; an exclama-
tion,
Vulcanus, i, m. Vulcan, the
God of fire, the son of Ju-
piter and Juno,
Vulgus, i, m. or n. the common
people; the populace; the
vulgar,
Vulneratus, a, um, part, from
Vulnero, are, avi, atum, tr. to
wound; from
Vulnus, eris, n. a wound.
Vulpecula, ae, f. dim. (vulpes,)
a little fox,
Vulpes, is, f. a fox,
Vultur, iiris, m. a vulture.
Vultus, As, m. (volo,) the
ooninteTiance; the expression;
the look.
X.
Xanthippe, es, f the toife oj
Socrates,
Xanthippus, i, m. a Lacedce-
monian general, who was
sent to assist the Carthagi-
nians in the first Punic
war.
Xenocrates, is, m. a philoso-
pher of Chalcedon; the suC'
cessor of Speusippus in the
Academia.
Xerxes, is, m. a celebrated
king oj Persia.
Zama, ae, f. c city of Africa.
Zeno, onis, m. a philosopher
of Citium, a tow7i of Cy-
prus, and founder of the
sect of the Stoics,
Zetes, is, m. a son of Boreas.
Zona, ae, f. a girdle; a zone.
Zone, es, f. a city and pro-
montory in the western part
of Thrace, opposite to the
island of Thasvs.
EXERCISES
IN LATIN COMPOSITION.
Exercises in Latin composition for beginners cannot be too sim-
ple, nor can they be too soon commenced They are capable, also,
under proper management, of being made one of the most excit-
ing and pleasing, as well as profitable parts of study, even to
young pupils. Exercises in considerable variety, and in the sim
plest form, are furnished in the Grammar under each part of speech
As soon as the p-upil begins to read and translate, suitable exercises
in Syntax may be dravs^n from every lesson, and even from every
sentence in which he maybe drilled orally with great advantage, by
simply changing the subject from the singular to the plural, or from
the plural to the singular, and again by changing the mood or tense of
the verb, or the active form for the passive, and vice versa. These
may be still farther v#ied by expressing the same idea in the inter-
rogative or negative form, through ail the varieties of mood, tense
number or person, as before.
When the learner has become expert in this exercise, he may ad-
vance a step farther, and select from several sentences of his les-
son, or from the stock now laid up in his memory, such words as
are capa])le of forming a new sentence; and this again may be va-
ried ad libitmn, as before. To illustrate this — Suppose that the les-
son of the day contains the following simple sentence, '' Terra parit
^ores,'' "The earth produces flowers," and the class has become
familiar with the inflection of the words in every part, then let them
change the words to correspond to such English sentences as the fol-
lowing:
The earth produced flowers; the earth has produced — had pro-
duced— will produce — ^may produce — might produce &c. flowers, —
a flower. Flowers are produced — were produced — have been pro-
duced, he. The earth does not — did not — will not— can not &cc.
produce flowers. Flowers are not — were not &cc. produced by the
earth. Are flowers produced — were flowers produced — have flow-
ers beea produced &.c. by the earth ? Are not flowers produced—
. 28
326 EXERCISES IN
were not flowers produced by the earth? &c., (as before.) Then
again it may be noticed to the pupil that terrce, in the plural means
*' lands'^ or " countries.'^ and so may have a plural adjective and a
plural verb, thusj Omnes, multce, qu(Bdam terrce pariunt Jiores,
*^ All," ''many," ''some, lands produce flowers," &c., througb
a similar variety as before. In this manner, and in many othei
ways which w^ill occur to the mind of an active teacher, a class may
be kept actively and even intensely, as well as profitably occupiea
for ten or fifteen minutes, with a few words which, in their various
forms and uses will be indelibly impressed on the mind, while the
memory and judgment are trained to prompt and accurate exercise
and more real progress made in the study of the language than by
a careless reading of many pages extended through a drawling re.
citation of several days.
As a weekly, semi- weekly, or even daily exercise, p^ipils might
be encouraged at a very early period to furnish an exercise in writ-
ing, framed by themselves from the lesson of the preceding dayj or
they may be supplied with English sentences framed from the lesson
by the teacher or some of the more advanced scholars, to be render-
ed into Latin. In doing this they require no dictionary, and are not
perplexed to know what words to choose, as the words are all be-
fore them in the lesson fiom which the exercise is drawn, and they
have only to make the necessary changes inlkimber, mood, tense,
voice, &c., requisite to express the ideas contained in the exercise
to be turned into Latin, in which also they are assisted by the mo-
del before them in the lesson, and the knowledge obtained in its
previous study and recitation.
The following are framed from the reading lessons at the places
indicated, as specimens of the kind of exercises here intended. They
rise in gradation from simple unconnected sentences to those of the
nature of a continued narrative, and are sufficient to furnish a
short semi- weekly exercise of this kind during the time necessary
to go through the Reader. They will also form a good prepara*
tion for a systematic work on Latin composition
LATIN COMPOSITION.
327
EXERCISES IN SIMPLE SENTENCES.
Change the Latin words in the following sentences so as to cor-
nspond to the English following.
1. Fortes laudabimtur, igndvi vitwperahuntur,
" Brave men will be praised, cowardly men will be blamed."
Biave men are praised, the cowardly are blamed. Bravo
men have always [semper) been praised, cowardly men
blamed. Men praise the brave and blame the cowardly.
Do not (nonne') men praise the brave and blame the cow-
ardly ? A cowardly man will not be praised. A brave man
will not be blamed. We will praise the good. You should
blame the cowardly. Let us praise ^ the brave and blame
the cowardly. Let the brave be praised. Blame the cowardly.
2. Honos est 'prc&mium virtutis,
" Honor is the reward of virtue."
Honor will be the reward of virtue. Honor was, (has been,
had been,) the reward of virtue. Is not honor* the reward
of virtue ? Honors will be the rewards of virtue. Will not
honor always be"" the reward of virtue ? Let honor always
be * the reward of virtue.
3. Victi PerscB in naves confugerunt,
" The Persians being conquered fled to their ships."
The Persians were conquered and fled ^ to their ships.
When the Persians were conquered *^ they fled to their ships.
We have conquered the Persians and they have fled to their
ships. If we conquer^ the Persians they will flee to their
ships. If the Persians should be conquered ^ they will flee
to their ships. They say that the Persians were conquered
and fied to their ships.
4. JDelectavtrunt me epistolce tiice.
" Your letters have delighted me."
Your letters delight me. I am delighted with your let-
ters. Have I not * always been delighted with your letters.
Do my (mece) letters delight you (te). His {ejus) letters will
always give us pleasure. Our (Tiostrcs) letters do not deligUt
him. He will be delighted with our letters.
» 56, 3. « 115, 1. • § 140, 2.
^ § 45, 1,1. d § 140, Obs. 4. ' § 77, 3.
328 EXERCISEb IN
The words of the loUowmg sentences selected from the Introduc-
tory Exercises, pp 60 — 79, will be found in the paragraphs indica
ted by the numbers prefixed. As a further exercise these may be
varied as in the preceding. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
5. (1.) There are many kin^s in Europe. Europe has
many kings. There have been many good kings. There
are many suns and more stars. Cicero was a good man
and a distinguished consul. (2.) A brave soldier is to be
praised. (3.) An elephant walks. Many sparrows build
nests. The partridge runs. (4.) Black sheep are not found
every where. Africa produces lions. The Eomans often
burned their dead. A brave man is not always praised.
The Romans overthrew Carthage and Corinth.
6. (5.) The bear wanders in the forest. A parrot imi-
tates the human voice. (6.) A day has been lost. Flow-
ers are produced by the earth. Athens was liberated by
Miltiades. (7.) Herds of wild asses roam (erro) in the forests
(sylva) of Asia and Africa. The tracks of wild beasts are
diligently traced out by dogs. The variety of languages in
the army of Cyrus was very great. (8.) Animals covered
with wool are stupid, but (sed) they are capable of bearing
cold. Foolish people are not happy. The Gauls were very
brave.* The lion is the bravest of animals.*^
7. (9.) Plato and Socrates were highly esteemed. It is
our custom*' to value the good.*^ Good men'^ forget inju-
ries and remember kindnesses. It is the custom of foolish
men to forget kindnesses. (10.) Good men^ are an honor
to their country; they are just and benevolent to all.'' Nero
was an enemy to the human race. A good man {^vir) will
be dear to all, a wicked man {homo) to no one.
8. (11.) Various coverings have been given to animals.
Nature has given avarice and ambition to man alone.
(12.) The Romans for the most part burned their dead.
Homer mentions embroidered garments. (13.) We some-
ti.nes find stags of a white color. We have need of phi-
losophy. Men of noble birth are not always of a noble dis-
position. Men of depraved disposition are never happy
(mi7iquam felix). Be content with few things and thou wilt
be free from cares.
» 2^1. b § 108. R XII, M9 0 § 107, R. X
LATIN COMPOSITION. 329
9. (14.) Lions eat flesh. Silver and gold are found m
Spain. Men easily want gold and silver, but (sed) not food.
Africa abounds in lions. (16.) The Romans were sent un-
der the yoke. The year was divided into twelve months by
Numa Pompilius. (17.) Hunger and blows tame wild
beasts. Nightingales change their color in autumn. One
oration of Socrates was sold for twenty talents. (18.) Mi-
thridates, king of Pontus, was received by Tigranes, king
of Armenia.
10. (19.) 1 desire to live with you. They wished to
sleep. Why do men desire to change their fortune ? We
ought to learn to despise wealth. We cannot (we are not
able) to suffer poverty. All men '^ desire to be loved. (20.)
Men must die.'' They had to fight.'' The art of writing *"
was invented by the Phoenicians. Paper is useful for wri-
ting. (21.) Catiline entered into a scheme for raising an
army and destroying the city.
11. (22.) The sun will set and the wolves w^ill come
forth {evenio) to plunder.*^ The civil wars were carried on
by Marius and Sulla. All the nations of men have been
and they will be carried off by the power of death. (23.)
Your letters have often been read by me.*^ The crocodile
lives many years. Glory is thought to follow virtue. Great
things have been undertaken. Our strength will not always
remain.
12. (24.) The disposition of wild beasts is sometimes
more gentle than that of men. (25.) This is the four-horse
chariot which was made of ivory and covered with the wings
of a fiy. Fruits are not produced by every field that is sown.
Words are repeated by the parrots ^ which are sent from In-
dia. Men who are mindful of favors will receive (recipio)
favors. (27.) The fig tree is so large that it conceals troops
of horsemen under it. Do you know ^ (Nuin scis,) who
painted^ Alexander. Is it true ^ {Verwmne est) that bulls
are swallowed whole in India by serpents ?^ Do you knows
how many [quot) men there are ^ in the w^orld ? Tell us
(Doce,) when the world was made ^, and how many worlds
there are.^
'"^ 19^ d 102! f § 140, 5. '
^ 113. Ǥ126, Obs. 2. s 56,3.
« 111
330 EXERCISES IN
1*3 (29.) There are some who live* happy; there are
others who are never happy. Is there any one who has not
read'' Demosthenes? Who is there that has not heard*
concerning Cassar ? (30.) It is related that in Latmos scor-
pions do not hurt strangers, but that they kill the natives.
They say {narrant) that Virgil in his will ordered his po-
ems to be burned, and that Augustus forbade it to be done.
(31.) The approaching day is announced by the crowing of
the cock. The city built by Cecrops was called Cecropia.
It is now called Athens. Many when dying are troubled
with the care of burial.
EXERCISES IN COMPOUND AND CONNECTED SENTENCES.
As an example of the way in which compound and connected sen-
tences may be varied, the first fable, p. 80 may be changed into the
following forms and translated into Latin corresponding to the Eng-
lish in each.
14. Through fear of a kite a hawk was asked by the
doves to defend ^ them. When he assented *^ and was re-
ceived "^ into the dove-cote greater havoc was made by him
in one day than could have been done ^ by the kite in many
(muliis),
15. The doves were led [ductce sunt) by fear of a kite to
ask * a hawk that he would defend '^ them. It is said that
he assented ^ and that, being received into the dove-cote he
caused a much greater slaughter of the doves in one day
than the kite could have caused'^ in a long time.
16. The doves are said to have asked a hawk whether if
received into the dove-cote he would defend^ them from the
kite. He assented and was received ; but the slaughter
made in one day by the hawk was greater than could have
been committed ^ by the kite in a long time.
17. It is related [narrdtur) that when the doves through
fear of a kite requested the hawk to defend ^ them, he as-
sented ; and that being received into the dove-cote a great
havoc was made of the doves in one day.
• ^ 141, Obs. 1.
b^ 140, l,3d&
84.
c§ 140, Obs. 4.
d 88.
• 86
f 97, 1.
f § 140. 5.
t § 146, R. LX.
LATIN COMPOSITION. 331
IS. (p. 99, &;c.) 1. A serpent, the son'' of Mars, the keep-
er of a certain fountain in Boeotia, was killed by Cadmus,**
the son of Agenor. For this reason [ob hoc,) all his offspring
were put to death, and he himself was turned into a serpent.
2. All who came into the kingdom of Amycus, the son of
Neptune, were compelled to fight with him, and being con-
quered were killed. 5. Life is said to have been restored*^
to Hippolytus, the son of Theseus, by j3isculapius, the son
of Apollo.
19. (p. 101, &G.) 10. It is said that Tantalus ^ was the son
of Jupiter; and that because he told to men the things which
he heard among the gods, he was placed in water in the in-
fernal regions, and always thirsts. Others say, that he is
tormented with perpetual fear, dreading the fall of a stone
which hangs over his head.® 15. The first men are said to
have been formed of clay by Prometheus,'' the son"" of Ja-
petus. It is also said that fire was brought by him from
heaven in a reed, and that he pointed out how it might be
preserved by being covered ^ with ashes.
20. (p. 105, &c.) 19. Europa, the daughter of Agenor, was
carried by Jupiter from Sidon to Crete. When Agenor sent
his sons to bring her back,^ he told them that unless theii
sister was found they should not return.*" 21. Atalanta, the
daughter of Schoeneus, was very beautiful. When many
sought her in marriage, the condition was proposed that he
should take'' her who should first surpass' her in running.
23. Niobe, the wife'' of Amphion, the son"" of Jupiter and
Antiope, had seven sons and as many daughters, who were
all slain by the arrows of Apollo and Diana; and Niobe her-
self was changed into a stone.
21. (p. 109, &c.) 1. Neither the actions nor the thoughts
of men are concealed from the gods. 2. The laws of the
Athenians are said to have been written by Solon. No man
can be esteemed happy in this life, because even to his last
day he is exposed to uncertain fortune. 5. It is said that
Democritus,' to whom"' great riches had been left by his
father, gave nearly all his patrimony to his fellow-citizens.
*§97, R. «§112, R. IV. i § 141, Obs. 8.
''§ 126,Obs. 2. f§146,Obs. 6. Mill.
•92. g § 140, 1, 2d. 1 § 145, R. LVIII
* § 145, Obs. 4. h § 140. 1, 3d. «>§ 126, R. lU.
332 EXERCISES in
22. (p. 112, &c.) 20. They say that Socrates, who was
jiidoeJ by the oracle of Apollo to be the wisest of all meri,*
was the son of a midwife ; and the mother of Euripides,
the tragic poet, is said to have sold herbs. 21. A question
being proposed to Homer by a fisherman, which he could
not answer, he is said to have died of vexation. 22. Si-
monides when eighty years *" old entered into a musical con-
test, and obtained the victory. He afterwards {postea^) lived
at Syracuse^ on intimate terms with Hiero the king.
23.' (p. 116, &c.) 42. When certain persons warned
Philip, king of Macedon, to beware '^ of one Pythias, a
brave soldier,' but displeased with him,^ he is said to have
asked whether, (nu?n) if a part of his body were diseased,*
he should cut ^itolfor take care of it. It is said that he ' then
called Pythias to him, supplied him with money, and that
after that, none of the king's soldiers were more faithful than
Pythias.'' 52. When Dionysius was banished from Syra-
cuse, it is said that he went (eo) to Corinth,^ where he taught
boys their letters.
24. (p. 120, k,c.) 65. Corinth was taken by L. Mummius.
All Italy was adorned with paintings and statues. It is said
that of so great spoils he converted nothing to his own use;
and that w4ien he died, his daughter received a dowry from
the public treasury. 66. A statue of Ennius the poet was
ordered by Scipio Africanus to be placed in the tomb of the
Cornelian gens, because the exploits of the Scipios had
been rendered famous by his poems.
25. (123, &c.) 1. In ancient times Saturn came to Italy
and taught the Italians agriculture. A fort built by him
near Janiculum, was called Saturnia. 2. Troy being over-
thrown, it is said that JEneas, the son of Anchises, came
into Italy, and was kindly received"' byLatinus, king of those
regions ; and that having received the daughter of Latinus
in marriage, he built a city and called it Lavinia. Eomu-
lus and Remus, the sons of Rhea Sylvia having been ex-
posed by the order of Amulius, were taken up by Faustu^'is,
the king's shepherd, and given to his wife to be nursed.
« § 107, R. X. « § 97, R. i § 145, LVIII.
b§ 131, R. XLI. f § 111, k§ J20, R.
c§130, l,Exc. g§140, 2. i§130, 2.
* § 140, 1, 3d, & 84. h § 140, 5 « 104
LATIN COMPOSITION. 333
iL?G. (p. 126, &c.) 12. Rome was built by Romulus and
divided into thirty curiaB cnlled by the names of the Sabine
women carried off by the Romans. 13. Nuiria Pompilius,
rile second king of Rome, was born at Cures. By him*
jaws were given to the state, ^ many sacred rites were insti-
tuted and the manners of the people were softened. He
reigned forty-three years.^ 14. In the reign of TuUus Hos-
tiliiis, who succeeded Numa, war was declared against the
Sabines, which was terminated by the battle ^ of the Horatii
and the Curiatii.
27. (p. 129, &c.) 23. Rome was governed by kings two
hundred and forty-three years.*^ 23. After that the peo-
ple created two consuls, who should hold [teiieo^^) the gov-
ernment for a year.^ Brutus, by whom the kings had been
expelled, and Tarquinius Collatinus, were the first consuls.
24. War*^ having been raised against the city by Tarquin,
Brutus was killed in the first battle.
28. (p. 132, &c.) 1. The bravest of the Romans ^ was
challenged to single combat by a certain Gaul of extraor-
dinary size ^ of body. The challenge was accepted by T.
Maniius, a young man of noble family, {genus^) who killed
the Gaul and stripped' him of his golden chain. It is
believed (crediiur) that both he ^ and his posterity, from this
circumstance, were called' Torquati."^' 2. In a new war
with the Gauls it is related [iiarrdtur) that another Gaul ^
of remarkable strength*" challenged the bravest of the Ro-
mans ^ to fight with" him ; that M. Valerius, a tribune of
the soldiers, offered himself, and advanced armed ; that a
crow, which had perched on his right shoulder, struck at the
eyes of the Gaul with his wings and talons, and that Vale-
rius, the Gaul,^ being killed, received the name of Corvinus.
29. (p. 138, &;c.) 2. Hannibal, the Carthaginian general,
when nine years old was brought by his father to the altars ^
to swear" eternal hatred towards the Romans. 3. It is said
that having left his brother *" in Spain, he crossed the Alps
*- — .
» § 128, Ohs. 2. f § 146, R. LX. ^ § 145, R. LVIII
*§126, R. III. r§107, R. X. » 97,4.
c § 131. R. XLI, h § 106, R. VII. °^§ 103, R. V.
« § 129, R. i § 125, R. n § 137, R. LIII. & 84.
Ǥ 141, R. II
334 EXERCISES IN
With {mm) a large army and thirty elephants, and that the
Licfurians joined themselves with him ; that he conquered
Scipio, and afterwards Sempronius Gracchus. Soon aftei
he advanced to Tuscia, where having engaged in battle/^
near the lake Trasimenus, he conquered Flaminius the con-
sul, and slew twenty-five thousand of the Romans.''
30. (142, &c.) 3. After Philip, king of Macedonia, died, his
son Perseus prepared great forces, renewed the war against
the Romans, and conquered P. Licinius, the Roman gene-
ral who had been sent against him. He was afterwards
conquered by ^milius Paulus, the consul, near Pydna, and
twenty thousand of his infantry were slain. 5. Carthage,
though bravely defended*^ by its citizens, was taken and
destroyed by Scipio, in the seven hundredth year after it
was built, and in the six hundred and eighth year from the
building of Rome.
31. (p. 145, &c.) 1. In the war carried on against Jugurtha,
the Romans were in great fear that ^ the Gauls would again
get possession of the city. For this reason Marius waa
made consul a third and a fourth time. In two battles two
hundred thousand of the enemy were slain, and eighty thou-
sand taken prisoners. For this meritorious conduct a fifth .
consulship was conferred on Marius, in his absence.'^ C.
Marius and Qu. Catulus fought against the Cimbri and the
Teu tones, who had passed over into Italy, slew forty thou-
sand and took sixty thousand of his army near Verona.
32. (150, &c.) 6. Lucius Sergius Catiline is said to have
been a man of a very noble family,^ but of a most depraved
disposition.® It is related [traditur) that he and certain il-
lustrious, but daring men, entered *^ ' into a conspiracy for
destroying their country ;^ that he was driven from the city
by Cicero, who was then consul, and his companions seized
and strangled in prison. 7. Nearly all Gaul was conquered
by CiBsar in the space of nine years. The war was after-
wards carried into Britain, and the Germans were conquered
in 2:reat battles.
* § 146, R. LX. d § 140, Obs. 6. f § 102. R. J
»>§107, R. X. «§106. R. VII. g§112, 3.
c § 146, Obs. 6
LATIN COMPOSITION. 33/5
33. (p. 154, &c.) 1. The three parts into which the whole
world was divided, are Europe, Asia, and Africa. The
straits of Gibraltar separate Europe from Africa. 2. The
boundary of Europe on the east is the river Tanais and the
Euxine sea; on the south the Mediterranean sea, on the
west the Atlantic ocean. 3. Spain lies towards the west. It
is rich and fertile. In the region of Baetica, men, horses,
iron, lead, brass, silver and gold abound. 4. The Pho-
casi having left Asia,* sought new settlements in Europe.
34. (p. 157, &c.) 11. The country beyond the Rhine, as
far as the Vistula, is inhabited by the Germans, who are
said to carry on war with their neighbors, not that they may
extend'' their limits, but from the love"" of war. 12. It is
said that the Germans'^ do not pay much attention to Agri-
culture. Their food {cibus) is milk, cheese, and flesh. They
erect their houses near {ad) some spring, or plain, or forest ;
and after a while they pass on to another place. Sometimes
also they pass the winter in caves.
35. (p. 161, &c.) 24. Greece is more celebrated than any
other nation in^ the world, both for the genius of its people,
and for their study ^ of the arts of peace and of war. Many
colonies were led from it unto all parts of the world. 25.
Macedonia was rendered illustrious by the reign of Philip
and Alexander, by whom both Greece and Asia w^ere sub-
dued to a very great extent; and the government, taken
from the Persians,^ was transferred to the Macedonians.
36. (p. 162, &;c.) 29. No region in Greece is more re-
nowned for the splendor* of its fame than Attica.^ There
Athens is built; a city*" concerning which the gods are said
to have contended. So many poets, orators, philosophers;
so many men, illustrious in every species of excellence,
were produced by no other city in the world. There the
arts of peace were cultivated to such a degree, that her re-
nown from these was even more conspicuous ' than [qiiani)
her glory in war. The harbor of Piraeus, connected with
the city by long walls, was fortified by Themistocles, and
affords (prcBbet) a safe anchorage for ships.
» § 104, & § 146, d § 145 R. LVIII. e § 126. R. III.
R. LX. Ǥ 120, R. h^S 97, R. I.
""§ 140, 1. f § 128, R. i § 140, 1, 1st.
« § 129, R.
336 EXERCISES.
37. (163, &c.) 30. It is said that Thebes, a most cele^a-
leJ city, was surrounded with walls by Aniphion, by the"
aid * of music. It was rendered illustrious by the genius ^
of Pindar and the valor of Epaminondas. 31. The city ot
Delphi was renowned for the oracle of Apollo, which had
great authority aniono^ all nations, and was enriched (made
rich) Avith numerous and splendid presents from all parts of
the world. It is said that the tops of Mount Parnassus,
which hangs over the city *^ are inhabited by the Muses.
38. (170, &c.) 48. It is believed that Troy, a city^ re-
nowned for the war*' which it carried on with the whole of
Greece for ten years,^ was situated at the foot of Mount Ida.
From this mountain, rendered illustrious by the judgment
of Paris in the contest of the goddesses, flowed*" the rivers
Scamander and Simois. 49 The Carians are said to have
been so fond of war, that they carried ^ on the wars of other
people for hire. 50. The water of the river Cydnus is very
clear ^ and very cold.*"
39. (172, &c.) 54. Babylon, the capital of the Chaldean
nation, was built by Semiramis or Belus. It is said that
its walls," built of burnt brick,' are thirty-two feet^ broad,
and that chariots " meeting each other pass without danger ;
that the towers are ten feet"" higher than the walls. The
tower of Babylon is said to have been twenly stadia in cir-
cumference. 56. India produces very large animals. No
dogs are so large as those which are produced there. The
serpents are said to be so monstrous that elephants are
killed ^ by their bite ^ and the coiling round of their bodies.
» 1 § 126, Obs. 2. « § 131, R. XLI. ^ § 129, Obs. 2.
b § 129, R. f § 102, R. I. I § 132, R. XLI.
c § 112, R. IV. K § 140 1, 1st. »§ 132, R. XLIII.
<» § 97, R. »> 24. ^§ 155, R. LVIII.
[thx end.]
■r/.'
YB ©0^I^7
U.C.BERKELEY LIBRARIES
CDMS^mbES
_^ 160
51Z0f B9J7
THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY
v^ ii
,..^""'
■'/¥
-m
:/«*■
M
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11